Haba internationale catalogus

Page 1

Quality

Children‘s Furniture for Multiple Environments

2015/2016


Children‘s Furniture for Today‘s Environments Habermaaß GmbH P.O. Box 1107 96473 Bad Rodach Germany Tel.: +49 9564 929 - 2446 Fax: +49 9564 929 - 662400 E-Mail: info@haba.de www.haba.de


Contents Chairs · Tables

Discovery Rooms

Safety · Noise Control

page 6 - 70

page 71 - 114

page 115 - 120

Cabinets · Shelving Creativity Rooms

Platforms · Trapeze

Padded Elements · Sofas

page 121 - 199

page 200 - 218

page 219 - 282

Dramatic Play Elements

Activity Systems

Library

page 283 - 306

page 307 - 342

page 343 - 350

Partition Walls · Wall Elements · Mirrors

Wardrobe · Foyer

Outdoor Play Structures

page 351 - 396

page 397 - 422

page 423 - 468

Activity Systems

Office Furniture

page 469 - 494

page 495 - 506

Index page 507 - 511

?


The name stands for quality, product reliability, and concern for our Environment Quality

Materials

Anyone can talk quality.

How should furniture for children be made? Rugged and long-lasting! The furniture that we create with the help of over 500 skilled workers in Bad Rodach, Germany is well prepared to survive the daily wear and tear it is subjected to in a child’s room or childcare center. They bear the GS label for “tested safety”. Children, parents and caregivers should get a lifetime of enjoyment out of their furniture.

HABA can prove their compliance to the highest standards of quality: DIN EN ISO 9001 certificate. This certificate attests that we have successfully introduced and use a quality control system for both our products and our processes, so that we can guarantee their consistent quality. With an ideal combination of inflammable fabric coverings and foam paddings we offer you furniture that meets modern German fire protection requirements. Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) with 25% up charge. Detailed information on fire protection on page 200.

10 Year Conditional HABA Warranty: HABA furniture is warranted against manufacturer defects for up to 10 years to the original purchaser. Warranty does not apply to normal use/ wear of the product or product abuse. Please contact our customer service department at 1-800-345-3480 for warranty questions or our complete warranty statement.

2

We guarantee the careful selection and processing of all materials. It doesn’t always have to be wood, however it must be child-friendly. We are open to new types of products and materials. We always make sure we offer our little customers materials manufactured in environmentally friendly ways. If other materials are used in production, we take care that they are also renewable raw materials and biologically degradable.

Safety All products from the GEMINO construction system and play units individually assembled for customers are GS tested and DIN EN 1176/1177 certified (German playground equipment safety standard). These guidelines set out the requirements for the construction, installation, and configuration of playground equipment, including safety distances and the required safety surfaces.

Quality and Environmental Certificates

Assembly required A

The safety glass in this catalog is conform to EN 12600.

The Öko-Tex Standard 100 certifies textiles that do not contain substances likely to endanger a person’s health. The certificate is only valid for one year and must be renewed annually after re-testing. This ensures that textile products are tested regularly for compliance with the permissible limits.

Promoting sustainable forest management www.pefc.org * PEFC = Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification. The good of the organization is to improve sustainable forestry and the maintenance and ecological balance of forests.


The HABA-buildings, the Leschenhof and Brauhof

Environmental Protection The corporate family accepts its responsibility for the environment. This is why environmental protection has been an integrated part of our company policy for years. We were the first toy maker in Germany to pass the ecological audit, and we have been granted DIN ISO 14001 certification for environmental management. We actively protect the environment in all phases of production. We use environmentally-friendly processing methods and continue to improve our technology to protect people and the environment.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

We constantly calculate, evaluate, and minimize our use of materials. We use modern energy management for all forms of energy we use (pressurized air, electricity, and heat). All machines and in all buildings, always with the environment in mind. Wood is a natural product, one that imparts furniture with character, and a surface that is pleasing to all the senses. It is a renewable raw material, one that protects our natural resources. In our production we use mainly beech

www.haba.de

from the regional forestry industry. Our suppliers of beech wood are certified according to the PEFC, the certification system for sustainable forest management. Environmental protection will continue to play an important role in the future – for us, for our customers, for our children.

3


Veneer is We want you to enjoy our furniture for a very long time. This is why we select our raw materials very carefully and only use the highest quality beech and birch veneers. Wood has an excellent ecological balance. Because wood is a piece of nature. A tree is one of the cornerstones of our ecological system. It protects the climate, binds carbon dioxide, and actively cleans the air in our atmosphere. The forest is home to many animals, habitat for plants, and a recreational oasis for people. With sustainable forestry, trees as resource are harvested in a way that protects the forest. In Germany at least one new tree grows for each tree that is removed - the forest stand is increasing. Veneer is an authentic material with the unmistakable look of wood. It imparts naturalness and a sense of security in a mechanized, increasingly tougher environment. The surface is pleasingly warm to the touch, which is why veneer lends a comfortable atmosphere to any room. Veneered furniture is significantly more long-lasting and retains its value better than furniture with imitation wood. The UV varnish is easy to clean and minor scratches and dents are easily concealed. Every piece of furniture made with veneer has an distinctive character. Just like every tree, every veneer is a unique piece of nature. Wood is a resource in every stage of its use. From the tree to wood material to furniture. Even after its useful life it still has value, because it‘s not only biodegradable but it also serves in thermal recycling as supplier of energy. Added value in every step.

Real Wood

We use to improve the quality of life & create a healthy room climate Plastic veneers / wood veneer A lot of furniture is labeled “beech finish”. This type of finish is not real wood, but a wood imitation that often cannot be distinguished from real wood. Using photochemical or other technical processes, a simulated wood grain is transferred to a plastic surface. You can only be sure you are getting real wood if you see the veneer label.

Real Wood Veneer • surface made of wood

• surface plastic coated

• warm surface

• cold surface

• biodegradable

• production and disposal harmful to the environment

• long lasting and stable in value • renewable resource

4

Plastic Veneer


Genuine Wood with Unique Character!

Veneer

What is veneer? Veneer is a layer of wood cut or peeled off a tree trunk.

• is a completely natural product

In the process, the trunks are boiled for 48 hours to make the wood malleable, and the bark is removed. A log is then spun around its own axis against a cutter bar that sheers a thin continuous sheet of veneer off the log layer by layer. The roll of veneer is then separated into thin individual sheets. Veneer can be manufactured from more than 200 types of wood.

• is part of a healthy living environment • is long-lasting • is biodegradable • is sustainable

Veneer allows for the most economical use of wood, a valuable resource. Enough veneer for the furniture for 16 bedrooms can be created from 1 m³ of wood! The shavings and other waste products from the manufacturing process are made into particle board or used in the production of energy. Did you know: Plywood is also made of veneer. A wooden board made from a number of layers of veneer glued together is called plywood.

Veneer Real wood

Veneer Real wood

Beech

Birch

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

5



Chairs and Tables

?

Chairs 路 Tables


p. 11 move•upp Stool p. 30

Basic

p. 30

Wooden Stool

Favorit

p. 10

kiddo

p. 14 move•upp

Favorit XL

p. 13 Freddie

Tobi

p. 15

p. 30

Clover-Stool

p. 30

Reversible Stool p. 31 Stool

Stool

p. 35

Favorit with footrest p. 11

p. 15 solit:sit

p. 16 solit:sit A

p. 19

Favorit

p. 12

Favorit

p. 12

solit:sit B

p. 19

Favorit with footrest p. 13

Other Cushioned Bench

Play Bench

p. 14

p. 33 Bench

p. 33

Turn-around Bench Stackable Bench p. 32 p. 31

Play Bench

p. 213 Armchair & Sofa

Bench

p. 35

p. 35

Stools

Armchair

p. 32

p. 11

move•upp Stool p. 30

Basic

Favorit

p. 10 Favorit with footrest move•upp p. 10

p. 30 Wooden Stool

p. 30 Clover-Stool

p. 30

Stool

p. 33

p. 19

p. 19

solit:sit

p. 19 solit:sit A

Chairs

Favorit Stools

p. 15

solit:sit Roll

solit:sit Lift

p. 19

Other

Kindergarten

p. 33

Armchairs

Favorit Stool

Chairs

Toddlers

Stools

Seating Furniture Overview

Stackable Bench p. 32

Cushioned Bench p. 32

Play Bench

p. 33 Bench

p. 33

Glides/casters Which glide/caster is best for which floor? Felt glides collect dirt over time, and this can damage the floor. We recommend changing them regularly.

Carpet

Linoleum

Wood

x

(x)

(x)

Enhanced plastic glides

x

x

x

Hard casters

x

x

x

Type of glide/caster

Parquet

Laminate

Natural/stone

Plastic glides are more suited towards hard floors. However the enhanced plastic glides have much better glide properties than standard ones. Therefore, with linoleum or wooden floors we recommend enhanced plastic glides.

Tiles

Mosaic

Plastic glides Felt glides

8

Soft casters

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x


Teacher

Chairs and Tables

Overview

Turu-Sit® p. 10 Floor Chair

p. 28 Baby-fedding chair p. 28

Wicker Armchair

S. 30

p. 28

Stools

Favorit

S. 812

p. 30

Basic

Wooden Stool

p. 30

Stool

p. 33

solit:sit Roll

p. 19

solit:sit Lift

p. 19

solit:sit

p. 32

Bench without backrest p. 33

Chairs Favorit

p. 10

move•upp

p. 15

Ratio

p. 67

Logo

p. 68

Favorit

p. 10

move•upp

p. 15

Rocker Chair

p. 22

p. 19

solit:sit A

p. 19

solit:sit B

p. 19

Geo

p. 22

Stackable Bench

Chairs

Atlanta

p. 20

Favorit, padded p. 21

Resso

p. 21 geo

Basic

Wooden Stool

p. 30

p. 22 Altro

p. 22

Stools

Other

Adult / Object chairs

Benches

School

move•upp-Stool

move•upp Stool p. 30

p. 30

In accordance with DIN EN 1729 since january 2007 The ideal seat and table heights Tables and chairs must be ergonomic – to meet the natural requirements of children. The DIN standard takes the body dimensions of children and young people into consideration in its seat and table heights.

Chairs and tables marked with this icon are available from HABA for many heights.

>> For every size

>> For every size

Size chart

of DIN EN 1729

Individuals Height

Seat height Table height

31“ - 37“, 80 - 95 cm

8 ¼“, 21 cm

15 ¾“, 40 cm

36“ - 45“, 93 - 116 cm

10 ¼“, 26 cm

18“, 46 cm

42“ - 47“, 108 - 121 cm

12 ¼“, 31 cm

21“, 53 cm

46“ - 56“, 119 - 142 cm

13 ¾“, 35 cm

23 ¼“, 59 cm

53“ - 62“, 133 - 159 cm

15“, 38 cm

25 ¼“, 64 cm 28“, 71 cm

58“ - 69“, 146 - 176.5 cm

17“, 43 cm

62“ - 74“, 159 - 188 cm

18“, 46 cm

30“, 76 cm

68“ - 81“, 174 - 207 cm

20“, 51 cm

32 ¼“, 82 cm

9


Stacking Chair “Favorit” More than 1.5 Million sold Worldwide Select color options and glides, see page 13.

Comfortable and sturdy 10 times bonded, 3 times curved beech wood backrest

Rear chair leg / frame connector Extremely sturdy with dowel bonding, wood plug bonding and additional metal connection

Front chair leg / frame connector The double dowel connection guarantees maximum stability

10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 GS tested

Durable Bearing parts made of Solid beech wood

Made

in Germany

Stacking Chair “Favorit” Solid beech wood; seat and backrest. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ½”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, chair width 30 cm

809320

Gentle to the floor doweled plastic glides. Even after years of use, no sharp edges

Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm, seat width 13”, 32.5 cm, chair width 38 cm

Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm, seat depth 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat width 16”, 40 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm

809340 807025 Footrest height-adjustable in 3 increments.

809370

809310

Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, chair width 31 cm

Comfortable Ergonomically shaped seat made of 10 layers of bonded beech wood veneers with rounded front edge and a seat shell that tapers off towards the back

Footrest only available with 809340. (H 8 ¼”, 21, H 10 ¼”, 26, and H 12 ¼”, 31 cm)

Seat height 20”, 51 cm, seat depth 18 ½”, 46 cm, seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 19 ¾“, 50 cm

809380 Seat height 15”, 38 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 14”, 35 cm, chair width 16 ¼”, 41 cm

809350

Replacement glides

Seat height 12 ¼”, 31 cm, seat depth 10 ¾”, 27 cm, seat width 12”, 30 cm, chair width 36 cm

Seat height 17”, 43 cm, seat depth 15”, 38 cm, seat width 15 ¾”, 39 cm, chair width 18 ¼”, 46 cm

For all “Favorit” chairs and stools each 4 pieces. 802527 Plastic 802528 Felt 802529 Enhanced plastic

809330

809360

For glides to fit different bases see p. 8

10


Favorit chair

1

Chairs and Tables

6 good reasons that will convince you of "Favorit" ONE group of chairs for ALL applications

Stool

Stackable chair

2

Armchair without side panels

Armchair with side panels

3

Armchair XL

4

Light as a feather

Stackable

Non-tip

The chairs shown are 13 ¾“, 35 cm tall and with a weight of 8 pounds, 3.5 kg; easy for children to pick up.

The legs on the Favorit facilitate space-saving stacking.

The slant back feet helps prevent tipping.

5

6

Height-adjustable footrest The height-adjustable footrest is bolted to the chair legs on its sides. The foot panel can then be adjusted in 3 increments: This allows for three seat heights: 8 ¼“, 10 ¼“, 12 ¼“, 21, 26 and 31 cm. This way, chairs with a seat height of 13 ¾“, 35 cm can also be used for smaller children.

Stool “Favorit“

Bag hook The rounded shape of the backrest allows for bags and backpacks.

stackable

Stackable Stool “Favorit” Solid beech wood; seat. 809610 H 8 ½“, 21 cm, Seat-ø 9 ½“, 24 cm 809620 H 10 ¼”, 26 cm, Seat-ø 9 ½“, 24 cm 809630 H 12 ¼“, 31 cm, Seat-ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm 809640 H 13 ¾”, 35 cm, Seat-ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm 809650 H 15”, 38 cm, Seat-ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm 809660 H 17”, 43 cm, Seat-ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm 809670 H 18 ¼”, 46 cm, Seat-ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm

Front stool leg double dowel connection lines guarantee maximum stability

Select color options and glides on page 13.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

in seven seat heights

11


Armchair “Favorit“

Quality Corner joint

Select color options and glides, see page 13.

>> solid >> dovetailed >> softly rounded edges

Armrest distance

10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 GS tested Made

in Germany Armchair “Favorit“ Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 8 ¼“, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼“, 23 cm, seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, armrest height 13“, 33 cm, chair width 15“, 38 cm

809210 809600 Safety restraint Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, seat depth 10“, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, armrest height 15 ¾“, 39 cm, chair width 15“, 38 cm

809220 809601 Safety restraint Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm, seat depth 10 ¾“, 27 cm, seat width 14 ¼“, 36 cm, armrest height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, chair width 17“, 43 cm

809230 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm, seat width 15”, 38 cm, armrest height , 20 ½“, 52 cm, chair width 17 ¾“, 45 cm 809240 Without footrest 807035 Footrest, height adjustable in 3 steps (8 ½”, 10 ½” and 12 ½”, 21, 26 and 31 cm). Footrest only available with 809240.

"Favorit" with Safety Post Armrest Chair “Favorit” Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 13”, 33 cm. 809216 chair width, 15”, 38 cm Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 15”, 38 cm, chair width 15”, 38 cm. 809226 Without footrest 809228 With footrest

For the seat height of 13 ¾“, 35 cm

bolted to the chair legs on its sides. The foot panel can then be adjusted in height in 3 increments: This allows for three seat heights: 8 ¼“, 10 ¼“ and 12 ¼“, 21, 26 and 31 cm. This way, chairs with a seat height of 13 ¾“, 35 cm can also be used for smaller children.

Safety Restraint with Post

>> padded middle post as sliding stopper

Seat height 17“, 43 cm, seat depth 15“, 38 cm, seat width 18 ¼“, 46 cm, armrest height 25 ½“, 65 cm, chair width 54 cm

>> plug spring mechanism for easy installation

Safety restraint replacement padding

809260

12

Footrest

Safety post on the seat shell

809250

809270

Accessories

>> The height-adjustable footrest is tightly

Seat height 15“, 38 cm, seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, seat width 16 ¼“, 41 cm, armrest height 22 ½“, 57 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm

Seat height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, seat depth 16 ½“, 42 cm, seat width 2 ¾“, 7 cm, armrest height 27 ¼“, 69 cm, chair width 55 cm

>> extra narrow

>> easy to adjust and lock >> sliding stopper

Fits safety restraints on all “Favorit” chairs. Easy to replace thanks to Velcro tape. Robust fabric (100% polyester) removable, machine-washable, color: light blue. 4 ½” x 2 ½” x 1 ¾”, 110 x 60 x 40 mm

809619


Favorit chair

Chairs and Tables

Armrest Chair “Favorit” with Side Panels Select color options and glides below. Armrest Chair “Favorit” with Side Panels Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, armrest height 1 ¼”, 3 cm, chair width, 12 ½", 32 cm . Not stackable.

Side panels Prevent·children·from putting their legs through the sides.

809410 809602 Safety restraint Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 15 ½”, 39 cm, chair width 15", 38 cm 809603 Safety restraint

Armrest Chair “Favorit” with Side Panels and Center post The center post acts as sliding stopper between the legs. It is easy to adjust and lock. Solid beech wood, seat and back. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, armrest height 13”, 33 cm, chair width 12 ½", 32 cm Not shown.

809416 809602 Safety restraint Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 15”, 38 cm, chair width15“, 38 cm

809426 809603 Safety restraint 809616 Seat insert (artificial leather, blue; removable,

The seat insert reduces the size ofthe seat surface, allowing slimmer children a stable fit.

wipe-clean, machine washable)

Armrest Chair XL for preschool table height of 23 ¼“, 59 cm Safety highchair “Favorit XL” 8 ½"/10 ¼", 21/26 cm

Ideal for mixed age groups, so all children can sit together at one table. The seat height is the distance between footrest and seat. With side panels. Material: Solid beech wood, seat and backrest made of genuine beech wood. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, chair width 12 ½", 32 cm 809510 Without post 809516 With post 809604 Safety restraint with post Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, chair width 15", 38 cm 809520 Without post 809526 With post 809605 Safety restraint with post 809616 Seat insert (artificial leather, blue; removable, wipe-clean, machine washable)

How to order Mandatory Options Glides

Optional colors Colors

Plastic glide

Felt glide

GLKU

GLFI

Glide enhanced plastic

WEIS

GELB

MAIS

ORAN

ROT

HBLA

White

Yellow

Maize

Orange

Red

Light Blue

P657

BLAU

HEGR

GRUN

Clear Blue

Blue

Light Green

Green

GLVK Select type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Please select color options; Delivered in natural if color is not specified.

13


Daycare & Preschool chairs “Kiddo“

Chairs are stackable

Preschool Chair “Kiddo”

Easy to handle

Although it is light weight, this chair for the little ones is tilt resistant. With grip holes in the backrest as well as the armrests, it can easily be moved. Corners and edges are rounded to prevent injuries. Genuine birch wood. Includes plastic glides. 475950 Seat height 8 ½”, 21 cm, seat width 10 ¾”, 27 cm, seat depth 9 ½”, 22.9 cm, chair width 12", 30 cm 475951 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm, seat width 12 ½”, 32 cm. seat depth 10”, 25 cm, chair width 12 ½”, 32 cm Only available with plastic glides.

Non-tip, rounded edges

“Freddie“ Footrest

with a footrest – for mixed-age groups (table height of 23 ¼“, 59 cm) “Freddie”

Seating cushion

Mandatory Options Glides

Seat cushion Synthetic leather, light blue, robust foam RG 24/40. The upholstery is wipe-clean and can be machine washed at 86 ºf, 30 ºc. Size: approx. W 12” x H 10 ¼” x D 1 ¼”, W 30 cm x H 26 cm x D 3 cm

475965

Glides plastic

Gleiter felt

GLKU

GLFI

Glide enhanced plastic

GLVK

If not specified we will deliver GLKU. Overview „Which glide for which floor?“ on page 8.

14

Is ideal for mixed-age groups. It allows toddlers from 1 ½ years old to sit together with preschoolers at tables 23 ¼”, 59 cm -high. Genuine beech wood. Size: W 13 ½” x H 26” x D 16 ¾”, W 34 x H 66 x D 42 cm, seat height 8 ¾”, 22 cm, seat width 10 ¾”, 27 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm. Weight: 9 ¼ lb, 4.1 kg. 475960 without round bar 475961 with round bar


Chairs

Chairs and Tables

Stacking Chair

Handy bag holder

Stacking Chair move-upp Backrest is a handy bag holder. Steel tube legs and curved wooden shape. Genuine birch wood, powder-coated steel tube in RAL 9006, aluminum. 475705 Seat height 8 ½”, 21 cm, seat depth 10 ¾”, 26.5 cm, seat width 11 ¾”, 29 cm, chair width 14 ¾”, 37 cm 475715 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 10 ¾”, 26.5 cm, seat width 11 ¾”, 29 cm, chair width 15“, 38 cm 475725 Seat height 12 ½”, 31 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm, seat width 12 ½”, 31 cm, chair width 16 ¾“, 42 cm 475735 Seat height 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 13 ¾”, 34 cm, chair width 18 ½“, 47 cm 475745 Seat height 15”, 38 cm, seat depth 14 ¾”, 37 cm, seat width 14 ¾”, 37 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm 475755 Seat height 17”, 43 cm, seat depth 17 ½”, 44 cm, seat width 16 ½”, 41 cm, chair width 21 ½“, 54 cm 475765 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm, seat depth 17 ½”, 44 cm, seat width 16 ½”, 41 cm, chair width 21 ¾“, 55 cm

The sturdy, powder-coated frame consists of ¼“, 2 mm thick steel tube.

Mandatory Options Glides Plastic glide

Felt glide

GLKU

GLFI

For carpeting

For smooth surfaces

Select type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.

Select type of glides.

Toddler Stool “Tobi” “Tobi” Solid beech wood, seat and backrest . W 14” x H 21 ¾” x D 14”, W 35 x H 54.5 x D 35 cm. Seat heights: W 8 ¾", 10 ¼", 12", W 22, 26, 30 cm.

>> Provides for an ergonomic sitting posture >> Seat and backrest can be adjusted three ways (in 1 ½“, 4 cm increments)

800310

Mandatory Options Glides Plastic glide

Felt glide

GLKU

GLFI

For carpeting

For smooth surfaces

>> With safety bar and belt

Select type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

15


with beech wood shell two-component design · flexible shell · high seating comfort · promotes good posture

Quality Contruction Seat made of 10-layer glued beech molded plywood

Book bag holder

The sturdy frame is of 14 gauge, ½“, 2 mm thick steel tube

Protects table top edges.

Smooth waterfall design seat

10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 GS tested Made

in Germany

SOLIT:SIT WITH IMPACT RESISTANT PLASTIC SHELL, see page 18.

16

Tilt-resistant slip-on “long life” glides guarantee stability and minimum abrasion on all types of flooring.


solit:sit-chairs

Chairs and Tables

for table heights 30“, 76 cm

adjustable seat height

Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model A, natural

Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model B, natural

Stackable. Incl. grip hole. C-shape that is open towards the front. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm with a seat width of 12“, 30 cm and 13 ¾”, 35 cm and 1” x ½”, 25 x 2.5 mm with a seat width of 17”, 43 cm).

Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 16 ½”, 41 cm 178123 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178124 Seat height 15”, 38 cm

Seat width 12”, 30 cm, chair width 14 ½”, 36 cm 178111 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm 178112 Seat height 12 ½”, 31 cm

Stackable chair with grip hole and C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). Footrest with light gray surface RAL 7035. Seat width 14”, 35 cm, chair width 19”, 48 cm, Total seat height 20 ¾”, 52 cm 178138 Seat height 12 ½” – 15”, 31 – 38 cm,

Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 19 ½”, 49 cm 178125 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178126 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm

Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 16”, 40 cm 178113 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178114 Seat height 15”, 38 cm

Cantilever Chair solit:sit® with Adjustable Footrest, natural

Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ¼”, 51.5 cm, Total seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm 178139 Seat height 15” – 17”, 38 – 43 cm,

Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ½”, 51.5 cm 178115 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178116 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm

with casters

Four-leg Chair solit:sit®, natural Stackable and sturdy four-leg design made of precision tube (1” x ½”, 22 x 2 mm). Seat width 12”, 30 cm, chair width 14 ½“, 36 cm 178101 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm 178102 Seat height 12 ½”, 31 cm

with feet

Swivel Chair solit:sit®, height adjustable, natural

Swivel Chair solit:sit® Active, height adjustable, natural

Release lever for height adjustment. Aluminum star base with feet or casters.

Release lever for height. Seat incline adjusts automatically to all directions for dynamic sitting (3-D seat dynamization). Description of the Active-Mechanism on page 18. Aluminum star base with feet or casters.

Seat width 14”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178171 Seat height 14” – 18”, 35 – 46 cm

Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm 178103 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178104 Seat height 15”, 38 cm

Seat width 14”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178172 Seat height 14” – 18 ½”, 35 – 46 cm

Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178173 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm

Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178174 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm

Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 22 ½“, 57 cm 178105 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178106 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm

Select color of the wood shell and type of glides below.

How to order

Mandatory Options

Wood shell NATU natural

WEIS

GELB

MAIS

ORAN

ROT

HBLA

white

yellow

maize

orange

red

light blue

1. Foot

2. Hard Caster

P657

BLAU

HEGR

GRÜN

clear blue

blue

light green

green

Specify color of the seat shell. Natural is the standard.

3. Soft Caster

Felt Glide

For soft floors:

For hard floors:

STFF

ROLH

ROLW

Options for height adjustable chairs only.

Plastic Glide

STFK

Glides Plastic glide

Felt glide

GLKU

GLFI

For carpeting

For smooth surfaces

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.

www.haba.de

17


with impact resistant plastic shell Two-component design · flexible shell · high seating comfort · promotes good posture

Includes book bag holder

The surface of the plastic shell consists of robust PP copolymer. Resists scratches and is easy to clean.

Textured to prevent slipping

The sturdy frame is of 14 gauge, ½“, 2 mm thick steel tube

The fiberglass reinforced core creates extreme durability.

10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729

Protects table top edges with plastic cover on bottom of the chair.

GS tested

Tilt-resistant slip-on “long life” glides guarantee stability and minimum abrasion on all types of flooring.

Made

in Germany

Active-Design Movement is healthy – even while sitting The seat shell adapts to movements and shifting of weight forward, back and to the sides. The different sitting angles activate the muscles and stimulate blood circulation. Due to the frequent change of the sitting position, postural deformities and backache is alleviated.

back & forth

up & down

18

Flexible

left & right

The durable rubber arrester allows quiet movement.


Chairs and Tables

solit:sit-chairs

for table height of 30”, 76 cm

adjustable seat height

Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model A

Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model B

Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the front. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). With grip hole.

Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). With grip hole.

Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 15 ¾”, 40 cm 178013 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178014 Seat height 15”, 38 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ¼”, 51.5 cm 178015 Seat Height 17“, 43 cm 178016 Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm

Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 15 ¾”, 41 cm 178023 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178024 Seat height 15”, 38 cm

Cantilever Chair solit:sit® with Adjustable Footrest Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ½”, 25 x 2.5 mm). Footrest with light gray surface RAL 7035. With grip hole. Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 18 ¾”, 48 cm, Total seat height 20 ¾”, 52 cm 178038 Seat height 12 ¼” – 15”, 31 – 38 cm

Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ¼”, 49 cm 178025 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178026 Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm

Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ½”, 51,5 cm, Total seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm 178039 Seat height 15” – 17”, 38 – 43 cm

with feet

Four-leg Chair solit:sit® Stackable. With grip hole and sturdy four-leg design made of precision tube (1” x ½”, 22 x 2 mm). Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 19”, 48 cm 178003 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178004 Seat height 15”, 38 cm, Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 22 ½”, 57 cm 178005 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178006 Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm

with casters

Swivel Chair solit:sit®, height adjustable

Swivel Chair solit:sit® active, height adjustable

With grip hole and sturdy release lever for height adjustment. Aluminum star base with feet or casters.

With grip hole and sturdy release lever to adjust height. Seat incline adjusts automatically all directions for dynamic seating (3-D seat dynamization). Aluminum star base with feet or casters.

Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178071 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm – 18 ¼”, 35 – 46 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178073 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm

Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178072 Seat height 13 ¾” – 18 ¼”, 35 – 46 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178074 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm

Select color of the shell and type of glides below.

How to order

Mandatory Options

Plastic shell

Glides

P375

1003

2003

3000

5015

7031

Light Green

Yellow

Orange

Red

Blue

Gray

1. Foot

2. Hard Caster Felt Glide

STFF

Plastic Glide

Plastic glide

Felt glide

GLKU

GLFI

Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.

3. Soft Caster

For carpeted floors:

For hard floors:

ROLH

ROLW

Options for swivel chairs only.

STFK

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

19


"Atlanta"

Multi-purpose chairs

modern stacking chairs in a material mix

Select fabric options and glides.

Can be connected using connection devices

All models have a bell-shaped round steel tube frame with plastic glides to protect floors. The seat is an ergonomically formed beech shell. “Atlanta” chairs are ideal for meeting rooms. Armless chairs can be linked together securely to form fixed rows (row connectors sold separately on request). Up to 12 chairs can be stacked.

Ergonomically shaped wooden shell in beech or birch wood

- Total height: 34 ¾“, 88 cm - Chair width: 20 ¼“, 51 cm - Seat height: 18 ¼“, 46 cm - Seat depth: 22“, 56 cm - Seat width: 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm

10 - 12 pieces stackable

Sturdy round steel tube frame

plastic glides that are gentle on the floor

Material Characteristics for Atlanta

20“ 51 cm

20“ 51 cm

20“ 51 cm

20“ 51 cm

Atlanta 1

Atlanta 2

Atlanta 3

Atlanta 4

Un-upholstered, with straight back and handle cut-out.

Upholstered, with straight back and handle cut-out.

Upholstered, with straight, perforated back.

Un-upholstered, with straight, perforated back.

111075

111076

111078

111077

>> Flame retardant >> Highly durable >> Shape-retaining properties >> Fabric won´t fade >> Easy clean-up

>> Models with armrests on request

20“ 51 cm

20“ 51 cm

20“ 51 cm

20“ 51 cm

Atlanta 5

Atlanta 6

Atlanta 7

Atlanta 8

Row connector

Un-upholstered, with rounded, curved back and handle cut-out.

Upholstered, with rounded, curved back and handle cut-out.

Un-upholstered, with rounded, curved, and perforated back.

Upholstered, with rounded, curved, and perforated back.

111484

111486

111488

111490

For “Atlanta“-models 1 - 8 without armrests. 110061 not shown

How to order Mandatory Options Fabric options for the chairs

20

CH 04 orange

CH 07 red

CH 11 blue

CH 13 green

CH 19 gray

CH 20 black

optional

Glides

Please specify wood

Glides plastic

Glides felt

Glides enhanced plastic

GLKU

GLFI

GLVK

If not specified we will deliver GLKU. Overview "Which glide for which floor?" on page 8.

BUCH

BIRK

beech

birch

If not specified we will deliver in beech.


Multi-purpose chairs

"Resso" Chairs and Tables

Modern stackable chairs All models are made of slender, extremely robust round steel pipe, with floor-friendly plastic or felt glides. Chrome frame with ergonomically-shaped beech seat shell. Available with or without upholstery. Up to 10 chairs can be stacked together. Models with armrests on request.

Ergonomically shaped wooden shell in beech wood

- Total height: 35 ½“, 90 cm - Chair width: 20 ¼“, 51 cm - Seat height: 18 ½“, 47 cm - Seat depth: 15 ¾“, 40 cm - Seat width: 17“, 43 cm

floor-friendly plastic or felt glides

Sturdy round steel tube frame

“Favorit“ Teacher‘s chair

20“ 51 cm

20“ 51 cm

Resso, upholstered seat 112172

Resso, seat and backrest upholstered 112174

20“ 51 cm

Resso, not upholstered 112170

Teacher’s chair-Lower Seat Height

20“ 51 cm

20“ 51 cm

At long last there is a popular favorite chair for adults, too. To ensure that the teacher sits comfortably, while working with students the adult sitting height of 17 ¾”, 45 cm has been reduced by 4 ½”, 11 cm. Sitting height: 13 ¾”, 35 cm; depth: 17 ¾”, 45 cm; width: 15 ½”, 39 cm. Beech solid wood.

20“ 51 cm

808045 Select color options and glides (page 13).

Resso B, not upholstered 112220

Resso B, seat upholstered 112222

Resso B, seat and backrest upholstered 112224

“Favorit“ padded

How to order Mandatory Options

Glides

Synthetic leather upholstery color E6 blue

E8 black

E9 red

E10 green

Glides plastic E11 gray

E16 white

XTREME fabric upholstery color XT4 orange

XT5 red

XT7 green

XT9 blue

XT14 gray

XT16 black

Gleiter Glide enhanced felt plastic

GLKU GLFI

GLVK

If not specified we will deliver GLKU. Overview "Which glide for which floor?" on page 8.

“Favorit“ Chair, upholstered Frame: solid Beech, clear finish. Seat and backrest upholstery are ergonomically designed to increase seating comfort. Seat height 18“, 46 cm, seat depth 16 ½“, 42 cm, seat width 16“, 40.5 cm.

809372 Select fabric options (page 222 - 226) and glides.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

21


Multi-purpose chairs Four-leg chair geo

Rocker Chair

Stackable

blue

red

Geo four-leg chair The front legs of this stackable chair are made of round steel and the rear legs are made of oval tubular steel. The large radius of the front seating edge supports good posture. The rounded back and the seating area are made of multiple-layer beech timber. Plastic covers for stacking. Seating width 13 ½”, 34 cm, -depth 15”, 38 cm, chair width 15 ½”, 39 cm 176057 Seating height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 176058 Seating height 15”, 38 cm Seating width 15”, 38 cm, -depth 16 ¾”, 42 cm, chair width 17”, 43 cm 176059 Seating height 17”, 43 cm 176060 seating height 18 ¼”, 46 cm 176061 seating height 20 ¼”, 51 cm

Rocker Chair With padded seat shell and steel tube frame. Frame color: silver pearl. Seat height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, seat width 15“, 38 cm, seat depth 15 ½“, 39 cm, overall height 36 ¼“, 92 cm, chair width 16 ½”, 42 cm. 092597 Blue 092598 Red 092599 Gray Only available with plastic glides.

Select frame color and glides on page 69.

NEW!

Four-leg chair OMEGA

NEW!

Four-leg chair ALTRO

Four-legged Chair "Omega"

Four-legged Chair "Altro"

Stackable, precision steel pipe frame, 1" x ¼", 22 x 2 mm, in RAL 9006 white aluminum. Seat height 18 ¼"/18 ½", 46/47 cm, seat width 17 ½", 44 cm. Chair width 20 ¼", 51 cm. Models with armrests on request. Without armrests 176490 without cushioning 176491 With seat cushion 176492 With seat/backrest cushion

Stackable, round steel pipe frame, 1" x ¼", 22 x 2 mm, in RAL 9006 white aluminum. Seat height 18 ½", 47 cm, chair width 18 ½", 47 cm.

176065 Select cushion color and glide types below.

Specify cushion color and glide type below.

How to order OMEGA + ALTRO

Mandatory Options

Optional colors XTREME-Stoffe CX03

CX04

CX02

CX10

CX06

CX05

CX13

CX01

CX11

CX15

CX12

CX07

CX08

Yellow

Orange

Red

Red Violet

Apple Green

Green

Light Blue

Blue

Turquoise

Light Gray

Gray

Dark Gray

Black

Glides Plastic glide

Felt glide

GLKU

GLFI

22

Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.


Pedestal Tables

Chairs and Tables

Pedestal tables Height-Adjustable & mobile

sy

t

.

Ea

to

see

s height adju

tm

en

HeightAdjustable

Height-adjustable pedestal Table Gas lift and 5 casters, smooth surface. Frame made of powder-coated tubular steel and tabletop made of genuine birch with Duropal surface. Pedestal-Ø 27 ¾”, 70 cm center column-Ø 2”, 5 cm, H 30 ½” - 46 ¼”, 77 – 117 cm. 176260 Ø 31 ½”, 80 cm 176261 Ø 39 ½”, 100 cm

How to order Table Top

Mandatory Options Please specify the desired table top surface. If not specified we deliver K243.

®

Duropal W400 White

KORA Orange

KGEL Yellow

G719 Green

U068 Blue

K188

K177

K243

Lightgray

Beech light

Birch

Height-Adjustable

Waiting room table

This pedestal table can be used as a flexible work space or as a height-adjustable table in the cafeteria.

A visual highlight in the adult waiting area.

NEW!

68 - 98 cm 27” - 38 ¾”

Table top made of 3/8“, 10 mm frosted glass

Height-Adjustable Pedestal Table With telescoping leg and round base. This table is simple to adjust in 1”, 2 cm intervals. Simply lift and release the tabletop. It latches with a click. To lower the table, lift the tabletop up to the highest position and press it all the way down, then lift it back up to the desired height. Chrome round base, tabletop birch wood with Duropal ® surface. Ø 31 ½”, 80 cm, height adjustable of 27” - 38 ¾”, 68 - 98 cm.

466640

Waiting Room Column Table Table top made of strong 10 mm frosted glass, powder-coated steel frame. Size: H 17 ¾" 45 cm, top Ø 23 ¾", 60 cm, foot plate Ø 19", 48 cm. 466650 RAL 9006 white aluminum 466651 Chrome

Select table top on page 57.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

23


Folding wall tables –

Experiment

practical and space-saving

Experiment and building materials are easily accessed when you open the table leaf. Helps keep everything in reach. Tidying up is easy. Just put everything into the cabinet, close the leaf and you’re done. Grown-ups can easily pull down the table leaf and the content of the cabinet is protected from children’s curious hands when the table leaf is up.

59 ½“, 151 cm deep when opened

Learning Wall Mounted Fold-down Table

Build Additional storage space in the lower area

Only 15 ¾“, 40 cm deep when closed

Combined cupboard and table. The cupboard has 2 fixed shelves and 2 compartments with a lid. The table can be folded up or down as needed. GS certified and therefore completely safe. Includes hardware for wall attachment. Beech wood composite panel with Duropal surface (for more about the material see page 161). Size: table top length 47 ¼“, 120 cm x width 27 ¾“, 70 cm, cupboard width 29 ½“, 74,5 cm x height 49“, 124 cm.

184120 184121 184122 184123 184124

H 18 ¼”, 46 cm H 21”, 53 cm H 23 ¼”, 59 cm H 25 ½”, 64 cm H 28”, 71 cm

Select table top below.

How to order Mandatory Options Duropal®-Table surface Choose from the colors below

Paint W400 white KORA orange KGEL yellow U739

U068 blue

G719

K243

clear blue

green

24

K188 light gray

K177

Beech light

KSTB

Beech “strips“

Birch


Folding Wall Tables

Chairs and Tables

Folding wall tables & benches Fold-down Table Locking mechanism is on the wall, and snaps in when the table is folded up. It can only be unlocked by an adult to fold the table down. The mechanism is GS tested and therefore completely safe. A side button locks the table leg. When the table is folded up there is space for other things. The underside of the table can also be made into a play area with the addition of a sensory panel (please order separately). Load capacity: max. 132 ½ lb, 60 kg. Beech real wood veneer, metal legs with plastic glides, powder-coated (RAL 9006). metal. Size: L 55 ¼“ x W 27 ¾“, L 140 x W 70 cm (table surface).

Fold-down Table, round 184109 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm 184110 H 18 ¼“, 46 cm 184111 H 21“, 53 cm 184112 H 23 ¼“, 59 cm 184113 H 25 ¼“, 64 cm 184114 H 28“, 71 cm 184115 H 30“, 76 cm

55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“ 140 x 70 cm Select table top on page 24.

47“ x 27 ½“ 120 x 70 cm

Fold-down Table, square 184129 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm 184130 H 18 ¼“, 46 cm 184131 H 21“, 53 cm 184132 H 23 ¼“, 59 cm 184133 H 25 ¼“, 64 cm 184134 H 28“, 71 cm 184135 H 30“, 76 cm

Stool on page 11.

Select table top on page 24.

10 Year GUARANTEE Folds flat against wall

GS tested

First loosen the latch…

…then fold down.

Made

in Germany

Fold-down Bench

105 x 35 cm 41“ x 13 ¾“

Matches all fold-down tables. The locking mechanism is on the wall, and snaps in when the bench is folded up. It can only be unlocked by an adult. If no seat is needed then it makes space for other things. The leg can be locked with a side button. GS tested and therefore completely safe. Beech wood composite panel with Duropal surface, metal legs with plastic glides, powder-coated (RAL 9006). Size: L 41 ½“ x W 14“, L 105.4 x W 35.4 cm (seating area), seat plate thickness ¾“, 17 mm.

184149 184150 184151 184152 184153 184154 184155

H 8 ½“, 21 cm H 10 ¼“, 26 cm H 12 ¼“, 31 cm H 14“, 35 cm H 15“, 38 cm H 17“, 43 cm H 18 ¼“, 46 cm

Select bench top on page 24

Folds flat against wall

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Loosen the latch to fold down.

25


Folding Table & Trolley Folding table "tip top" >> with release lever under the table

Folding Table "modo" The tabletop can be folded up using a simple mechanism with release lever. When not in use can be rolled away. Several tables can be nested into each other to save space. With four casters. Y-shaped steel tube frame with powder coating, 1”, 25 mm thick tabletop, with melamine resin coating on both sides. Available with ABS edge. H 28 ½" x D 27 ½", H 72 x 70 cm. 176999 W 55 ¼", 140 cm (not shown) 176198 W 63", 160 cm

Several tables can be nested into each other to save space.

Select table top on page 69.

Folding table & Trolley "slide"

Folding Table Sturdy frame with steel apron. Legs with plastic glides. Table has ¾”, 19 mm thick tabletop, with melamine resin coating on both sides. On the bottom it has stacking protection. H 28”, H 72 cm. Only available with ABS edge. 176200 W 47 ¼” x D 27 ½”, W 120 x D 70 cm 176201 W 55 ½” x D 27 ½”, W 140 x D 70 cm 176202 W 63“ x D 27 ½“, W 160 x D 70 cm

176203 W 47 ¼“ x D 32“, W 120 x D 80 cm 176204 W 55 ¼“ x D 32“, W 140 x D 80 cm 176205 W 63“ x D 32“, W 160 x D 80 cm Select table top, frame color and glides on page 69.

saves space

Stack up to 10 tables

Table Transport Trolley Load capacity: 10 tables. 1”, 25 mm thick three-layer wood with melamine resin coating on both sides. Black metal frame. W 63” x D 27 ½”, W 165 x D 71 cm.

176290

26


Folding & Pullout Tables

PULLOUT TABLE 63“/94 ½“ x 35 ½“ L 160/240 x B 90

METAL TABLE FRAME in 4 Options powercoated RAL 9006, gray

Number

Chairs and Tables

Pullout table

Adjustable 23 ¼“- 30“, 59 - 76 cm

GLIDES

Caster MIX

GLIDES

Caster MIX

167820

167821

167830

167831

Select table top, table height and type of glides on page 64 - 65.

Pullout table Expands from 39 ½”, 100 cm to 94 ½”, 240 cm. Tabletop 4 with HPL coating ½“, 1.2 mm thick. W 63/94 ½“ x H 35 ½“, 160/240 x H 90 cm. Only available with metal frame and Duropal.

From 6 to 10 in the wink of an eye

>> Pullout table offers space for up to 6 people in its initial size

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

>> Pull out the panels and fold up the middle panel

www.haba.de

>> Space for up to 10 people

27


Sitting

Sit comfortably and practically

holder for baby bottle

Wipeable synthetic leather cover

Footstool

A

Armrest is adjustable

A

Baby Feeding Chair

Relax on this softly upholstered chair with 4-way adjustable arm rest, and table, you can attach either on the left or right. Genuine birch, foam upholstering and hygienic synthetic leather cover. Seating height 15 ¾”, 40 cm, seating depth 23 ¾”, 60 cm. Overall dimensions: W 42 ¼” x H 33 ¼” x D approx. 29 ¾”, W 107 x H 84 x D approx. 75 cm. The footstool offers you additional comfort (please order separately).

102075

B

Select synthetic leather on page 227.

B

Footstool

Genuine birch. W 19” x H 9 ¼” x D 19”, W 48 x H 23 x D 48 cm.

102077 Available with plastice glides

Armchair for Nursery

Floor chair

with back support

Floor Chair

Rattan, with plastic glides. Total height 33 ½”, 85 cm, with 25 ”, 63 cm, depth 25”, 63 cm, seating height 17”, 43 cm.

102065

28

Sit comfortably on the floor with back support. The stackable chair is delivered unassembled, but is quickly and easily transformed into a practical seating option. Connect the metal frame and pull the fabric cover over it, and the chair is ready. Sturdy canvas of 100 % cotton, metal frame, seat surface of foam. Weight: 41 lbs, 1.9 kg. W 15“ x D 12 ¾“, W 42.5 x D 32 cm, backrest height 21 ¾“, 55 cm. 099938 Blue 099948 Red


Wall Workspace A variable workstation that adapts to your needs and saves space. The height of the folding table is adjustable to convert to a standing or sitting worktable. Fold the table up if more space is needed. Shelves and cabinets are easily attached to the pegboard, which has a metal surface and also serves as a pin board.

E

D

C

Wall-Mounted Panel with Folding Table

Pegboard with folding table, height adjustable. Real wood - birch, tabletop HPL birch. W 38“ x H 78“ x D 1 ½ or 31 ½“ (table unfolded), W 96 x H 198 x D 4 or 80 cm (table unfolded). Mounting height 82 ¾“, 210 cm

473929

D

Shelf Attachment Real birch wood. W 18 ½“ x H 10 “ x D 9 ¼“, W 46.5 x H 25.5 x D 23.5 cm.

473914

E

C

Locker Attachment Real birch wood. W 18 ½“ x H 15“ x D 11“, W 46.5 x H 38 x D 27.5 cm.

473915

pra

ctical hook

Standing Worktable F

with hook

G

Teacher wall workplace With 1 drawer, one compartment under the folding cover, a pen tray and retainer bar. Birch. W 18 ½” x H 12 ¾” x D 17 ½”, W 46,4 x H 32,3 x D 44 cm. 473925 With the drawer and a lock

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Dynamic Workstation Slightly tilt to move the table with two casters. The drawers and the cabinet are locked to protect contents. With 2 table hooks and 1 shelf. Birch wood. Tabletop 24“ x 24“, 60 x 60 cm, total height 41 ½“,105 cm.

www.haba.de

F 182080 G 182082

Standing/rolling table, 2 drawers, 1 door Standing/rolling table, 1 drawer

29

Chairs and Tables

standing work places


Stool Clover Stool

stackable

flexible glides

Clover Stool The design of this three-legged stool offers maximum leg room for the respective table height. Seat of real beech wood, legs of solid beech wood. Seat-Ø 13 ½”, 34 cm, leg-Ø 2”, 50 mm. 808084 Height 8 ¼”, 21 cm 808085 Height 10 ¼”, 26 cm 808086 Height 12 ¼”, 31 cm 808087 Height 13 ¾”, 35 cm Only available with plastic glides

The steel plate installed into the seat ensures a strong connection to the legs.

Wooden Stool

Stackable Stool

Stackable Stool steel tube supports, ½”, 2 mm, serve as footrests

Select glides. Wooden Stool, stackable

Stackable Stool

Stool “Basic“

Seat beech veneer and frame beech plywood; natural finish. Seat diameter: 11 ½“, 29.5 cm 111650 Height 8 ¼”, 21 cm 111651 Height 10”, 26 cm 111652 Height 12”, 31 cm 111653 Height 13 ¾“, 35 cm 111654 Height 15”, 38 cm

Genuine beech wood, powder-coated steel tube in RAL 9006, white aluminum, natural finish. Seat diameter 10 ¾”, 27 cm 475815 Height 8 ¼“, 21 cm 475825 Height 10 ½”, 26 cm 475835 Height 12 ¼”, 31 cm 475845 Height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 475855 Height 15”, 38 cm

Four footrests. This results in four different seat heights: 12 ¼“, 31 cm, 13 ¼“, 35 cm, 15“, 38 cm, 17”, 43 cm. Precision steel tube, epoxy resin powder coating, plastic parts are made of polypropylene (black, RAL 9005), seat made of real wood - beech, varnished. Seat Ø 13 ¼“, 35 cm, seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm

Seat diameter: 13 ¾“, 35 cm 111655 Height 17“, 43 cm 111656 Height 18 ¼”, 46 cm

176070

Seat diameter: 13 ¾”, 35 cm 475865 Height 17”, 43 cm 475875 Height 18 ¼”, 46 cm

Mandatory Options Glides

30

Plastic glide

Felt glide

GLKU

GLFI

Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU. See page 8 for information on what glides work for which floor type.

FAVORIT STOOL on page 11.


Chairs and Tables

Turn-around Furniture Set provides 3 or 4 seat heights Just flip it over seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26 or 31 cm

Turn-around Stool Seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26, or 31 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. W 12 ½” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 31 x H 31 x D 26 cm.

128635

Turn-around Bench Seat heights: 5”, 8 ½” and 10 ½”, 12, 21, and 26 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. Genuine birch wood. Dimensions: W 26 ¾” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 67 x H 31 x D 26 cm.

grip holes facilitate handling

128640

seat height 5“, 12 cm

seat height 8 ½“, 21 cm

seat height 10 ½“, 26 cm

seat height 12 ½“, 31 cm

Bench with 3 seat heights: 5”, 8 ½” and 10 ½”, 12, 21 and 26 cm

Children‘s Corner Flexible and reversible furniture Height 18“, 46 cm

Height 15 ¾“, 40 cm

On the top space to paint or play on the bottom storage space.

When placed on edge, it’s a table for two

No matter how you turn the stool and the table – everything fits together. Two seat and table heights to choose when turned over. The stools are so lightweight that the children can turn them around on their own. Birch.

Roller bin Turn-around Stool

The roller bin is sized so that it fits under the work surface when the turnabout table is turned upright. Includes 4 casters. W 23“ x H 15“ x D 13 ½“, W 66 x H 38 x D 34.5 cm.

Reversible crib table

Seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26, or 31 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. W 12 ½” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 31 x H 31 x D 26 cm.

Set up on end and its surface is cut in half and the table has a second height. 29 ¾” x 29 ¾”, 75 x 75 cm, height 15 ¾”, 40 cm or 18 ¼”, 46 cm.

Preschool play table combination “Children‘s Corner“

128635

128612

128611

128621

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Consists of 2 stools, 1 turnabout table, and 1 roller bin.

31


Play and Sitting Benches Steel frames provide stability

3 in a set

Stackable bench made of birch, with roller boxes Stackable Benches

In 2 sizes to match the stackable benches

Roller Boxes for Stackable Benches Each bench can fit 2 of the appropriate height roller boxes underneath. Each 1 piece. 121206 For H 14", 35 cm (item no. 121192), W 17 ¾" x H 10 ¼" x D 13", W 45 x H 26 x D 33 cm 121207 For H 17", 43 cm (item no. 121193), W 19" x H 13 ½" x D 13", W 48 x H 34 x D 33 cm

Single or as a set of 3 with three seat heights: 10 ¼“, 26 cm, 14“, 35 cm, 17“, 43 cm. Great for mixed-age groups. Benches can be nested together to save space. Real birch wood with powder-coated steel frame. 121191 W 37“ x H 10 ¼“ x D 13“, W 94 x H 26 x D 33 cm, 1 piece 121192 W 39 ½“ x H 14“ x D 13“, W 100 x H 35 x D 33 cm, 1 piece 121193 W 41 ¾“ x H 17“ x D 13“, W 106 x H 43 x D 33 cm, 1 piece 121190 Set of 3, seat heights: 10 ¼“, 14“ and 17“, 26, 35 und 43 cm Selcet glides (p. 13).

Cushioned Benches Cushioned Bench in 2 widths Genuine birch wood with foamed padding (RG 40/45), synthetic leather cover and metal support beam.

A Without backrest 121130 H10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm

121131 H10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm

121132 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm

121133 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm

B With backrest 121140 H 10 ½ ” 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm, total height 20 ½”, 51 cm

121141 H 10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm, total height 20 ½”, 51 cm

121142 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm, total height 26”, 66 cm

In two seat heights – for daycare and preschool A

32

B

121143 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm, total height 26”, 66 cm Select synthetic leather (p. 227) and glides (p. 13).


Play Bench made of beech with carpeted surface Chairs and Tables

Play Bench – birch

You have the choice

stackable

Tretford

Fabromont

Natural Goat hair carpet

Easy care quality

Colors, quantities and features on page 280/281.

Play, Balance, Stack ...

Rectangle bench

Rolling cart, small

Birch wood. Plastic glides included. W 29 ¾“ x D 7 ½“ / 12“, W 75 x D 18 / 30 cm. 121198 H 7 ¼“, H 18,5 cm 121199 H 10 ¼“, H 26 cm

You can combine this bench with the medium (820140) or the small (820130) rolling cart. Height 12”, 30 cm for pre-school. W 12” x D 18”, W 30.3 x D 45.5 cm.

Beech wood real veneer. W 14“ x H 9“ x D 15 ½“, W 36 x H 23 x D 39.4 cm. 820130 W 14“, 36 cm 820140 W 29 ¼“, 74 cm

Select glides (p. 13).

Select carpet options (p. 280/281) and glides (p. 13).

846910

Stools & Benches – stable, quality, beech!

Bench without Backrest

Stool Can also be used as corner or middle element in combination with the benches. Real beech – wood. W 14 ¼“, 36 cm. 121165 H 10 ¼” x D 10“, H 26 cm x T 25 cm 121170 H 13 ¾” x D 14 ¼“, H 35 cm x D 36 cm 121235 H 17” x D 15”, H 43 x D 38 cm

D

Select color option and glides (p. 13).

C

Real beech wood. 121155 W 32”, 80 cm, Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 11”, 28 cm 121150 W 39”, 100 cm, Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 13”, 33 cm 121225 W 47 ¼”, 120 cm, Seat height 17”, 43 cm, seat depth 15”, 38 cm

Bench with Back Real beech wood.

121045 W 31 ½“x H 19 ¾“ x D 12 ¼“, W 80 x H 50 x D 31 cm, seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 8 ¼”, 21 cm 121050 W 39 ½“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 14 ¼“, W 100 x H 59 x D 36 cm, seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 11”, 28 cm

NEW! D C

Corner Bench with Backrest Makes a corner bench when combined with benches item no. 121045 and 121050. Real beech wood. 121120 H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, depth 10“, 25 cm, W 38 ¾“, 98.3 cm, total height 20“, 50.6 cm 121125 H 14“, 35 cm, depth 12 ¾“, 32 cm, W 53 ¾“, 136.2 cm, total height 23 ¾“, 60.3 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

33


e r u t i n r u SafeutnydedFsolution - a well-ro

The corners of the shelves, tables, and stools have been rounded and outer edges have a soft padding. Furniture is perfect size and color to create an inviting play area.

Safety to the smallest detail Artificial leather: Free of phthalate, OEKO-TEX® Standard 100 – product class 1 details after page 226.

Foamed material padding

34

Cross section of the side panel of the cabinet

Extra soft, padded edges and sides sturdy genuine birch wood details on page 122/123.


Armchair

Stool

Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 16” x H 14” x D 12”, W 40 x H 35 x D 30 cm, seat height 8”, 20 cm. 129052 light blue 129051 light green

Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. Ø 12” x H 8”, Ø 30 x H 20 cm. 129061 light green 129097 light blue

Sofa

Bench

Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. Dimensions: W 34 ¾” x H 14” x D 12”, W 88 x H 35 x D 30 cm, seat height 8”, 20 cm. 129055 light blue 129056 light green

Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 31 ¾” x H 8” x D 10”, W 80 x H 20 x D 25 cm. 129065 light blue 129066 light green

Round Table

Rectangular Table

Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. Ø 31 ¾” x H 14”, Ø 80 x H 35 cm. 129098 light blue 129071 light green

Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 31 ¾” x H 14” x D 16”, W 80 x H 35 x D 40 cm. 129075 light blue 129076 light green

Saefty mirror Square Table

Cabinet

Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 31 ¾” x H 14” x D 31 ¾”, W 80 x H 35 x D 80 cm. 129080 light blue 129081 light green

Two compartments. Safety mirror. Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 34 ¾” x H 23 ¾” x D 12”, W 88 x H 60 x D 30 cm. 129085 light blue 129086 light green

Bookshelf

Cabinet

Three compartments. Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 34 ¾” x H 23 ¾” x D 12”, W 88 x H 60 x D 30 cm. 129095 light blue 129096 light green

Five compartments. Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 34 ¾” x H 23 ¾” x D 12”, W 88 x H 60 x D 30 cm 129099 light blue 129091 light green

Only available with plastic glides.

Soft. Round. Safe. All edges on the outside have several layers of padding. The inside ends have been rounded off at an extra-large radius.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

35

Chairs and Tables

Safety Furniture


Tables

36


Chairs and Tables

42 Table forms – 8 Table heights – 2 Tabletop finishes – 14 Colors – different table legs. For toddlers, kindergarden, school, office and anywhere.

37


Table combinations Curve Table

Corner Table

Third Circle Table

38


Chairs and Tables

Create Your Own Combination Third Circle Table

Wave Table

Half Circular Table

Curve Table

Trapezium Table

Corner Table

Pentagon Table

8 table heights

Size chart of DIN EN 1729

The right seat and table height for every child The DIN EN 1729 takes into account the physical measurements of children, youth and adults in your specifications for seat and table heights. Since January, 2007, it has applied to all EU countries. Ergonomic seating requires tables and chairs which are adjusted for body height. The size table from DIN EN 1729 shows which table and seat heights are required for the respective body heights.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Individuals height from – to

Seat height

Table height

31" - 37", 80 - 95 cm

8 ¼", 21 cm

15 ¾", 40 cm

36" - 45", 93 - 116 cm

10 ¼", 26 cm

18", 46 cm

42" - 47", 108 - 121 cm

12 ¼", 31 cm

21", 53 cm

46" - 56", 119 - 142 cm

13 ¾", 35 cm

23 ¼", 59 cm

53" - 62", 133 - 159 cm

15", 38 cm

25 ¼", 64 cm

58" - 69", 146 - 176.5 cm

17", 43 cm

28", 71 cm

62" - 74", 159 - 188 cm

18", 46 cm

30", 76 cm

68" - 81", 174 - 207 cm

20", 51 cm

32 ¼", 82 cm

39


Special Tables Activity Table Anyone who needs to feed six hungry children at the same time, or supervise them while they eat, is very busy. Here is the "helping hand" they need: The U-shaped work table is designed in such a way that the teacher can sit on a roller stool and quickly move from place to place, or turn from one child to the other – during mealtimes and also when crafting or playing.

Material Play Table The hobby and crafts tables are true powerhouses: Games and blocks, arts & crafts supplies, and even modeling clay can be stored in the center console. Everything is right where it‘s needed and is quickly and easily cleared away.

Compartment internal dimensions: L 28 ½" x W 7" x H 6", L 72.2 x W 17.3 x H 15 cm.

Floor Play Table Floor play tables in various shapes. Any of the 42 move•upp tables can be used as a floor play table when ordered with 10", 25 cm tall legs.

40


Chairs and Tables This table comes from the room concept

Discovery Rooms!

Curious? See p. 96.

Pentagon Table Five sides for a new perspective... These flexible, movable tables can be combined in a variety of ways, and liven up the room with organic structures. They have plenty of space for drawing, gluing, cutting ... They can be combined with each other or standard tables. Combining different heights creates a particularly attractive look. It is also an advantage for mixed-age groups. If large and small tables of differing heights are combined then they can be pushed together to save space.

Octagonal Table Note, play zone: eight children can sit comfortably here to play, build or do puzzles: together or each on their own. There is 23 他", 60 cm of space available per table edge.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

41


Tables

height adjustable

Lowering the table is just as easy: pull the table top up to the maximum height, press it all the way down again, and then pull it up to the desired height.

mobile Wheelchairs fit under tables without frames.

Easy handling

>> powder-coated in gray, RAL 9006

>> powder-coated in gray, RAL 9006

>> Birch wood

Choose from 4 legs with glides or 2 legs each with glides and 2 legs with locking casters.

Choose from 4 legs with glides or 2 legs each with glides and 2 legs with locking casters.

Lockable Caster

Glides

Plastic glides for sturdy floors.

Just pull up the tabletop and listen for the clicking sound.

Solid Wood

Metal

Felt glides for floors.

Adjustable in ¾“, 2 cm increments:

7 ¾“, 20 cm

Single table legs

Glides that adjust (up to ¾“, 2 cm) for uneven floors. Rounded ends protect floor.

>> every caster can hold a load of up to 220 lbs, 100 kg and is easily pivoted

>> Stable locking brakes >> Quick and quiet >> Moves easily

flexible and easy moving

42


Chairs and Tables

Metal table frames with 3 different table legs 1

Table legs in 7 heights

2

legs Twist-adjustable table

Height-adjustable in 4 increments from 15 ¾” – 23 ¼”, 40 – 59 cm. For preschool, pre-K and daycare centers.

From 15 ¾”– 30”, 40 – 76 cm, powder coated aluminum, RAL 9006 Suited for preschool age to adult.

>> height adjustable twist lock and locking stops.

Adjustable glides with felt bottoms

Glides Made of Felt or Plastic Glides made of felt for delicate floor surfaces.

3

Glides with adjustable height (up to ¾”, 2 cm) for uneven floors. They protect the floors with their rounded ends.

Glides made of plastic for sturdy floors.

Adjustable table legs

Height adjustable in ¾”, 2 cm intervals from 23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm with the unique adjustable system by HABA. For kindergarten, daycare center/school and adults.

lowest height 23 ¼”, 59 cm

maximum height 30”, 76 cm

easy height adjustment in seconds table heights conforming to DIN EN 1729-1 (size category 3 – 6

stable bolted connection to the steel frame

23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm)

smooth-rolling casters adjustable height glides

43


Tables 10 Year GUARANTEE

Quality Features

Tabletop made of genuine birch wood.

for Birch Tables

More information on page 122/123.

Made in Germany

the table top >> Top made of linoleum or Duropal >> 1 ¼”, 29 mm thick: warp-free

Original size: 1 ¼“, 29 mm thick

and stable

>> easy installation

Birch Veneer move•upp tabletops are made of many glued layers of veneer. This guarantees stability. Sextuple connection and the mounting plate: Stable due to the thickness of the plate and the density of the material.

Table top options

Duropal ®

Linoleum Sand

Orange

Green

Aqua Blue

Blue

White

Orange

Yellow

Aqua blue

Blue

Green

L071

L171

L132

L422

L479

W400

KORA

KGEL

U739

U068

G719

>> sustainable raw materials

Gray

>> 1.2 mm thick melamine resin surface

Light gray

Birch

>> light resistant and fire resistant

L058

>> high scratch and impact resistant

K188

K243

>> cork content, absorbs noise >> naturally anti-static, sturdy and durable >> disinfectant and other cleaning agents will not harm top

>> environment-friendly, biodegradable >> hygienic, anti-bacterial

44

>> resists wear and tear


Chairs and Tables

Safety furniture for the Little Ones Our safety furniture was developed especially for children under three years of age. The rounded corners (radius 3 ¼“, 80 cm) provide protection from injuries.

METAL

SOLID WOOD

powercoated RAL 9006, gray

lacquered

Glides

Casters Mix

Glides

Casters Mix

number

451150

451151

451155

451156

number

451200

451201

451205

451206

number

451250

451251

451255

451256

WITH SINGLE LEGS 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm Inside width Single legs 1. 15“, 38.0 cm 1

1

Only available up to a height of 18 ½“, 46 cm.

31 ½“x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58.0 cm

1

47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm

2

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ½“, 98.0 cm 2. 23“, 58.0

Select table top finish, table height and glides separately on page 57.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

45


Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS

HOW TO ORDER

METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

METAL height-adjustable 21H – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm

SOLID WOOD lacquered

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

450000

450001

450005

450006

450010

number

450050

450051

450055

450056

450060

number

451400

451401

451405

451406

451410

number

451450

451451

451455

451456

451460

SQUARE TABLES 31 ½ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm

1

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58.0 cm

39 ½ x 39 ½“, 100 x 100 cm

1

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 30 ¾“, 78.0 cm

Light tables are not available in the USA.

LIGHT TABLES 80 x 80 cm

1

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 22,8“, 58,0 cm

120 x 80 cm

2

1

46

Inside width Single legs 1. 38,8“, 98,5 cm 2. 22,8“, 58,0 cm


Chairs and Tables

METAL TABLE FRAME

HOW TO ORDER

in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm

twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

450020

450021

450030

450031

450040

number

450070

450071

450080

450081

450090

SQUARE TABLES 31 ½ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm

1

1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm

39 ½ x 39 ½“, 100 x 100 cm

1

1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 35 ¼“, 89.2 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

47


Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS

HOW TO ORDER

METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm

SOLID WOOD lacquered

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

450300

450301

450305 50305

45030 450306

450310

number

450100

450101

450105

450106

450110

number

450150

450151

450155

450156

450160

number

450200

450201

450205

450206

450210

number

450250

450251

450255

450256

450260

MATERIAL TABLE 47 ¼“ x 31½“, 120 x 80 cm

2

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98 cm; 2. 23“, 58 cm

RECTANGULAR TABLES 47 ¼ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm

2

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98.0 cm; 2. 15“, 38.0 cm

47 ¼ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm

2

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98.0 cm; 2. 23“, 58.0 cm

55 ¼ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm

2

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 46 ½“, 118.0 cm; 2. 19“, 48.0 cm

63 x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm

2

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 54 ½“,138.0 cm; 2. 23“, 58.0 cm

48


Chairs and Tables

METAL TABLE FRAME

HOW TO ORDER

in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm

twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

450320

450321

450330

450331

450340

number

450120

450121

450130

450131

450140

number

450170

450171

450180

450181

450190

number

450220

450221

450230

450231

450240

number

450270

450271

450280

450281

450290

MATERIAL TABLE 47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm

2

1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm

RECTANGULAR TABLES 47 ¼ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm

2

1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 19 ½“, 49.2 cm

47 ¼ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm

2

1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm

55 ¼ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm

2

1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 51“, 129.2 cm; 2. 23 ½“, 59.2 cm

63 x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm

2

1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 58 ¾“, 149.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

49


Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS

HOW TO ORDER

METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm

SOLID WOOD lacquered

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

450400

450401

450405

450406

450410

number

450450

450451

450455

450456

450460

number

450500

450501

450505

450506

450510

number

450550

450551

450555

450556

450560

number

450600

450601

450605

450606

450610

TRAPEZIUM TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm

3

2

Inside width Single legs 1. 35 ¼“, 89.4 cm; 2. 17 ½“, 43.9 cm; 3. 17 ½“, 44.0 cm

1

55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm

2

3

Inside width Single legs 1. 42 ¾“, 108.1 cm; 2. 21 ¾“, 55.1 cm; 3. 18 ½“, 47 cm

1

63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm

3

2 1

Inside width Single legs 1. 50 ¼“, 127.7 cm; 2. 26“, 65.5 cm; 3. 22 ¼ “, 56.3 cm

WAVE TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm

2

Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98 cm; 2. 15“, 38 cm

1

47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm

2

1

50

Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98 cm; 2. 23“, 58 cm


Chairs and Tables

METAL TABLE FRAME

HOW TO ORDER

in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm

twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

450420

450421

450430

450431

450440

number

450470

450471

450480

450481

450490

number

450520

450521

450530

450531

450540

number

450570

450571

450580

450581

450590

number

450620

450621

450630

450631

450640

TRAPEZIUM TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm

2

3

Inside width Metal frame 1. 41 ½“, 105.5 cm; 2. 20 ¼“, 51.8 cm; 3. 22“, 55.5 cm

1

55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm

3

2

Inside width Metal frame 1. 49 ¼“, 125 cm; 2. 25“, 63.1 cm; 3. 23“, 58.3 cm

1

63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm

2

3

1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 57“, 145.0 cm; 2. 28 ¾“, 72.8 cm; 3. 27“, 68.5 cm

WAVE TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm

2

Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 19 ½“, 49.1 cm

1

47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm

2 1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.1 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

51


Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS

HOW TO ORDER

METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm

SOLID WOOD lacquered

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

451750

451751

451755

451756

451760

number

451700

451701

451705

451706

451710

ANGLE TABLE 47 ¼“ x 47 ¼“, 120 x 120 cm

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 38,5“, 98,0 cm 2. 15“, 38,0 cm

2

CURVED TABLE L 47 ¼“, 120 cm, Narrow side 23 ¾“ wide, outer radius 47 ¼“

1 3 2

Inside width Single legs 1. 17 ¼“ , 44,0 cm 2. 18 ¾“, 47,5 cm 3. 15“, 38,0 cm 5th leg included when ordering a set of 4

5th leg included when ordering a set of 4

THIRD-CIRCLE-TABLE L 68 ¼“, 173 cm, Narrow side 23 ¾“ wide, outer radius 39 ¼“

1

3

2

number

450350

450351

450355

450356

450360

number

451100

451101

451105

451106

451110

number

451300

451301

451305

451306

451310

Inside width Single legs 1. 31 ¼“, 79.1 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.1 cm; 3. 15“, 38 cm

HORSESHOE TABLE 63“ x 47 ¼“, 160 x 120 cm

3

2 1

Inside width Single legs 1. 54 ½“, 138 cm; 2. 31 ½“, 79.5 cm; 3. 37 ¾“, 95.8 cm

FORMO TABLE 31 ½“ x 23“, 80 x 58 cm

3

2 1

52

Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58 cm; 2. 14“, 35.2 cm; 3. 19 ¼“, 48.7 cm


Chairs and Tables

METAL TABLE FRAME

HOW TO ORDER

in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

GLIDES

adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm

GLIDES

ANGLE TABLE 47 ¼“ x 47 ¼“, 120 x 120 cm

NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME

CURVED TABLE L 47 ¼“, 120 cm,

NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME

5th leg included when ordering a set of 4

THIRD-CIRCLE-TABLE L 68 ¼“, 173 cm, Narrow side 23 ¾“ wide, outer radius 39 ¼“

number 1 3

2

450370

450371

450380

450381

450390

Inside width Metal frame 1. 35 ½“, 89.6 cm; 2. 26 ¾“, 67.5 cm; 3. 19 ½“, 49.2 cm

HORSESHOE TABLE 63“ x 47 ¼“, 160 x 120 cm NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME

FORMO TABLE 31 ½“ x 23“, 80 x 58 cm NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

53


Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS

HOW TO ORDER

METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm

SOLID WOOD lacquered

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

450800

450801

450805

450806

450810

number

450850

450851

450855

450856

450860

number

450900

450901

450905

450906

450910

number

451000 000

451001 4510

451005

451006

451010

number

450650

450651

450655

450656

450660

number

450950

450951

450955

450956

450960

CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 39 ½“, Ø 100 cm

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 21“, 53.4 cm

1

Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm

1

1

Inside width Single legs 1. 26 ¾“, 67.5 cm

SEMI CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm

3

2

Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¼“, 96.7 cm; 2. 16 ¼“, 41.2 cm; 3. 16 ¼“, 41.3 cm

1

HALF OVAL TABLE 31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm

Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58 cm; 2. 18 ¼“, 46.3 cm; 3. 17 ½“, 44.2 cm

1 3

2

WAVED ARCH TABLE 47 ¼“ x 29 ½“, 120 x 75 cm

Inside width Single legs 1. 40“, 101.8 cm; 2. 20 ¼“, 51.4 cm; 3. 20“, 50.8 cm; 4. 19 ¼“, 49.1 cm

3 4 2

1

OVAL TABLE 78 ¾ x 31 ½“, 200 x 80 cm

2

1

54

Inside width Single legs 1. 45“, 114 cm; 2. 23“, 58 cm


Chairs and Tables

METAL TABLE FRAME

HOW TO ORDER

in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm

twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

450820

450821

450830

450831

450840

number

450870

450871

450880

450881

450890

number

450920

450921

450930

450931

450940

number

451020

451021

451030

451031

451040

number

450670

450671

450680

450681

450690

number

450970

450971

450980

450981

450990

CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 39 ½“, Ø 100 cm

Inside width Metal frame 1. 24 ½“, 61.8 cm

1

Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm

1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 30“, 76 cm

SEMI CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm

2

3

Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 108.9 cm; 2. 20 ½“, 52.2 cm; 3. 18 ¾“, 47.3 cm

1

HALF OVAL TABLE 31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm

3 1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm; 2. 23 ½“, 59.3 cm; 3. 19“, 47.7 cm

2

WAVED ARCH TABLE 47 ¼“ x 29 ½“, 120 x 75 cm

Inside width Metal frame 1. 44 ½“, 113.1 cm; 2. 24“, 61 cm; 3. 24 ¾“, 62.4 cm; 4. 22“, 55.9 cm

3 4 2

1

OVAL TABLE 78 ¾ x 31 ½“, 200 x 80 cm

2

1

Inside width Metal frame 1. 45 ¾“, 116.0 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

55


Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS

HOW TO ORDER

METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

GLIDES

METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm

SOLID WOOD lacquered

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

TRIANGLE TABLES 44 ½“ / 31 ½“, 113 / 80 cm

ONLY AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME

55 ¼“ / 39 ½“, 140 / 100 cm

2 1

number

450700

450701

450705

450706

450710

number

451600

451601

451605

451606

451610

number

451650

451651

451655

451656

451660

number

451050

451051

451055

451056

451060

Inside width Single legs 1. 39“, 98.8 cm; 2. 27“, 68 cm

2

PENTAGON TABLES 47 ¾“ x 43 ½“, 121 x 110 cm

5

4 Inside size Individual legs 1. 25", 63.0 cm; 2. 24 1/4", 61.0 cm; 3. 17 3/4", 45.0 cm; 4. 24 1/2", 62.0 cm; 5. 24 1/4", 62.0 cm

1 3 2

67 ¾“ x 48 ¼“, 172 x 122 cm

4 5 1 3 2

Inside size Individual legs 1. 17 3/4", 45.0 cm; 2. 25", 63.0 cm; 3. 48 1/4", 122.0 cm; 4. 24 1/4", 61.0 cm; 5. 48 1/4", 122.0 cm

OCTAGONAL TABLE 49 ¾“ x 49 ¾“, 126 x 126 cm

1

56

Inside width Single legs 1. 31“, 78.2 cm;


HOW TO ORDER

Twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm

in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.

Adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

450770

450771

450780

450781

450790

number

450720

450721

450730

450731

450740

TRIANGLE TABLES 44 ½“ / 31 ½“, 113 / 80 cm

2 1 2

Inside width Metal frame 1. 36 ¾“, 93.3 cm; 2. 25 ¾“, 65.1 cm

55 ¼“ / 39 ½“, 140 / 100 cm

2 1 2

Inside width Metal frame 1. 48“, 121.6 cm; 2. 33 ½“, 85.1 cm

How to order Mandatory Options Please specify the desired table top surface. If not specified we deliver K243.

Table Top Duropal® W400 White

KORA Orange

K243

K188

Birch

Light Gray

KGEL Yellow

G719 Green

U739 Clear Blue

U068 Blue

L479 Blue

L132 Green

L058 Gray

Linoleum L171 Orange

L071 Sand

L422 Light Blue

Table heights

Please specify the desired table height.

HO25 (10“, 25 cm) HO40 (16“, 40 cm)

HO46 (18 ¼“, 46 cm)

Only available with single legs and glides

HO53 (21“, 53 cm) HO59 (23 ¼“, 59 cm) HO64 (25 ¼“, 64 cm) HO71 (28“, 71 cm) HO76 (30“, 76 cm)

Glides

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Choose your glide design. If no glide design is specified, “GLKU“ will be delivered. plastic glides

felt glides

GLKU

GLFI

57

Chairs and Tables

METAL TABLE FRAME


All purpose tables with frame / legs in beech or metal – in the table heights of 16” to 30”, 40 to 76 cm.

Toddler

Kindergarden

School

Staff

Many Possibilities 58


ALL PURPOSE TABLES

>> >> >> >>

>> extra-thick melamine

The table surfaces

resin coating can withstand everyday use

Chairs and Tables

Quality Characteristics rounded edges Easy to clean

no moisture penetration Chemical resistant

10 Year GUARANTEE

1“, 20 mm thick Made

in Germany

The surfaces Beech plywood laminated

Duropal ® white W400

orange KORA

yellow KGEL

aqua blue U739

blue U068

green G719

Beech light K177

Beech “strips“ KSTB

laminated STAW Not available in the USA

>> Beech plywood laminated >> rounded edges >> coated surface

>> 1.2 mm extra-thick Duropal surface

®

>> high abrasion, scratch and impact resistance

light gray K188

>> 100% Recyclable

Floor saving

Table Stability An internal cross nut bolt and 2 threaded rods connect the table-legs to the corner piece and table-frame. Solid and long wearing.

Strong double bolts draw table leg into the frame opening, for a solid, stable joint. Metal to metal connection.

All tables are fitted with nonmarking, floor saving plastic glides.

Helpful things Table Legs, 4 pcs. Protects Rectangular Tables

protects the table

... from dripping color, glue, and other messes when tinkering. The protective cover has rounded corners but is not cut proof. Made from semi-transparent, environmentally friendly Polypropelyne material. 027273 W 31“ x D 31“, W 79 x D 79 cm 027274 W 47“ x D 23 ¼“, W 119 x D 59 cm 027275 W 47“ x D 31“, W 119 x D 79 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Additional legs used to change height of existing tables only. Suitable for all HABA Duropal-tables. 180015 Height 16”, 40 cm 180025 Height 18”, 46 cm 180035 Height 20 ½”, 53 cm 180045 Height 23”, 59 cm 180055 Height 25”, 64 cm 180065 Height 27 ½”, 71 cm 180075 Height 30”, 76 cm

59


All purpose tables with 4 different table legs 1 Solid Beech Wood

2 Metal Frames

Frames & Legs

& Legs

From 15 ¾” – 30”, 40 – 76 cm. Suited for preschool age to adult.

From 15 ¾” – 30”, 40 – 76 cm, powder coated aluminum, RAL 9006 Suited for preschool age to adult.

4 legs with glides

4 legs with glides

Glides Made of Felt or Plastic

Glides made of felt for delicate floor surfaces.

Glides made of plastic for sturdy floors.

with adjustable height

3 Twist-adjustable Table Legs

>> height adjustment using locking stops

Height-adjustable in 4 increments from 15 ¾” – 23 ¼”, 40 – 59 cm. Suited for preschool, pre-K and daycare centers.

>> height adjustable from 15 ¾” – 23 ¼”, 40 – 59 cm

>> height adjustment using screw lock and locking stops.

Adjustable glides with felt bottoms 60

Glides with adjustable height (up to ¾”, 2 cm) for uneven floors. They protect the floors with their rounded ends.


ALL PURPOSE TABLES

Chairs and Tables

4 Adjustable Table Legs Height adjustable in ¾”, 2 cm intervals from 23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm with the unique adjustable system by HABA.

easy height adjustment in seconds

stable bolted connection to the steel frame

table heights conform to DIN EN 1729-1 (size category 3 – 6, 23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm)

mobile due to smooth-running casters

adjustable height glides

SAVE 10% ON All-purpose Table and Chair Sets For Kindergarten and Preschool

Kindergarten

Toddler

Chair-Table Combination 10 Consists of 1 square table with Duropal® Light Birch, 2 Favorit stacking chairs and 2 Favorit chairs with armrests. Table: W 31 ½” x H 18 ¼“ x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 46 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, seat depth 10“, 25 cm, height of the armrests 15 ½”, 39 cm.

Chair-Table Combination 4

167948 167988

167953 167993

Consists of 1 square table with Duropal® Light Birch and 4 Favorit stacking chairs. Table: W 31 ½” x H 23 ¼“ x D 31 ½” ,W 80 x H 59 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 13”, 32.5 cm, seat height 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm.

with plastic glides with felt glides

with plastic glides with felt glides

Toddler

Kindergarten

Chair-Table Combination 9

Chair-Table Combination 6

Consists of 1 rectangular table with Duropal® Light Birch, 4 Favorit stacking chairs and 2 Favorit chairs with armrests. Table: W 47 ¼“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 31 ½”, W 120 x H 46 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, seat depth 10“, 25 cm, height of the armrests 15 ½”, 39 cm.

Consists of 1 rectangular table with Duropal® Light Birch and 6 Favorit stacking chairs. Table: W 47 ¼“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 31 ½”, W 120 x H 59 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 13”, 32.5 cm, seat height 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm.

167949 167989

167955 167995

with plastic glides with felt glides

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

with plastic glides with felt glides

61


FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD

HOW TO ORDER Select table top, height and type of glides on page 64/65.

METAL TABLE FRAME

twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm 40 – 59 cm

in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey

GLIDES

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

167025

167020

167021

167030

167031

167040

number

167075

167070

167071

167080

167081

167090

number

167125

167120

167121

167130

167131

167140

number

167175

167170

167171

167180

167181

167190

SQUARE TABLES 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 18 ½“, 46.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 19 ½“, 49.2

1

1

31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm

1

1

RECTANGULAR TABLES 31 ½“ x 23 ¾“, 80 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm; 2. 18 ½“ 46.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm ; 2. 19 ½“, 49.2 cm

2

1

39 ½“ x 19 ¾ “, 100 x 50 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 34 ¼“, 86.5 cm; 2. 14 ½“, 36.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 35 ¼“, 89.2 cm; 2. 15 ½“, 39.2 cm Only available to 18 ¼“, 46 cm Height.

2

62

1


HOW TO ORDER

FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD

Select table top, height and type of glides on page 64/65.

METAL TABLE FRAME

twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm 40 – 59 cm

in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey

GLIDES

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

167225

167220

167221

167230

167231

167240

number

167275

167270

167271

167280

167281

167290

number

167325

167320

167321

167330

167331

167340

number

167375

167370

167371

167380

167381

167390

RECTANGULAR TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 42“, 106.5 cm; 2. 18 ½“, 46.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 19 ½“, 2. 49.2 cm

2

1

47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 42“, 106.5 cm; 2. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm

2

1

55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 50“, 126.5 cm; 2. 22 ¼“, 56.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 51“, 129.2 cm; 2. 23 ½“ 59.2 cm

2

1

63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 57 ¾“, 146.5 cm; 2. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 58 ¾“, 149.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm

2

1

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

63

Chairs and Tables

ALLPURPOSE-TABLES


HOW TO ORDER

FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD

Select table top, height and type of glides below.

METAL TABLE FRAME

twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm 40 – 59 cm

in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey

GLIDES

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

167575

167570

167571

167580

167581

167950

number

167625

167620

167621

167630

167631

167640

number

167675

167670

167671

167680

167681

167690

number

167725

167720

167721

167730

167731

167740

ROUND TABLES Ø 31 ½“, 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 18 ¾“, 47.3 cm Metal Frame 1. 18 ¾“, 47.6 cm

1

1

Ø 39 ½“, 100 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 24 ¼“, 61.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 24 ½“, 61.8 cm

1

1

Ø 47 ¼“, 120 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 29 ¾“, 75.4 cm Metal Frame 1. 30“, 76 cm

1

1

SEMI-CIRCULAR TABLE 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 39“, 98.6 cm; 2. 20“, 50.6 cm; 3. 17 ¾“, 44.6 cm Metal Frame 1. 43“, 108.9 cm; 2. 20 ¾“, 52.2 cm; 3. 18 ¾“, 47.3 cm 3

2 1

How to order Table Top Duropal W400 White

64

Mandatory Options

Please specify the desired table top surface.

Beech real wood

®

KORA Orange

KGEL Yellow

G719 Green

U739 Clear Blue

U068 Blue

K188 Light Grey

K177

KSTB Beech light Beech “strips“

STAW rod-glued

Not available in the USA.


HOW TO ORDER

FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD

Select table top, height and type of glides below.

METAL TABLE FRAME

twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm 40 – 59 cm

in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey

GLIDES

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

CASTERS MIX

GLIDES

number

167425

167420

167421

167430

167431

167440

number

167475

167470

167471

167480

167481

167490

number

167525

167520

167521

167530

167531

167540

number

167820

167821

167830

167831

TRAPEZIUM TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 39“, 98.6 cm; 2. 20“, 50.5 cm; 2. 17 ¾“, 44.6 cm Metal Frame 1. 41 ½“, 105 cm; 2. 20 ¾“, 52.7 cm; 3. 19 ¼“, 48.5 cm

3

2 1

55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 47 ¼“, 120 cm; 2. 24 ¼“, 61.5 cm; 3. 21 ¾“, 55 cm Metal Frame 1. 49 ¼“, 125 cm; 2. 25“, 63.1 cm; 3. 23“, 58.3 cm 2

3 1

63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 54 ¾“, 138.7 cm; 2. 28“, 70.6 cm; 3. 25 ½“, 64.6 cm Metal Frame 1. 57 ¼“, 145 cm; 2. 28 ¾“, 72.8 cm; 3. 27“, 68.5 cm 3

2

1

EXTENDING TABLE 63"/94 ½" x 35 ½", 160/240 x 90 cm Inside size metal frame 1. 50 1/2", 128.0 cm; 2. 22 1/4", 56.0 cm

2

1

Mandatory Options Table heights HO40 (16“, 40 cm)

Please specify the desired table height.

HO46 (18 ¼“, 46 cm) HO53 (21“, 53 cm) HO59 (23 ¼“, 59 cm)

HO64 (25 ¼“, 64 cm) HO71 (28“, 71 cm)

HO76 (30“, 76 cm)

Glides

Choose your glide design. If no glide design is specified, “GLKU“ will be delivered. plastic glides

felt glides

GLKU

GLFI

65

Chairs and Tables

ALLPURPOSE-TABLES


Building and Construction Table 4 Models – 3 Heights

Building and Construction Table This table was designed especially for play with building blocks, and construction or experimenting. >> The 1 ½“, 4 cm high edge keeps everything on the table. >> Tabletop has a durable, noisereducing linoleum surface covering. >> Materials are stored in 4 or 2 material bin compartments for quick and easy access. >> 4 casters, two lockable, make the table mobile. >> Genuine beech veneer, linoleum surface covering. Material bins sold separately on page 181.

120977 Large surface for toddlers., W 47½“ x H 14 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 120 x H 36.6 x D 80 cm Required material bins: 4 x 3 ¼“, 4 x 7.5 cm

120974 Small surface, low,

120973 Large surface, low,

120979 Large surface, high,

W 32 ½“ x H 20 ¾“ x D 19“, W 82 x H 52.5 x D 48 cm bin compartments on 2 sides Required material bins: 4 x 3 ¼“, 4 x 7.5 cm + 2 x 6“, 2 x 15 cm

W 32 ½“ x H 20 3¾“ x D 32 ¼”, W 82 x H 52.5 x D 82 cm bin compartments on all 4 sides Required material bins: 8 x 3 ¼“, 8 x 7.5 cm + 4 x 6“, 4 x 15 cm

W 32 ½“ x H 34 ½“ x D 32 ½”, W 82 x H 87.6 x D 82 cm bin compartments on all 4 sides Required material bins: 8 x 3 ¼“, 8 x 7.5 cm + 12 x 6“, 12 x 15 cm

Tub Table

Without the table top the tub can be used. As well as various play materials, the tub can also be filled with water or sand.

The tub table can also be quickly converted for breakfast or group work with the table top.

No need to clean up! The table top can be put on without removing the materials from the tub.

Table with Tub Insert and Lid A sand/water tub is hidden under the removable table top (lid). This means a normal table for drawing, crafting and playing can be made into a sand/water/mud play table in no time. Table top with Duropal surface and plastic tub, frame and legs either real beech wood or powder-coated metal (RAL 9006, white aluminum), depending on model. 31 ½" x 31 ½", 80 x 80 cm, tub W 31" x H 2 ½" x 31", W 78.3 x H 6 x D 78.3 cm. 167871 Wooden frame with 4 glides, H 18 ¼", 46 cm 167872 Wooden frame with 4 glides, H 23 ¼", 59 cm 167875 Metal frame with 2 casters and 2 glides, H 18 ¼", 46 cm 167876 Metal frame with 2 casters and 2 glides, H 23 ¼", 59 cm Select table top and type of glides (p. 64/65).

66

With metal or wooden frame


Chairs and Tables

Classroom Desks & Chairs. Built to Last. German Quality Student workstations with ergonomic, height adjustable desks and chairs, drawing tables, and teacher workstations. Seat

Backrest

Tabletop

Storage Basket

Ergonomic shape, made of 7-layer, naturally varnished beech plywood, rounded in the front. Fixed and adjustable seat heights.

Ergonomic shape, made of 7-layer naturally varnished beech plywood

Three-layer quality particle board, melamine resin coating on both sides with additional overlay, 1“, 25 mm thick

Powder coated in the color of the frame

10 Year GUARANTEE GS-tested Made in Germany

Stacking Protection

PU Safety Edge

Transparent plastic glides on the bottom side of the seat supports

Resistant to chipping

Bag Hooks

Flat-Oval Steel Tube

Tightly welded to the frame

Powder coated, W 2“ x H 1 ¼“ x D 1/8“ W 50 x H 30 x D 2 mm

Longlife Protective Glides

Stationary Plastic Glides

Gentle to the floor, wear resistant, low noise.

Height adjustable of up to ½“, 15 mm

Model Combination "ratio"

Select height, frame color and type of glides (p. 69).

Skid Chair “ratio” Seat width 13 ½”, 34 cm for seat height 12 ¼” – 15”, 31 - 38 cm, seat widths 15”, 38 cm for seat height 17” – 20”, 43 - 51 cm.

176020

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Skid Desk “ratio”

Double Skid Desk “ratio”

With 1 bag hook. W 27 ½” x D 21 ¾”, W 70 x D 55 cm. 176120 Without wire basket (not shown) 176121 With wire basket

With 2 bag hooks. W 51 ¼” x D 21 ¾”, W 130 x D 55 cm. 176122 Without wire basket (not shown) 176123 With wire basket

www.haba.de

67


"Logo" Model Combination There's a good reason that high standards are demanded for school tables and chairs: durability and ergonomics are very important. It is worth selecting a model carefully, as the ideal table-chair combination can benefit many generations of students. This table consists of a welded frame with scratch-proof, hard-wearing powder-coating and a melamine resin-coated table top with additional overlay (top layer). If desired with an additional wire basket under the table top for storage. The chair: The frame is made of stable precision steel pipe with 2 mm wall thickness, and has a scratch-resistant powder coating. Thanks to the enclosed steel rivets students can neither dismantle the wooden parts, which are made of 7-layered genuine beech wood, nor snag their clothing. The frame protects the front edge of the robust seating surface against mechanical damage.

10 Year GUARANTEE GS-tested Made in Germany

Seat

Backrest

Table top

Ergonomically shaped, made of 7-layer natural finish real beech wood, rounded at the front, seat height dependent on model, in part height-adjustable

Ergonomically shaped, made of 7-layer natural finish real beech wood

Three-layer quality chipboard, both sides with melamine resin coating and additional overlay, 1", 25 mm thick

Bag hooks Firmly welded onto the frame

Stacking protection Clear plastic protectors on the underside of the seat

heightadjustable

Flat oval steel pipe with tabletop supporting bracket

stackable

Long-life protective glides gentle on the ground, wear-resistant, low-noise and non-marring

68


A

C

B

D

Chairs and Tables

height adjustable

Single Skid Desk “logo”, height adjustable

C A

Skid Base Chair “logo”

Sturdy stackable chair in 6 seat heights: From 12 ¼” – 20”, 31 – 51 cm. Seat width 13 ½”, 34 cm for seat heights of 12 ¼” – 15”, 31 - 38 cm, seat width 15”, 38 cm for seat heights of 17” – 20”, 43 - 51 cm.

176000 Select chair height, frame color and type of glides below.

B

Comes with 1 bag hook. W 27 ½” x D 21 ¾”, W 70 x D 55 cm. Without wire basket, size 2 - 4 With wire basket, size 2 - 4 Without wire basket, size 3 - 5 With wire basket, size 3-5 Without wire basket, size 4 - 6 With wire basket, size 4 - 6 Without wire basket, size 5 – 7 With wire basket, size 5 - 7

176104 176108 176117 176118 176113 176114 176105 176109

Skid Desk “logo” The student desk is available with or without wire basket.

Double Skid Desk “logo”, height adjustable

With 2 bag hooks. W 51 ¼” x D 21 ¾”, W 130 x D 55 cm. 176102 Without wire basket 176103 With wire basket

Comes with 2 bag hooks. W 51 ¼” x D 21 ¾”, W 130 x D 55 cm (not shown) 176106 Without wire basket, size 2 - 4 176110 With wire basket, size 2 - 4 176112 Without wire basket, size 3 - 5 176119 With wire basket, size 3 - 5 176115 Without wire basket, size 4 - 6 176116 With wire basket, size 4 - 6 176107 Without wire basket, size 5 - 7 176111 With wire basket, size 5 - 7

Select table height, frame color, table top / table edge and type of glides below.

Select frame color, table top / table edge and type of glides below.

Single Skid Desk “logo” With 1 bag hook. W 27 ½” x D 21 ¾”, W 70 x D 55 cm. 176100 Without wire basket (not shown) 176101 With wire basket

Double Skid Desk “logo” (not shown)

Skid Base Chair “logo”,

D

176001 176004 176003 176002

Order size 2 – 4, seat height 12 ¼ “ – 15”, 31 – 38 cm, seat width 13 ½ “, 34 cm Order size 3 - 5, seat height 13 ¾“ - 17“, 35 - 43 cm seat width 13 ½“, 34 cm Order size 4 - 6, seat height 15“ x 18 ½“, 38 - 46 cm, seat width 15“, 38 cm Order size 5 – 7, seat height 17” – 20”, 43 – 51 cm, seat width 15”, 38 cm

Select frame color and type of glides below.

How to order

Mandatory Options

Chair & Table Heights Proper, ergonomic sitting means table and seat height are adapted to each other and to the body height of the student. The following table shows you which seat and table height corresponds to the body height of your students. With our height adjustable tables and chairs, you cover three table and seat heights with just one desk. The code colors serve as a guide for height adjustment.

Medium Body Height

Seat Height of the Chair

Table Height

Adjust Desk to

Ordering Code

45"/ 114 cm

12 ¼"/31 cm

21"/53 cm

2

HÖH2

51 ½" / 131 cm

13 ¾"/35 cm

23 ¼"/59 cm

3

HÖH3

57 ½" / 146 cm

15"/38 cm

25 ¼"/64 cm

4

HÖH4

63 ½" /161 cm

17"/43 cm

28"/71 cm

5

HÖH5

68 ½" / 174 cm

18 ¼"/46 cm

30"/76 cm

6

HÖH6

75 ¼" / 191 cm

20"/51 cm

32 ¼"/82 cm

7

HÖH7

Frame Color (RAL) 1021

3003

5002

5014

5023

6004

6033

7021

7035

8014

9005

9006

E702

Rapeseed Yellow

Ruby Red

Ultramarine Blue

Pigeon Blue

Distant Blue

Blue Green

Mint Turquoise

Black Gray

Light Gray

Sepia Brown

Jet Black

Aluminum

Metallic Gray

Table Tops ABS-edge

PU-edge

P1FB

P1ZW P1AL

Beech Wood

White Beech

Light Gray

P1WE Price Group 1 – White

ABS-edge glued to the tabletop

P2FB

P2ZW P2AL

Beech Wood

White Beech

Glides

Light Gray

Price Group 2 – PU-edge attached to the Tabletop. Only available for tables with the dimensions 27 ½“ x 26“, 70 x 66 cm and 51 ¼“ x 26“, 130 x 66 cm.

Substructures for PC-table

For Carpeting: plastic glides

For Smooth Flooring: felt glides

GLKU

GLFI

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

If no glide design is specified, GLKU will be deliverd.

The substructures of the tables can be mounted left or right. If no substructure is specified, UBRE will be deliverd.

www.haba.de

UBRE UBLI

substructures mounted right substructures mounted left

69


PC-Table A

A

Exclusive Webdesk PC table with folding cable channel

With a cable channel throughout ( W 7” x H 4 ¾”, W 17 x H 12 cm) over the entire width of the table. You can also fold up and close the cable channel. The sturdy four-leg frame made of tubular steel has a circular frame supporting the board made of tubular sectional steel. The legs have plastic glides for equalizing height. The tabletop is 1”, 25 mm thick and coated with melamine resin and has an additional overlay. With an ABS edge. H 28 ½” x D 31 ½”, H 72 x D 80 cm. Order drawers and CPU holder separately. 176214 W 47 ¼”, 120 cm 176215 W 55 ¼”, 140 cm 176216 W 63”, 160 cm Select frame color, table top and type of glides (p. 69).

B

Lockable Drawers for PC Desk

Is mounted on the right of the frame. Has 1 top pullout with handle (H 2”, H 5 cm), 3 drawers with handle (H 6”, H 15 cm) and central locking. W 17” x H 21 ¼” x D 22”,W 43 x H 54 x D 56 cm.

C

176219 B

Select veneer top (P1FB, P1ZW, P1AL) and substructure (p. 69).

C

CPU Holder

... with divided rear panel and lockable safety bolt. For computers. W 10” x H 20” x D 19 ¾”, W 25 x H 51 x D 50 cm. Can be mounted on the right or on the left of the border frame. Includes hardware.

176218 Select veneer top (P1FB, P1ZW, P1AL) and substructure (p. 69).

Metal CPU Holder

pullout cable duct

cable channel

hidden cable system

security bolt for theft protection

Can be mounted on the right or the left of the border frame. Includes hardward and side bar. Metal, powder coated. Standing width: 7”- 10”, 18 - 25 cm, computer height: max. 17 ¾”, 45 cm.

176217 Select frame color and substructure (p. 69).

H 25 ¼” – 32 ¼”, 64 – 82 cm

Mobile PC Workstation

easy height adjustment with turning knob

Mobile PC Workstation “Studio”

solit:sit-CHAIRS start on page 16.

With 1 work surface (W 30 ½” x D 23 ¾”, W 100 x D 60 cm), 1 printer space (W 24” x D 17 ¾”, W 61 x D 45 cm), 1 computer space on the right (Width adjustable from 7” – 8 ¼”, 18 - 21 cm) and 1 keyboard pullout on roller guides with pullout lock (W 22 ½” x D 15”, W 57 x D 38 cm). Sturdy, stable frame made of powder coated steel tube with 4 casters, two locking. Height adjustment via turning knob. Work surface and storage spaces as well as the pullout are made of three-layer quality MDF (3/4”, 19 mm thick) with melamine resin coating on both sides. ABS edge. 176220 H 28 ½”, H 72 cm (non adjustable) 176221 height adjustable, H 25 ¼” – 32 ¼”, H 64 82 cm Select frame color and table top (p. 69).

70


grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

grow.upp – Discovery Rooms


Room for Natural Learning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o BO PBTJT JO XIJDI CFJOH B DIJME JT TJNQMZ OBUVSBM

72


grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

?

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

73


Discovery Rooms!

Educational Concept A Holistic Room Concept to Support the Development of Children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iUIFJS PXOw %FQFOEJOH PO UIFJS BWFSBHF EBJMZ TUBZ NBOZ DIJMESFO TQFOE BU MFBTU XBLJOH IPVST PG UIFJS NPTU JNQPSUBOU EFWFMPQNFOUBM QIBTF JO EBZDBSFT BOE QSFTDIPPMT

74

Silke Schรถnrade 4QPSU TDJFODF HSBEVBUF (FSNBO 4QPSU 6OJWFSTJUZ $PMPHOF

$POTVMUBOU GPS JOUFSJPS EFTJHO BOE SPPN DPODFQUT JO QSFTDIPPMT 4QFDJBMJTU BVUIPS 'SFFMBODF MFDUVSFS XJUI B GPDVT PO t 3PPN EFTJHO JO EBZDBSFT BOE QSFTDIPPMT t 1TZDIPNPUPS GVODUJPO t .PUPS EJBHOPTUJDT t -BOHVBHF EFWFMPQNFOU


grow.upp Concept

This is where grow.upp comes in:

5IF OFX SPPN DPODFQU DIBMMFOHFT UIF DIJMESFO FWFSZ EBZ FODPVSBHJOH UIFN UP m OE UIFJS PXO DSFBUJWF TPMVUJPOT XIFO QMBZ JOH 5IF JOUFSBDUJPO PG UIJOLJOH BDUJOH BOE GFFMJOH VXSSRUWV WKH FKLOGUHQ·V GHYHORS PHQW DQG OHDUQLQJ SURFHVVHV 5IJT DPODFQU VXSSRUWV B DIJMESFOAT FXUL RVLW\ XIFO FYQMPSJOH UIF SPPN T FOWJSPO NFOU PS QBVTJOH JO UIF JOUFSFTUJOH SFUSFBU BSFBT 1MBUGPSNT USBQF[PJE DBCJOFUT DVC CZ IPMF DBWFT BOE BOHMF BOE DPSOFS DBCJ OFUT PQFO VQ B USVF ýPRYHPHQW SDUDGLVHý GPS UIF DIJMESFO XIJDI NBLFT B WBSJFUZ PG SK\VLFDO BOE SHUFHSWLRQ H[SHULHQFHV QPTTJCMF 5IJT DSFBUFT TPNF UHOLHI GPS UIF UFBDIFST 5IF FEVDBUJPOBM BSFBT QMBZ BSFBT BOE SFU SFBU TQBDFT DBO CF VTFE CZ NBOZ DIJMESFO %FQFOEJOH PO UIFJS JOEJWJEVBM OFFET UIFZ DBO SFUSFBU PDDVQZ UIFNTFMWFT PCTFSWF RVJFUMZ PS TJNQMZ IBWF B SFTU JO POF PG UIF DVCCZ IPMF DBWFT " VWLPXODWLQJ BOE YDULHG HQYLURQPHQW JO XIJDI UISFF EJ NFOTJPOBM FYQFSJFODFT DBO CF HBUIFSFE

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

IFMQT UIF JORVJTJUJWF DIJME MFBSO BCPVU UIFJS XPSME

grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

XJUI JUT EFTJHO UIF GVSOJUVSF PDWFKHV WKH GLYHUVH QHHGV RI FKLOGUHQ SLFNLQJ XS WKH HGXFDWLRQDO EHQHÀ W IDFLOLWDWLQJ WKH GDLO\ URXWLQH DQG VXSSRUWLQJ WKH HGXFD WLRQDO ZRUN RI WKH WHDFKHUV

Color Scheme 5IF LQVSLUDWLRQ IURP QDWXUH DBO CF GPVOE JO UIF HSPX VQQ TFMFDUJPO PG TIBQFT BOE DPMPS (FOUMF TVCEVFE DPMPST XIJDI BSF DMPTF UP OBUVSF TPPUIF UIF FZFT BOE HJWF SRVLWLYH YLVXDO VWLPXOL $BSFGVMMZ TFMFD UFE DPMPS BDDFOUT o PO UIF GVSOJUVSF BT XFMM BT JO UIF FOUJSF SPPN o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

www.haba.de

EFTJHO 5IF OFX IPMJTUJD HSPX VQQ SPPN DPODFQU PHHWV DOO WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV XIJDI BSF TFU GPS B Á H[LEOH IXUQLWXUH IRU DJHV UP TJY ZFBST *U NBLFT VLPSOH DQG WLPH VDYLQJ KDQGOLQJ CZ UIF UFBDIFST QPTTJCMF FWFO XIFO UIF SPPN JT TQPO UBOFPVTMZ DIBOHFE BT QBSU PG DIJMESFO T QMBZ 8JUI UIFTF SPPN DPODFQUT JOEJWJEVBM TPMVUJPOT DBO RVJDLMZ BOE TJNQMZ CF GPVOE JO NJYFE BHF HSPVQT

75


“Hey! It’s getting bright in the cave!”

“I can see colorful light here!”

“Climb up – and wheeeeeee slide down!”

“I want to go through here!” – “Oh! I can go through here too!”

“Move over, I want to sit under the leaves too!” “Nobody can see me but I can hear everyone …!”

76

“I can’t make up my mind... Rest? Watch? Or crawl underneath...?”


grow.upp Concept

Discovery Rooms!

grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

DESIGN CONCEPT Organic Structures +RZ WKH GHVLJQHUV GHVFULEH WKH JURZ XSS FRQFHSW $IJMESFO DBO HBUIFS MPUT PG FYQFSJFODFT PO BO FYDVSTJPO JOUP UIF GPSFTU PS UP UIF QBSL 5IFZ DBO USZ UIJOHT PVU MFBSO UIJOHT 8F BTLFE PVSTFMWFT )PX DBO XF EFTJHO B HSPVQ SPPN XIJDI JT FRVBMMZ FYDJUJOH 8IBU EP UIF GVSOJ UVSF UIF DPMPST UIF MJHIU BOE UIF XBMMT OFFE UP CF MJLF

“I’m going under!” – “I’m going over!”

4JNQMZ JNJUBUJOH OBUVSF XBTO U PVS HPBM 8F XBOUFE UP DSFBUF JUT FTTFODF 8F XBOUFE UIF DIJMESFO BOE UFBDIFST UP GFFM VXUURXQGHG E\ WKLV QDWXUDO RUGHU BOE UP IBWF B VHQVH JO UIF TBNF XBZ XF GFFM DPOOFDUFE XJUI OBUVSF XIJMF PO IJLFT BOE XBMLT 8F DPOTJEFSFE UIJT JO UIF EF TJHO BOE TFMFDUJPO PG DPMPST EFMJDBUF HSFFO CSPXO BOE CMVF TVQQMFNFOUFE XJUI B GFX TQBSJOH BDDFOUT JO SFE BOE ZFMMPX *O UIJT XBZ UIF SPPN JT TJNJMBS UP UIF QDWXUDO BOE WLPHOHVV LPSUHVVLRQV HJWFO CZ PVS PXO GBNJMJBS PVUEPPST 5IF XQXVXDO JHRPHWU\ PG UIF GVSOJUVSF SFn FDUT UIF GBDU UIBU OBUVSF JT DPOTUBOUMZ TVSQSJTJOH VT -JWJOH TIBQFT EPO U GPMMPX UIF TUJGG UFDIOPJE BFTUIFUJD PG PVS GVODUJPOBMMZ PSJFOUFE BSDIJUFDUVSF 5IF USJFE BOE UFTUFE SJHIU BOHMFE TUPSBHF GVSOJUVSF XJUI PQUJNBM TQBDF VUJMJM[BUJPO EPFTO U KVTU TUBOE BHBJOTU UIF XBMM CVU SBUIFS DPNCJOFE XJUI UIF DQJOHG HOHPHQWV JURZV WKURXJK FUHDWLYLW\ 5IF SPPN SFNBJOT PQFO BT UIFTF OBUVSFTDBQF iSPPN EJWJEFSTw BSF À OOHG ZLWK H[ SHULHQFHV BOE IBWF iGVOw QBTTBHFT 5IF QBUIT EPO U BMXBZT UBLF UIF NPTU EJSFDU MJOF GSPN " UP # (SPX VQQ PGGFST WBSJPVT PQUJPOT UP SFBDI B EFTUJOBUJPO 5IJT HQFRXUDJHV PRYHPHQW BSPVOE UIF SPPN 5IF XJEFMZ EJTUSJCVUFE H[SORUHU VSDFHV FODPVSBHF LQGHSHQGHQW SOD\ CZ UIF DIJMESFO 5IFZ IBWF UIF PQQPSUVOJUZ UP m OE NBOZ DPSOFST BOE BOHMFT BOE UP QMBZ UISPVHIPVU UIF SPPN $IJMESFO DBO m OE VSDFHV IRU UHWUHDW GPS RVJFU PCTFSWBUJPO PS FWFO GPS TMFFQ *URZ XSS RIIHUV FKLOGUHQ DQ HQYLURQPHQW ZKLFK VXLWV WKHLU QHHGV DQG VWLPXODWHV WKHLU VHQVHV LQ ZD\V WKDW FRQQHFW ZLWK QDWXUH

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

77


Transfer Center for Neurosciences and Learning

ScientiямБc basis Interior Design Concepts Which are Close to Nature Offer Both Security and Stimulation $IJMESFO OFFE UP GFFM BU FBTF JO UIFJS TVS SPVOEJOHT UP FOTVSF IFBMUIZ EFWFMPQNFOU UP MFBSO OFX UIJOHT BOE UP m OE UIF DPVSBHF UP TPNFUJNFT USZ UIJOHT XIJDI BSF EJGm DVMU $IJME PSJFOUFE SPPNT TIPVME UIFSFGPSF CF GVSOJTIFE JO TVDI B XBZ UIBU DIJMESFO H[SHULHQFH D IHHOLQJ RI VHFXULW\ BOE BU UIF TBNF UJNF m OE VWLPXOL GPS WKHLU IXUWKHU GHYHORSPHQW 5IFTF TFFNJOHMZ DPOUSB EJDUPSZ SFRVJSFNFOUT GPS SPPN EFTJHO DBO CF CFTU GVMm MMFE XIFO XF PSJFOU PVSTFMWFT UPXBSE UIF QDWXUDO HQYLURQPHQW 1FPQMF o SFHBSEMFTT PG XIFUIFS ZPVOH PS PME o IBWF BO JOOBUF QSFGFSFODF GPS OBUVSBM FOWJSPONFOUBM BTQFDUT iQDWXUDOi BOE FORVH WR QDWXUH FRPSRQHQWV PG TQBDF BOE BSDIJUFDUVSF DPOTFSWF UIF DPHOJUJWF BOE FNPUJPOBM SFTPVSDFT PG UIF DIJMESFO BOE BEVMUT 5IFTF DPNQPOFOUT JODMVEF TVGm DJFOU EBZMJHIU HSFFO TQBDFT BOE QMBOUT JO UIF SPPN PS PO UIF CVJMEJOH 'PS JOUFSJPS EFDPSBUJPO EFTJHO OBUVSBM NBUFSJBMT TVDI BT ZRRG PS DQ DSSURSULDWH FRORU VFKHPH

78

BOE B EJWJTJPO PG UIF SPPN JOUP PQFO DMFBSMZ BSSBOHFE BSFBT BOE QSPUFDUFE BSFBT GPS SFUSFBU DBO IFMQ DPOTFSWF SFTPVSDFT 5IF SFMJFWJOH FGGFDU PG TVDI NFBTVSFT JT SFMBYJOH UP UIF DIJMESFO BOE BEVMUT " TFDVSF BSFB GPS SFUSFBU PGGFST B CBTJT GPS DIJMESFO UP MJWF PVU UIFJS OBUVSBM DVSJPTJUZ BOE KPZ PG EJTDPWFSZ 1BSFOUT BOE DBSFHJWFST PGGFS UIJT iTFDVSF TQBDFw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

8IJMF XJUI ZPVOHFS DIJMESFO GBNJMJBSJUZ SFQSFTFOUT JNQPSUBOU DPNQPOFOUT GPS UIF GFFMJOH PG TFDVSJUZ XJUI PMEFS DIJMESFO BTQFDUT TVDI BT PSEFS BOE DMFBS BSSBO HFNFOU CFDPNF JODSFBTJOHMZ JNQPSUBOU #FDBVTF DIJMESFO EFWFMPQ BU EJGGFSFOU SBUFT BOE TPNFUJNFT OFFE NPSF PS MFTT TFDVSJUZ EFQFOEJOH PO UIFJS NPPE PS UIF EFNBOET QMBDFE PO UIFN JU NBLFT TFOTF UP IBWF PQQPSUVOJUJFT GPS SFUSFBU BWBJMBCMF GPS DIJMESFO PG FWFSZ BHF

%S 1FUSB "SOEU 1SPKFDU NBOBHFNFOU i&EVDBUJPO $FOUSF w 5SBOTGFS $FOUSF GPS /FVSPTDJFODFT BOE -FBSOJOH ;/-

6OJWFSTJUZ PG 6MN 'SPN "SOEU 1 " #SBJO $PHOJUJWF TUSBJO BOE DP DPOTUSVDUJPO 3FTTPVSDF PSJFOUBUFE DSFBUJPO PG MFBSOJOH TQBDF 5IF &MFNFOUBSZ 4DIPPM +PVSOBM "SOEU 1 " %FTJHO PG -FBSOJOH 4QBDFT &NPUJPOBM BOE $PHOJUJWF &GGFDUT PG -FBSOJOH &OWJSPONFOUT JO 3FMBUJPO UP $IJME %FWFMPQNFOU .JOE #SBJO BOE &EVDBUJPO


J UH TXH DQWL

grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

H\

L Q H 3 7XUPHULF

U DOXPLQLXP J

OLQ RH &

HQ

>

HS

S

6

SK DS

-SV

*

VY

*

LUH

VS

VSV

VY

& X

UU\

Y UR FN

3DO D]] R

3DOD ]]R

\ E

UR Z

Q

GH VHUW EHLJ H

Color Concept Discovery Rooms!

Inspired by Nature – Harmonious Color Scheme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n PPST DBCJOFUT BSUJm DJBM MFBUIFS GBCSJDT BOE DBSQFUT BSF PQUJNBMMZ DPPSEJOBUFE $PMPS EFDJTJPOT BSF GBDJMJUBUFE XJUI UIF DPOTDJPVTMZ TFMFDUFE BOE CFBVUJGVMMZ DMFBS DPMPS TQFDUSVN

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

79


"

From Old To New: With Little

Transformation a Room

BEFORE

to a nature scape

"

Room

AFTER

80


5XP PS UISFF HSPX VQQ DBCJOFUT BSF FOPVHI UP HJWF ZPVS FYJTUJOH SPPN B OFX MPPL BOE UP DSFBUF OFX

QBTTBHFXBZT 'PS B GVSUIFS USBOTGPSNBUJPO PUIFS FMFNFOUT TVDI BT XBMM FMFNFOUT QMBUGPSNT BOE DBS QFUT DBO CF BEEFE 5IJT DSFBUFT B DPNQMFUFMZ OFX BUNPTQIFSF BOE TFOTF PG TQBDF 5IF OBUVSBM BOE DPPS EJOBUFE DPMPST PG UIF JOEJWJEVBM FMFNFOUT JODMVEJOH UIF NBUDIJOH XBMM DPMPS FOTVSF B IBSNPOJPVT BUNPTQIFSF

grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

(JWF BMSFBEZ GVSOJTIFE SPPNT B OFX MPPL o UIF HSPX VQQ DPODFQU DBO IFMQ XJUI UIJTþ :PV EPO U OFFE UP HJWF VQ UIF BEWBOUBHFT PG ZPVS DVSSFOU TUPSBHF GVSOJUVSF UIFTF DBO CF TVQQMFNFOUFE XFMM XJUI UIF OFX HSPX VQQ GVSOJUVSF

BEFORE

AFTER

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

81


One Concept – Many Possibilities "

5IF HSPX VQQ SPPN DPODFQU MFBWFT OP XJTI VOGVMm MMFE 8IFUIFS HSPVQ PS FEVDBUJPOBM SPPNT TQBDFT GPS SFTU PS NPWFNFOU SPPNT GPS EBZDBSF PS PMEFS QSFTDIPPM DIJMESFO o B TPMVUJPO DBO BMXBZT CF GPVOE GPS UIF WBSJFUZ BOE JOEJWJEVBMJUZ JO FWFSZEBZ FEVDBUJPOBM OFFET 5IF GVSOJUVSF JT EFTJHOFE JO TVDI B XBZ UIBU JOEJWJEVBM QJFDFT DBO TVQQMFNFOU BMSFBEZ BWBJMBCMF JUFNT PS B DPNQMFUFMZ OFX SPPN DPODFQU DBO CF QMBOOFE XJUI HSPX VQQ *O MJHIU PG UIF EJGGFSFOU BHF TUSVDUVSFT JO POF FTUBCMJTINFOU BOE UIFJS BTTPDJBUFE SFRVJSFNFOUT n FYJCJMJUZ JO UIF GVSOJUVSF JT JNQPSUBOU

"

6LONH 6FK|QUDGH $7 TFF QBHF

Group Room Up to 3 Years 500 sq ft, 50 m2; max. 12 children

3

2

1 1

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

82

&RORU 6FKHPH 'MPPST -JOPMFVN %FTFSU #FJHF 8BMMT 1BMB[[P 'VSOJUVSF HSPX VQQ DBCJOFUT BOE UBCMFT JO OBUVSBM CJSDI


grow.upp Concept

Group Room 2-6 Years 500 sq ft, 50 m2; max. 20 children grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

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

5

6

4

&RORU 6FKHPH 'MPPST -JOPMFVN 3PDLZ #SPXO 8BMMT 1BMB[[P 'VSOJUVSF HSPX VQQ DBCJOFUT BOE UBCMFT JO OBUVSBM CJSDI BOE MJHIU HSFFO PS CMVF DPMPS DPPSEJOBUFE JOEJWJEVBM FMFNFOUT

Retreat Room 325 sq ft, 30 m2

8

7

7

*O UIF RVJFU BOE TFOTPSZ SPPN HSPX VQQ NBLFT JU QPTTJCMF UP n FYJCMZ DSFBUF DIJME GSJFOEMZ SFUSFBU BSFBT BOE OJDIFT BT XFMM BT SFTU BOE SFBEJOH BSFBT XJUI IJHI RVBMJUZ FEVDBUJPOBMMZ EFTJHOFE GVSOJUVSF DBSQFUT BOE DVTIJPOT :RRGHQ SODWIRUPV XJUI 7 B TPMJE CBTF JOWJUF UIF DIJMESFO UP SFTU SBUIFS UIBO NPWF BCPVU BOE UIF DIJMESFO FYQFSJFODF B WBSJFUZ PG QIZTJDBM TFOTBUJPOT " OHDI PRELOH JO IBSNPOJPVT DPMPST OPU 8 POMZ HJWFT TFMFDUFE DPMPS JNQVMTFT CVU BMTP XJUI UIF TMPX BOE CBMBODFE NPWFNFOU QSPWJEFT B TFOTF PG SFMBYBUJPO

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

&RORU 6FKHPH 'MPPST -JOPMFVN "OUJRVF (SFFO 8BMMT $VSDVNB 'VSOJUVSF HSPX VQQ DBCJOFUT JO OBUVSBM CJSDI BOE MJHIU HSFFO DPMPS DPPSEJOBUFE JOEJWJEVBM FMFNFOUT

83


84


" TQBDF XIPTF XBSNUI CSJOHT TFDVSJUZ 5IF GFX TPGU DPMPS DPOUSBTUT UBLF JOUP BDDPVOU UIF TFMFDUJWF BOE OPU ZFU GVMMZ EFWFMPQFE WJTJPO PG DIJMESFO PG EBZDBSF BHF "DDFOUT BSF QMBDFE TQBSJOHMZ CVU EFMJCFSBUFMZ 5IFZ ESBX BUUFOUJPO UP UIF FYQMPSFS BSFBT BOE UIVT PGGFS DIJMESFO PSJFOUBUJPO XJUIJO UIF SPPN 5IF CBTJD DPMPS NPPE PG PVS HSPX VQQ SPPN BMTP BEESFTTFT UIJT BOE

grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

Rooms for CHILDREN DSFBUFT B GBNJMJBSJUZ XIJDI PGGFST UIF MJUUMF POFT TVQQPSU BOE TFDVSJUZ $SBXMJOH JT OPU B EJTBEWBOUBHF o UIFSF JT QMFOUZ UP FYQFSJFODF PO BMM MFWFMT o CVU MFBSOJOH UP XBML JT B SFXBSEJOH HPBM 5IF DIJMESFO DBO JOEFQFOEFOUMZ NBLF UIFJS XBZ PO B WPZBHF PG EJTDPWFSZ PS SFTU FWFO TMFFQ JO POF PG UIF NBOZ BOHMFT BOE DPSOFST

85


Trapezoid Cabinets "

5IFTF DBCJOFUT BSF OPU DPOWFOUJPOBM TUPSBHF GVSOJUVSF UIFZ BSF QMBDFT PG EJTDPWFSZ GPS DIJMESFO 8JUI B UPUBM EFQUI PG ›i DN UIFZ BSF EFTJHOFE TP UIBU UIFZ FYUFOE PVU B MJUUMF OFYU UP DPOWFOUJPOBM DBCJOFUT 5IF TBGFUZ FEHF SBEJVT PG ži NN JT TBGF GPS DIJMESFO 8JUI USBQF[PJE TIBQF UIFZ DSFBUF OFX TUSVDUVSFT QBTTBHFT BOE OJDIFT JO UIF SPPN 5IF n PPST DBO CF QMBZFE PO BOE BSF CFWFMFE TP UIBU NBSCMFT XPO U SPMM PGG 5IF WBSJPVT DPOUFOUT PG UIF DBCJOFUT PGGFS WJTVBM UBDUJMF PS BVEJUPSZ TFOTPSZ TUJNVMBUJPO #JSDI XPPE

"

Narrowlow Width 25 Âźâ€œ x height 27 žâ€œ x depth 20 ½â€œ, Width 64 x height 70 x depth 52 cm

Quality Cabinets #JSDI XPPE TFF QBHF

ÂĄ

ZFBS HVBSBOUFF 4BGFUZ FEHF SBEJVT ži NN .BEF JO (FSNBOZ

ÂĄ

Trapezoid Nature Discovery Cabinet 2 solid shelves with drilled holes to decorate (e.g. with vases, branches etc.). Please order acrylic box (page 87) separately.

440110

5PQ WJFX PG XJEF BOE OBSSPX USBQF[PJE DBCJOFUT

(4 UFTUFE 4JEF QBOFMT DBO CF TUBJOFE JO DPMPST

Cushion .BUFSJBM GPBN 3( $PWFS BSUJm DJBM MFBUIFS OPU SFNPWBCMF IBSE XFBSJOH XBTIBCMF BOE n BNF SFUBSEBOU ½,0 5FY QSPEVDU DMBTT -PXFS TVSGBDF OPO TMJQ

1 Solid Floor without back wall.

440100

Leaf Curtain )BSE XFBSJOH SPCVTU GBCSJD QPMZFTUFS OFUUJOH JO QBSU XJUI GPBN JOTFSU BUUBDIBCMF BOE XBTIBCMF

86

Acrylic Back Wall 440105 orange 440106 green


Trapezoid Cabinets

Width 25 Âźâ€œ x height 37 Âźâ€œ x depth 20 ½â€œ, Width 64 x height 94 x depth 52 cm

grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

Narrow-high

Acrylic Back Wall 440405 orange 440406 green

2 Solid Floors

5 mirrors

without back wall.

Safety mirror.

440400

440420

Accessories for narrow trapezoid cabinets

Trapezoid Acrylic Box Offers plenty of storage space for toys and “explorer gearâ€?. With 2 finger holes, acrylic front. Size: W 9 ½â€œ / 19 ½â€œ x H 5 žâ€œ x D 5 žâ€œ / 16 žâ€œ, W 24 / 53 x H 14 x D 14 / 42 cm, interior size: W 9 Âźâ€œ/19 ½â€œ x H 5 Âźâ€œ x D 14 Âźâ€œ, W 23/49 x H 13 x D 36 cm.

440115

Trapezoid Seating Cushions The low cabinets have space for 15 pieces, the high ones for 25 pieces. 5 colors (2 green and 3 blue tones). Cover: robust fabric (100% polyester) with foam. Size: W 19 žâ€œ / 10 Âźâ€œ x H 1 Âźâ€œ x D 14 Âźâ€œ, W 50/25.7 x H 2.8 x D 35.8 cm. 099150 5 pieces

How to order! Select stain color for cabinet +(*5 /LJKW *UHHQ 3 :DWHUFRORU %OXH

)$ :KLWH ,I QRW RWKHUZLVH VSHFLĂ€ HG ZH GHOLYHU QDWXUDO

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Select synthetic leather color for cabinet cushion *5h1 *UHHQ

0HORQ <HOORZ

(&58 %HLJH

$4%/ :DWHUFRORU %OXH

7%/$ 7XUTXRLVH

7DXSH

www.haba.de

:(,6 :KLWH

87


Trapezoid Cabinets Wide-low

Width 33 ½“ x height 27 ¾“ x depth 20 ½“, Width 85 x height 70 x depth 52 cm

With Floor Mirror With Leaf Curtains Open 440200

front and back.

To crawl through and experience exciting mirror effects.

440210

440215

Top piece

With Acrylic Back Wall 440205 orange 440206 green

for wide-low cabinets see upon. (width 33 ½“ x height 27 ¾“, width 85 x height 70 cm)

NEW!

NEW!

8JUI FWFSZ UVSO PG UIF MFWFS UIF IPUQMBUF DIBOHFT GSPN XIJUF 0'' UP SFE 0/

"Kitchen" Top Piece "Game Backdrop" Top Piece As a cabinet top piece or freely positioned elsewhere. The children decide what is played here. Whether doll's house, garage, landscape or ... each child can design the game backdrop themselves. Birch wood. W 28 3/4" x H 17 3/4" x D 14 3/4", W 72.7 x H 45 x D 37 cm.

As a cabinet top piece or freely positioned elsewhere. Consists of a panel with a tap (with 2 turning knobs), a milled hotplate and a curtain. The hotplate can be turned "on and off" with a lever; it visually changed from a red disc to a black disc. Birch wood, curtain with Velcro. W 28 3/4" x H 9 1/2" x D 18", W 72.7 x H 23.6 x D 45.3 cm, curtain: W 28 1/2" x 24 3/4", W 72 x 62.5 cm.

025443

025436

Mandala top piece

Tone Top Piece

Encourages children to sort materials into the divisions. Anyone who wants to can lay out a beautiful mandala with stones, chestnuts etc. in the central circle. As a cabinet top piece or freely positioned elsewhere. Birch wood. W 28 ¾“ x H 3“ x D 14 ¾“, W 72.7 x H 7 x D 37 cm.

Strung with pentatonically tuned strings, with which children can very easily create harmonious tones. Can also be freely positioned and used as a musical instrument. Birch wood. W 28 ¾“ x H 3 ½“ x D 14 ¾“, W 72.7 x H 8.5 x D 37 cm, 6 steel strings.

440710

440700

88


Trapezoid Cabinets

Wide-high

Open 440500

grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

Width 33 ½“ x height 37 ¼“ x depth 20 ½“, Width 85 x height 94 x depth 52 cm

2 Solid Shelves 440502

Sensory Leaves

With Acrylic Back Wall 440505 orange 440506 green

To crawl through and for exciting mirror effects. Sides with 2 safety mirrors.

With Leaf Curtains front and back.

Sensory leaves 3x 100% polyester, 2x bells, 1x granules, 2x artificial leather with crinkle foil, 2x fleece (100% polyester), 2 elements made of 100% polyester with mirror.

440520

440510

440530

Mirrors on the Sides

Cushion

Cushion

fits all wide trapezoid cabinets

098050

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

W 18 ½“/29 ¾“ x H 1 ¾“ x D 15 ¼“, W 47/75.5 x H 4 x D 38.5 cm. Select synthetic leather color (p. 87)

www.haba.de

89


)RU PRPHQWV EHWZHHQ VOHHS DQG ZDNLQJ WR JHW PRWLYDWHG WR UHIXHO 5IF DVCCZ IPMF DBWF JT TVJUBCMF BT B SFTU SFUSFBU BOE FWFO TMFFQJOH TQBDF " DIJME XIP XBOUT UP CF BMPOF GPS B XIJMF JT TBGF BOE VOEJTUVSCFE CFIJOE UIF MFBG DVSUBJO "U UIF TBNF UJNF UIF DIJME JT BMXBZT JO WJFX GSPN UIF PVUTJEF 5IF DIJME DBO XBUDI XIBU JT HPJOH PO PVU TJEF UISPVHI UIF OFU XJOEPX o BOE EFDJEF GPS UIFNTFMWFT JG UIFZ XBOU UP TUBZ JO UIF DBWF PS HP PVU BOE QBSUJDJQBUF BHBJO JO UIF BDUJWJUJFT

A

B

5IJT JT IPX TJNQMF JU JT UP FRVJQ UIF TPVOE CPY BOE TFMFDU UIF TPVOE QSPHSBN

A

Cubby Hole Cave including curtain

W 38 Âźâ€œ x H 27 žâ€œ x D 24 ½â€œ, W 97 x H 70 x D 62 cm. Access height approx. 7 Âźâ€œ, 18 cm.

B

Sound island including curtain

i*T UIBU B OPJTF 0I UIF XBWFT BSF DSBTIJOHyĂžw

Cushion for Sound Island

W 36 žâ€œ x H 2“ x D 19 ½â€œ, W 93 x H 5 x D 49 cm.

Important: Use only battery-operated adio devices as the sound box does not have a cable. W 38 Âźâ€œ x H 27 žâ€œ x D 24 ½â€œ, W 97 x H 70 x D 62 cm. Access height approx. 7 Âźâ€œ, 18 cm. Sound box: W 9 ½â€œ x H 3“/5 Âźâ€œ x D 18 ½â€œ, W 23,7 x H 7/13 x D 47 cm.

098060

440310

098065

440300 Cushion for Cubby Hole Cave

Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).

90

Folding, with speaker cutout. Size: approx. W 36 žâ€œ x H 2“ x D 19 ½â€œ, W 93 x H 5 x D 49 cm. Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).


grow.upp Cabinets

grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

Special Cabinets Retreat Cabinet W 38 ¼“ x H 37 ¼“ x D 21 ¾“, W 97 x H 94 x D 55 cm. Seat height (with cushion): 12 ¾“, 32 cm (15 ½“, 39 cm); lower shelf height 9 ½“, 24 cm.

440610

Cushion for Retreat Cabinet W 36 ¾“ x H 1 ¾“ x D 14“, W 93 x H 4 x D 35 cm.

098067 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).

Chill Bench Cabinet W 38 ¼“ x H 37 ¼“ x D 21 ¾“, W 97 x H 94 x D 55 cm. Seat height (with cushion): 12 ¾“, 32 cm (15 ½“, 39 cm); lower shelf height 9 ½“, 24 cm.

440620

Cushion for Chill Bench Cabinet Foam (RG 30/50), sides (RG 28/70). Bottom and side pieces with non-slip profile. W 36 ¾“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 3“, W 93 x H 59 x D 7.5 cm.

098068 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).

usable as a kids slide

Movement Cabinet W 25 ¼“ x H 43“ x D 39 ½“, W 64 x H 109 x D 100 cm. Seat height: 15 ¾“, 40 cm.

440600

Cushion for Movement Cabinet W 23 ¾“ x H 2 ½“/1 ¼“ x D 20 ¾“/41 ¾“, W 60 x H 6/3 x D 52.5/106 cm.

098066 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

91


Fascination with

LIGHT

&251(5 &$%,1(7

-PPL UISPVHI UIF WJFXJOH CVCCMF

Corner Cabinet with Curtain and Viewing Bubble FYDJUJOH FYQFSJFODFT XJUI DPMPSFE MJHIU

-FBG DVSUBJO BU UIF FOUSZ BOE FYJU

.PUJPO EFUFDUPS

It doesn’t matter which of the two entries the children walk or crawl to the viewing bubble, with its exciting view. Can be set up freely in the room, not just in the corners. Space requirements: 43 ¾“ x 43 ¾“, 111 x 111 cm, H 40 ¼“, 102 cm.

440630 Corner Cabinet with Lighting incl. Curtain LED light (230 V power point) with motion sensor, portholes protected by safety glass. Cable (approx. 71“, 180 cm long). Space requirements: 43 ¾“ x 43 ¾“, 111 x 111 cm, H 40 ¼“, 102 cm.

Cushion for Corner Cabinet 40¾“ x 40 ¾“, H 1“, 103 x 103 x H 2 cm.

440640

098105

Not available in the USA.

Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).

92


grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

grow.upp Corner Cabinets

&251(5 &83%2$5'

$IJMESFO DBO FYQFSJFODF EJGGFSFOU DPMPS FGGFDUT

Light Corner Cave Cupboard incl. Curtain Includes remote control with light switch. Numerous freely selectable color settings. Cable (length 180 cm). Space requirements: approx. 83 x 83 cm, H 148 cm. LED light (230 V power point).

440650 Not available in the USA.

$PMPS DIBOHF GVODUJPO

Cushion for Light Corner Cave Cupboard Size: approx. 31 Âźâ€œ x 31 Âźâ€œ x H 2“, 79 x 79 x H 5 cm.

098108 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

93


Handles for Storage Furniture 4UBSUJOH QBHF

"

NPWF VQQ TUPSBHF DBCJOFUT DBO CF WJTVBMMZ DPOOFDUFE UP UIF PWFSBMM HSPX VQQ DPODFQU 8F TVQQMZ TQFDJBM IBOEMFT GPS UIJT QVSQPTF :PV DBO DIPPTF CFUXFFO CBS IBOEMFT BOE CVUUPO IBOEMFT B TQFDJBM IJHIMJHIU JT PGGFSFE XJUI GFMU MFBWFT GPS UIF IBOEMFT /PUF UIF IBOEMFT DBOOPU CF BUUBDIFE MBUFSþ

" %SBXFS DBCJOFU BDSZMJD JUFN XJUI CVUUPO IBOEMFT *58

)JOHFE EPPS DBCJOFU JUFN XJUI CBS IBOEMF *67

&WFSZ NPWF VQQ DBCJOFU JT BWBJMBCMF XJUI FJUIFS CBS IBOEMFT (45 PS CVUUPO IBOEMFT (36 4JNQMZ TFMFDU UIF DBCJOFU GSPN UIF NPWF VQQ DBUBMPH QBHFT BOE TQFDJGZ UIF EFTJSFE IBOEMFT

Felt Leaves for Handles

Small Felt Leaves Set

Large Felt leaves Set

For attaching under the button handles of move.upp cabinets. Each leaf has two colors (one side light green, one dark green). 100% pure new wool, two sewn together layers. 4“ x 3“ x 1 ¼â€œ, 9.6 x 7 x 3 cm. 121325 2 pieces

For attaching to the bar handles of move.upp cabinets. Each leaf has two colors (one side light green, one dark green). 100% pure new wool, two sewn together layers. 10 ¾â€œ x 3 ½â€œ, 26.7 x 8.6 cm, thickness 1 ¼â€œ, 3 cm. 121315 2 pieces

How to order Select move.upp cabinet

Select handle version

7KHVH FDQ EH IRXQG VWDUWLQJ SDJH

,I QRW RWKHUZLVH VSHFLILHG ZH DXWRPDWLFDOO\ GHOLYHU PRYH XSS VWDQGDUG KDQGOHV *67 %DU KDQGOH

94

1RWH WKH KDQGOHV FDQQRW EH DWWDFKHG ODWHU *58 %XWWRQ KDQGOH


grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

Research Room &YQFSJNFOU UFTU MFBSO o JO UIJT FEVDBUJPOBM TQBDF OPUIJOH TIPVME EJTUSBDU GSPN UIF FTTFOUJBM (FOUMF CMVF BOE TBOEZ CFJHF DSFBUF BO BUNPTQIFSF XIFSF QFBDF BOE DPODFOUSBUJPO QSFWBJM 5IF XIJUF UBCMF BOE EJTDPWFSZ GVSOJUVSF BSF JNNFEJBUFMZ SFDPHOJTFE BT TQFDJBM BSFBT 5IF DPMPS TDIFNF HJWFT UIF TQBDF B GVODUJPOBM DIBSBDUFS GPTUFST DPHOJUJWF XJMMJOHOFTT UP MFBSO BOE IFMQT UIF DIJMESFO HFU PSJFOUBUFE *U JT FBTJFS UP SFNFNCFS SVMFT o BOE JO UIJT XBZ UIF QPUFOUJBM GPS DPOn JDU JT SFEVDFE " WBSJFUZ PG FYIJCJUT TQFDJNFOT BOE TBNQMFT GSPN OBUVSF BOE FWFSZEBZ MJGF DBO CF TUPSFE IFSF

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

95


LQ

J KHLJKWV 7DEOHV RI YDU\LQ XS URRPV PL[HG DJH JUR

FDQ EH QHVWHG WR VDYH VSDFH

Tables

Quality i NN UIJDL UBCMF UPQ ZFBS HVBSBOUFF 3FBM CJSDI XPPE "TTFNCMZ QMBUF CPMUFE UPHFUIFS UJNFT FYDFMMFOU TUBCJMJUZ 4VSGBDF DBO CF TFMFDUFE MJOPMFVN OBUVSBM SFOFXBCMF SBX NBUFSJBM PS %VSPQBM® NFMBNJOF SFTJO TVSGBDF

-FHT FJUIFS NFUBM QPXEFS DPBUFE JO 3"- XIJUF BMVNJOJVN PS TPMJE XPPE TPMJE CJSDI XPPE

6(7 83 (;$03/(6

96

$IBJST DBO CF GPVOE PO QBHF


grow.upp Tables

5IFTF n FYJCMF NPWBCMF UBCMFT DBO CF DPNCJOFE JO B WBSJFUZ PG XBZT 5IFZ MJWFO VQ UIF SPPN XJUI OFX TUSVDUVSFT 5IFZ DBO CF DPNCJOFE FRVBMMZ XFMM grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

XJUI FBDI PUIFS PS XJUI TUBOEBSE UBCMFT .BUDIJOH DIBJST DBO CF GPVOE JO UIF DBUBMPH PO QBHF

Pentagon table small

Pentagon table large

4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT £i Y ›i Y DN

4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT £i Y ži Y DN

Ü ´

FP

large table

þ´ FP

F P

F P

´

´

Ü´ FP

P

ô´ FP

F P

Ăľ

F

small table

ô´ FP

FP

´

P

´

´

F

Ăľ

Ü´ FP

Ăľ

Ăś

´

P F ´ Ü

P

F

´ Ü

FP

´

Ăľ

FP ´

P

F

´

Ăś

þ´ FP þ´ FP

Ü´ FP SJHIU BOHMF

Individual metal legs with glides

Metal casters mix

Easy-to-adjust legs 21"-28 ž", 53-73 cm

Individual wooden legs with glides

Wooden legs with caster mix

Small table

Large table

4FMFDU UBCMF UPQ UBCMF IFJHIU BOE HMJEFT CFMPX

How to order. 1. Select table top : :KLWH *

*UHHQ

8

:DWHUFRORU %OXH

.

/LJKW *UH\

.

%LUFK

Linoleum

DuropalÂŽ

,I QRW RWKHUZLVH VSHFLILHG ZH DXWRPDWLFDOO\ GHOLYHU . /

/LJKW %OXH

/

*UHHQ

/

*UH\

/

6DQG

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

2. Select table height

3. Select glide

,I QRW RWKHUZLVH VSHFLILHG ZH DXWRPD WLFDOO\ GHOLYHU ži FP KHLJKW

,I QRW RWKHUZLVH VSHFLILHG ZH DXWRPDWLFDOO\ GHOLYHU */.8

+g ´ FP

2QO\ ZLWK LQGLYLGXDO OHJV DQG JOLGHV 1R FDVWHUV

3ODVWLF JOLGH

+g ÂŁi FP

+g ži FP

*/.8

+g ži FP

+g i FP

+g i FP

+g i FP

+g ži FP

www.haba.de

)HOW JOLGH

*/),

97


>> AT OUR PARTITION WALLS THERE IS SOOOO MUCH TO DISCOVER <<

98


www.haba.de

99 grow.upp – Discovery Rooms


Partiton Walls "

5IFZ DBO TFQBSBUF QMBZ XPSMET PS DPOOFDU UIFN CZ CFJOH QMBZBCMF PO CPUI TJEFT #Z HPJOH UISPVHI UIF UVOOFM PS UIF EPPS DIJMESFO DBO HP GSPN POF ýXPSMEý JOUP BOPUIFS "MM ýHSPX VQQý QBSUJUJPO XBMMT BSF FJUIFS m SNMZ DPOOFDUFE UP FBDI PUIFS PS DPOOFDUFE WJB FZFMFUT o BOE DBO BMTP CF DPNCJOFE XJUI PUIFS EBZDBSF QBSUJUJPOT 5IFJS EFTJHO BOE DPMPS TDIFNF QFSGFDUMZ NBUDI UIF PWFSBMM HSPX VQQ DPODFQU

5IF VTF PG WBSJPVT NBUFSJBMT BOE FMFNFOUT TVDI BT QSJTNT EFDPSBUJPOT NJMMJOH HSPPWFT BOE NJSSPST NBLF UIFN WFSZ BQQFBMJOH 5IFSF JT QMFOUZ UP EJTDPWFS GPS DIJMESFO BOE UIFZ DBO HBUIFS MPUT PG UBDUJMF WJTVBM BOE NPUPS TLJMMT FYQFSJFO DFT 4PMJE CJSDI XPPE ¾ý NN

"

Crawl Tunnel Partition The hole leads to a softly padded tunnel. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm, foam, fabric made of 80% polyester and 20% cotton. W 31 ½" x H 29 ¼" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 73.9 x D 8 cm, hole Ø approx. 19 ¾", 50 cm, tunnel length 23 ¾", 60 cm. Tunnel can be removed for washing.

440356

In a straight line between 2 partitions.

In a corner between 2 partitions.

Please additionally order 2 sets of eyelets, item no. 870881.

Cave Partition

5IF DVCCZ IPMF DBWF JT UIF QFSGFDU TQPU GPS POF PS NPSF DIJMESFO UP SFUSFBU BOE SFTU

A fun onion dome shape, made of fabric, with small mesh windows and a split curtain. An ideal retreat with the padded mat (please order separately). The cave can be set up on a straight partition or on a corner. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm, metal rods, fabric made of 80 % polyester and 20 % cotton. W 54" x H 56 ½" x D 40 ¼", W 137 x H 143 x D 102 cm.

440360 025677 Mat (foam RG 25/40 with synthetic leather cover; H 4 ½", 11 cm) Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).

100


grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

Partition Walls

Acrylic Glass Partition

Mirror Partition

With colored prisms, acrylic glass pane, tree trunk decoration, peepholes, leaves and milled notches to trace with the fingers. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 31" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 78.3 x D 8 cm.

One side has a large safety mirror and tree decoration, the other tree decoration, prisms and small convex and concave mirrors. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 28" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 71.1 x D 8 cm.

Colored Acrylic Glass Partition

440350

440352

440351

With 3 colored acrylic glass windows, colored prisms and milled notches. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 27 ¼" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 68.9 x D 8 cm.

Bird Partition With colored prisms and movable colored balls: in the spider's web and on the rods. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 28 ½" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 71.8 x D 8 cm.

With tree decoration on one side, milled notches, leaf decorations and a movable bird on the other side, as well as colored prisms. The thick rope with sliding ring can be played with from both sides. Skill and dexterity are needed to push the ring through the hole to the other side. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 30 ½" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 77.4 x D 8 cm.

440354

440353

Net Partition

Can only be opened by an adult

Stones and Woodpecker Partition

Door Partition

With real, rotating stones, colored prisms, milled notches, and a woodpecker which "works" its way from the top to the bottom on a tree trunk decoration. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 34" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 85.9 x D 8 cm.

The door has an acrylic glass window and colored prisms. It cannot be opened by the children but must be held up by an adult. Can only be for fixed installation between partitions (no eyelets). Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 38" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 93.4 x D 8 cm.

440355

440357

A

A

B

C

Connecting Eyelets

Partition Walls are delivered without connecting eyelets. W 3 ½” x D 3 ¾”, W 8.7 x D 9.4 cm, ¾”, 1.8 cm thick. 870881 Set of 2

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

B

Connection Rod Wall Connection Strip

For connecting partition walls at a flexible angle. Steel tube, powder-coated. Top ball made of beech. Height: 27”, 68.5 cm.

To attach the partition walls to the wall. Height: 27”, 68.5 cm.

870884

870880

www.haba.de

C

101


"

Solid Wood Platforms

5IF QMBUGPSNT BSF BWBJMBCMF JO EJGGFSFOU TIBQFT FBDI JO IFJHIUT XJUI PS XJUIPVU B SPMMJOH ESBXFS 8IFO BSSBOHFE JO WBSZJOH IFJHIU UIFZ FODPVSBHF NPWFNFOU PS CF VTFE BT B QMBZ PS CVJMEJOH DPSOFS *G UIF QMBUGPSNT BSF EFDPSBUFE XJUI DVTIJPOT BOE DPWFST UIFZ DBO TFSWF BT B SFUSFBU PS

DP[Z TQBDF 5IF VOVTVBM TIBQF PG UIF QMBUGPSNT NBLFT JU QPTTJCMF UP BSSBOHF MBOETDBQFT XIJDI HSPX JOUP UIF SPPN PS TUSVDUVSF JU 5IF EJTQMBZ DBTF BOE NBUFSJBM QMBUGPSNT BMTP PGGFS UIF DIJMESFO TQFDJBM FYQFSJFODFT #JSDI XPPE 5SFUGPSE DBSQFU DPWFSJOH PS -JOPMFVN DPWFSJOH

"

Quality 3FBM CJSDI XPPE WFOFFS

$PSOFST NBEF PG TPMJE CJSDI XPPE 1MBTUJD HMJEF ZFBS HVBSBOUFF 4VSGBDF 5SFUGPSE IBSE XFBSJOH DMJNBUF SFHVMBUJOH BOUJ TUBUJD OBUVSBM m CFS DBSQFU 4 VSGBDF -JOPMFVN IZHJFOJD BOE BOUJ CBDUFSJBM XJQFE BOE EJTJOGFDUFE BOUJ TUBUJD FMBTUJD MPX OPJTF GSPN OBUVSBM SFOFXBCMF SFTPVSDFT

102


Platform Combinations

Toddler Color scheme: subtle colors Birch wood, Tretford surface

Toddler 6

B

Toddler 2

C

Toddler 3

D

Toddler 7

grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

A

A

Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 68“, 202,5 x 172,5 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470297 3 pieces

B

C

Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 100 ½“ x 77 ¼“, 255 x 196 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470288 5 pieces Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 141 ½“ x 73 ¾“, 359 x 187 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470290 5 pieces Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 77“, 202,5 x 195,5 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470298 5 pieces

E

D

Toddler 8 E

Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 103 ¼“ 202,5 x 262,0 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470299 5 pieces

Preschool Color scheme: harmonious colors Birch wood, Tretford surface F

F

Preschool 6

G

Preschool 3

Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 68“, 202,5 x 172,5 cm, height 8 ¾“, 13“, 22, 33 cm. 470282 4 pieces Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 141 ½“ x 73 ¾“, 359 x 187 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 13“, 11, 22, 33 cm. 470291 7 pieces

H

Preschool 2

J

Preschool 7

K

Preschool 8

G H

Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 100 ½“ x 51 ¼“, 255 x 196 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470289 6 pieces Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 79 ¾“, 202,5 x 202,5 cm, height 8 ¾“, 13“, 22, 33 cm. 470283 5 pieces

J

Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 103“, 202,5 x 261,5 cm, height 8 ¾“, 13“, 22, 33 cm. 470284 5 pieces

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

K

www.haba.de

103


5IF TPMJE XPPE QMBUGPSNT JO IFJHIUT ÂŁi BOE i BOE DN BSF BWBJMBCMF FJUIFS XJUI PS XJUIPVU B SPMMJOH ESBXFS 0O EFMJWFSZ UIJT JT BMXBZT JOUFHSBUFE JO POF PG UIF ÂŁi DN MPOH QMBUGPSN TJEFT TFF JMMVTUSBUJPO CFMPX CVU DBO BU BOZ UJNF CF m UUFE JOUP UIF PUIFS ÂŁi DN TJEF Material description see page 102.

FP

P F Ü ´ Ü ´

Ü´ FP

FP

Ü ´

rolling drawer

ng r lli ro awe dr

4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT ›i Y £i Y DN

ô´ FP

4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT ÂŁi Y ÂŁi Y DN

´

F

P FP

ô´ FP

Ăś

rol dr ling aw er

FP

SJHIU BOHMF

P

ô´ FP

FP

´ Ü

Ü´ FP

F ´ Ü

FP

´

Ăś

þ´ FP

4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT ›i Y i Y DN

Tretford-Carpet Platform A

Platform B

Platform C

Height

Platform without rolling drawer (completely closed sides) 4 ½â€œ, 11 cm

8 žâ€œ, 22 cm

13“, 33 cm

Height

Platform with rolling drawer* 8 žâ€œ, 22 cm

13“, 33 cm

Select carpet color below.

Linoleum-Covering Platform A

Platform B

Platform C

Height

Platform without rolling drawer (completely closed sides) 4 ½â€œ, 11 cm

8 žâ€œ, 22 cm

13“, 33 cm

Height

Platform with rolling drawer* 8 žâ€œ, 22 cm

13“, 33 cm

Select linoleum color below.

*Rolling drawer: Platform KHLJKW Ü FP 0VUTJEF £ý Y ) ý Y ý Y ) Y DN *OTJEF ›ý Y ) £ý Y £ý Y ) Y DN Platform KHLJKW FP 0VUTJEF £ý Y ) £ý Y ý Y ) Y DN *OTJEF ›ý Y ý Y £ý Y Y DN

Ramp Crawling or walking – the ramp ensures they get up and down safely. W 23 žâ€œ x H 8 žâ€œ x D 31 Âźâ€œ, W 60 x H 22 x D 78.8 cm 470255 Tretford carpet 470370 Linoleum covering

Platform-Clips For attaching¡and securing foot-training platforms. 820861 2 pieces

Select surface color below.

How to order Select Tretford carpet color 7

104

7

7

Select Linoleum color 7

7

/

/

/

/

/


grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

Solid Wood Platforms

Display Case Platform Display Case Platform A, height 8 ¾“, 22 cm Bring nature indoors and discover it while playing – this ingenious platform, with exhibition space under the reinforced glass base, makes it possible. The pull-out drawer can be filled with various materials from nature, and then it’s time to observe. Drawer with rail system and lock. Rolling drawer size: W 19 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 50 x H 13,7 x D 73 cm, inside: W 18 ½“ x H 4 ½“ x D 27 ¾“, W 47 x H 11 x D 70 cm. Birch wood, Plexiglass. Space requirements: 44 ½“ x 36“, 112.5 x 90.9 cm, H 8 ¾“, 22 cm.

470275

Sensory Platform TBGFUZ NJSSPS

DPSL

Sensory Platform A With three different surfaces: the cork plate feels pleasantly warm, the mirror cold and smooth. And there is an exciting ridged pattern to discover on the structured wooden surface. Birch wood, cork, safety mirror. Space requirements: 44 ½“ x 35 ¾“, 112.5 x 90.9 cm. 470265 H 4 ½", 11 cm 470266 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm

TUSVDUVSFE XPPEFO TVSGBDF

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

105


Soft Foam Platforms "

1MBUGPSNT BSF BWBJMBCMF JO EJGGFSFOU TIBQFT BOE JO IFJHIUT $PNCJOFE XJUI POF BOPUIFS UIFZ CFDPNF MBOETDBQFT GPS QMBZJOH CVJMEJOH PS NPWFNFOU *G B QMBUGPSN ) ÂŁi DN JT QVTIFE VQ BHBJOTU UIF FYQMPSFS TPGB Q UIFO JUT TFBUJOH BSFB JT FYUFOEFE $PNCJOFE XJUI NPSF QMBUGPSNT JU DSFBUFT B MBSHF SFMBYBUJPO MBOETDBQF 'PBN DPSF DPWFSFE FJUIFS XJUI $BOWBT#JPOF GBCSJD PS TZOUIFUJD MFBUIFS

"

Platform Combinations Material: foam core RG 28/70 Cover: CanvasBione fabric

Daycare 10

Daycare 11

Daycare 12

Colors as shown. 3 pieces. Space requirements: 80“ x 68 Âźâ€œ, 203 x 173 cm, height 4 ½â€œ, 8 žâ€œ, 11, 22 cm.

Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 115 ½â€œ x 88“, 293 x 223 cm, height 4 ½â€œ, 8 žâ€œ, 13“,11, 22, 33 cm.

Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 103 Âźâ€œ x 78 žâ€œ, 262 x 200 cm, height 4 ½â€œ, 8 žâ€œ, 13“, 11, 22, 33 cm.

128720

128730

128740

Preschool 10

Preschool 11

Preschool 12

Colors as shown. 3 pieces. pace requirements: 80“ x 68 Âźâ€œ, 203 x 173 cm, height 8 žâ€œ, 13“, 22, 33 cm.

Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 115 ½â€œ x 88“, 293 x 223 cm, height 4 ½â€œ, 8 žâ€œ, 13“, 17 ½â€œ, 11, 22, 33, 44 cm.

Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 103 Âźâ€œ x 78 žâ€œ, 262 x 200 cm, height 4 ½â€œ, 8 žâ€œ, 13“, 17 ½â€œ, 11, 22, 33, 44 cm.

128725

128735

128745

P F

Ăś

F

P

Ăś

´

´

4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT ›i Y i Y DN

Platform C

P F

FP

þ´ FP

´

FP

P

Ü ´

F

´ Ü

Ü´ FP

ô´ FP

´

F P

Ü´ FP

Ăś

Platform B

´

Ü´ FP

4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT £i Y ži Y DN

Platform D

4 ½â€œ

11 cm

8 žâ€œ

22 cm

Synthetic leather

13“

Fabric

Synthetic leather

33 cm

Height

4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT ÂŁi Y ÂŁi Y DN

Ăś

Ü´ FP

Platform A

ô´ FP

Ü´ FP

ô´ FP

4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT ›i Y £i Y DN

106

FP

´

P

SJHIU BOHMF

Ăś

F ´

Ăś

Ü´ FP Ü

FP

´

Single Elements

Synthetic leather

Fabric

Fabric


grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

Soft Foam Platforms

Quality

3FNPWBCMF VOEFSTJEF NBEF PG OPO TMJQ GBCSJD

Ü´ FP

$PWFST DBO CF SFNPWFE BOE BSF GSFFMZ TFMFDUBCMF BSUJm DJBM MFBUIFS MPX n BNNBCJMJUZ ½,0 5FY QSPEVDU DMBTT PS GBCSJD DPWFS $BOWBT#JP OF MPX n BNNBCJMJUZ TUBJO SFTJTUBOU

´ FP

)JHI RVBMJUZ EVSBCMF GPBN DPSF XJUI JEFBM EFOTJUZ 3(

ô´ FP

*G EFTJSFE GPS B TVSDIBSHF EFMJWFSFE DPNQMFUFMZ DPWFSFE JO MPX n BNNBCJMJUZ GBCSJDT $.&

How to order. Fabric or Artificial Leather Colors for Soft Foam Platforms Select CanvasBione fabric (stain resistant)

Select artificial leather color

&% /LJKW %OXH

&% /LJKW *UHHQ

$4%/ :DWHUFRORU %OXH

*UÂ Q *UHHQ

0HORQ <HOORZ

&% <HOORZ

&% %URZQ %HLJH

7%/$ 7XUTXRLVH

7DXSH

(&58 %HLJH

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

107


5IF FYQMPSFS TPGB HPFT PO B WPZBHF PG EJTDPWFSZ JOUP UIF SPPN BXBZ GSPN UIF XBMM 5IF QMBUGPSNT BOE TPGB BSF BMTP DP[Z TQBDF FMFNFOUT BMM PO UIFJS PXO 5PHFUIFS UIFZ DSFBUF XPOEFSGVM DPNGPSUBCMF VQIPMTUFSFE MBOETDBQFT 5IF CBDLSFTU PG UIF TPGB JT XJEF FOPVHI UP TJU PO BOE UIF TPGU GPBN QMBUGPSNT BSF MJHIU FOPVHI UIBU UIFZ SF FBTZ UP NPWF BU BOZ UJNF

>> WE HAVE THE BIGGEST SOFA IN THE WORLD << 108


109 grow.upp – Discovery Rooms


Carpets $BSQFUT UP NBUDI UIF HSPX VQQ SPPN DPODFQU 5SBDJOH UIF TMJHIU HSPPWFT JO UIF DBSQFUT XJUI ZPVS GJOHFS PS CJH UPF JT BO FYDJUJOH UBDUJMF FYQFSJFODF "DSZMJD ZBSO EZFE ZBSO ) ›i NN XJUI GBCSJD CBDL DPWFSFE TUJUDIFT /PUF OFX DBSQFUT DBO JOJUJBMMZ DSFBUF GMVGG 1MFBTF WBDVVN SFHVMBSMZ

Tundra Carpet 2 Piece Set Consisting of 2 x small tundra carpets. Space requirements: 44 ½â€œ x 36“ / 29 Âźâ€œ x 32 ½â€œ, 113 x 91 cm / 74 x 82.5 cm.

097100

Tundra Medium Carpet

Tundra Corner Carpet

Space requirements: 66 Âźâ€œ x 41“, 168 x 104 cm.

Space requirements: 91 ½â€œ x 83 ½â€œ, 232 x 212 cm.

097101

097102

River Delta Medium Carpet

River Delta Corner Carpet

Space requirements: 66 Âźâ€œ x 41“, 168 x 104 cm.

Space requirements: 91 ½â€œ x 83 ½â€œ, 232 x 212 cm.

097106

097107

River Delta Carpet 2 Piece Set Consisting of 2 x small river delta carpets. Space requirements: 44 ½â€œ x 36“ / 29 Âźâ€œ x 32 ½â€œ, 113 x 91 cm / 74 x 82.5 cm.

097105

Bean Bags

D C

B A

Anemone Pebbles Cover made of velour, underside of robust fabric (100% polyester), separate lining with Styrofoam balls. Removable cover, with zipper, is washable at 86 °F / 30 °C. A 090395 small, fill quantity 20 l, Size: 19 žâ€œ x 18 Âźâ€œ, 50 x 46 cm, H 11 Âźâ€œ, 28 cm B 090396 large, fill quantity 130 l, Size: approx. 29 žâ€œ x 28 ½â€œ, 75 x 72 cm, H 11 Âźâ€œ, 28 cm

110

Chenille (100% cotton), cover and base made of hard-wearing robust fabric (100% polyester), separate lining with Styrofoam balls. Removable cover, with zipper, is washable at 86 °F / 30 °C. C 090397 small, fill quantity: 30 l. Size: Ă˜ base 15 žâ€œ, 40 cm, Ă˜ seat 14 “, 35 cm, H 14 “, 35 cm D 090398 large, fill quantity: 183 l, size: Ă˜ base 23 žâ€œ, 60 cm, Ă˜ seat 19 žâ€œ, 50 cm, H 17 žâ€œ, 45 cm


grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

Carpet/Sofa/Bean Bags

Fabric

Synthetic Leather

Monochrome

Monochrome

&% /LJKW *UHHQ

*5h1 *UHHQ

&% /LJKW %OXH

$4%/ :DWHUFRORU %OXH

&% <HOORZ

0HORQ <HOORZ

&% %URZQ %HLJH

7DXSH

Two-tone

Two-tone

&% %URZQ *UHHQ

./ *UH\ *UHHQ

&% %URZQ %OXH

./ *UH\ %OXH

&% %URZQ <HOORZ

./ *UH\ <HOORZ

Explorer Sofa Back and side parts brown/beige. Back has 5 mm MDF panel as reinforcement. Robust foam core (RG 35/55). Cover is removable and washable. Underside is covered with non-slip fabric. W 78 žâ€œ x H 23 ½â€œ x D 31 ½â€œ, W 200 x H 59.5 x D 80 cm. Seat width 45 ½â€œ, 115 cm, height 9 Âźâ€œ, 23 cm, depth 16 žâ€œ/21 žâ€œ, 42/55 cm. 158385 Fabric 158390 Synthetic leather Select cover colores.

E

Sofa Combination 1

Consists of Explorer Sofa, item no. 158385, in brown/blue (CB 51) as well as the platforms item no. 128585 in light blue (CB02), item no. 128581 in brownbeige (CB 08) and item no. 128582 in light green (CB04). Fabric: CanvasBione, for colors see legend. Space requirements: approx. 104" x 92 Âź", 264 x 234 cm.

Sofa

E

024679

F

F

Sofa Combination 2

Consists of Explorer Sofa, item no. 158385, in brown/green (CB 50) as well as 3 platforms: item no. 128581 in light green (CB04), item no. 128580 in brownbeige (CB 08) and item no. 128571 in light blue (CB02). Fabric: CanvasBione, for colors see legend. Space requirements: approx. 75 ž" x 98 Ÿ", 250 x 228 cm.

NEW!

024678

G

Sofa Combination 3

Consists of Explorer Sofa, item no. 158385, in brown/green (CB 50) as well as 4 platforms: item no. 128585 in light green (CB04), item no. 128581 in yellow (CB 07), item no. 128571 in brown-beige (CB08) and item no. 128582 in yellow (CB07). Fabric: CanvasBione, for colors see legend. Space requirements: approx. 101 ž" x 104", 258 x 264 cm.

G

024677

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

111


LEAF MOBILES Leaf Mobile Giant, gently turning, translucent, leaves in various sizes. It’s relaxing to lie under them and watch the constantly changing circles – and to start dreaming. Plastic poles, wooden balls, 5 polyester net fabric leaves. Space requirements: Ø approx. 90 ¾â€œ, 230 cm.

122005

PLAY SHELVES " OFX SPVUF GPS UIF IPTF o 8F SFBDI UISPVHI IFSFþ "OE UIF NBSCMF SVO IPTF JU SVOT EJGGFSFOUMZ FWFSZ EBZ m UT UISPVHI UIF PQFOJOHT UPP

C

A

A D

*U MPPLT EJGGFSFOU FWFSZ EBZþ "SF UIFZ CPPLTIFMWFT PS EPMM USFF IPVTFT (JBOU NBSCMF SVOT PS B TUBMM GPS UIF XPPEFO BOJNBMT 5IFTF TIFMWFT BSF NBEF GPS CVJMEJOH BOE QMBZJOH PO $IBOHF JT XFMDPNFþ 5IF TNBMM TIFMG DBO CF BUUBDIFE UP UIF XBMM FJUIFS WFSUJDBMMZ PS IPSJ[POUBMMZ

112

B

Wall Play Shelves With holes in the side pieces and shelves. Can be attached individually or combined. Birch wood, natural. Toys and Books are not included. A 120551 small, W 26“ x H 16 ¾â€œ x D 9 ½â€œ, W 66 x H 42 x D 24 cm, 1 recess B 120553 medium, W 42 ¾â€œ x H 35 ½â€œ x D 12“, W 108 x H 90 x D 30 cm, shelf width: 18 ½â€œ x H 13“ x D 12“/10“, 47 x H 33 x D 30/25 cm, 4 recesses C 120555 large, W 71 ½â€œ x H 71 ½â€œ x D 14 ¾â€œ, W 181 x H 181 x D 37 cm, shelf width 31“ x H 14 ¼â€œ x D 13 ½â€œ/11 ¾â€œ/9 ½â€œ, 78.5 x H 36 x D 34/29.5/24 cm, 6 recesses D 120256 Hose for wall play shelves: plastic hose, Ø 2 ¾â€œ, 6.5 cm, L 197“, 5 m


Ceiling & Wall Elements

Tree Backrest Perfect for simply leaning back a little now and then. Just to unwind or to have a look at some new reading material. Birch wood, natural; foam with synthetic leather cover. 7012 Taupe. Incl. fixing material. E 121340 single 25“ x 7 ½“, 63 x 19 cm F 121345 double 45 ½“ x 16“, 115 x 40.5 cm

E

F

Refined

Ceiling and Wall Elements WALL CANOPY Wall Canopy Playing, reading or relaxing the wall canopy holds its protective leaves above the children. Birch wood, natural. The leaves are removable, washable and made of robust fabric (100 % polyester). W 31 ¾“ x H approx. 78 ¾“ x D approx. 24 ½“, W 80 x H approx. 200 x D approx. 62 cm.

121330

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

grow.upp – Discovery Rooms

TREE BACKREST


Sensory elements Real Birch Wood A Space requirements: approx 16 ¾“ x 16 ¼“, 42 x 41 cm A

B

Color, small For learning about different colors.

121108

B

Optical Discs, small

When the green disc is turned the small one also starts moving. In the process the small panel creates an exciting visual effect as it moves up and down. With 2 turning discs.

C

121101

C

Rainmaker, small

When the disc is turned the rainmaker starts to trickle, the leaves move in a circle and the mirror element encourages discovery of the surroundings.

121102

D

E D

F

OP m OHFS QJODIJOH

Cherry Stones, small

Encourages the children to move the cherry stones from one chamber to the other by turning the panel. Here the laws of gravity and centrifugal force can be seen, with the help of a slight acoustic effect. Promotion of fine motor skills. Birch wood; natural cherry stones.

121106

Space requirements: approx 32 ½“ x 24 ¼“, 82 x 61 cm E

Gear Wheels, small

Here one thing follows the other: a 5 piece gear wheel mechanism to discover. 5 gear wheels, two of them with a crank.

121103

F

Ball Labyrinth, small

Anyone who gets the hang of it can skilfully manoeuvre the rubber ball through the labyrinth. Turning panel with Plexiglas.

121105 G

H

Space requirements: approx 44 ¼“ x 24 ½“, 112 x 62 cm

G

Motor Skills, medium

Here a sensitive touch and a good sense of hearing are in demand! The five leaves are arranged in a fan-like design, and each leaf is filled differently (wooden beads, cherry stones, granulate, marbles, cotton wool and squeaker). If the green wheel is set in motion then the two white turning elements produce interesting noises. Children can turn various wooden shapes on the wooden thread. Promotes of fine motor skills. Birch wood, robust fabric.

121203

H

Mirror, medium For self-awareness. Safety mirror.

121202

J

Blackboard, large

121217

J

114

K

K

Mirror, large For self-awareness. Safety mirror.

121216


Noise Control

Noise Control Toll free: 1-800-345-3480

www.gressco.com

115


Noise Control Rest... ...promotes stress relief! ...has a positive impact on your health! - serenity, protection of the vocal cords, vitality, more relaxed ...positively impacts children! - alertness, sociability, motivation

SonicLine

– for optimal room acoustics

Haba system solutions include various acoustically effective products, adapted to your individual requirements. We use space in rooms which is usually not used: ceilings and walls. Our noise control elements can be easily install in only a few hours.

Wall Elements

In order to significantly improve the acoustics in your room you will need around 50% of the floor area of the room in absorption material. You can find the respective surface specifications with the item numbers of our products.

Partitions Acoustic Wall Elements Robust chipboard base with sound absorbing elements (2", 5 cm thick) and fabric covering. Total thickness: approx. 3", 7 cm. Simple, non-visible mounting with V-ledge and Velcro. 820082 W 31 ½" x 27 ¼", W 80 x H 69 cm 820083 W 31 ½" x 53 ¾", W 80 x H 136 cm 820084 W 31 ½" x 72 ½", W 80 x H 184 cm 820085 W 46 ¾" x 27 ¼", W 118.5 x H 69 cm 820086 W 46 ¾" x H 53 ¾", W 118.5 x H 136 cm

When you visually separate an area you also ensure better acoustics at the same time. Acoustic partitions can be perfectly combined with all other Haba partitions.

Acoustics Sound reducing element on both sides. Therefore it can also be noise. Use as a pin board. 820060 W 31 ½“ x H 53 ¾“, W 80 x H 136 cm 820070 W 31 ½“ x H 72 ½“, W 80 x H 184 cm 820061 W 46 ¾“ x H 53 ¾“, W 118.5 x H 136 cm

Select fabric color below.

Select fabric color below.

Fabric selection for acoustic wall elements Wall Elements CX03

CX04

Yellow

Orange

CX14 hellblau CX14

CX13

Bright blue

Light blue

116

Fabric selection CX02

CX10

CX06

CX05

Apple green

Dark green

Red

Red purple

CX01

CX11

CX12

Turquoise

Light gray

Dark blue

Partitions CX14 hellblau CX01 Dark blue

CX06 Apple green


Noise Control

Noise Control

Basotect® ceiling and wall elements

Ceiling and Wall Elements

Ceiling Cubes Acoustic Cube Set

With straight edges. Thickness: 2", 5 cm. Available in white or light blue. Basotect® melamine resin foam. 10 elements including hanging material and mounting instructions. A 900010 24 ¾" x 24 ¾", 62.5 x 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 42 sq. feet, 3.9 m2) B 900012 49 ¼" x 24 ¾", 125 x 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 84 sq. feet, 7.8 m2) C 900014 49 ¼" x 49 ¼", 125 x 125 cm, 10 pieces (= 168 sq. feet, 15.6 m2)

The acoustic cubes – available in white or light blue – have straight edges. Hanging ceiling cubes have much higher values for sound absorption than flat ceiling elements, because the sound waves are absorbed from all sides. Basotect® melamine resin foam. 6 elements including hanging material and assembly instructions. D 900100 8" x 8" x 8", 20 x 20 x 20 cm, 6 pieces (= 51 sq. feet, 1.4 m2) E 900102 12" x 12" x 12", 30 x 30 x 30 cm, 6 pieces (= 114 ½ sq. feet, 3.2 m2) F 900104 15 ¾" x 15 ¾" x 15 ¾", 40 x 40 x 40 cm, 6 pieces (= 203 ½ sq. feet, 5.8 m2)

Select color below.

Select color below.

Acoustic Element Set

Color selection All the advantages at a glance:

Basotect Q

CX14 WEIS hellblau white

BLAU blue

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Q

excellent acoustics – High-tech foam light – can be attached almost anywhere

www.haba.de

Prüf-Nr. 432300 DTI Dänemark

117


Noise Control Abacustica® System – B1 fire protection certified

The Abacustica® ceiling elements are made of Basotect® melamine resin foam by the company BASF SE. This absorbs sound with its open-pored structure. The netlike cell structure causes friction, causing sound to loses its energy.

Ceiling and Wall Elements Acoustic Elements With straight edges. Thickness: 2", 5 cm. Color: light gray. Include adhesive and attachment instructions. 820030 L 24 ¾" x W 24 ¾", L 62.5 x W 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 42 sq. feet, 3.9 m2) 820032 L 49 ¼" x W 24 ¾", L 125 x W 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 84 sq. feet, 7.8 m2) 820034 L 49 ¼" x W 49 ¼", L 125 x W 125 cm, 10 pieces (= 168 sq. feet, 15.6 m2)

Do it yourself: Acoustic suspended ceilings are both more expensive and require more effort. Simple installation which you can do yourself is naturally much less than construction.

All the advantages at a glance: Q

excellent acoustics

Q

extremely light – can be attached almost anywhere

Q

low flammability – fire class B1 in accordance with DIN 4102 Prüf-Nr. 432300 DTI Dänemark

Adhesive

118

Attach panels


Noise Control

Ecophon® System – Noise Control

A2 fire protection certified

Ceiling panels

Ceiling and Wall Elements

Sound Absorber Solo Square

Sound Absorber Master B

Hanging ceiling panels have much higher values for sound absorption than flat glued ceiling elements. Sound waves are absorbed from all sides. Coated glass fibers. Color: white. Includes fastening materials (16 anchors and 16 cords) and installation instructions. In packages of 4 pieces (= 62 sq. feet, 5.76 m²). 900060 white, 4 pieces 900061 colored, 4 pieces Specify color

Elements with beveled edges. They are attached with Ecophon adhesive. Coated glass fibers. Size: 23 ¾" x 23 ¾" x 1 ¾", 60 x 60 x 4 cm. In packages of 10 pieces (= 38 ¾ sq. feet, 3.6 m²). Includes Installation instructions. 900050 white 900051 colored Specify color below

Sound Absorber Super G-B Beveled edge, impact resistant elements. They are attached with Ecophon adhesive. Coated glass fibers. Color: white. Size: 23 ¾" x 23 ¾" x 1 ¾", 60 x 60 x 4 cm. In packages of 10 pieces (= 38 ¾ sq. feet, 3.6 m²).

900055

Ecophon Adhesive For items 900050, 900051, 900055. The glue is ready to use and dries clear. As listed in the installation instructions, leftover adhesive can be used, for example, as strong craft adhesive. Fire-protection class A2. 900070 10 liters

All the advantages at a glance: Color selection for Ecophon elements

Q

excellent acoustics – 100% recycled glass fibers with excellent absorption values

Q

humidity-resistant – retain their shape with a permanent relative humidity of up to 95% at 86 °F, 30 °C

Q

extremely robust – can also be used in public areas (Material Super G–B)

Q

non-flammable – fire class A2 in accordance with DIN EN ISO 1182

Ceiling & Wall Elements MIRO

PUOL

SISA

misty rose

pure olive

silent sand

VADR vanilla dream

VODU volcanic dust

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

119


Noise Control

"

'JSTU BOE GPSFNPTU UIF HSPX VQQ TPVOE JOTVMBUJPO FMFNFOUT TFSWF UP SFEVDF UIF OPJTF MFWFM CVU UIFZ BSF BOE DBO EP NPSF UIFJS OBUVSBM TIBQFT BSF SFNJOJTDFOU PG UIF TVO UIF GVMM NPPO PS DMPVET .PVOUFE PO UIF DFJMJOH PS XBMM UIFZ JODPSQPSBUF TFBNMFTTMZ JOUP UIF PWFSBMM HSPX VQQ DPODFQU 4PVOE JOTVMBUJPO JT HFOFSBMMZ PG DPOTJEFSBCMF JNQPSUBODF BT B IJHI OPJTF MFWFM UFOET UP QSFWBJM JO SPPNT XIFSF NBOZ DIJMESFO HBUIFS *G

UIF SPPN BMTP IBT QPPS BDPVTUJDT UIFO JU XJMM JOFWJUBCMZ MFBE UP UIF TUSFTT GBDUPS PG OPJTF 8JUI UIF TJNQMF NPVOUJOH PG PVS TPVOE BCTPSCFST ZPV DBO FBTJMZ CBOJTI UIF TUSFTT GBDUPS PG OPJTF GSPN SPPNT 5IF WBSJPVT SPVOE TPVOE JOTVMBUJPO FMFNFOUT OPU POMZ JNQSPWF UIF BDPVTUJDT CVU BMTP JNQSPWF UIF BQQFBSBODF PG UIF SPPN 5IF XPSLJOH FOWJSPONFOU BOE FWFSZCPEZ T XFMM CFJOH BSF QPTJUJWFMZ JOn VFODFE CZ UIFTF OFX FMFNFOUT

"

Round Element in white, light gray or blue

Example layout for the 325 sq ft, 30 m2 set

Diameter 9 ¼â€œ, 23 cm Height 4 ¾ “, 12 cm

Round element F

Diameter 17 ¾â€œ, 45 cm Height 4“, 10 cm

Round element E

Diameter 32 ½â€œ, 82 cm Height 2 ½â€œ, 6 cm

Round element D

Diameter 32 ½â€œ, 82 cm Height 3 ¼â€œ, 8 cm

Round element C

Diameter 48 ½â€œ, 123 cm Height 2 ½â€œ, 6 cm

Round element B

Diameter 48 ½â€œ, 123 cm Height 2 ½â€œ, 6 cm

Round element A

4FUT BWBJMBCMF JODMVEF WBSJPVT TJ[FE SPVOE FMFNFOUT BOE BSF TVJUBCMF GPS NBOZ SPPN TJ[FT

31“, 78.27 cm 31“, 78,27 cm

/PUF 5IF BDPVTUJD FMFNFOUT DBO BMTP CF BUUBDIFE UP UIF XBMM 8F BEWJTF BHBJOTU BGGJYJOH UIF SFMBUJWFMZ MJHIU FMFNFOUT XJUIJO UIF SFBDI IFJHIU PG DIJMESFO

Acoustic Ceiling Sets Room size

Consisting of

200 sq ft, 20 m2 1x round element A, 2x round element B, 4x round element C, 2x round element D, 6x round element E, 8x round element F.

325 sq ft, 30 m2

425 sq ft, 40 m2

500 sq ft, 50 m2

650 sq ft, 60 m2

750 sq ft, 70 m2

1x round element A, 2x round element B, 5x round element C, 3x round element D, 10x round element E, 12x round element F.

2x round element A, 2x round element B, 8x round element C, 3x round element D, 11x round element E, 12x round element F.

4x round element A, 3x round element B, 9x round element C, 3x round element D, 9x round element E, 17x round element F.

4x round element A, 3x round element B, 9x round element C, 3x round element D, 15x round element E, 22x round element F.

5x round element A, 4x round element B, 13x round element C, 5x round element D, 17x round element E, 19x round element F.

light gray

white

blue

120


Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Cabinets 路 Shelving Creativity Rooms


- Cabinet System

Genuine birch timber veneer = naturally good quality. Warm and comfortable! We use veneer from genuine timber for most of our furniture. Wood has an excellent ecological balance and a tree is one of the basic foundations of our ecological system. It protects our atmosphere, bonds carbon dioxide and actively purifies the air. Our wood comes from sustainable forestry that maintains woodlands. At least one new tree has to be planted for each tree we use. Our wood is given the PEFC seal (Program for Recognizing Forest Certification Systems).

Förderung nachhaltiger Waldwirtschaft www.pefc.de

Obtaining and using veneer is highly efficient because approximately 300 m2 of furniture surface can be obtained from one log 2.4 meters long and ½ meter in diameter.

Raw materials are processed with a low level of energy and its entire material is used: the chips and other residues are pressed into particleboard or used for generating energy. Wood has a high value even after it is no longer used because it is a supplier of energy in thermal utilization. Its combustion is designated CO2 neutral because only as much carbon dioxide is released as the tree took in ahead of time.

Advantages of veneer • Genuine wood • Natural appearance • Warm surface • Durable • Biologically friendly • Renewable raw material • Healthy room atmosphere

Laminate = wood imitation Laminate is not genuine wood, but an imitation. It is often visually difficult to distinguish its imitation surface from genuine wood. Sometimes terms used are wood design, wood appearance and wood decoration foil. All of these designations are an imitation surface.

122 12 22

• imitation of the natural wood grain from plastic • manufactured with a high level of energy • cold surface


?

Chairs and Tables

Genuine birch timber = unmatched stability. Warm and comfortable!

Veneer board

Wood core plywood

Also known as multiplex board, it is manufactured from a whole series of veneer wood layers glued crossways.

Its core consists of glued solid timber ledges. The uppermost layer forms a high-quality genuine veneer wood.

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Our move-upp range of shelves and of other furniture are manufactured with these two genuine wood boards

The major feature of these genuine birch timber boards over particleboard (consisting of chips in various sizes pressed in several layers) and MDF boards (consisting of pressed sawdust) is the fact that they have unmatched strength. The technical links within the cabinet are substantially stronger and hold longer. That comes from • gluing the solid timber dowels in the veneer wood boards, • anchoring the hinges

}

Hardware connections achieve enormous strength in the veneer wood board Our move-up range of shelves survives several generations of children effortlessly. This is why we can give you a 10-year guarantee without hesitation. • anchoring the mounting boards for casters and legs

Surface sealing = environmentally friendly Our high-quality veneers are only sealed with carefully selected lacquers. Naturally, we only use water-based lacquers free of solvents.

The advantage of water-based lacquers

• Free of solvents • Environmentally compatible • Non-fading • Conforms to fire-protection German class B1 (flame resistant)

• Surfaces successfully tested in conformity with DIN 68861, Part 1 B (i.e., the surfaces were brought into contact with various substances such as water, butter and disinfectant, etc. and there was no change after a specified penetration period)

Toll Tel.:free: +49 1-800-345-3480 9564 929-2446

www.gressco.com www.haba.de

123


- Cabinet system

Mobile Furniture - Flexible Spaces

is a flexible furniture program that offers solutions for a wide range of requirements. With move·upp you can outfit any room: from a preschool room with a corner for crawling toddlers, to a group room with research and creativity centers, to a classroom, or even a recreational room.

The move·upp line features wall cabinets and shelf units with plenty of storage space to keep organized. Select from almost 100 models. Ideal as room dividers, and useful storage areas.

Top Quality Casters >> Each caster has a load capacity up to

220 lbs (100 kg) >> Quiet movement of furniture >> Easy to roll and swivel >> Convenient operation of parking brake and secure locking; the brake fixes the caster and the rotational axis >> Grooved step surface

ze

>> Floor-saving, non-staining, and abrasion-proof

124

,1

0

cm

al in 4“

Or ig

>> Permanent, sturdy bolted connection to bottom plate - no wobbling.

Si

>> Long-lasting


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer

Quality Features

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Cabinet, front panels, and adjustable shelves of solid wood panels (woodcore plywood), thickness 5/8“, 17 mm, birch veneer, solid wood edge bands

Handles of powder-coated metal, silver-gray

>> for drawers

>> for doors

>> Back panels of birch plywood, thickness ½“, 12 mm; slotted and keyed into the body.

>> Drawers with solid metal glides sound absorbing soft-close system with self-closing

>> Stopper: with rubber gasket for quiet closing of doors.

>> Metal hinges with 180° opening angle, highly durable, wearresistant, space-saving hinges for more free interior space, height adjustable (+ -) ¾“, 2 mm

>> Metal shelf supports grip into the milled out recesses of the adjustable shelf.

10 Stain colors for Cabinet Fronts and Material Bins WEIS

GELB

MAIS

ORAN

ROT

White

Yellow

Maize

Orange

Red

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood More information on page 122/123

GS tested P657 Clear blue

HBLA Light Blue

BLAU

HEGR

GRÜN

Blue

Light Green

Dark Green

Made

in Germany

>> All stain colors are available as an option, also for the cabinet line in beech wood

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

125


- Learning through Experience

Learning Through Experience The modular system

• Add-on Element

move.upp furniture impresses! The well thought out modular system makes flexible usage of the base cabinets possible with unique learning elements. You have the choice of 6 top pieces and 11 mountable elements (page 132/133). These can either be used individually or in combination with the move. upp base cabinets. The arrangement can be changed at any time for playing, learning, creative work or experimenting.

• The guide sleeve of durable plastic is permanently connected to the base cabinet. A bolt connection holds the attachable elements securely in place.

• Attachable Element

• Base Cabinet

126


Genuine Wood Panel

10 Year GUARANTEE

Water and Sand With the sturdy plastic tub, a simple shelf is quickly transformed into an exciting play table that allows wonderful experiments with water and sand.

with Real Birch Veneer

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

GS-tested Mehr Seite Me dazu auf Sei ite 853. Made in Germany

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

This gives your little charges the chance even during the cold weather seasons to gain basic experiences. Playing with water and sand stimulates the senses and promotes creativity and motor skills. In addition, sand has a calming effect. Children learn while playing, the differences between solid and liquid materials. They discover that figures can be shaped from moist sand, and that they can leave traces behind in the sand. And just by filling materials from one container to another they learn about the relationship between size and volume.

• low base cabinet with tub top

piece

• medium base cabinet and tub top piece

Dexterity Element

Light Box

• low base cabinet

• medium base cabinet

and motor skills top piece

Children can grasp inter-relationships in play. Small cars can be moved forward and backward, balls can be pushed back and forth, and bars can be moved in a circle. When turned, the colorful wooden disks produce patterns, small metal disks make cheerful sounds, and brushes tickle the fingers. By touching and moving the elements, the children develop tactile perception, eye-hand coordination, and concentration.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

and light box top piece

Here the children can get to the bottom of things in the truest sense of the word. The light box top piece makes it possible to do exciting light experiments, and view X-ray images of plants or animals.

www.haba.de

127


- Learning through Experience

Dramatic Play Children love to replay everyday situations. Just like the play store, the kitchen offers children unlimited possibilities to recreate events and situations they have experienced. To identify with other people and copy their gestures and language requires an exact study of roles and behavior. The doll‘s kitchen has always been a popular backdrop for such role play. Our module quickly transforms a simple shelf into a workstation for aspiring cooks. A sink for washing dishes and two cooking burners are integrated in the kitchen module and the “Curtain“ module is perfect for a play cafeteria. The fabric wall with the colorful appliques turns the cabinet into a laundry machine / dish washer combination.

• medium base cabinet with kitchen top piece and top piece element • The kitchen top piece (p. 132 without a base cabine t.

) also works

The "mirror/whiteboard" top piece offers plenty of space for role play – whether theater, hairdresser or school. Children can slip into which ever role they like. And even though it's just a game, the children learn many valuable lessons for life. By experimenting with letters and numbers on the whiteboard, the abstract world of mathematics and writing becomes more understandable and concrete.

• medium base cabinet with mirror/whiteboard top piece

128


Genuine Wood Panel

10 Year GUARANTEE

with Real Birch Veneer

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

GS-tested Mehr M ehr dazu auf Seite 853.

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Made in Germany

• medium base with element trees

Fabric Bin page 149.

• low base cabinet with garage top piece

Playing is much more than just a fun way to spend time. While playing, children learn about their environment and develop social skills. The creative interaction with staging areas that offer much free space trains the imagination and abstract thinking. All of the play backdrops feature bright cheerful colors and allow for all types of creative play.

• low base cabinet with castle top piece

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

129


- Learning through Experience ence 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123

GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany

Forming ... With the top pieces children can see the cubes, pyramids, balls and cylinders at eye level. This helps them train their logical and mathematical reasoning, as well as their spatial awareness.

• low base cabinet with sorting

top piece (p. 132)

Showcase Guaranteed to capture attention. What is displayed in the showcase hardly matters – just the fact that they are behind acrylic panels and inaccessible to little hands makes the exhibits fascinating. So even the smallest children can view the discoveries, works of art, or personal treasures.

• Ideal for patterns with natural materials

• Two medium base cabinets with showcase accessory (p. 132) and decoration arch top piece (p. 133)

130


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer

Library • Here bookworms can find books

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

well organized – both vertically or horizontally.

• medium base cabinet with book box top piece

• low base cabinet with marble run top piece (with bell)

• low base cabinet with music top piece

World of Sound Ball track set Marble runs are fascinating at any age, and have an almost magical appeal. The children send the marbles running down over and over again. It doesn't matter if it's only the marbles moving on this top piece or if there are also sounds – it's just fun to watch the marble roll, or, in this case, with a marble run which can be played with from both sides, to run after it.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Little musicians can train their sense of rhythm and sound perception. Tones and first melodies can be produced by hitting the 7 pentatonic musical tubes. The tubes can be played with a mallet or with building blocks. When removed from the unit, the tubes can be knocked together to produce tones. Eight little bells produce different sounds when hit with the mallet. Triangles and cymbals can also be attached on the hooks. The shelf has plenty of storage space for more musical instruments such as drums, rattles, or castanets.

www.haba.de

131


Cabinet system

Bottom Cabinet W 36 1/2“ x D 15“, W 92,5 cm x D 38 cm DESCRIPTION OF THE BOTTOM CABINETS on page 126

Bottom Cabinet Bottom Cabinet

Bottom Cabinet

H 12 ½”, 32 cm. Please select a cabinet base.

1 shelf insert. Half-height back panel. H 21“, H 53 cm.

432500

432511 The SORO base can not be used.

1 adjustable shelf. H 21”, 53 cm. 432510 Birch back panel 432541 Mirror back panel 432540 Whiteboard back panel

Select a cabinet base (p. 144).

Accessories for Bottom Cabinets

Tub Accessory

Book Bin

Showcase Accessory

Color: blue. H 3 ¾” x D 15 ¼”, H 10 x D 39.5 cm.

2 removable dividers. H 7” x D 14 ¾”, H 17 x D 37.5 cm.

With acrylic top. H 3 ¼” x D 14 ¾”, H 8.5 x D 37.5 cm.

432600

432606

432601

Stackable Element, Sorting Box

Light Box

H 3” x D 14 ¾”, H 7.5 x D 37.5 cm. Water faucet approx. 4“, 10 cm.

Carpeted bottom. With 2 sorting bars and 16 geometric shapes. H 5 ¼“ x D 14 ¾“, H 13 x D 37.5 cm.

With acrylic panels. Incl. connection cable with plug. For 220 V. H 3 ½” x D 14 ¾”, H 8.5 x D 37.5 cm. Not available in the USA.

432608

432638

432648

Kitchen

Attachments for Bottom Cabinets • back

Marble Run Element With cork layer in the catcher basket and 4 wooden marbles. Size: H 13 ¼“ x D 5“, H 33.2 x D 12.5 cm.

Farm

Trees

H 13 ¾” x D 7 ¾”, H 35 x D 20 cm.

H 17” x D 1”, H 43.5 x D 3 cm.

432651

432612

432613

132


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer

Motor Activity, small Element, Garage

Knight‘s Castle

H 15 ½“ x D 12“, H 39 x D 30 cm.

H 21 ¼" x D 15 ½", H 53.5 x D 39 cm.

432641

432644

432652

Curtain

Kitchen Wall Unit

Mirror/whiteboard element

With 100% cotton fabric. H 30 ½” x D 6”, H 77 x D 15 cm.

With 100% cotton fabric. H 30 ½” x D 2 ¼”, H 77 x D 6 cm.

With 4 wooden hooks and tray. Size: H 30 ½" x 4", H 77 x D 10 cm.

432633

432632

432650

Musical

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

With 6 cars, 10 turntables, 5 tone bells, bent wire with 6 beads, 5 rollers, round bar with cord and brush. H 15“ x D 3“, H 38 x D 7.5 cm.

Hanging Rack for Wooden Spoons

With 7 musical pipes, 8 musical bells, 1 mallet, and hook for triangle. H 21 ¼“ x D 10“, H 69.3 x D 25 cm.

Decorating Arch H 34” x D 6 ¾”, H 86 x D 17 cm

For the kitchen wall unit (432632). W 11“ x H 4 ¼“ x D 4 ¼“, W 28 x H 11 x D 11 cm.

432639

432635

473763 See on page 128.

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123

GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

133


Room Concepts

1

Tables and chairs from p. 8

Partitions from p. 354

Stool on p. 266

Play mats from p. 232

"Lara" children's apartment from p. 288

Group room 1 to 3 year olds A permanent, clear division of the room helps children orient themselves. Group rooms with separated areas for playing, building, reading, drawing and eating are ideal. The various play areas and materials foster individual abilities and interests, as well as the children's independence.

The impact of rooms is made up of individual aspects: characteristics such as arrangement, acoustics, light, colors and materials.

Optimal design Partition cabinets and partitions divide the room into individual areas, offer storage space and appeal to the senses with their many details.

1

Another, higher play level is created with the system, which inspires movement. Depending on space available, the system can be adjusted or expanded as required. The seating and floor play area, with a cozy carpet and colorful stools, is an ideal spot for the morning circle. This is where everyone sings, makes music and discusses the day's schedule. In the building corner sound insulation is provided with a carpet. The mirror fosters spatial awareness. The play benches are excellent construction sites. If required, this space can easily be transformed into a dress-up or reading corner.

Movement corner Gemino+ creates extra space within a room with the second level (from page 308). It's all about movement!

134


2

Shelving system "Rudolfo" on page 154

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

3

1

Wall marble run on page 382

Group rooms in preschool As well as a rest area to dream, cuddle and read, there should also be a creative and learning area for drawing, playing in the mud, crafting, building and experimenting. A play area and plenty of open space. This can be redesigned whenever required, e.g. by putting all the tables together quickly or rolling them to the side. This creates space for a seated circle or movement games etc.

2

Higher play area From the ground to up high - and the mirrors offer plenty of perspectives... (p. 215).

Children need something reliable to orient themselves in space and time. Recurring rituals, fixed procedures, the structuring of the room – all of this gives them a sense of stability and security. Clear structure in a room, and clearly arranged materials makes it easier for the children to use them with a sense of purpose, and to make decisions based on their own interests.

Anywhere that children play, frolic, sing and laugh ... will be noisy. This is completely normal. Good room acoustics are needed so that this doesn't become a problem. This isn't nearly as difficult as it might seem. Wall and ceiling elements, or even partitions, can separate particularly loud areas. More about sound insulation from page 116. Make the best use of your rooms.

3

All structures and arrangements of rooms must however always remain adjustable and changeable. Children should be given the opportunity to participate in the design of a room with their interests and needs.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Curved cabinets Versatile and combinable cabinets with differing colors. More from page 138.

135


1

/2“, 5-mmrounded edges 10-year guarantee Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123

Safety Furniture for Toddlers

Made in Germany

10 Year GUARANTEE

Specialty cabinets

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123

GS-tested Made in Germany

Crawl through

Toddler Crawl-through Cabinet Crawling in on the left, taking a right turn, through the cabinet, and voilà, here we go. One safety mirror, center with rear panel and 1 shelf. Available with glides only. W 49 ½” x H 17 ½” x D 15”, W 125 x H 44 x D 38 cm.

Mats from page 232

435050 Order the material bins on page 149

136


Safety Furniture These cabinets are just the right height for children. The grip holders on the front sides provides stability and support. Our safety furniture does not have any sharp corners or edges. Everything is safe with a ½“, 5 mm radius. Birch wood Open shelf 1 fixed shelf. W 36 ¾“ x H 23 ¾“ x D 16 ½“, W 92.7 x H 59.5 x D 41 cm. A 457160 Without mirror B 457161 With mirror

C

Semi-open shelf, low

It is intended for playing and storing things. Of course, you can keep books and toys in it when the drawer is closed. One side open to crawl through. The other side closed to store books and toys. W 36 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 16 ½“, W 92.7 x H 39.8 x W 41 cm.

A

B

D

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

457163 Toy cabinet

1 open drawer, 1 box drawer – ideal for building blocks and other odds and ends, but also a great doll bed. W 25 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 16 ¼“, W 64 x H 39.8 x D 41 cm.

with safety mirror

457162 C

E

Safety roller wagon For storing building blocks or books and more – the side walls are construced almost to the floor so that they almost completely cover the casters. Children cannot put their hands under the wagon. W 21 ½“ x H 12“ x D 15“, W 54 x H 30 x D 38 cm. E 128700 Without divider F 128710 With divider

D

F

Wall elements from page 366

no finger trapping

Discovery Rooms!

on page 71

Long Shelf Unit Without casters, W 73 ¾“ x H 17 ½“ x D 15“, W 187 x H 44 x D 38 cm Birch wood and birch veneer.

435105 Order material boxes on page 149 and select the base (Soro, Sofu or Sotf) on page 144.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

137


- Cabinet system

Low Quadrant Cabinets for Toddlers 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123

GS-tested Made in Germany

The brightly colored acrylic back panels allow the light to shine through, and sunlight provides fascinating effects. Naturally, they coordinate well together, but with their colorful acrylic panels they also look great alone. Ideal placement is in the center of the room, so the light can shine through from all sides.

Examples of combinations:

138


Genuine Wood Panel

Quadrant Unit H 17 ½“ (without casters) x D 15”, H 44 (without casters) x D 38 cm. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.

439005

Low Curved Units - W 39 1/2“ x H 17 1/2“ x D 15“, W 100 x H 44 x D 38 cm

Acrylic·Inside·Radius

Acrylic·Outside·Radius

Metal·Inside·Radius

Metal·Outside·Radius

Acrylic on the inner radius 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.

Acrylic on the outer radius 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.

Perforated metal on the inner radius 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.

Perforated metal on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.

439840

439845

439850

439855

Low Shelving Units - W 37 1/2“ x H 17 1/2“ x D 15“, W 92,5 x H 44 x D 38 cm Distance between the shelves 7 ½", 19.5 cm

With 1 insert shelf. Adjustable shelf in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments.

432005

1 shelf insert and 6 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 14 x D 33 cm 432006 drawers in natural finish

With 1 shelf. 432305 door in natural finish

Low Shelving Units - W 49 1/2“ x H 17 1/2“ x D15“, W 125 x H 44 x D 38 cm

2 center walls, 3 shelf inserts.

435005

2 center walls, 3 shelf inserts and 10 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 6 ¼“/10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 16/27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 435010 drawers in natural finish

2 center walls, with 3 shelves. 435305 door in natural finish

Fabric bins order separately, (p.149)

Please select a cabinet base on page 140.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

139

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

with Real Birch Veneer


- Cabinet System

Curved Cabinet with Acrylic or Perforated·Metal·Front

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123

GS-tested Made in Germany

W 39 ¾“ x H 31 ¼“ x D 15“, W 100.8 x H 79 x D 38 cm; Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm. Outer radius 39 ¾, 100.8 cm.

Acrylic Inside Radius

Acrylic Outside Radius

Metal Inside Radius

Metal Outside Radius

Acrylic on the inner radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.

Acrylic on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.

Perforated metal on the inner radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.

Perforated metal on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.

439860

439865

439870

439875

Base options and accessories at additional charge.

How to order Mandatory Options

Options

Base Options

Perforated metal/ acrylic

Quadrant untis and curved units are only available with locking casters (SOTF) or casters mix (SORO).

Please select color. RAL 3000 RAL 1028 RAL 5017

2 casters/ 2 locking

4 locking casters

SORO

SOTF

140

RAL 9006

Red ROT

Yellow GELB

Blue BLAU

Orange ORAN

Light Green HEGR

Clear TRAN

Linoleum-surfaces

Green

Orange Sand

L132

L171

L071

Blue

Light Blue

Gray

L479

L422

L058

By default we deliver in natural birch wood.


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer

Quadrant Cabinets

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

with Acrylic or Perforated·Metal·Front

W 56 ¼“ x H 31 ¼“ x D 15“, W 142.4 x H 79 x D 38 cm; Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm. Outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.

Acrylic Inside Radius

Acrylic Outside Radius

Metal Inside Radius

Metal Outside Radius

Acrylic on the inner radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.

Acrylic on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.

Inner arc perforated metal. 1 center panel, 4 fixed shelves.

Outer arc perforated metal. 1 center panel, 4 fixed shelves.

439225

439125

439205

439105

Select Base Options and color of perforated metal/acrylic.

Quarter Circle Counter

total height 40“, 101 cm

Quarter Circle Counter with Attachment Perforated plate or Acrylic on the outside radius. With 4 insert shelves: Genuine birch and linoleum top. W 61 ½“ x H 35“ (with casters H 40“) x D 22 ½“, W 155.8 x 88.5 (with casters H 101 cm) x D 57 cm, inner arc 21“, 53,2 cm, outer arc 43 ½“, 110,3 cm. 439935 Acrylic·front 439905 Perforated metal

Quarter Circle Counter with Attachment

Select Base Options and color of perforated metal/acrylic.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Perforated plate or Acrylic on the inside radius. With 4 insert shelves: Genuine birch and linoleum top. W 43 ½“ x H 35“ (with casters H 40“) x D 22 ¾”, W 110 x H 88.5 (with casters H 101 cm) x D 57 cm, inner arc 21“, 53,2 cm, outer arc 43 ½“, 110,3 cm. 439945 Acrylic·front 439915 Perforated metal

141


- Cabinet system

Wall Units Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Identification Signs on page 423.

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer move-upp Wall Unit 1

More information on page 122/123

Includes material bins: 20 x 471605. W 85 ¾” x H 36 ½” x D 15”, W 217.5 x H 91.5 x D 38 cm.

GS-tested

439977

Made in Germany

Cabinet

Height 36 ¼“, 91.5 cm

Roller bin cabinet Material bins with perforated metal on page 149.

move-upp Wall Unit 11 Includes rolling bins. W 73” x H 36 ½”, D 15”, W 185 x H 91.5 x D 38 cm

439979 Please order separately material bins (471205 and 471305) with perforated metal insert (page 149).

142

2 roller bins. W 37“ x H 36“ x D 15“, W 92.5 x H 91.5 x D 38 cm. 433030 roller bins in natural finish

Rolling Cart Birch, natural. W 16 ¾“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 14“, W 42 x H 29,5 x D 35 cm. Colors available at an up charge. Natural is standard. 471550 natural


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer

W 37“ x H 31“ x D 15“, W 92.5 x H 79 x D 38 cm Select a cabinet base on page 144.

Distance between the shelves 7 ½", 17.5 cm

W 15“, 38 cm

With half-height back panel and 3 adjustable shelves in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments.

Shelving Unit

2 shelves.

433050

433003

433005

With 3 adjustable shelves in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments.

Only available with Sobi base.

Shelving Unit

Shelving Unit

3 adjustable shelves in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments. Colorful Acrylic back wall.

3 shelves and 12 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 433012 drawers in natural finish

433019

Shelving Unit 1 center panel, 6 shelves.

433011

Property Unit Shelving Unit Shelving Unit 433004

4 shelves and 15 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 4 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 11 x D 33 cm. 433015 drawers in natural finish

Property Unit

Property Unit

5 shelves, with 15 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of drawers: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm 433515 drawers in natural finish

7 shelves, with 24 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of drawers: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 433505 drawers in natural finish

4 shelves.

2-Door Unit with 2 Shelves 2 shelves. Please note: Material boxes do not fit behind doors. 433105 doors in natural finish

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

5 shelves, with 12 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 433510 drawers in natural finish

Wave-Design Sliding-Door Shelving Unit with 3 shelves. 433305 door in natural finish

Drawer Cabinet Drawer Cabinet

8 acrylic drawers. Drawer inner dimensions: W 17” x H 7”, D 13”, W 43.7 x H 18.1 x D 33 cm.

8 drawers.

433123

433124

Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tilting.

Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tilting.

www.haba.de

143

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Shelving Unit Quarter-Circle Cabinet


- Cabinet system Shown with SORO casters. For other bases see below.

Cabinet Units, W 49 ½“ x H 31“ x D 15“, W 125 x H 79 x D 38 cm Optional colored doors/drawers available at additional charge. Please select a cabinet base below.

Shelving Unit 1 center wall, 6 shelves, acrylic back, alternating openings. 4 x in the front and 4 x in the back.

436006 Order the material bins (p. 149).

Shelving Unit 1 center wall, 6 shelf inserts and 16 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 436016 drawers in natural finish

Shelving Unit with 6 shelves.

436005

Shelving Unit 2 center walls, 9 shelf inserts. 436605 Order the material bins (p. 149).

Property Unit Wave-Design Sliding-Door Shelving Unit 2 center walls, 9 shelves. 436305 door in natural finish

1 center panel, 10 shelves, 20 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 436510 drawers in natural finish

Property Unit 1 center panel, 14 shelves, 28 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 436505 drawers in natural finish

How to order Mandatory Options

Optional Accessories

Base Options

Color options - Doors/Drawers/Material bins

Handle version

The base is 2“, 5 cm high, the casters and legs are 5“, 12.5 cm high. You have 4 choices:

By default we deliver in natural.

If not otherwise specified we deliver metal handles GME1.

1 Base

4 Square legs

SOBI

SOFU

WEIS

GELB

ORAN

MAIS

White

Yellow

Orange

Maize

ROT

GRÜN

HEGR

BLAU

Red

Dark Green

Light Green

Blue

HBLA

P657

Light Blue

Clear Blue

Lock for Hinged doors 2 casters 2 locking

4 locking casters

SORO

SOTF

144

On request and for additional cost we will deliver the "Hinged Doors" with a lock. DSS1.

GME1 metal, powdercoated, silver gray

Handles from the grow.upp concept (see p. 94)

GRU1 Button handle Solid wood

for pivoting doors

for drawers

GST1 Bar handle Solid wood Note: the handles cannot be attached later.


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer

Cabinet Units, W 37“ x H 51“ x D 15“, 92,5 x H 130 x D 38 cm Chairs Schränke and Tables Regale

Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Please select a cabinet base (page 144).

Wall unit 3 W 73” x H 36”/56” x D 15”, W 185 x H 91.5/142.5 x D 38 cm

439963 Shelving Unit Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

with 4 adjustable shelves and 1 fixed shelf, half-height back panel.

434005

Shelf Cabinet 1 fixed shelf, 4 adjustable shelves, continous back panel.

434010

Portfolio Cabinet for 30 Binders 2-Door Unit

Door Cabinet

Hinged Door Cabinet

2 doors, 3 shelf inserts, half-height back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434105 doors in natural finish

2 doors, 3 adjustable shelves, continous back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434110 doors in natural finish

2 doors, 5 shelf inserts, continuous back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434140 door in natural finish

2 fixed shelves, continuous back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434116 without doors 434115 doors in natural finish

Material Cabinet

Material Cabinet

8 drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, half-height back panel. Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434133 drawers in natural finish

8 acrylic drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, half-height back panel. Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434134 drawers in natural finish

Wave-Design Sliding-Door Shelving Unit

Student Cubby Cabinet

with 4 shelves and 1 fixed shelf, half-height back panel. 434305 door in natural finish

24 cubby bins, 1 fixed shelf and 8 adjustable shelves, half-height back panel. 434510 drawers in natural finish

Material Cabinet

Material Cabinet

8 drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, continous back panel. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434123 drawers in natural finish

8 acrylic drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, continous back panel. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434124 drawers in natural finish

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Student Cubby Cabinet Wave Pattern Sliding Door Cabinet 1 fixed shelf, 4 shelf inserts, continuous back panel. 434315 door in natural finish

www.haba.de

24 wooden box drawers, 1 fixed shelf and 8 adjustable shelves, continous back panel. 434505 drawers in natural finish

145


- Cabinet system Cabinet Units, W 49 ¼“ x H 51“ x D 15“, W 125 x H 130 x D 38 cm Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Please select a cabinet base page 144.

move•upp-Cabinet Wall 12 Space requirements: W 98 ½” x H 56 ¼” x D 15”, W 250 x H 142.5 x D 38 cm. Please order material bins separately.

439986

>> Sliding doors are very practical, as there is no danger of accidents when they are opened or kept open.

Shelving Unit

Wave-Design Sliding-Door

with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves.

437005

shelving unit with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 437305 door in natural finish

Wave-Design Sliding-Door

Shelving Unit

Wave-Design Sliding-Door

shelving unit with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 438805 door in natural finish

with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves.

438005

shelving unit with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 438305 door in natural finish

Shelf Cabinet

Shelf Cabinet

Sliding-Door Shelving Unit

2 doors, 11 adjustable shelves, full-width back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 438105 doors in natural finish

with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves, full-width back panel and 20 material boxes. Box measurements: W 6 ¼“/10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 16/27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 438020 drawers in natural finish

with mirror, with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 438905 door frame in natural finish

146


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer

Tall Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x H 72“ x D 15“, W 92.5 x H 182.5 x D 38 cm Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Base (SOBI) included.

Note >> The high cabinets on this page must be secured

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

to a wall.

Tall Shelf Cabinet

move.upp Wall Unit 5

1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves.

Space requirements: W 109 ¼“ x H 72“ x D 15“, W 277.5 x H 182.5 x D 38 cm.

431005

439983

Tall Shelf Cabinet

Tall Cabinet

Tall Shelf Cabinet

Tall Cabinet with Drawers

Tall Cabinet with 4 Doors

1 center wall, 2 fixed shelves, 6 adjustable shelves.

2 doors, 8 drawers.

2 doors, 3 fixed shelves, 3 adjustable shelves.

8 drawers, 2 adjustable shelves.

2 fixed shelves, 4 adjustable shelves.

431113

431006

431121

431111

431108

Doors and drawers natural finish. Color options p. 144.

33,5 cm 13 ¼“ 43,7 cm 17 ¼“

Tall Cabinet with 5 Doors 5 cubby compartments, 5 open compartments. Locks included.

431150

Tall Cabinet with Double Door

Tall Cabinet with Double Door

2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves.

2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves.

431105

431110

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Tall Cabinet

Student Cubby Cabinet

4 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves.

5 lockable compartments. W 15 ½” x H 72” x D 15”, W 39.4 H 182.5 x D 38 cm. 431151 left opening door 431152 right opening door

431107

147


- Cabinet system

Shelf System Single elements Shelf Frame H 56“ x D 15“, H 142.5 x D 38 cm.

440000 Adjustable Shelf W 36 ½“ x D 15“, W 92.7 x D 38 cm.

440020 Fixed Shelf W 36 ½“ x D 15“, W 92.7 x D 38 cm.

440010 Cross-Brace for W 36 ½”, 92.5 cm.

440030

Shelf combination 1 Includes 24 material bins (471605). W 112 ½” x H 56” x D 15”, W 289.9 x H 142.5 x D 38 cm

439980

Note >> To ensure the stability of the shelving units, you need three fixed shelves each - one of them for the top and one for the bottom. As well as one cross-brace.

solit:sit chairs start on page 16

Move-upp Shelf Combination 2 W 112 ½“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 15“, W 286 x H 142.5 x D 38 cm.

439981

148


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer

Customizable Material Bins

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

>> Design labels and insert them behind the acrylic front

Customizable Material Bins For Personalized Labels

The roomy bin has ample storage for paper, books, or materials in DIN A4 format. Custom-designed owner labels (092309, please order separately) can be inserted behind the acrylic front by simply unbolting the handle. Solid birch wood, acrylic. W 11 ½” x H 6” x D 15”, W 29 x H 15 x D 38 cm.

The labels made of sturdy paperboard (250 g/m2) have a hole in the center and are suitable for material bin (471115). They can be designed individually by the children for their personal bins. 10 ½” x 4 ½”, 26.4 x 11.2 cm. 092309 100 pieces

471115

Fabric Bins

Shelving Unit (433005) on page 143

Material Bins Material Bin with Acrylic Insert Solid wood – birch ply. W 7“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 18 x H 15 x D 35 cm.

471400 only in natural Wooden box drawers

Material Bin with Acrylic Insert

Solid wood – birch ply. W 11 ½“ x H 2 ¾“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 7 x D 35 cm.

Solid wood - birch ply. W 11 ½“ x 5 ½“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 15 x D 35 cm.

471605

471500 only in natural

Material Bin

Material Bin with Perforated Metal Insert

Solid wood – birch ply. W 7“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 18 x H 15 x D 35 cm.

Solid wood - birch ply. W 7“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 18 x H 15 x D 35 cm.

471005

471205

Material Bin

Material Bin with Perforated Metal Insert

Fabric Bin 2 sizes. Light as a feather, but sturdy, due to plastic inserts in the bottom and the sides. Fabric handles on two sides make it easy to pull the bins out of compartments and to transport them. If the bins are not needed, they can be folded flat. Material: Cordura®. H 6“ x D 13“, H 15 x D 33 cm. 471585 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, red 471586 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, blue 471587 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, yellow 471588 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, green 471580 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, red 471581 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, blue 471582 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, yellow 471583 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, green

Solid wood - birch ply. W 11 ½“ x D 15“, W 29 x D 35 cm. 471615 H 4 ¾“, 12 cm (not shown) 471105 H 6”, 15 cm

Solid wood - birch ply. W 11 ½“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 15 x D 35 cm.

471305 Please specify color of perforated metal (page 140).

How to order Optional Accessories Color options for colored material bins By default we deliver in natural birch wood. WEIS

GELB

MAIS

ORAN

ROT

White

Yellow

Maize

Orange

Red

P657

BLAU

HEGR

GRÜN

Clear Blue

Blue

Light Green

Dark Green

HBLA Light Blue

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Floor Saver Bottom surface for all material boxes protects the cupboards and reduces noise.

www.haba.de

Floor Saver TSTR.

149


- Cabinet system Tall Cabinets, W 36 ½" x H 72" x D 23 ½", W 92.5 x H 182.5 x D 60 cm Colored doors available at additional charge, see page 144. Base (SOBI) included.

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany

Wall unit 10 W 109 ½” x H 95 ½” x D 23 ¾”, W 277,5 x H 242.5 x D 60 cm.

439972

Tall Cabinet with Double Door

Tall Cabinet with Double Door

Tall Cabinet with Double Door

Drawing and Puzzle Cabinet

2 doors, 4 adjustable shelves.

2 doors, 1 center wall, 2 fixed shelves, 6 adjustable shelves.

2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 7 adjustable shelves.

2 doors, 7 roll-out shelves, 3 fixed shelves.

431162

431200

431160

431161 Doors and drawers natural finish. Color options p. 144.

Craft Material Cabinet

Rolling Cart Material Cabinet

Gymnastics Cabinet

2 doors, 3 roll-out shelves, 5 fixed shelves.

2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 2 adjustable shelves, 2 rolling carts. Please order material bins separately (page 181).

2 doors, 3 roll-out shelves, 2 fixed shelves.

431210

431220

150

431180


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer

Top Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 92.5 x D 60 cm

Colored doors available at additional charge, see page 144.

Top Double Door Cabinet

Document Top Cabinet

2 doors, 1 adjustable shelf. H 23 ½”, 60 cm.

7 adjustable shelves. H 39”, 99 cm.

2 doors, 1 adjustable shelf. W 36 ½” x H 23 ¾” x D 15”, W 92.5 x H 60 x D 38 cm. This top cabinet is suitable only for use with bottom cabinets with a base.

431900

439507

432900

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Top Double Door Cabinet

Base Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x H 33“ x D 23 ½“, W 92.5 x H 84 x D 60 cm Only available with base (SOBI)

Document Cabinet

Double Door Cabinet

Document Cabinet

5 adjustable shelves.

2 adjustable shelves.

6 drawers.

439500

439520

439511

Hanging Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x H 17 ½“ x D 15“, W 92,5 cm, H 44 cm, D 38 cm Even more storage space! The two hanging cabinets can be attached to the wall at exactly the height which is practical for you. If desired the cabinets can also be attached lower so that the children can access belongings.

safe storage and more space for play move.upp-Tables

on page 36.

with sliding doors and handle shell

Wall Cabinets With one shelf insert. Wood panel with birch veneer. Birch wood. 432990 Open Cabinet 432991 With 2 sliding doors, natural finish

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

151


- Cabinet system

Cabinets and Rolling Walls

HANGING BOXES on page 395 .

Please note >> You need one set of end-caps per cabinet.

Cabinets with “rolling cabinet doors” offer storage space plus one or more functional elements; such as a corkboard or a hook and loop board.

Cabinets for Rolling walls

End-Cap for Sliding Rail 473699 2 pieces

Rolling walls

Rolling element with whiteboard Rolling Element with Mirror Birch real wood veneer. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.

Base is made of birch real wood veneer, with safety glass. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.

Base is made of birch real wood with magnetic whiteboard coating. W 36 ¾“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.

473650

473670

473640

Shelf unit

Shelf unit

Rolling Element for Boxes

W 36 ¾“ x H 60“ x D 18 ½“, W 93 x H 152.3 x D 47 cm.

W 49 ¼“ x H 60“ x D 18 ½“, W 125 x H 152.3 x D 47 cm.

473695

473694

152


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer

Back

More information on page 122/123.

GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Made in Germany

Front

Library Display Presenting Reading Materials Displaying books motivates children to browse and read. Shelves on the back hold more books, magazines, CD’s, or games. With 4 locking casters. Birch, powdercoated metal parts. W 36 ½” x H 38 ½” x D 19”, W 92.5 x H 98 x D 48 cm.

457040

MORE LIBRARY FURNITURE on page 344. Front

fun c

tional from both sides! Back

Theme Wagon Theme Wagon The theme wagon offers lots of space for materials, e.g. instruments, and can be used in many different areas. Front has deeper shelves, the back small bore holes for attaching storage containers or brackets. Different accessories are available for the four movable dividers. Birch wood. W 39 ½“ x H 43 ½“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 110 x D 48 cm.

456101

>> Useable as Art and Crafts, Music, Book, Therapy, Activity Carts Shelf Insert With acrylic edge. W 35 ¼“ x D 4“, W 89 x D 10 cm.

473323

Buttons Made of birch and metal.

473310

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

153


Rudolfo shelf units can be combined in any number of ways to fit any room. And if the demand for storage space increases, the shelf units can grow right along with your needs.

154


Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer

Shelf Unit Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Rudolfo This shelving system features colored acrylic back panels and versatile options. The basic and add-on shelves can be combined depending on how much room is available or how much storage space is needed. Straight-line or curved shelf walls can be created. Colored acrylic back panels are especially attractive. By using different heights - in rooms with sloped ceilings - interesting effects can be created. If space requirements change, the shelving can be easily rearranged or expanded, and additional acrylic back panels or shelves can be installed. Thanks to a depth of 13 ¾“/35 cm and flexible arranging of the shelves, books and binders can also find a good home here.

Rudolfo Shelf Combination 9 Includes 5 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 86 ½“ x H 55 ¼“ x D14“, W 219.2 x H 140 x D 35 cm.

122189

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

155


Rudolfo shelf combinations are ideal room dividers. The colored acrylic back panels add great accents.

Rudolfo Shelf Combination 10

10 Year GUARANTEE

Includes 5 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 180 x D 35 cm.

122190 Shelf combination must be secured to a wall.

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

Side panel: Genuine Birch veneer Thickness: ¾“, 17mm

16 ½ “, 41,8 cm

Quality and Functional Features:

Made in Germany

The acrylic pack panels are ¼“, 3 mm, thick and can be installed from the front or the back. Additional acrylic back panels available in various colors. To ensure the stability of the shelving system, one acrylic back panel per shelf unit is always included as standard.

Additional adjustable shelves available; height adjustable in increments of 1 ½“, 3.2 cm

Additional adjustable shelves available

Fixed shelves Genuine Birch veneer Thickness: ¾“, 17 mm

Base shelf unit, straight, H 70 ¾“, 180 cm, includes bottom shelf with 2 base panels, 3 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel

Add-on shelf unit, straight, H 55 ¼“, 140 cm, includes bottom shelf with 2 base panels, 2 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel

Add-on shelf unit, curved, 45°, H 37 ½“, 95 cm, includes bottom shelf with 2 base panels, 1 fixed shelf, and 1 adjustable shelf

Note: To ensure stability of shelving system, please follow our installation instructions.

156


Genuine Wood Panel

Rudolfo Shelf Combination 1

Rudolfo Shelf Combination 2

Rudolfo Shelf Combination 3

Rudolfo Shelf Combination 4

Includes 2 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 35“ x H 19 ¾“ x D 14“, W 88.7 x H 50 x D 35 cm.

Includes 3 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 35“ x H 37 ½“ x D 14“, W 88.7 x H 95 x D 35 cm.

Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 83 ½“ x H 37 ½“ x D 14“, W 212 x H 95 x D 35 cm.

Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 129 ¼“ x H 37 ½“ x D 14“, W 328 x H 95 x D 35 cm.

122180

122181

122183

122184

Rudolfo Shelf Combination 5

Rudolfo Shelf Combination 6

Rudolfo Shelf Combination 7

Rudolfo Shelf Combination 8

Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 55 ¼“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 140 x D 35 cm.

Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 180 x D 35 cm.

Includes 6 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 180 x D 35 cm.

Includes 8 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 103 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 262.2 x H 180 x D 35 cm.

122185

122186

122187

122188

Shelf combination must be secured to a wall.

Shelf combination must be secured to a wall.

Shelf combination must be secured to a wall.

Rudolfo Individual Components:

Rudolfo Shelf, H 19 ¾“, H 50 cm

Rudolfo Shelf, H 37 ½“, H 95 cm

Rudolfo Shelf, H 55 ¼“, H 140 cm

Rudolfo Shelf, H 71“, H 180 cm

Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 1 fixed shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122150 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122160 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm

Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Additional back panels (122175) available separately. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122151 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122161 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ½“, 43.5 cm

Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 2 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Additional back panels (122175) available separately. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122152 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122162 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm

Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 3 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Additional back panels (122175) available separately. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122153 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122163 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm

You can mix and match acrylic colors when ordering the individual components.

Rudolfo Add-on shelf units, curved, 45°

Acrylic Back Panel

Adjustable Shelf

Includes bottom shelf with 2 shelf panels. Genuine birch. Outer radius 40 ¼“, 102 cm, inner radius 27 ¾“, 70 cm, D 14“, D 35 cm. Note: Can only be installed together with base or add-on shelf unit. 122165 H 19 ¾“, H 50 cm, 1 solid shelf 122166 H 37 ½“, H 95 cm, 1 adjustable shelf, 1 solid shelf 122167 H 55 ¼“, H 140 cm, 1 adjustable shelf, 2 solid shelves 122168 H 71“, H 180 cm, 1 adjustable shelf, 3 solid shelves

In 5 colors. For free design of shelving starting at H 37 ½“, 95 cm. Acrylic, ¼“, 3 mm thick. 16 ½“ x 16 ½“, 41.5 x 41.5 cm.

Genuine birch, ¾“, 17 mm thick. 122176 Rectangular, W 16 ¾“ x D 12 ¾“, W 42 x D 32 cm 122177 Curved, outer radius 44 ¼“, 102 cm, inner radius 27 ¾“, 70 cm, D 14“, D 35 cm

122175 Indicate color.

All shelf units and shelving combinations on this page are delivered unassembled.

How to order Mandatory Options Color options Red ROT

Orange ORAN

for acrylic back panel Yellow GELB

Light Green HEGR

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Blue BLAU

Clear TRAN

www.haba.de

157

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

with Real Birch Veneer

Rudolfo-Combinations:


Robust, versatile, combinable, and suitable for use everywhere: in Daycares and kindergartens, in after school settings, in break rooms … this is Forminant, our cabinet and shelving program. Versatile individual elements in various heights, special-purpose cabinets and library furniture offer endless possibilities. Shelf units, material bins, and cabinet fronts are available in 10 colors. You can combine them individually or choose one of the many wall units, room dividers, and shelf combinations.

Shelf Combination 1 Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 100 ¼“/117 ¼“ x H 33“/73 ½“ x D 16 ¾“, W 254.2/297.6 x H 83.6/186.6 x D 42.5 cm.

509600 Fabric bins sold separately (page 179).

158


Cabinet and Shelving Made of Genuine Beech Veneer

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer

GS-tested Mehr dazu Meh dazu auff Seite Seite Seit e 853. 853. Made in Germany

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

159


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Qua

Overview of Quality: A

K

B C

H D

E

L

J

F G

M

A

Back Panel ½“, 8 mm thick, strong, grooved around the body

F

Material thickness ¾“, 19 mm doors and drawers

B

Body made of ¾“, 19-mm thick 3-ply plywood with genuine beech veneer

G

C

3-mm solid wood edge bands protect the furniture.

Drawer side panel with strong metal sides; quiet soft-close system with self-retraction

D

Easy-access metal handles in 4 designs

H

The cabinet top is set & glued onto sides.

E

Solid wood base prevents swelling from mopping water.

J

Leveling screws to compensate for uneven floors (± 3/8“, 10 mm)

160

K

Metal hinge with 180° opening angle. Highly durable, wear-resistant, spacesaving hinge for more free interior space; height adjustment ± 1/8“, 2 mm

L

Metal shelf support locks into the milled grooves of the adjustable shelves and prevent the shelves from being pulled out.

M

Stops: with rubber ring for quiet closing of the doors.


Cabinets and Shelving

Genuine beech timber veneer = naturally good quality. Warm and comfortable! Obtaining and using veneer is highly efficient because approximately 300 m of furniture surface can be obtained from one log 2.4 meters long and ½ meter in diameter.

We use veneer from genuine timber for most of our furniture. Wood has an excellent ecological balance and a tree is one of the basic foundations of our ecological Förderung nachhaltiger system. It protects our Waldwirtschaft atmosphere, bonds www.pefc.de carbon dioxide and actively purifies the air. Our wood comes from sustainable forestry that maintains woodlands. At least one new tree has to be planted for each tree we use. Our wood is given the PEFC seal (Program for Recognizing Forest Certification Systems).

2

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Raw materials are processed with a low level of energy and its entire material is used: the chips and other residues are pressed into particleboard or used for generating energy. Wood has a high value even after it is no longer used because it is a supplier of energy in thermal utilization. Its combustion is designated CO2 neutral because only as much carbon dioxide is released as the tree took in ahead of time.

The advantages of veneer • genuine wood • natural appearance • warm surface • durable

• biologically degradable • renewable raw material • healthy room atmosphere

Beech Real Wood Veneer

Surface Sealing

We use Beech Real Wood Veneer for our Forminant-Program:

We use carefully selected water-based varnish for our Forminant-Program:

>> Ecological

>> Solvent-free, water-based stains

>> Durable

>> Corresponds to fire safety category German Standards B1, flame resistant

>> Wear-resistant

>> Hygienic and easy-care

>> Surfaces tested successfully according to German Standards DIN 68861 Part 1 B: Surfaces were tested against various substances such disinfectants and cleaning agents.

10 Wood Stain Colors

6 Acrylic Panel Colors

for fronts and material boxes

for cabinet backs

>> Unique appearance

WEIS

GELB

MAIS

ORAN

ROT

GELB

ORAN

ROT

White

Yellow

Maize

Orange

Red

Yellow

Orange

Red

HBLA

BLAU

HEGR

GRÜN

HEGR

BLAU

TRAN

Blue

Light Green

Green

Light Green

Blue

Clear

P657 Clear Blue

Light Blue

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

161


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer

Partition Combinations Daycare Toddler Closet Combination 1

Fabric bins in 2 widths on page 179.

10 Year GUARANTEE

Toddler Closet Combination 1 Space Requirements: W 80 ½“/121 ½“ x H 25 ½/42 ½“ x D 16 ¾“, W 204.4/308.4 x H 64.5/107.8 x D 42.5 cm.

Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.

509700 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179.

GS tested Made

in Germany

Shelf Combination 4 Includes 4 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 102 ¼“/102 ¼“ x H 25 ½/42 ½“ x D 16 ¾“, W 259.6/259.6 x H 64.5/107.8 x D 42.5 cm.

509603

Shelf Combination 4

Shelf Combination 3

Shelf Combination 2

Shelf Combination 3

Shelf Combination 2

Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 113“ x H 25 ½“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 286.8 x H 64.5/105.8 x T 49.5 cm.

Includes 2 material boxes and 1 cart. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 25 ½“/ 37“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 64.5/94 x D 49.5 cm

509602

509601

162


Cabinets and Shelving

Partition Combinations

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Partition 1

Partition 1 Includes 4 acrylic material boxes and 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 73 ¾“ x H 33“/41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 186.8 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm.

509650

Partition 4

Partition 5

Partition 4

Partition 5

Includes 4 acrylic material boxes and 32 material boxes. Space requirements: W 94 ¼“/ 67 ¼“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 239.4/170.4 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm.

Incl. 12 acrylic material bins. Space requirements: W 90 ¾“x H 33“/ 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 230 x H 83,6/122 x D 39,4 cm.

509653

509654

Partition 6

Partition 7

Partition 6

Partition 7

Incl. 20 privacy compartments. Space requirements: W 106 ¼“/ 67 ¼“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 269,4/170,4 x H 83,6 x D 39,4 cm.

Incl. 2 acrylic material bins and 4 material bins. Space requirements: W 101 ¾“/ 91 ¾“ x H 33“/ 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 258 / 233 x H 83,6/122 x D 39,4 cm.

509655

509656 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

163


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer

Cabinet-Shelf Combinations

Shelf Combination 7

Shelf Combination 6 Shelf Combination 6

Shelf Combination 7

Includes 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: B 56 ½“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x T 19 ½“, B 143.4 x H 83.6/105.8 x T 49.5 cm.

Includes 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: W 43 ½“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 110.4 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm.

509605

509606

Shelf Combination 8

Shelf Combination 9

Shelf Combination 8

Shelf Combination 9

Includes 6 material boxex. Space requirements: W 42 ¾“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 108.4 x H 64.5/105.8 x D 49.5 cm.

Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 33“/ 44 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 83.6/113.2 x D 49.5 cm.

509607

509608

Shelf Combination 10

Shelf Combination 11

Shelf Combination 10

Shelf Combination 11

Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 73 ¾“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 186.8 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm.

Includes 4 material boxes and 3 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 70“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 177.4 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm.

509609

509610

164


Shelf Combination 12

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Cabinets and Shelving

Shelf Combination 14

Shelf Combination 12 Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 92 ½“ x H 56 ½“/ 68 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 234.6 x H 143.2/172.8 x D 42.5 cm.

509611

Shelf Combination 14 Space requirements: W 43 ½“ x H 33“/ 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 110.4 x H 83.6/165.4 x D 49.5 cm.

509613

Shelf Combination 25

Shelf Combination 13

Shelf Combination 25 Shelf Combination 13 Includes 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: W 43 ½“ x H 33“/ 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 110.4 x H 83.6/165.4 x D 49.5 cm.

509612

Includes acrylic roller bins. Space requirements: W 106“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“ , W 269 x H 83,6/172,8 x D 49,5 cm.

509652 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179.

Shelf Combination 15

Shelf Combination 21

Shelf Combination 15

Shelf Combination 21

Includes 12 material boxes and 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 93 ¾“ x H 56 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 238 x H 143.2 x D 39.4 cm.

Includes 4 material boxes and 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 33“/ 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 83.6/165.4 x D 49.5 cm.

509614

509620

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

165


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer

Cabinet and Shelf Combinations

Shelf Combination 17

Shelf Combination 16 Shelf Combination 16

Shelf Combination 17

Space requirements: W 83“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 210,4 x H 83,6/172,8 x D 42,5 cm.

Includes 3 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 43 ¼“/ 56 ¾“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 109.5/144 x H 83.6/172.8 x D 49.5 cm.

509615

509616

Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179

Shelf Combination 18

Shelf Combination 20

Shelf Combination 18

Shelf Combination 20

Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 83.6/172.8 x D 49.5 cm.

Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 93 ¾“ x H 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 238 x H 172.8 x D 49.5 cm.

509617

509619

Shelf Combination 19

Shelf Combination 19

Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 92 ¾“ x H 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 235.6 x H 165.4 x D 49.5 cm.

509618

166


Cabinets and Shelving

10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.

Label Holders

GS tested

For placing on the shelves. Magnetic strips (073014) are suitable as labels. Metal. 7“ x 9 ¼“, 16 x 24 cm.

Made

in Germany

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

120343

solit:sit-chairs on page 17.

>> Example of 4 tall shelf cabinets (Item No. 508901 on page 176).

Wall unit 3

Shelf Combination 23

Wall unit 3

Shelf Combination 23

Includes 12 privacy compartments. Space requirements: W 96“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 243,8 x H 83,6 x D 39,4 cm.

Includes 9 material boxes. Space requirements: W 121 ¼“ x H 71 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 308 x H 182 x D 39.4 cm.

509752

509622

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

167


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer

Shelves for Playing

10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.

GS-tested Meh dazu Mehr auf Seite Seite 853. 853 53.

Wall Decorations from page 366.

Made in Germany

>> available with or without mirrored back >> with high rounded top edge for first time walkers Cabinet

front

back with mirror

2 shelves. H 25 ½“ x D 15 ½“, H 64.5 x D 39.4 cm. 508050 W 25 ¾“, W 65 cm, without mirror 508160 W 39 ½“, W 100 cm, without mirror 508051 W 25 ¾“, W 65 cm, with mirror 508161 W 39 ½“, W 100 cm, with mirror

Periscope Cabinet >> Crawl through the cabinet for an exciting discovery

>> For exciting explorations

magnet elements on page 363.

Periscope Cabinet with magnet board If a child stretches a hand in front of the mirror, it appears as if by “magic” on the other side. The angled mirrors in the periscope cabinet make it possible to try out all kinds of combinations. Children can even crawl through the cabinet and look through the bubble on the top with its curved acrylic pane. The cabinet has shelves on both sides. With safety mirror and magnet board. W 78 ¾“ x H 32“ x D 23 ½“, W 200 x H 81 x D 60 cm.

525231

168


Cabinets and Shelving

Base Cupboards for Daycare W 25 ¾" x H 25 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 65 x H 64,5 x D 39,4 cm

Quarter Circle Cabinet

Shelf Cabinet

Shelf Cabinet

Double-Door Cabinet

Sliding Door Cabinet

Caster Shelf

1 shelf.

2 shelves.

1 shelf. W 15 ¾“, W 39.4 cm. Only suited for fixed installation between the cabinets. Not available with casters.

508001

508002

1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish.

1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish.

1 shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 1 rolling cart. 508006 natural rolling cart 508003 acrylic rolling cart

508004

508005 Cabinet only available with shown handles.

508000

W 39 ½" x H 25 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 100 x H 64,5 x D 39,4 cm

Shelf Cabinet

Double-Door Cabinet

Sliding Door Cabinet

Caster Shelf

2 shelves.

1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish.

with 1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish.

1 shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 2 rolling carts. 508107 natural rolling cart 508104 acrylic rolling cart

508100

508102

508103 Cabinet only available with shown handles.

Wide Materials Cabinet

Shelf Cabinet 2 shelves, back board with mirror.

With 6 acrylic drawers. Drawers in natural finish.

508101

508106

Shelf Cabinet, Alternating Openings Open compartments: 5x in the front, 4x in the back. Compartments in natural finish.

Partition 8 Includes acrylic material bins and roller bins. Space requirements: W 80 ½“/ 120“ x H 25 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 204,4/304,4 x H 64,5 x D 39,4 cm.

508105

509657 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179.

How to order

for your

-Base Cupboards

Mandatory Options Handles Please select handle options. By default we deliver metal handle (B306). Length: B306, B328, B300, B317: 4 ½“, 11.4 cm.

B306

B328

B300

B317

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Optional Accessories Colors for colored fronts, and material bins

Lock for hinged doors

Please select color options; Natural is the standard; Colors available at additional upcharge. WEIS GELB MAIS ORAN white

yellow

maize

orange

ROT

HBLA

P657

BLAU

red

light blue

clear blue

blue

HEGR

GRÜN

light green dark green

www.haba.de

Casters Height for cabinets to 33", 83,6 cm. Each carter

holds 112 lbs, 200 kg. Casters can also be mounted later. On request and for additional cost we will deliver the hinged doors with a lock. (DSS1)

Casters are non locking.

4 casters LARO

169

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Please select handle options below.


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer

Base Cupboards in 3 Widths W 15 ¾“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 39.4 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm

Please select handle options, page 169.

Quarter-Circle

Semi-Cupboard

Half-Cabinet

Half-Cabinet

2 shelves. Not available with casters. Only suited for fixed installation between cabinets.

2 shelves.

1 door, 2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508212 Door opens to left

1 door, 2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508213 Door opens to right

508211

508210

W 25 ¾“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 65 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm

Bookcase, open

Bookcase, open

1 shelf.

2 shelves.

Bookcase with acrylic back board

Bookcase with acrylic back board

508300

508301

1 shelf.

2 shelves.

Caster Shelf

Materials Cabinet

1 shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 1 rolling cart. 508315 acrylic rolling cart 508316 natural rolling cart

8 drawers.

508317 Drawers, natural 508314 Drawers, acrylic

Double-Door Cabinet

508320

508319

Please select acrylic color, page 140.

Please select acrylic color, page 140.

2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508313 W 31“, 78.8 cm 508405 W 39 ½“, 100 cm

Cabinet with 8 material boxes

Cabinet with 8 acrylic material boxes

Cubby Cabinet with 16 boxes

3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508310 Boxes natural

3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.

7 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5,5 x D 33 cm. 508312 Boxes natural

508311 Acrylic boxes available only in natural.

W 39 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“ , W 100 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm

Wide bookcase, open

Wide bookcase, open

Wide Bookcase, open

Wide bookcase, open

Wide Bookcase, open

1 shelf.

2 shelves.

3 shelves.

5 shelves.

1 center panel, 4 shelves.

508400

508401

508402

508403

508429

Double-Door Cabinet

Wide Material Cabinet

Wide Material Cabinet

Shelf Cabinet, with Alternating Openings

2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the doors.

With 8 drawers, natural.

With 8 acrylic drawers.

508424

508417

Open compartments: 5x in the front, 4x in the back. Compartments in natural finish.

508405

508418

Colored doors, drawers and material boxes available at additional charge, p. 169.

170


Cabinets and Shelving

Shelf Cabinet with Shelves 1 solid shelf, 2 drawers, 3 adjustable shelves. 508420 drawers natural

Please select handle options, page 169.

Wide bookcase, open

Door/Shelf Cabinet

9 adjustable shelves, 1 solid shelf, 2 middle walls.

Both the shelf and inside door there are 2 shelves each. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508407 Door right (not shown), W39 ½“, 100 cm 508406 Door left, W 39 ½“, 100 cm

508404

Shelf/Drawer Cabinet

Shelf/Drawer Cabinet

Door/ Drawer Cabinet

Door/ Drawer Cabinet

Door/ Drawer Cabinet

4 drawers, 2 shelves. 508425 Drawers natural, left 508426 Drawers natural, right

4 acrylic drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. 508411 Drawers natural, right 508410 Drawers natural, left

1 door, 4 drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508428 Door on the right, drawers natural

1 door, 4 drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508427 Door on the left, drawers natural

1 door, 4 acrylic drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508409 Door on the right, drawers natural

Door/ Drawer Cabinet

Base Cabinet, Open

Caster Shelf

1 door, 4 acrylic drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508408 Door on the left, drawers natural

1 adjustable shelf, 1 fixed shelf.

1 adjustable shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 2 rolling carts. 508423 natural rolling carts 508419 acrylic rolling carts

Shelf Cabinet 3 shelves on the left-hand side

Bookcase with 4 material bins

5 adjustable shelves.

5 adjustable shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508422 Boxes natural

Cupboard with 12 Material Boxes

Cupboard with 16 Material Boxes

Cupboard with 12 Acrylic Material Boxes

Cupboard with 16 Acrylic Material Boxes

Property Cupboard with 24 Boxes

3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508412 Boxes natural

3 shelves. Box measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508413 Boxes natural

3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.

3 shelves. Box measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm.

508414

508415

7 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm. 508416 Boxes natural

Acrylic boxes available only in natural.

Acrylic boxes available only in natural.

508430 Seating cube with seat hight 14“, 35 cm sold separately, see page 267.

Quarter-Circle Cabinet H 33“ x D 15 ½“ H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm

Quarter-Circle Cabinet

back panel at inner radius

4 shelf inserts. Inner back panel. outer radius 36“, 91.1 cm, inner radius 20 ½“, 51.7 cm.

508421

Partition 7 Includes 2 acrylic material bins and 4 wood material bins. Space requirements: W 101 ¾“/ 91 ¾“ x H 33“/ 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 258 / 233 x H 83,6/122 x D 39,4 cm.

509656 Material boxes sold separately, see page 149.

508450

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

171

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

39 ½“, 83.6 cm

W 39 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer

Top Cabinets W 39 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x D 39.4 cm

10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.

GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany

Please select handle and color options (page 169). H 23 ½“, H 59.6 cm

Top Cabinet, open

Top Cabinet, with Double Doors

1 shelf.

1 shelf. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508702 doors in natural finish

508701

MATCHING BASE CUPBOARD on page 170.

H 23 ½“, H 59.6 cm

H 38 ¾“, H 98.0 cm

H 38 ¾“, H 98.0 cm

H 15 ¼“, H 38.4 cm

Top Cabinet, open

Top Cabinet, open

Top Cabinet with Double Doors

1 shelf.

2 shelves.

508700

508703

2 doors, 2 shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508704 doors in natural finish

Wall Cupboards

Functional attachments

>> place on a table to organize supplies Creative Functional Top With 4 adjustable shelves, 1 stand for holding brushes and scissors. One shelf as a paper compartment. W 39 ½“ x H 11 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 29.5 x D 39.4 cm.

509570

Wall cupboards 1 insert shelf. W 39 ½“ x H 23 ½“” x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 59.6 x D 39.4 cm. 508720 open 508721 with 2 doors in natural finish

172

>> small library Book Top With 4 shelves for books or magazines. W 39 ½“ x H 9“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 23 x D 39,4 cm.

509571


Cabinets and Shelving

Property Cabinets

>> all boxes are larger than DIN A4.

W 51 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 131 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Please select options of material boxes (p. 178/179).

Property Cabinet with 20 Boxes Property Cabinet with 16 Compartments

Property Cabinet with 32 Compartments

12 shelves.

28 shelves.

4 fixed shelves, 16 inserted shelves, 20 boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm.

508500

508501

508502 boxes in natural finish

28 shelves, 28 property boxes and 4 paper compartments. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm.

Property Cabinet with 32 Boxes

Property Cabinet with 16 Boxes

28 shelves, 32 property boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm.

12 shelves, 16 property boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.

508503 boxes in natural finish

508504 boxes in natural finish

508505 boxes in natural finish

Property Cabinet with 28 Boxes

Please order large identification signs separately on page 422.

Practical Room Dividers W 55 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 140 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm Please select options of material boxes (p. 178/179).

Partition, open 6 narrow and 2 wide shelves.

508602

Partition with Shelves

6 narrow and 2 wide shelves, 8 material boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.

4 narrow and 3 wide shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ or 13“ x H 6“ or 8“ x D 13“, W 27.5 / 33 x H 15 or 19.8 x D 33 cm. 508600 without material boxes 508601 with 6 material boxes in natural finish

508603 boxes in natural finish

Please order storage bins separately on page 178.

Partition with 8 Material Boxes

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

173


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer

10 Year GUARANTEE

Medium high cabinets

Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.

GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.

W 25 ¾“ x H 48 ½“ x 15 ¾“, W 65 x, H 122 x D 39.4 cm

Made in Germany

Select handle and color options (page 169).

Bookcase, open 5 shelves.

508800 Wall unit 4 Incl. 4 acrylic material bins. Space requirements: W 51 ¼“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 130 x H 122 x D 39,4 cm.

Double-Door cupboard

Bookcase

3 shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508801 doors in natural finish

508819

4 shelves, 1 solid shelf. Back board below from wooden, acrylic above. Select acrylic color (p. 140).

509753

Two door cupboard with acrylic back board

Portfolio Cabinet, open

Portfolio Cabinet with 2 doors

Cabinet with 8 Material Boxes

Cabinet with 8 Acrylic Boxes

Cabinet with 16 Property Boxes

2 shelves.

3 shelves. Arylic above and wooden panel below. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508818 doors in natural finish

508813

2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508814 doors in natural finish

5 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.

5 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.

9 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm.

508810 boxes in

508811

508812 boxes in

natural finish

Acrylic boxes can only be delivered in natural.

Select acrylic color (p. 140).

Book Cabinet

perfect as Room Divider >> Front

see page 346 for MORE BOOK SHELVES >> Back

Book Cabinet 3 face-out shelves to present books, magazines and games. 3 open shelf compartments. Beech wood. W 39 ½“ x H 35 ¾“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 91 x D 48 cm. 525600 Without Casters 525601 With Casters (not shown)

174

Use from both sides.

natural finish


Cabinets and Shelving

Organization Cabinets

for Daycare and School

With 5 bookbag compartments and 10 small storage compartments for bicycle helmets or personal belongings, etc. W 64 ¾“ x H 36 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 165 x H 93.2 x D 39,4 cm.

48 ½“ 122 cm

Bookbag Cabinet

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

37“, 93,6 cm

Material boxes (509375) sold separately (page 178).

509530 Material boxes sold separately on page 178.

IDENTIITY SIGNS on page 422. Tom

Image shows 2 Cabinets Property Cabinet 14 shelves. W 25 ¾“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 65 x H 122 x D 39.4 cm.

509520

Student Cubby Cabinet For 6 students: for each student 1 compartment for binders, 1 open shelf, and 1 cubby for personal belongings. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. W 39 ½“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 122 x D 39.4 cm. 509510 without doors 509511 with doors in natural finish Select handle options (p. 169).

Folding Cupboard

3-piece with built–in compartments

39“, 99 cm

2-piece

32 ½“, 83 cm

Folding Cupboard

When ordering please note: wooden materials boxes fit in all folding cabinets. The materials boxes (509380) for arranging materials in your cabinet can be found on page 178. Folding Cupboard Folding cabinet, 3-piece, with built-in compartments

With 6 adjustable shelves, this cabinet offers plenty of storage space. The 4 lockable casters for easy opening and closing make it useful anywhere in the room. Closed W 33“ x H 32 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 84 x H 83 x D 80 cm. Open W 65“ x H 32 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 166 x H 83 x D 40 cm.

Everything is stored away when closed and well organized when it is open. Casters make it easy to open and close the cabinet. Dimensions closed: W 31 ½“ x H 39“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x H 99 x D 80 cm and open: W 63“ x H 39“ x D 15 ¾“, W 160 x H 99 x D 40 cm.

124700

509560

Wooden material boxes and plastic material boxes sold separately on page 178/179.

Plastic material boxes sold separately on page 179.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

175


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer

High Cabinet

Please select handle options, page 169.

W 39 ½“, H 71 ¾“, D 15 ¾“,W 100, H 182, D 39,4 cm

10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.

GS tested Made

in Germany

MATCHING NAME TAGS on page 422. Wall unit 5 Incl. 24 privacy compartments. W 78 ¾“ x H 71 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 200 x H 182 x D 39,4 cm.

509754

Note >> The high cabinets on this page must always be secured to a wall (see assembly instructions).

High Cabinet

High Shelf Cabinet

High Cabinet with Drawers

High Cabinet with Acrylic Drawers

2 fixed shelves, 3 shelves.

1 center divider, 8 shelves.

2 shelves, 8 acrylic drawers.

508900

508901

2 shelves, 8 drawers. 508913 drawers in natural finish

Portfolio Cabinet

Portfolio Cabinet

Shelf/Double-Door Cabinet

High Cabinet with Double Doors

2 solid shelves, 2 adjustable shelves and 2 open cases. 508911 open 508912 with doors (not shown)

24 privacy compartments (not shown, 509385, p. 178; please order separately). 2 solid shelves, 8 shelves.

2 doors, 4 adjustable shelves, 1 fixed shelf. Material boxes do not fit behind doors. 508903 doors in natural finish

4 adjustable shelves (2 inside, 2 on the top). Material boxes do not fit behind doors. 508902 doors in natural finish

508910

508907

Width 15 ¾" 39,4 cm

High Cabinet with Double Doors

High Cabinet with Double Doors

High Cabinet with Double Doors

Property Cabinet with Locks

2 fixed shelves, 3 adjustable shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508904 doors in natural finish

8 adjustable shelves, middle wall. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508905 doors in natural finish

4 adjustable shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508906 doors in natural finish

5 lockable cabinet compartments. Doors in natural finish. 508908 doors on right-hand side (not shown) 508909 doors on left-hand side

176


Cabinets and Shelving

Shelf System

Note >> To ensure the stability of the shelving units, you need two fixed shelves each one for the top and one for the bottom as well as one cross-brace.

1

5 Adjustable and re-configurable

1 Solid beech wood 3

shelf frame in 4 heights and in 10 stain colors or natural

6 Shelf Combination 22

4

Components

Includes 1 rolling cart and 6 material boxes. Space requirements: W 93 ¾“ x H 33“/ 56 ½“/71 ½“ x D 16 ¼“, W 238 x H 83.6/143.2/182 x D 39.4 cm.

2 With 33", 83.6 cm tall shelf back wall in 3 widths

3 Rolling drawer in

2 heights and 3 widths

509621

4 Height-adjustable by 1", 2 cm

5 The drill holes make it possible to adjust the shelves by 1 ½", 3.2 cm increments.

6 Beech wood

shelf base in 3 widths

Fixed Shelves

Shelf Frame

Shelf Back Panel

Width: 15 ¾”, 39.4 cm. 509205 H 25 ½“, 64.5 cm (not shown) 509206 H 33”, 83.6 cm 509207 H 56 ½“, 143.2 cm 509208 H 71 ¾“, 182 cm

Height: 33“, 83.6 cm, thickness: ¾”, 1.6 cm. 509450 for W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509451 for W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509452 for W 39 ½“, 100 cm

With shelf connectors. H ¾“ x D 15 ¼”, H 2 x D 38.4 cm. A 509240 W15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509241 W 25 ¾“, 65 cm (not shown) B 509242 W 39 ½“, 100 cm C 509243 Quarter circle, W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm D 509244 Quadrant ring bottom 90°, 22”, 55.7 cm E 509247 eighth ring bottom, 45°

Shelf Insert

A B

C D E

F

G

With shelf connectors. H ¾” x D 15 ½”, H 2 x D 38.4 cm. F 509460 W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509461 W 25 ¾“, 65 cm G 509462 W 39 ½“, 100 cm

H

Cross-Brace

H

For stabilization of the shelves. H ¼” x D ¾”, H 0.5 x D 2 cm. 2 pieces. 509320 for W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509321 for W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509322 for W 39 ½“, 100 cm

Round Gable 509215 For W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm; W 16 ½“

Shelf Roof Piece 509225 For W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm;

x H 13 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 41.4 x H 33.6 x D 42.5 cm 509216 For W 25 ¾“, 65 cm; W 26 ½“ x H 18 ¾“ x D 16 ¾“, W 67 x H 47.4 x D 42.5 cm

17 ¾” x H 10 ½” x D 19 ½“, W 44.5 x H 26.2 x D 49.5 cm 509226 For W 25 ¾“, 65 cm; W 27 ¾“ x H 13 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 69.9 x H 33.6 x D 49.5 cm

Shelf Base

Rolling Cart, low

Rolling Cart, high

Rolling Cart, Acrylic, low

Rolling Cart Acrylic, high

With swivel casters. H 12 ¼” x D 12 ¾”, H 31 x D 32 cm. 509410 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509411 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509414 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm

With swivel casters. H 16” x D 12 ¾”, H 40.6 x D 32 cm. 509412 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509413 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509415 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm

With swivel casters. H 12 ¼“ x D 12 ¾“, H 31 x D 32 cm. 509420 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509421 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509424 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm

With swivel casters. H 16” x D 12 ¾“, H 40,6 x D 32 cm. 509422 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509423 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“,65 cm 509425 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm

H 2 ½” x D 15 ¼”, H 6.5 x D 38.4 cm. J 509310 W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509311 W 25 ¾“, 65 cm K 509312 W 39 ½“, 100 cm

J

K

Please select handle options, page 169.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

177

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

2


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer

Material and Property Boxes For Cabinets and open Shelves W 15 ¾“, 25 ¾“ and 39 ½“. 39.4; 65 and 100 cm. Material boxes can be safely stacked!

The runners on the side mean that all material and property boxes on this page can be stacked, without there being any danger of slipping.

For width 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm

For width 25 ¾“ or 39 ½“, 65/100 cm

For width 39 ½“, 100 cm

For width 25 ¾“ or 39 ½“, 65/100 cm

Materials Box

Property Box

Materials Box

Materials Box

Stackable. W 13 ¾“ x H 8“ x D 13 ¾“, W 35 x H 20.8 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 13“ x H 7 ½“ x D 13“, W 33 x H 19.8 x D 33 cm.

Stackable. W 11 ½“ x H 2 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 29.5 x H 6,5 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm.

Stackable. W 8 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 22 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm.

Stackable. W 11 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 29.5 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.

509380

509385

509370

509375

ROLLING CART on page 177.

For width 25 ¾“ or 39 ½“, 65/100 cm

For width 39 ½“, 100 cm

NAME PLATES on page 422.

10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.

GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.

Materials Box with Acrylic Front

Materials Box with Acrylic Front

Stackable. Acrylic panes on 1 side. W 8 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 22 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm.

Stackable. Acrylic panes on 1 side. W 11 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 29.5 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.

509390

509395

Made in Germany

Acrylic boxes can only be delivered in natural. Acrylic boxes can only be delivered in natural.

How to order

for your

-Material and Property Boxes

Optional Accessories Colors for Material Boxes

Floor Saver

Select color options; Natural is the standard; Colors available at additional upcharge. WEIS

MAIS

ORAN

ROT

White

Yellow

Maize

Orange

Red

HBLA

P657

BLAU

HEGR

GRÜN

Clear blue

Blue

Light green

Green

Light blue

178

GELB

Bottom surface for all materials boxes protects the cupboards and reduces noise.

Floor Saver TSTR.


Cabinets and Shelving

... to design your own

Made of sturdy paperboard (250 g/m²) have a hole in the center and are suitable for material bin 509860. They can be designed individually by the children for their personal bins. 10 ½” x 4 ½”, 26.4 x 11.2 cm. 092309 100 pieces

This spacious box has enough space to easily contain paper or books. Stackable. Self-designed identity·cards (092309, please order separately) can be inserted into the acrylic front just by twisting off the grip. Solid beech, acrylic. W 11 ½“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 15 x D 35 cm.

509360

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Material box Personalized Labels

Shelving Unit (508402) on page 170.

Fabric bins

Material boxes

Fabric Bin

Plastic box, height 3”, 7.5 cm

Plastic box, height 6”, 15 cm

Storage Box

In 2 sizes. Light as a feather, but sturdy, due to plastic inserts in the bottom and the sides. Fabric handles on two sides make it easy to pull the bins out of compartments and to transport them. If the bins are not needed, they can be folded flat. Cordura®. H 6“ x D 13“, H 15 x D 33 cm. 471585 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, red 471586 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, blue 471587 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, yellow 471588 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, green 471580 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, red 471581 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, blue 471582 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, yellow 471583 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, green

Outer-measurements: W 12 ¼“ x L 14 ¾“, W 31.2 x L 37.5 cm. Inner-measurements: W 10” x D 14 ¾”, W 28.5 x D 34.5 cm. 526300 transparent 526301 blue 526302 red (not shown)

Outer-measurements: W 12 ¼“ x L 14 ¾“, W 31.2 x L 37.5 cm. Inner-measurements: W 10” x D 14 ¾”, W 28.5 x D 34.5 cm. 526200 transparent 526201 blue (not shown) 526202 red

Braided sea-weed with solid wire frame. Outer-measurements: H 6 ½“ x D 14“, H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 8“ or 10 ¾“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 or 27 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 471571 W 8 ¾“, W 22 cm (not shown) 471570 W 11 ½“, W 29 cm

Sort and roll storage boxes Rolling sorting box With 6 compartments and 4 locking casters. Beech real wood veneer. W 32“ x H 9“ x D 21 ½“, W 81.2 x H 22.8 x D 54 cm.

125587

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

179


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer

Self–configurable Material Cabinet S 41“, 104.2 cm

18“,

45.7

cm

Order plastic material boxes separately, see page 181.

material boxes.

31“, 78.1 cm

Examples

Optional casters found on page 169.

Material Cabinet

Material Cabinet

Material Cabinet

Material Cabinet

With 4 sets of 8 rails. W 27 ½“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18“, W 70 x H 78.1 x D 45.7 cm.

With 4 sets of 8 rails and 2 shelves. W 41 ¼“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18 ¾“, W 104.2 x H 78.1 x D 45.7 cm.

With 6 sets of 8 rails. W 41 ¼“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 78.1 x D 45.7 cm.

With 8 sets of 8 rails. W 54 ½“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18“, W 138.3 x H 78,1 x T 45,7 cm.

509100

509102

509101

509103

Self–configurable Large Material Cabinet W 39 ½“ x H 71 ¾“ x D 23 ½“, W 100 cm x H 182 cm x T 60 cm Examples

Supply Cabinet Choose size, color and number of boxes depending on your needs.

With 4 sets of 14 rails, 3 fixed shelves and 5 shelves.

508958

180


Cabinets and Shelving 41 ¼“, 104,2 cm

m

5,7 c

18“, 4

30“, 75,7 cm

Self–configurable Rolling Cabinets Order plastic material boxes separately, see below.

Mobile Material Cabinet With 4 casters, 2 locking and 6 sets of 6 rails. W 41 ¼“ x H 30“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 75.7 x D 45.7 cm.

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

509120

Choose size, color and number of boxes depending on your needs.

Rolling Bin

Rolling Cabinet for Material Bins

Rolling Cabinet for Material Bins

Rolling Cabinet

With 4 casters, 2 locking, 2 sets of 8 rails and 2 ½“, 6 cm deep shelf. W 14 ¼“ x H 34 ¾“ x D 19 ¼“, W 36 x H 88 x D 49 cm.

With 4 casters, 2 locking and 8 sets of 6 rails. W 54 ½“x H 30“ x D 18“, W 138.3 x H 75.7 x D 45.7 cm.

With 2 center dividers, 3 shelves, 4 casters, 2 locking and 4 sets of 13 rails. W 41 ¼“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 142.4 x D 45.7 cm.

With 2 center dividers, 9 shelves, 4 casters, 2 locking. W 41 ¼“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 142.4 x D 45.7 cm.

509122

509121

509123

509124

Sturdy Plastic Material boxes Material: Polypropylene, chemically resistant

in 4 heights and 6 colors

Ribs reduce the friction on the work surface

Optional Nothing Goes Missing

¼“, 2.4 mm wall thickness for durability

cutout in front allows inside view

The strong ½“, 12 mm side borders are strengthened with cross web – solid and resistant

Especially for keeping small items or dust-sensitive materials. For material bins with dimensions W 12 ½“, x D 17“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Material: Polypropylene, chemically resistant. 051281 Cover for material boxes

Plastic Material Box Height 3 ¼”, 7.5 cm

Plastic Material Box Height 6”, 15 cm

Plastic Material Box Height 9”, 22.5 cm

Plastic Material Box Height 12”, 30 cm

Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051180 red 051181 blue 051182 yellow 051183 transparent 051171 orange 051172 bright green

Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051184 red 051185 blue 051186 yellow 051187 transparent 051173 orange 051174 bright green

Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051158 red 051159 blue 051164 yellow 051165 transparent 051175 orange 051176 bright green

Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051188 red 051189 blue 051190 yellow 051191 transparent 051177 orange 051178 bright green

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

181


Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer

Space Saving Cupboards W 39 ½“ x H 72“ x D 24“, W 100 x H 182 x D 60 cm Select handle options on page 183.

Example on how to equip the cabinets ... ... as tool cabinet .. as creativity cabinet

Identification Signs on page 422.

21

“,

53

.5

cm

“, 42 16 ½

cm

Property Box, stackable For cupboard depth 24“, 60 cm. W 16 ½” x H 4 ½” x D 21”, W 42 x H 11.2 x D 53.5 cm.

509365

Extra Shelves for cupboards 24“, 60 cm deep

Materials Cabinet

Material Cabinet

Shelf for Cabinets

4 shelves.

8 shelves.

Fits with all space saving cupboards W 39 ½“, 100 cm.

508950 doors in natural finish

508951 doors in natural finish

509472

Materials Cabinet

Cabinet for Maps and Puzzles

Material Cabinet with 2 rolling wagons

8 shelves and center divider. 508952 doors in natural finish

3 shelves and 8 rolling shelves. 508953 doors in natural finish

The rolling wagons can be outfitted with material boxes and rolled to the work space. The shelf has an added edge of 2 ½“, 6 cm making it extra deep. Cabinet with 3 shelves. 508954 doors in natural finish Material boxes sold separately. See page 181.

182


Cabinets and Shelving

10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.

GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. A

B

C

D

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Made in Germany

Select handle options below.

A

Music Cabinet

B

Work Material Cabinet

1 shelf, 4 removable rolling shelves with safety stop. 3 shelves. 2 slot strips for hanging up as many as 14 mallets. Arrange shelves in any order or height. Internal box dimensions W 11“ x H 3 ¾“ x D 20 ½“, W 27.5 x H 9.5 x D 51.5 cm. 508956 doors in natural finish

5 full-width shelves and 3 roll-out shelves that can extend as much as 17 ¾“, 45 cm (with push-in glides and safety catch). Arrange shelves in any order and height. 508957 doors in natural finish

C

Gymnastic Cabinet

D

Media Cabinet

2 shelves, one with a strip for retaining balls, 2 removable rolling shelves with adjustable compartment partitions; 1 removable rolling shelf with hoop holder bolted on the bottom and strip with 12 hooks; 2 slit strips for hanging up as many as 14 exercise pins. Supports on the doors for a maximum of 12 exercise rods. All of the rolling shelves run on push-in glides with a safety catch. 508955 doors in natural finish

The cabinet is large enough to hold a complete media unit and can be moved easily on its four locking casters. 3 shelves and 1 drawer (lock included). W 27 ¾“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 24“, W 70 x H 143 x 62 cm. 509580 doors in natural finish Delivery without equipment.

How to order

-Space Saving- and High Cupboards

Mandatory Options

Optional Accessories

Handles

Colors for colored fronts, and material bins

Please select handle options. By default we deliver metal handle (B306). Length: B306, B328, B300, B317: 4 ½“, 11.4 cm.

Please select color options; Natural is the standard; Colors available at additional upcharge.

B306

B328

B300

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

B317

WEIS

GELB

MAIS

ORAN

white

yellow

maize

orange

ROT

HBLA

P657

BLAU

red

light blue

clear blue

blue

HEGR

GRÜN

light green

dark green

www.haba.de

Lock for hinged doors

On request and for additional cost we will deliver the hinged doors with a lock. (DSS1)

183


Quality furniture with beech real wood veneer

10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161

GS tested Made

in Germany

Wall unit 2 Space requirements: W 118 ¼" x H 95 ¼" x D 23 ¾", W 300 x H 241.6 x D 60 cm. 509751

Built-in Cupboards W 39 ½“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 100 x H 59.6 x D 60 cm

Combination The top piece cupboard fits on paper storage units and the double-door cabinet.

Cabinet, open

Double-Door Cabinet

Top-mount Cabinet, open

3 shelves.

1 shelf.

509020

509021 doors in natural finish

Center divider, 8 shelves. W 39 ½” x H 38 ¾” x D 23 ¾”, W 100 x H 98 x D 60 cm.

Specify desired handles (p. 183).

509023

Base Cupboard W 39 ½“ x H 33“ x D 23 ¾“, W 100 x H 83.6 x D 60 cm

Paper Cabinet Base

Double-Door Cabinet

Paper Cabinet

6 open shelves.

2 shelves.

6 drawers.

509000 509472 additional shelf

509001 doors in natural finish

509002 D 23 ¾“, D 60 cm 509003 D 27 ¾“, D 70 cm

Specify desired handles (p. 183).

Specify desired handles (p. 183).

Paper Storage Insert Fits into the drawers of item no. 525150 and item no. 580401. With adjustable inserts.

525100 Colored doors and drawers available for upcharge, p. 183.

Wall Shelving in 3 widths Wall Shelf in 4 Widths Select the desired width or combine several shelves with each other. Beech wood veneer. H 10 ¼“ x D 8 ¾“, H 26 x D 22 cm. 120667 W 23 ¾“, 60 cm 120668 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 120669 W 47“, 120 cm

184


Creativity Room

Stable frame made of solid beech wood

Stable hinges

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

both sides are height adjustable

Space-saving folds up for storage

Bar locks the two sides in position Plastic cord prevents easel from opening up unintentionally

Tray with two extra deep holders for cups

Washable painting surface

Easy for teachers to adjust

Tray can be removed for cleaning

For Younger and Older Children

Space-saving Easel

Easel

The two working surfaces are independently adjustable. Children from 2 - 6 years of age can work together at the same time. The plastic trays have two extra-deep holders for water cups and room for art supplies, such as crayons, brushes, etc. The trays are removable for washing. When not in use the easel folds up for spacesaving storage. Beech wood, plastic-coated painting surface. W 27 ½“ x H 57“ x D 30“, W 70 x H 90 -138 x D 75.8 cm.

This easel allows little artists to paint on both sides and folds up easily for storage. Beech wood with washable painting surfaces made of white plastic. The plastic trays for painting utensils each have 2 cup holders and can be removed for cleaning. W 27 ¾” x H 41” x D 14”, W 70 x H 104 x D 35 cm, painting surface W 27 ¾” x H 24 ½”, W 70 x H 62 cm.

It grows with the child! 3 to 12 year old children can draw on this easel together. Both drawing boards can be adjusted to the right height, completely independent of each other. The plastic trays offer space for art utensils and are removable for cleaning. The easel can be folded to save space. Beech wood, washable white plastic painting surfaces. Size: W 25 ¾" x D 14", W 70 x D 35 cm, H adjustable from 43 ½" - 62", 110 - 157 cm (painting surface upper edge); drawing surface 27 ¾" x 24 ½", 70 x 62 cm (up to DIN A2).

127625

127781

127635

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

185


Mirror-Easel Draw the reflection

Mirror surface

Easel and mirror in one Easel is placed on the ground where children can sit on the mirror surface and paint to their heart's content. They can paint either on a piece of paper or directly on the mirror surface. When hung on the wall with the included hanging rack the easel is also a giant wall mirror. The children can see their reflection in the mirror and paint on it. Birch wood frame, safety mirror.

L 47 ¼" x W 31 ½" x H/D 3", L 120 x W 80 x H/D 7.4 cm. Delivery includes hanging rack for wall mounting. Cup holder not included. 127782 Floor easel

Combination-Easel For wall mounting or freestanding Giant drawing area 21" x 35 ½", 53 x 90 cm Holders for paint and water cups

Transformative artist Plywood birch hanging rack, easel made of waterproof lacquered real wood, holder made of plastic. W 23" x H 43 ½", W 58 x H 110 cm, drawing area 21" x 35 ½", 53 x 90 cm. 074233 Combination easel

074234 Hanging rack, L 45 ½" x W 1 ¾" x D 1", L 115 x W 4.0 x D 2.4 cm

186

My-Kim brush The brush handle is thick and easy to hold. This means that ridges and structure can be added to the picture. The round felt head makes it easy to paint. It can also be exchanged and washed. Size: approx. 8", 20 cm long.

074238


Paper roll holder

Space for more children

79“, 20

0 cm

Suitable for any age Giant Easel Many children can paint along this 78 ½” long easel. With 3 removable, washable plastic trays and one storage shelf. Birch wood; plastic-coated, washable painting surface. W 78 ½“ x H 48 ½“ x D 10 ¼“, W 200 x H 123 x D 26 cm, painting surface 78 ½” x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm.

127761 1

0 cm 39 / “, 10

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

2

CREATIVE WALL on page 393.

Multi-Easel Ages 2 to 12 Height adjustable Stable

A

C

Different Easels Configurations For children ages 2 - 12. Can be combined with connecting bolts. Each individual easel is heightadjustable. Each easel features a plastic tray with space for 2 cups. Beech wood frame with washable painting surfaces made out of plastic. Dimensions of each easel: W 21 ½ “ x D 13 ¾“, W 70 x D 35 cm; height-adjustable from 43 ½“ – 63”, 110 - 160 cm; painting surface 21 ½ “ x 24 ½“, 70 x 62 cm. A 127791 3-pieces B 127792 4-pieces C 127793 6-pieces

B

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

187


Wall Easel

Drawing Wall

Wall Easel

Drawing Wall

With washable drawing surface of white plastic and plastic tray for brushes and other utensils. The tray can be removed for cleaning. Frame made of birch wood. Includes mounting materials. W 27 ½“ x H 28“ x D 9“, W 70 x H 71 x D 22.5 cm; drawing surface W 27 ½“ x H 24 ½, 70 x 62 cm.

Insert paper roll, fasten paper underneath the rails and pins. And once the sheet is filled, just rip it off or roll the paper further down for a long mural. Beech wood, back panel made of hard fiber board. Plastic tray for painting utensils and 2 clamping rails Hardware included. W 27“ x H 47“, W 68 x H 119 cm.

127957

120002

Set of Clamps Plastic. Colors based on availability. 133056 40 pieces

Paper Roll Holder

Large Paper Roll Holder

Wall Holder for Paper Rolls ... with paper cutter. A metal rail ensures neat paper tearoff. Beech wood. For paper rolls use item no. 072078. W 26 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 4 ¼”, W 68 x H 14 x D 11 cm.

Simply Grand

072079

Paper rolls of up to 41“, 104 cm in width can be placed in this paper holder. With paper cutter. Birch wood. W 45“ x H 11 ½“, W 114 x H 28.5 cm. Hardware included. 120008 Large Paper Roll Holder (paper roll item no. 072078 sold below)

Drawing Paper Rolls for Wall Holder

Large Paper Roll

Wood-free, white drawing paper, 87 yds, 80 g/sqm. Roll width: approx. 20“, 50 cm. 072078 55 yds, 50 m

The 36“, 91.4 cm wide roll is wide enough that children can lie down on the paper and have a life-sized outline of their body traced. Pulp-free, white, 87 yds, 80 g/sqm. Length: 54 yds, 50 m. 072929 55 yds, 50 m

188


Creativity Room

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Guardians of order

Craft wall shelf Glue, paint, brushes, pens – everything is clearly arranged and easily accessible. The shelf even has two compartments for sheets of paper, and a holder for paper rolls. Birch wood. W 59 ¼" x H 26" x D 8 ½", W 150 x H 66 x D 21.5 cm.

129517

"Crafting boy" paper trays For formats up to 19 ¾" x 27 ¾", 50 x 70 cm

Fold out

"Crafing boy" paper trays Everything is well arranged in the 4 compartments: odds and ends, snippets and sheets up to a size of 19 ¾" x 27 ¾", 50 x 70 cm. The "crafting boy" helps artists out by storing the contents in a compartment-like, color-sorted and easily accessible manner. Birch wood. W 33 ¼" x H 23" x D 6 ½", W 84 x H 58 x D 16 cm.

129519

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

189


Mobile Easel Center Space for storing and painting utensils includes 6 drying grids, removable from both sides Shelf 4 casters, 2 locking Age 2 and up For 2 children at the same time

Combination Easel and Drying Station Space for drawing paper, drying grids and white painting surface. The deep shelves each hold 2 cups securely and offer space for brushes and other items. The drying grids slide in or out from either side. The shelf unit next to the drying grids has an adjustable shelf insert. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch wood, plastic. W 21 ½“ x H 44 ½“ x D 32 ¼“, W 70 x H 113 x D 81.5 cm. Working height: 21 ¾“, 55cm. 2 years and up.

470722

4 casters, 2 locking Grids can be pulled out and are easy to clean 3 heights

C B

A

Mobile picture drying wagon Picture drying wagon in 3 heights Wagon has large and sturdy casters 2 of them lockable. Grids can be pulled out and are easy to clean. Tubular steel or steel wire, galvanized, rack made of MDF in beech decoration. W 37 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 94 x D 60 cm. Unassembled (with assembly instructions). A 152983 10 drying grids, H 33 ½“, 84.5 cm 152984 10 drying grids, H 33 ½“, 84.5 cm (white rack mate, not shown) B 152979 15 drying grids, H 40 ¾“, 103 cm C 152980 25 drying grids, H 60 ¼“, 153 cm

190


Dry Paintings

Moveable Drying Frame

Picture Drying Rack

For paper 11 ¾“ x 16 ½“,29.7 x 42 cm

Includes 15 shelves

Room for 25 shelves or Painting boards (Order separately)

Wall mounted For paper up to 11 ¾“ x 16 ½“, 29.7 x 42 cm When folded together only 3", 7 cm deep

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

D

E

Fold out picture dryer The 15 shelves are hung in to dry pictures. If the frame is not needed then it folds up nice and small on the wall. Without the grid the frame is only 3", 7 cm deep. Includes fastening materials and 15 shelves. Wood, metal. Size folded out: W 19 ¾" x H 44 ¼" x D 17 ¾", W 50 x H 112 x D 45 cm.

152975

Painting board for drying frames

Table drying frame

Metal drying frame F

Pictures that are still wet can be dried on the 20 grids (19 ¾“ x 15 ½“, 50 x 39 cm) without physical contact. Metal. 31 ¼“ x 15 ½“, 79 x 50 cm.

159641

D

Moveable drying frame without grids

This frame has room for 25 drying grids or painting boards. Pedestal made of solid beech, side walls made of genuine birch. W 19 ¼“ x H 33 ½“ x D 13 ¼“, W 48.5 x H 85 x D 33.5 cm.

151810

E

Drying grid for drying frames

F

Painting board for drying frames

For use with Drying frame 152379 and 151810. Powder-coated metal. Color: red. 19” x 13”, 48 x 33 cm. 152380 1 piece 152646 5 pieces

Fits both 152379 and 151810. With small sliding stoppers on the underside. MDF, with white coating on both sides. W 19“ x D 13“, W 48 x D 33 cm. 152653 1 piece 152654 5 pieces

Wooden drying frame Easily transported with the wide handle. Unit includes 10 grids. Side components made of birch wood; order additional grids for maximum capacity. Frame measures: Approximately W 20” x H 16 ½” x D 14 ¾”, W 51 x H 42 x D 37.5 cm.

152379

191


Craft Cart

Real Birch Wood

Craft Carts

331/2“, 84,7 cm

Arts & Craft Cart

43“,

110

cm

Back

MATERIAL BOXES on page 181

Craft Wagon There is plenty of space here for paper, paints and brushes. Underneath there is a compartment for DIN A2 format paper, at the back there are 3 compartments, at the front 5 vertical paper compartments (DIN A3 format) and space for material boxes (order separately, see page 181). On the top there are 8 material compartments with adjustable divisions. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch wood. W 43 ½" x H 33 ½" x D 23 ¾", W 110 x H 84.7 x D 60 cm.

470720

Studio Cart Back with 4 small compartments

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer

32 1/4“, 81,5 cm

More information on page 122/123.

Made in Germany

Studio Cart 23

1

/2 “

,6

0

cm

27

1

/ 2“,

m 70 c

Four open shelves from front to back hold different sizes of paper. For example, in formats up to DIN A3 format; 2 x 6 rails for sliding supply bins and 4 smaller compartments behind the supply bins (order separately on p. 181). Six height-adjustable top compartments with ample space for paints, brushes and water cups. Four casters, two locking, make the cart mobile or stationary. Birch wood. W 21 ½“ x H 32 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 70 x H 81.5 x D 60 cm.

470721

192


Creativity

Creativity Cart 2 sizes

A

B

C

Mobile Creativity Cart With 2 or 3 side compartments, 2 or 3 plastic material bins (approx. 18“ x 19“, 45.7 x 48.2 cm, H 3 ½“, 8.4 cm) and a rack on top - ideal for paint bottles. Birch wood. W 23“ x D 20 ¼“, W 58.6 x D 51.4 cm. A 470711 H 26 ½“, 67 cm B 470712 H 34”, 86 cm

C

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

26 3/4“ , 67 cm

34“, 86 cm

4 solid-stop caster

Flat Drawer for DIN A3 format

Outer measurement: W 18” x H 3 ¼ x D 19”, W 45.7 x H 8.4 x D 48.2 cm. Inner measurement: W 15 ¾” x H 3 ¼” x D 16 ½”, W 40 x H 8.4 x D 42 cm. 051196 red 051197 blue 051198 yellow 051169 green

Paper Cart

Theme Wagon 4 casters, 2 locking

7 staggered partitions

Back with drilled holes

43 ½“, 110 cm

4 casters, 2 locking

Front

s! Can be used on both side

Back

38

6c

m

“,

“, 7

15

30

cm

Theme Wagon The theme wagon offers space for materials, e.g. instruments, and can be used in many different areas. Front has deeper shelves, the back small bore holes for attaching storage containers or brackets. Different accessories are available for the four movable dividers. Birch wood. W 39 ½“ x H 43 ½“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 110 x D 48 cm.

456101

Paper Cart This paper cart allows easy-access to paper, cardboard or pictures. With 7 removable dividers and 4 casters, 2 lockable. Birch wood. W 30“ x H 26“ x D 15“, W 76 x H 65.5 x D 38 cm.

Shelf Insert With acrylic edge. W35 ¼“ x D 4“, W 89 x D 10 cm.

Buttons

525200

473323

473310

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Made of birch and metal.

193


Order seperately material bins (page 178).

Studio Cart

Artists wagon Store art utensils neatly and organized. 3 removable material boxes (W 11 ¾" x H 3" x D 14", W 29.5 x H 7 x D 35 cm) and one variable insert for brushes and scissors. If desired the two pigeon holes at the top can be divided into smaller compartments with 2 dividers each. 2 frontto-back shelves, 2 smaller shelves next to the material boxes (D 14", 35 cm) and 2 small compartments (D 8 ½", 21 cm) on the back of the boxes 2 locking casters. Beech wood veneer. W 32" x H 30" x D 23 ¾", W 81 x H 76 x D 60 cm. 125586 Artists wagon

32 ¾ “,

, 2“

81

cm

3 60

cm

MATERIAL BOXES on page 178.

3 material boxes

Easily and compactly folded; everything is stored in a small space

39“, 99 cm

Folding cabinet, 3-piece

Folding cabinet, 3-piece, with built-in compartments Closed everything is neatly stored away and tidied up – and can even be padlocked. Opened, everything is clearly displayed. Closed: W 32“ x D 32“ x H 39“, W 80 x D 80 x H 99 cm. Opened: W 63“ x D 16” x H 39“, W 160 x D 40 x H 99 cm. Folding cupboard with materials boxes fitted with 4 materials boxes (shown here), 820790 and 3 materials boxes, 820810. More details on materials boxes see page 178 and 181.

124700

When opened everything is accessible

194

Note Matching wooden materials boxes (509380) on page 178 and plastic boxes on page 181.


Storage

Multi Use Wagon A

+

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

B

2x

Quickly expanded with hanging boxes

=

A

Multi Use Wagon

Removable insert tray for paint brushes. Made of solid beechwood and beech veneer wood. Casters. W 29” x H 25” x D 15 ½”, W 74 x H 63.9 x D 39.4 cm.

820160

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

B

Hanging boxes for multi-rolling drawer

This practical box, which can be hung on either side, creates even more space for craft materials, painting utensils etc. Beech wood veneer. Size: W 8" x H 23 ¼" x D 14 ¼", W 20 x H 58.6 x D 36 cm. 820165 1 piece

www.haba.de

195


Not available in the U.S.A.

Little Researchers Big Experiments

Year Year

GUARANTEE

Product Advantages >> Easy to wipe down surfaces >> Shelves with lots of storage space: tools are easy to find and quick to tidy away >> 4 casters, 2 of which can be locked, make the play center flexible and stable >> The pivoted load arm with 2 hooks allows you to hang items where they‘re needed: • 1 hook is directly above the experiment basin: ideal for sand art, for example • 1 hook is set away from the workbench: suitable for floor experiments such as using the pulley

Integrated elements encourage them to experiment

Little Researchers Just the place for getting to the bottom of things - the mobile research lab fits through any door and can turn any room into a research room. Alongside its many practical features, the 4 levels of the lab offer plenty of space for storing away experiment materials. Easy to clean surfaces, stainless steel pipes, 4 casters, 2 locking. Ø 34 ¾”, 88 cm, workbench height 26 ½”, 67 cm, total height 55 ¼”, 140 cm.

120807 swiveling load arm

removable experiment basin

light box

corner mirror

Note: not suitable for children aged under 3 Note: use must be fully supervised at all times Long hose/ chain pose risk of strangulation.

additional storage space in lower section

store away to save space only 15 ¾“, 40 cm deep when folded up

Learning Wall Mounted Folding Table

Everything is ready to go on the Learning Wall Mounted Folding Table (59 ½", 151 cm deep when folded out)

196

Combined cupboard and table. The cupboard has 2 fixed shelves and 2 compartments with a lid. The table can be folded out or away as required. Includes items needed to secure the folding table to the wall. Beech real wood veneer. Table top length 47 ¼”, 120 cm x width 27 ¾”, 70 cm, cupboard width 29 ½”, 74,5 cm x height 49”, 124 cm. 184120 H 18 ¼“, 46 cm 184121 H 21“, 53 cm 184122 H 23 ¼“, 59 cm 184123 H 25 ¼“, 64 cm 184124 H 28“, 71 cm Select table surface (p. 24)


Research

Not available in the U.S.A.

The Research Tower Mobile research corner drawers

magnetic board and hook

plug sockets

mirror cabinet

Year Year

GUARANTEE

blubb

blubb

light boxes

adjustable ramp

lockable casters comes with lots of storage space and occupies a small space when assembled

170 cm, 67”

transparent central panel

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Nothing inspires children more than the chance to explore their environment and solve the mysteries of daily life. The reason? Their innate curiosity and virtually insatiable thirst for knowledge. What could be better than carrying out their own scientific and technical experiments? Children can even acquire knowledge during their experiments that will form the basis for careers later in life. Neurological studies have shown that these ages are often the time when the foundations for an interest in technology and math are formed. The Researcher Tower offers an opportunity for little researchers of today to become the scientists, technicians and engineers of tomorrow!

Product Advantages

A space saving deisgn, with lots of features to explore When completely opened up and folded out, the Research Tower offers lots of space to experiment. With the tables folded up, the unit can be stored into the corner to save space, taking up a lot less room than other children’s research labs with comparable levels of equipment. The lab also fits through doorways, so it can be moved from room to room at any time. Its numerous features inspire curiosity and awake the desire to discover the world. The Research Tower offers almost unlimited opportunities for exciting scientific projects. All of the work surfaces are 26 ½”, 67 cm high and designed for preschoolers. Other heights are available on request. The tower has a standard 230 V mains plug. W 47 ¼” x H 67” x D 27 ¾”, W 120 x H 170 x D 70 cm (108 ¾”, 276 cm when folded out), inclined plane: L 35 ½” x W 8 ¾”, L 90 x W 22 cm. 120804 Research Tower

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

>> easy to wipe down surfaces >> foldout tables on opposite sides >> acrylic panel partition: so you can keep an eye on the little researchers at all times and the children can see each other at work. >> integrated light boxes for experiments >> 2 vertical mirrored surfaces, one of which folds out, and 1 transportable mirror (safely stored away in the lower drawer) >> lots of drawers and shelves for storage: research tools are quick to find >> integrated inclined plane (can be set at 5 different inclinations) >> 2 magnetic boards for learning about this invisible force >> 2 hooks for hanging pulleys, tubing… >> 2 child-safe power sockets for connecting electric devices like electron microscopes >> 4 casters, 2 lockable

www.haba.de

197


Exploration Center

MATERIAL BOXES on page 181

Example Combinations Product Advantages >> Stand-up working height for preschool children >> Can be adjusted to the available space >> Lockable casters >> Experiment frames that are within reach >> Allows for experiments on light, optics, magnetism, water and sand Not available in USA.

>> Models can be connected using the experiment frames and have a water-resistant HPL surface Exploration Center A, with magnifying bridge and experimentation frame light box Not available in USA.

Exploration Center water with water/sand attachment

Exploration Centers A and B, with triangular work plate, shelf attachment and magnifying bridge

198

Exploration Center A, experimentation frame light box, magnifying bridge, Exploration Center B and shelf attachment Not available in USA.


Four levels with 1 ¾”, 4 cm height difference each (bowl transparent contrary to image shown)

Exploration Center A Takes up little space yet offers lots of space for all types of experiments. The center can be equipped with plastic trays or different frames. The needed frame is attached on top and the frames that are not needed are slipped into one of the 5 bays. The four casters make it easy to move the center quickly aside or to the next room. Solid beech, laminate beech. W 33 ¼“ x H 25 ½“ x D 34“, W 84.8 x H 65 x D 86 cm. Order trays and frames separately.

120943

Exploration Center Water Exploration Center B Can be used individually or connected via work plates to the two other Exploration Centers (120943 and 120945). Beech wood, top edge made of water-resistant HPL. Equipment: 6 button stops, 4 casters, on both sides 2 x 4 guide rails for material bins (order bins separately, p. 178), 1 shelf and one fixed shelf. W 35“ x H 25 ½” x D 35“, W 88.4 x H 65 x D 88.4 cm.

Transparent water basin with four levels (height difference in each case 1 ½”, 4 cm) is enough space for all kinds of water experiments. For emptying the basin, a bucket can be placed into the cut-out drain. The little intermediate shelf is a practical storage space for materials. With 6 button stops and 4 casters. Water-resistant HPL, basin made of rigid PVC. W 35“ x H 27“ x D 35“, W 88.4 x H 68.7 x D 88.4 cm.

120944

120945

Attachments

Water/Sand Shelf

With two magnifying glasses (Ø 2“ and 4“, 5 and 10 cm) and 5 colored prisms. Side parts made of polyethylene, bottom of acrylic glass. W 28 ½“ x H 10“ x D 7”, W 72 x H 25 x D 18 cm.

With bore holes for hoses and funnels as well as 2 rolling hooks for buckets and canisters. It fits on top of the Exploration Center water and all of the experimentation frames. Powder coated metal, polyethylene skids. W 29 ¼“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 15 ½“, W 74 x H 46 x D 39 cm.

111437

111433

111436

Magnifying Bridge

Hoses and other devices can be hung up or laid down. Fits on top of the Exploration Center water and all of the experimentation frames. Powder coated metal, polyethylene skids. W 29 ¼“ x H 20“ x D 15 ½“, W 74 x H 51 x D 39 cm.

Cork Frame

Mirror Frame

Metal frame is for experiments involving magnets. Solid beech frame. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x D80 cm, H approx. ¾“, 2 cm.

Cork panel is used for nails, pins, and to build circuits. Cork is also a great sound asorbing material. Solid beech frame. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm, H approx. ¾“, 2 cm.

Fascinating experiments with mirrors and different materials will keep children busy for hours and promote imagination. Solid beech frame. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm, H approx. ¾“, 2 cm.

120935

120936

120937

Experiment Tray

Metal Frame

Plastic tray is for experiments involving water, sand, and similar materials. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x D 80 cm, H approx. 2”, 5 cm.

120930

Experimentation Frame Light Box

Work Plate Square

Work Plate Triangle

Here, children can get to the bottom of things and see. With fluorescent tubes as well as 3 m of cable with switch. Acrylic plate, plastic frame. 31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm, H 6 ¾“, 17 cm.

Attachment for the Exploration Centers A and B as well as for connecting the Exploration Centers. Sits on the button stops. HPL, white. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm.

For connecting the Exploration Centers at an angle, it sits on the button stops. Plate can be stored in the Exploration Center A. HPL, white. Side length 31 ½“, 80 cm.

120938

120947

120946

Not available in USA.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

199

Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms

Exploration Center

Button stops on the upper edge of the Exploration Centers make it possible to attach work plates or experimentation frames for different combinations.


Foam Platforms • Combinable • Promotes balance and dexterity • Can be reconfigured any time into a new activity landscape • Develops various basic abilities: crawling, balancing • Requires different types of motion

These platforms make the landscapes even more varied and interesting.

Feel tactile elements with hands and feet

Discover mirror images in the platform landscape

200


Platforms

Platforms 路 Trapeze


Wall decorations from page 367.

Wall mirror on page 385.

Tactile wall fixtures from page 371.

Platform landscape 2 Space requirements: 173 ¼” x 31 ½”, height 4”/9 ¼”, 440 x 80 cm, H 10/23 cm. 128352 6 pieces

Platform landscape 3

Platform landscape 4

Space requirements: 110 ¼” x 31 ½”, H 8”/13” , 280 x 80 cm, H 20/33 cm. 128353 5 pieces

Space requirements: 94 ½” x 63”, H 8”, 240 x 160 cm, H 20 cm. 128354 4 pieces

Platform landscape 5

Platform landscape 6

Space requirements: 189” x 94 ½”, H 8”/13”, 480 x 240 cm, H 20/33 cm. 128355 9 pieces

Space requirements: 94 ½” x 63”, H 8”/15 ¾”, 240 x 160 cm, H 20/40 cm. 128356 5 pieces

Platform landscape 7

Platform landscape 8

Space requirements: 157 ½” x 31 ½”, H 8”/13”, 400 x 80 cm, H 20/33 cm. 128357 5 pieces

Space requirements: 94 ½” x 94 ½”, H 4”/8”, 240 x 240 cm, H 10/20 cm. 128358 9 pieces

Platform landscape 9 Space requirements: 94 ½” x 94 ½”, H 8”/15 ¾”, 240 x 240 cm, H 20/40 cm. 128359 9 pieces

202


Foam platforms

Overview

Select synthetic leather color.

PREMIUM QUALITY

Square/Rectangle 128139 W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 10 x D 40 cm

Quality platforms for many generations of children.

128138 W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 31 ½”,

128216 128217

Wedge 128132 W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 15 ¾”, 128134 128133 128224 128218

W 80 x H 10 x D 40 cm W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 10 x D 80 cm W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 20 x D 40 cm W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm W 31 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 40 x D 80 cm

Simple wave 128245 W 15 ¾“ x H 8“ x D 31 ½“, W 40 x H 20 x D 80 cm 128246 W 31 ½“ x H 8“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm 128247 W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 31 ½“, W 40 x H 40 x D 80 cm 128248 W 31 ½“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x H 40 x D 80 cm

W 31 ½” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x D 80 cm. 128227 H 8“, 20 cm 128228 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm

1

Hygienic surface

The surface is wonderfully tactile. The robust synthetic leather cover is hard-wearing, washable and flame retardant. Öko Tex 100, product class I (see page 226).

Rectangle with haptic circles

2

Each piece has circles made from green fabric, reflective foil, and fleecy fabric with crackling foil beneath. W 31 ½” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x D 80 cm. 128225 H 8“, 20 cm 128226 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm

Solid mat core – no sinking!

The mat core is made of high-quality RG 25/60 foam (= creating density – an important mark of quality. Your feet won‘t sink into our extra solid foam, meaning children won‘t trip over edges.

3 Slip-safe The rubberized underside with its high-grip honeycomb structure means the platforms won‘t separate.

Stairs 128145 W 31 ½” x H 4“/8“ x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 10/20 x D 40 cm

128146 W 31 ½” x H 4“/8“ x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 10/20 x D 80 cm

128220 W 31 ½” x H 8“/15 ¾“ x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20/40 x D 80 cm

Ye Year ear

GUARANTEE Dip 128143 W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 31 ½”,

3

W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm

Platform hill 128140 W 31 ½” x H 4“/9” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 10/23 x D 40 cm

128142 W 31 ½” x H 4“/9“ x D 31 ½”, Quarter-circle

W 80 x H 10/23 x D 80 cm

1

128141 W 31 ½“ x H 8“/13“ x D 15 ¾“

Leg length 31 ½”, 80 cm 128144 H 4”, 10 cm 128221 H 8“, 20 cm 128223 H 15 ½”, 40 cm

W 80 x H 20/33 x D 40 cm 128219 W 31 ½” x H 8“/13” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20/33 x D 80 cm

2

How to order Mandatory Options

Optional

Synthetic leather color Base body available with 1021

Buttercup yellow

GRÜN Green

1028

Melon yellow

HEGR

Light green

MAND

Mandarin

6017

May green

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

ERDB

Strawberry

AQBL

Watercolor blue

3000

Fire red

5012

Light blue

ECRU Ecru

5017

Traffic blue

7012 Taupe

CME upholstery that has been made entirely out of flame-retardant materials (subject to a 25 % additional charge).

TBLA

Turquoise

www.haba.de

Podeste Trapeze

128215

Rectangle with reflective foil

Platforms

128214

W 80 x H 10 x D 80 cm W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 20 x D 40 cm W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm W 31 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 40 x D 40 cm W 31 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 40 x D 80 cm

203


Platforms – solid beech wood • in 2 sizes and 3 heights • interchangeable • develop spatial cognition • train sense of balance • improve body control • the range of materials stimulates sense of touch • dimensions perfectly tailored to children’s requirements

204


Platforms W 15 ¾“, H 4 ½“ W 39.4 cm, H 11 cm

Carpeted with: Tretford T622 light green and T555 sand and mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: approx. W 93 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 15 ¾”, W 236.5 x H 11 x D 39.4 cm. 846609 6 pieces

Carpeted with: Tretford T555 sand, T622 light green and T601 brown and mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: approx. W 77 ¾” x H 4 ½” x D 46 ¾”, W 197 x H 11 x D 118.5 cm. 846607 6 pieces

Platform combination 3, small

Platform combination 5, small

Carpeted with: Tretford T517 blue, T641 watercolor blue and T516 dark blue. Space requirements: approx. W 62 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 158 x H 11 x D 79 cm. 846606 6 pieces

Platform combination 2, small Carpeted with: Tretford T641 watercolor blue and T555 sand. Space requirements: approx. W 62 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 158 x H 11 x D 79 cm. 846610 5 pieces

With L071 sand and L123 green linoleum surface and mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: approx. W 62 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 15 ¾”, W 158 x H 11 x D 39.4 cm. 846608 4 pieces

HABA quality 10 Year GUARANTEE ¼”, 5-mm safety edge

exceptionally secure dowel joints

practical carry handle

dimensionally stable thanks to interlocking sheets of solid beech wood >> does not warp

Solid Beech Wood Made

in Germany

3 platform surfaces Linoleum surface • hygienic and antibacterial particularly suitable for toddlers • wipe-clean and easy to disinfect • anti-static • soft and quiet • made from naturally renewable raw materials

Tretford carpet • hard-wearing particularly suitable for preschool and school • heat-regulating and dust-binding • anti-static • Natural fiber carpet, more information on p. 280

Fabromont carpet • extremely robust, durable and hard-wearing particularly suitable for preschool and school • suitable for allergy sufferers • UV-resistant and lightfast • anti-static • Kugelgarn carpet, more information on p. 281

All of the colors the materials are available in can be found on p. 211.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

205

Platforms

Platform combination 1, small Platform combination 4, small


Sensory panels on page 374 onwards.

NEW!

Platform Combination 13 Carpeted with: Tretford T555 sand, T622 light green, T601 brown and T641 watercolor blue and mirror platform made of safety glass. Real birch wood, Tretford surface. Space requirements: 77 ¾” x 124 ¼”, H 4 ½”/8 ¾”/14 ¼” , 197 x 315.5 cm, H 11/22/36 cm. 846485 7 pieces

Quadrant Unit

Square Platform NEW!

NEW!

Platform combination 4 quadrant units with L071 sand linoleum surface. Size of each platform: 31 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 4 ½” and 8 ¾” , 78.8 x 78.8 cm, H 11 and 22 cm.

Platform Combination 17

846488 4 pieces

846486 2 pieces

Carpeted with: Tretford T622 light green and featuring a rolling drawer Space requirements: 31 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”, 78.8 x 78.8 cm, H 22 cm.

Corner Mirror NEW!

This product comes from the discovery rooms (on page 102).

Discovery Rooms!

Platform Combination 14 Mirror platform and 2 wall mirrors. Space requirements: 31 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”, 78.8 x 78.8 cm, H 22 cm.

846487 3 pieces

206


Platforms

Sensory panels on page 374 onwards.

Platform Combination 10 Carpeted with: Tretford T517, wave platform T516 and cave platform of heavy duty glass. Space requirements: 108” x 93 ¼”, 274.2 x 236.4 cm. 846498 9 pieces

Up and down, over ramps and steps – all of these help to improve balance. The manhole is especially thrilling for little explorers.

The varied movement course features troughs, ramps and mounds.

Reinvent spaces with this functional combination – shown here with a small bridge and grotto.

Platform Combination 3

Platform Combination 8

Carpeted with Fabromont F 165 red. Space requirements: 139“ x 62“, H 8 ¾“/14 ¼", 354.6 x 157.6 cm, H 22/36 cm 846491 7 pieces

Carpeted with Fabromont F 164 blue. Space requirements: 108“ x 62“, H 8 ¾“/25“, 275.8 x 157.6 cm, H 22/63.4 cm 846496 4 pieces

Platform Combination 6 Carpeted with Tretford T 555 sand, cave and mirror platform with safety glass. Space requirements: 93“ x 93“, H 8 ¾”/17 ½”, 236.4 x 236.4 cm, H 22/44.2 cm. 846494 8 pieces

Manhole cover and tunnel platforms featuring an "underground" crawlspace and safety glass to walk on.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

207


Platform Combination 11 With Tretford T622 light green carpet surface and step mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: 62 ¼“ x 46 ½“, H 8 ¾“, 157.6 x 118 cm, H 22 cm. 846499 3 pieces

The mirrored steps create fascinating mirror images when using and building on them.

Platform Combination 15

Platform Combination 16

Carpeted with: Tretford T566 dark green and T622 light green, step mirror platform made of safety glass and featuring a rolling drawer. Space requirements: 77 ¾” x 62 ¼”, H 8 ¾”, 197 x 158 cm, H 22 cm. 846489 5 pieces

Carpeted with: Tretford T622 light green, T555 sand and T601 brown and step mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: 124 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”/14 ¼” , 315 x 79 cm, H 22/36 cm. 846490 5 pieces

Platform Combination 17

Platform Combination 18

Carpeted with: Tretford T641 watercolor blue, T555 sand, T601 brown and 2 rolling drawers. Space requirements: 124 ¼” x 62 ¼”, H 17 ½”, 315 x 158 cm, H 44.2 cm. 846439 8 pieces

Carpeted with: Tretford T517 light blue, T641 watercolor blue and mirror platform and step mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: 140 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”/25” , 356 x 79 cm, H 22/63.4 cm. 846466 5 pieces

208


Platforms

Building Platforms

10 Year GUARANTEE

Everything in one handy place: a large, flat, raised surface. These make for an ideal building site – children love simply playing on the floor. The platforms form a relatively safe base for construction and creative endeavors can be left standing a bit longer. Children can continue their buildings piece by piece or just play with them over and over again.

¼”, 5-mm safety edge Solid Beech Wood Made

Use alone or combine with other platforms

in Germany

A

Platforms

B

C

Ramps on page 210.

A

Step Corner Platform

B

Corner Platform, Large

Corner Platform, small 2 materials boxes (item no. 509375, p. 178, please order separately) fit underneath the platform. Solid beech wood. W 34“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 34“, W 86 x H 22 x D 86 cm. 846255 Carpet surface 847255 Linoleum surface

2 rolling drawers (item no. 846272, please order separately) fit underneath the platform. Solid beech wood. W 74 ¼“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 74 ¼“, W 188 x H 22 x D 188 cm. 846305 Carpet surface 847305 Linoleum surface

Select carpet or linoleum color (p. 211).

Select carpet or linoleum color (p. 211).

C

Rolling Drawer

For the corner platform (item no. 846305 and 847305). Beech real wood veneer. W 28 ¼“ x H 6 ¾“ x D 30 ¼“, W 71.3 x H 16.6 x D 76.5 cm, box inner size: W 19 ½“ x H 5“ x D 28 ¾“, W 49.1 x H 12.5 x D 72.5 cm.

846272

Great Value Beech Platforms Quality >> Dimensionally stable thanks to solid, laminated beech wood, 1“, 20 mm thick >> Exceptionally secure dowel joints >> Lots of arrangements and combinations possible

Rolling Drawer W 46 ½“/31 ¼“ x H 12“ x D 13 ½“, W 117.5/78.8 x H 30 x D 34 cm. Leg length 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm.

Square Platform

W 31 ¼“ x H 12“ x D 15 ¾“, W 78.8 x H 30 x D 39.4 cm.

W 31 ¼“ x H 12“ x D 31 ¼“, W 78.8 x H 30 x D 78.8 cm.

Matches the play bench (item no. 847600) and the square platform (item no. 847620). Beech real wood veneer. W 28 ¾“ x H approx. 8“ x D 13 ½“, W 73 x H approx. 20 x D 34 cm.

847600

847610

847620

847625

Trapezoid Bench Play Bench

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

209


Versatile Solid Beech Wood Platforms with Carpet or Linoleum covering Small platforms W 15 ¾", H 4 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 39.4 x H 11 x D 39.4 cm • Extra-small platforms for smaller children • Can be moved by the children • Please separately order platform brackets to connect together • With floor glides

NEW! 10 Year GUARANTEE

Select carpet or linoleum options on page 211.

Ramp Carpet 846565

Square Platform Carpet 846570

Quadrant Unit Platform Carpet 846575

Linoleum 847565

Linoleum 847570

Linoleum 847575

Trough Platform Carpet 846585

Hill Platform Carpet 846590

Mirror Platform 846580

with Carpet or Linoleum covering Solid Beech Wood Made

in Germany

Select carpet or linoleum options on page 211.

Platforms

Low Rectangular Platform

Low Square Platform

Low Square Platform

W 15 ¾” x D 31 ¼”, W 39.4 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846450 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846100 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm

W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846451 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846130 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm

W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm.

High Square Platform W 31“ x H 18“ x D 31“, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm.

Triangular Platform W 31 ¼” x L 42 ¾”, W 78.8 x L 108 cm.

Carpet 846365 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm

Carpet

Carpet

846150 H 17 ½ “, 44 cm

846454 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846420 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm

Linoleum 847450 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847105 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm

Linoleum 847451 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847130 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm

Linoleum 847365 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm

Linoleum

847150 H 17 ½ “, 44 cm

Linoleum 847454 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847420 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm

Low Rectangular Platform Ramp

Low Square Platform Ramp W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846453 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846120 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm

High Square Platform Ramp W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846457 H 4 ½” and 8 ¾”,

Wave Platform

Quadrant Unit Platform

W 46“ x D 31 ¼”, W 116.6 x D 78.8 cm.

Size: 31 ¼“ x 31 ¼“, 78.8 x 78.8 cm. Carpet 846475 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846216 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm

W 15 ¾” x D 31 ¼”, W 39.4 x D 78.8 cm.

Carpet 846452 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846110 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm

11 and 22 cm

Carpet 846480 H 17 ½ “, 44 cm

846140 H 8 ¾” and 17 ½”, 22 and 44.2 cm

Linoleum 847452 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847110 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm

210

Linoleum 847453 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847120 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm

Linoleum 847457 H 4 ½” and 8 ¾”, 11 and 22 cm 847140 H 8 ¾” and 17 ½”, 22 and 44,2 cm

Linoleum

847475 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 847216 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm


Platforms

The Original!

in 3 Heights

Trough Platform

Hill Platform

Bridge Platform, Low

Tunnel-Platform

Manhole Platform

W 31 ¼” x H 8 ¾” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x H 22 x D 78.8 cm.

W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm.

Carpet 846455 H 4 ½” and 10“ ,

Combine with the manhole platform to create a real “subterranean crawling-system”. W 31 ¼” x H 17 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm.

W 31 ¼” x H 17 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm.

Carpet 846170

Can be combined with the low square platforms and the ramp platforms. W 46 ¾” x H 25“ x D 31 ¼”, W 118.2 x H 63.4 x D 78.8 cm.

Carpet 846190 Linoleum 847190

Carpet 846280 Linoleum 847275

11 and 25 cm

846160 H 8 ¾” and 14 ½”, 22 and 36 cm

Carpet 846180 Linoleum 847180

Platforms

can be used on their own or with other platforms

Cave Platform with Safety-Glass

Square Mirror Platform

Mirror Step Platform

Step

With safety glass-plate, can be walked on. W 31“ x H 8“ x D 31“, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm.

Mirror made of safety-glass, can be walked on. W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. 846456 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846220 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm

Excellent for three-dimensional building. Can be integrated with other platforms or used individually. Steps with safety mirror can be walked on. W 31 ¼“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 78.8 x H 22 x D 39.4 cm, step height 4 ½“ and 4 ¼“, 11.2 and 10.8 cm, step depth 7 ¾“, 19.7 cm.

W 31 ¼“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 78.8 x H 22 x D 39.4 cm; step height 4 ½“ and 4 ¼“, 11.2 and 10.8 cm, step depth 7 ¾“, 19.7 cm.

846225

846465

Rolling Cart for 846365 and 847365 W 30” x H 5 ¾” x D 28 ¾”, W 76.1 x H 14.1 x D 73.2 cm.

Carpet 846445 Linoleum 847445

Rolling Cart for Platform 846150

Platform Slide

Platform clamps

W 28 ¾” x H 14“ x D 30“, W 73 x H 35 x D 76 cm (with casters).

Can be combined with platform elements of height 17 ½“, 44.2 cm (except cave platform, 846225). W 15 ½“, 39.4 cm x integrated length 31“, 78.8 cm.

For fixing the platform, e.g. for a running course. 820861 2 pieces

846210

846235

846270

How to order

Teppich-Farbe angeben!

Linoleum-Farbe angeben!

Mandatory Options 1. Select yout platform. 2. Select the desired surface

Tretford-Carpet – Product quality and advatages on page 280

type

3. Enter the desired carpet or linoleum color T555

T568

T585

Fabromont-Carpet –

T570

Product quality and advantages on page 281

T641

T517

orange

F355

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

F111

F165

F164

F019

T516

Linoleum –

L171

www.haba.de

Platforms

Select carpet or linoleum options below.

T622

T566

T601

Product quality and advantages on page 205

sand

green

L071

L132

light blue

L422

blue

L479

gray

L058

211


Play Trapeze – for kindergarten and school

10 Year GUARANTEE

The Original!

¼”, 5-mm safety edge Be Solid Beech Wood Integrat Integrated handles M Made

in G Germany

Quality >> Step is 1“, 2,5 cm thick, laminated wood >> 12 dowels per side >> Very stable >> Can be combined with play bench

Select carpet options on page 211.

A

stackable

Play-Trapeze Bench

With carpet surface. H 12”, 30 cm W 48“ or 30“ x D 16 ½“, W 122 or 76 x D 42 cm.

846730 A B

Sample combinations

212

B

Play-Trapeze Bench

Play-Trapeze-Rolling-Cart

H 16 ½”, 42 cm W 52” or 32 ½” x D 18”, W 132 or 82 x D 46 cm.

Beech wood veneer. 4 large floorsaving casters. W 45“ or 30“ x H 8“ x D 10“, W 114.6 or 75.6 x H 20 x D 35.8 cm.

846740

846510

Combined with the play bench


Trapeze

Play Bench

Can be combined with the play trapeze

Rectangle bench

C

With carpeted surface. The play bench can be supplemented with the medium roller cart (Item 820140) or 2 small roller carts (Item 820130).

Platforms

Height 12“ , 30 cm for Daycare W 32” x D 18”, W 80.3 x D 45.5 cm.

846930 Height 16 ½“ , 42 cm for School W 35 ½“ x D 20 ½“, W 90 x D 52 cm.

846920 Select carpet options on page 211.

Rolling Cart, small

Two fit under the play bench. Item no. 846910/846920. W 14“ x H 9“ x D 15 ½“, W 36 x H 23 x D 39.4 cm. 820130 natural

C

D

Platforms

D

Rolling Cart, medium Fits under the play bench. Item no. 846910/846920. W 29“ x H 9“ x D 15 ½“, W 74 x H 23 x D 39.4 cm. 820140 natural

Stepped-Trapeze Stepped platform With carpet covering. Beech wood. H 15 ¾“ x D 24“, H 39.4 x D 60.4 cm, step height 8“, 19.7 cm, step depth 12“, 30.2 cm. Note: corners require one left and one right element. E 846710 90° corner left, W 56“, 142 cm F 846720 90° corner right, W 56“, 142 cm G 846725 Straight element, W 44“, 111.5 cm Select carpet options on page 211.

NEW!

• Easy to combine • Solid Beech with carpet covering • Easily transported with the integrated handles • Many possible uses, such as stage, seating island or corner bench

F E

G

The versatile play Benches as break zone

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

... or seating island

www.haba.de

213


Birch platforms "Arc" Platform

Select linoleum surface below.

mit Teppich- oder Linoleumbelag A

E

C

These platforms have got it right: Against the wall, in the corner, or free-standing, they are seating and play areas. When combined with rolling drawers, they offer plenty of storage space for toys and building materials.

A "Arc" Corner Platform Left

E "Arc" Platform End Piece

C "Arc" Platform Left

free-standing

B "Arc" Corner Platform Right

D "Arc" Platform Right

"Arc" Platform + 2 x End Piece

“Arc“ Platform “Arc“ Corner Platform Back completely closed. Has space for 2 rolling drawers (470330). Birch wood with linoleum surface. W 63“ x H 12“ x D 19“, W 160 x H 30 x D 48.2 cm. A 470320 Left arc B 470325 Right arc

Back completely closed. Has space for 3 rolling drawers (470330). Birch wood with linoleum surface. 94 ½“ x 47 ¼“, 239.5 x 120 cm, H 12“, 30 cm, seat depth 25 ¾“, 65 cm. C 470310 Left arc D 470315 Right arc

How to order

E

“Arc“ Platform End Piece

Can only be set up with item 470310 and 470315. Birch wood with linoleum surface. W 13“ x H 12“ x D 25 ¾“, W 32.5 x H 30 x D 65 cm.

470319

Mandatory Options

Linoleum – Product quality and advantages on page 205. Rolling Drawer Fits under the platform and is the ideal storage space for seating cushions, building blocks etc. Birch wood. W 15 ½“ x H 10“ x D 17 ¾“, W 39 x H 25 x D 45 cm.

470330

214

sand

orange

green

light blue

blue

gray

L071

L171

L132

L422

L479

L058


Birch Platforms

Step Platform

Platforms

Podeste Trapeze

Select linoleum surface (p. 214).

Platform step

470012 W 23 ¾“ x H 13“ x D 23 ¾“,

In three heights: 4 ½“, 8 ¾“ and 13“, 11, 22 and 33 cm. The platforms can be nested together, set up as stairs or used individually for seating, playing and building. Birch wood with linoleum covering. Choose linoleum on page 214. 470010 W 23 ¾“ x H 4 ½“ x D 19“, W 60 x H 11 x D 48 cm 470011 W 23 ¾“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 21 ½“, W 60 x H 22 x D 54 cm

W 60 x H 33 x D 60 cm

Save the Set 470015 Platform step set, 3-piece (1 each H 4 ½“, 11 cm, H 8 ¾“, 22 cm, H 23 ¾“, 33 cm)

Play Platform

Play platform landscape

PLAY HOUSES from page 307.

Pushed together Play platform landscape

Platform Play Area With Wheeled Container This 13 ½“ high play area with light green linoleum is great for slightly older children. Two drawers create additional storage room. Birch. Age: 3 years and over. Platform height: 13 ½“, 34 cm. Total height: 13 ½“, 34 cm. Space requirements: 74“ x 74“, 188 x 188 cm.

With pull-out roller platform. It fits precisely into the large platform, to save space. When pulled out it can be used as a small step. Weight of the children activated hold mechanism which means that the platform cannot roll away. Wavy edges represent the landscape, areas shaded in blue are lakes or ponds. Birch. W 30 ¾“ (pulled out: 46 ¾“) x H 12“ x D 30 ¾“, W 78 (pulled out: 118.5) x H 30.4 x D 78 cm.

259013

470150

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

215


Graduated Platforms

Lounging Area

for Kindergarten and School • In 2 Heights and 6 linoleum colors • Combine two different heights to create a multi-leveled place to play, build, sit, or climb • Rolling boxes slide under the platforms and can be used to store toys • Firmly bolted

Platform combination: 2x Low combinations and Fold-up Mat (see page 248)

Stage

Meeting Place

Platform combination: 2x low and 2x high square platforms, 2x large and 2x low rectangle platforms, Material bins and rolling bins and panels

Platform combination of four low quadrant landings

Construction Site

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

Made

in Germany

Platform Combinations consisting of 2 low square platforms, 2 high square Platforms, 2 large rectangular Platforms and one low rectangular Platform + rolling bins and supply bins + panels

216


Elevated Platforms

Please specify linoleum surface below Low Rectangle Platform

W 30“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 29 ½“, W 75 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470508 Linoleum

W 59“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470518 Linoleum

Right Quarter-Circle Platform, low

Left Quarter-Circle Platform, low

High Square Platform

High Rectangle Platform

W 59“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470548 Linoleum

W 59“ x H 11 ¾” x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470538 Linoleum

W 29 ½“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 29 ½“, W 75 x H 59 x D 75 cm.

W 59“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 59 x D 75 cm.

470608

470618

Shelf sold separately, please call for pricing.

Shelf sold separately, please call for pricing.

Panel

Material Box,

Material Box with Casters

H 9 ½“, H 23.5 cm. 470692 narrow, W 26 ½“, 67.5 cm (not shown) 470693 large, W 56 ¼“, 142.5 cm

Birch wood. W 13“ x H 7 ½“ x D 28“, W 32.5 x H 21 x D 71.5 cm.

Birch wood. W 25 ½“ x H 8 ¼“ x D 28“, W 65 x H 21 x D 71 cm.

470691

470690

Platform Connector 2 connectors with screws.

470695

Quality Genuine birch wood

Linoleum-Covered Top

Steel Frame

• 1“, 24 mm thick

• Robust

• Robust and easy-care

• Hygienic and easy to clean

• Powder-coated RAL 9006 aluminum

• Quiet

• With linoleum surface

light blue L 422

• Sturdy and durable

How to order Mandatory Options

Optional Accessories

Linoleum

Intermediate Shelf

orange

sand

green

light blue

blue

gray

L171

L071

L132

L422

L479

L058

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Enter NATU for shelf (please note extra charge)

www.haba.de

217

Platforms

Platforms

Low Square Platform


Giant Platform

The giant platform as a stage. Giant Platform

Can also be used as seating or playing surface

Each side has handle holes for easy transport. In one corner of the platform there is a hole for inserting a rod (e.g. to hold curtains). The weight of the platform ensures that it stays in place. Additional securing is not required. Top only available in blue linoleum, underside with plastic floor glides, side parts made of real birch wood. 51 ¼“ x 51 ¼“, 17 ¾“, 130 x 130 cm; 45 cm height. (easy to assemble). Please order rods separately. (699921).

699920

93 ½“, 237 cm

Rod for Giant Platform The metal rod can be inserted into a hole in the giant platform. At the top end the rod has a wooden ring with 4 holes for attaching ropes or similar objects. L approx. 93 ½“, 237 cm, Ø 1 1/3“, 3.5 cm. 699921 1 piece

Play and Storage Platform Platform Behind the flap covers with magnetic latches and airholes, guide bars are hidden to pull out and store padded elements. Birch wood. W 59 ¼“ x D 25 ½“, W 150 x D 64.2cm. A 470060 for 1 cushioned mat, H 7 ¼“ H 18.5 cm B 470061 for 2 cushioned mats, H 13 ½“, H 34.1 cm Select linoleum surface.

B A

... as a sleeping platform on page 279

218

Mandatory Options Linoleum Surfaces orange

L171

sand

green light blue

blue

L071 L132 L422 L479


Padded Elements 路 Sofas

Padded Elements Platforms Sofas

Stopper K眉che


Blue & Brown

Pure Color

Bright, fresh blue has a calming and relaxing effect. It represents security and harmony, reduces agitation and fatigue, and is ideal for quiet rooms. We recommend gentle brown as a harmonious supplement to support the effects of blue tones. The earthy color is warm, restrained and gives a feeling of security and comfort. Birch and beech woods match both colors.

Fabrics DuropalÂŽ Watercolor blue

Gilde uni Watercolor blue

Gilde Watercolor blue Brown spots

Linoleum Light blue

Surfaces

Gilde uni Brown

White

Gilde Brown dots Watercolor blue

Watercolor blue

Stain colors Synthetic leather Birch

Watercolor blue Watercolor blue Beech

Wood types

220

Carpet

Colors – every person perceives them differently. Some prefer them bold and bright, others prefer soft, restrained tones. But no matter what our preferences or favorite colors are, colors influence our mood. This also means that moods can be created with certain colors. A fact that should be taken into consideration when planning interior decoration. The color design of rooms should be well thought out and coordinated with their function. The color harmony of all elements in the room is important: walls, ceiling, window frames, doors, floor, furniture, blinds, carpets, pillows etc. A color tone is never perceived on its own but rather in combination with the surrounding colors. This means that one color can complement another one, increase its effect or soften it. Children tend to like strong colors.


Padded Elements Sofas

Color Harmony

Green & Gray In this combination gray is the neutral, calming color. On its own it can be a little dreary. But with a second color – in our color scheme this is green – the gray is livened up and looks elegant. At the same time gray underlines the cheerful, natural and calming effect of the fresh spring green tones. Furniture or flooring made of birch or beech wood is also the perfect complement to these two colors.

Harmony However, to protect them from sensory overload, it makes sense to design the color scheme of rooms to be more restrained. Colorful accents can be set with small areas: e.g. with just one wall, a carpet or brightly colored cushions. Both color concepts are harmonious with well-coordinated colors. Both combinations give the rooms a bright, friendly look.

Fabrics Linoleum Gray

Gilde uni Light green

Gilde Light green Gray dots

Linoleum Green

Duropal® Green Gilde uni Gray

Surfaces Gilde Gray Light green dots

White

Stain colors Light green

Birch

Synthetic leather

Green Beech

Carpet

Wood types

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

221


Woven Fabrics >> Fabric Group 2

Benefits >> material 100 % polyester, Trevira CS >> woven motifs >> weight: approx. 344 g/m2 >> flame retardant – in conformity with DIN 4102 B1 and CAL 117 >> non-fading and sturdy >> non-pilling >> abrasion resistance: 20.000 abrasion runs >> 10-year guarantee

flame resistant quality

>> Exclusive HABA-Designs

Fabric Gilde

P

86

GSGR

Gilde sheep bright green

GVBL

Gilde bird blue

Washing Symbols 86

Machine wash at temperature

86

suggested by manufacturer Easy to clean - delicate wash No chlorine bleach Tumble dry Tumble dry recommended Do not tumble dry

GKBL

Gilde gravel blue

Do not chemical dry clean

GVTR

Gilde bird turquoise

P

Chemical dry clean Do not iron Cool iron only PES Polyester PAN Polyacryl CO Cotton CS flame resistant

GKTR

Gilde gravel turquoise

222

GPBL

Gilde dots dark blue


Fabrics

GROT

Gilde uni red

GGRÜ

Gilde uni green

GAQB

Gilde uni aqua blue

GGRA

Gilde uni grey

GIGR

Gilde yellow, red dots

GIRG

Gilde red, yellow dots

GIGB

Gilde green, blue dots

GIBR

Gilde aqua blue, brown dots

GGRP

Gilde grey, bright green dots

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

GORA

Gilde uni orange

GHEG

Gilde uni bright green

GTÜR

Gilde uni turquoise

GBLA

Gilde uni blue

GBRA

Gilde uni brown

www.haba.de

GIOT

Gilde orange, turquoise dots

GHGP

Padded Elements Sofas

GGEL

Gilde uni yellow

Gilde bright green, grey dots

GITO

Gilde turquoise, orange dots

GIBG

Gilde blue, green dots

GIAQ

Gilde brown, aqua blue dots

223


Woven Fabrics >> Exclusive HABA-Design

Fabric Dronero

Benefits

>> Fabric Group 1

UBLA uni blue

UGRÜ uni green

>> 31 % polyester, 69 % polyacrylic >> Weight: approximately 229 g/m² >> Non-fading, tearproof and sturdy >> Non-pilling >> Abrasion resistance: 24.000 abration runs >> 10-year guarantee

UROT uni red 30°C

86°F

P

Fabric Gonia >> Fabric Group 1

FÜDB

Feet dark blue

Benefits >> 55 % polyester, 45 % polyacrylic >> Weight: approximately 255 g/m² >> Non-fading, tearproof and sturdy >> Non-pilling >> Abrasion resistance: 26.000 abration runs >> 10-year guarantee

FÜDG

Feet dark green

30°C

FÜRO Feet red

224

FÜGE

Feet yellow

86°F

P


Fabrics

Fabric CanvasBione

Benefits

>> Fabric Group 2 flame resistant quality

Stain Resistant

>> does not soak in

>> simply wipe off

Padded Elements Sofas

>> 100% polyester >> Weight: approximately 471 g/m² >> Stain resistant >> Breathable >> Flame retardant - in conformity with DIN 4102 B1und B2 PN EN 1021-1 (cigarette test) >> Sturdy >> Non-fading >> Non-pilling >> Abrasion resistance: 96.000 abrasion runs >> 10-year guarantee

>> clean again 30°C

86°F

CB07 yellow

CB06 orange

CB05 red

CB04 bright green

CB02 light blue

CB08 brown beige

CB03 dark green

CB01 dark blue

CB09 grey brown

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

225


Öko Tex

>> Our standard: class-1 quality

>> class I Textiles and textile toys for infants and toddlers

Our synthetic leather is certified according to Öko-Tex standard 100 and product class 1.

>> class II

The pollutant tests according to the Öko-Tex standard 100 are geared towards the purpose of textiles: the more intensive skin contact, the greater the requirements. We distinguish 4 product classes.

In this class, for example, only 16 mg of formaldehyde is permitted per kilogram, while for product class 2, 75 mg/kg is acceptable. For chromium class 2 allows twice the levels of class 1, and for phencyclidine the levels are ten times higher.

There are substantial differences in terms of pollution with the Öko-Tex seal. The strictest requirements apply to infants and toddlers, thus meeting product class 1 standards.

You should only use class I products with synthetic leather with toddlers. Textiles should be flame retardant. Our synthetic leather meets both requirements.

Textiles with direct large surface skin contact

>> class III Textiles with or without only small-surface skin contact

>> class IV Decoration materials

You can find more information at www.oeko-test.com.

Woven Fabrics >> Compare - it‘s worth the quality Printed fabrics The motifs are printed onto a basic single-color fabric with printed fabrics. This means that the printing inks are on the fabric surface. This method can never be as permanent and resistant as with a sewed-in motif.

Printed fabrics run

Printed fabrics bleach

Printed fabrics wear quickly

Woven textile fabrics are abrasion-resistant, wich means that they do not run

Woven textile fabrics are resistant to fading

Woven textile fabrics are stable and durable and therefore long lasting

Woven textile fabrics Woven textile fabrics are made of dyed yarns. Which means that the motifs are woven in. Therefore, the color resiliency is substantially greater with yarn-dyed fabrics than with printed fabrics. This is the reason why HABA only uses woven textile fabrics.

226


Fabrics

Synthetic Leather

AQBL Aqua blue

5012 Light blue

5017 Traffic blue

TBLA Turquoise

Benefits Padded Elements Sofas

>> 100% polyester, fabric with PVC coating >> Approximately 615 g/m2

HEGR Bright Green

GRÜN Green

6017 May Green

>> Free of phthalates and certified by ÖKO test Standard 100, product class 1 >> Hygienic wipe off with water and synthetic leather cleaner >> Can easily be disinfected >> Comfortable – pleasant, soft, especially good for infants and toddlers

WEIS White

ECRU Ecru-beige

7012 Grey Brown

>> Flame retardant – in conformity with EN 1021-1 >> Robust – stands up to vigorous use >> Abrasion resistance: 50,000 abrasion runs >> Fade·resistant

1021 Canola Yellow

1028 Melon Yellow

MAND Mandarine

>> Color tones match the HABA wood stains >> 10-year guarantee

86

P

ERDB strawberry red

3000 Firehouse Red Care instructions Please use mild cleanser for synthetic leather resiliency.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

227


Foams >> Seating comfort for any need Many of our cushions and upholstered furniture are made out of foam. Beneficial characteristics are soft, sturdy, air-permeable, flexible and long lasting. In information on the material you will find abbreviations such as RG 26/40 – what does that mean?

Example: Space weight (RG) in kilogram per cubic meter

RG 26/40

The higher the number, the heavier the element Compression hardness The higher the number, the more solid the foam.

For Daycares / Kindergartens Standard Quality RG 26/40: >> Easy to carry >> Good seating comfort Premium Quality RG 25/60: >> Easy to carry >> Dimensionally stable >> Durable

For School /After-school Various foam qualities with a higher level of space weight and compression hardness (such as RG 40/45) >> Heavy and robust elements with a solid core are long lasting and durable.

We use the highest quality foam for our products. Making them optimally suited for the high demands of daycare, preschool and school.

How to order Mandatory Options

Optional Accessories

Color Combinations

CME

You decide which cover your padding will have. Choose from different covers, most of which are flame-retardant. An overview and the features of all covers on Page 222 - 227.

228

Specify the name CME. For an additional charge, padding is available in highly flame-retardant materials (CME).


Padded Elements Padded Elements Sofas Sofas Room Decorations

Cozy Corners

aus einem Stück gefertigt

Other color combinations available at your request for an additional 10% up charge. Synthetic colors are on pages 227.

Reading Nook RG 26/40 foam (= space weight – an important quality feature), with two-colored synthetic leather covering (with zipper, removable) whole bottom with anti-slide profile. Height at entry and for the entire seating area 3 ¼”, 8 cm; total height 14”, 35 cm.

A B C D E

A B C D E

55 ¼“ x 55 ¼“, 140 x 140 cm 098965 red/blue 098968 ecru/mandarine 098966 may green/green 098967 light blue/aqua blue 098969 strawberry red/ecru

71“ x 71“, 180 x 180 cm red/blue ecru/mandarine may green/green light blue/aqua blue strawberry red/ecru

023325 098944 023326 023327 098945

A

Benefits B

• For infants: entry close to the ground for toddlers • Stationary: underside with antislip profile

C

• Hygienic: one-piece construction easy to keep clean easy to wipe off and can be disinfected

D

• Comfortable: pleasantly soft synthetic leather cover that is flame retardant and free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 certified product class 1). More synthetic leather benefits on page 227).

E

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

229


Cuddly Retreats Flower Blossom A C

23 ½“, 59 cm

3“,7 cm

B

A Peaceful Spot for Resting An ideal place for looking at picture books, resting or playing. Synthetic leather covering, not removable, foam core (RG 30/45). Diameter at top 54”, 137 cm, at bottom 35 ¾”, 90 cm, height 23 ½”, 59 cm. A 023335 red/orange/melon B 023336 light green/melon/yellow C 098653 melon/yellow/mandarine

A

Flower Island

D

Flower Island

Cozy getaway. It can also be rounded out with the soft floor mat (023340) or the Blossom seating sack (137466). Foam RG 24/40, May green synthetic leather cover, underside with anti slip coating. Inside 35 ½“, 90 cm, outside 55 ¼“, 140 cm, wall height 12“, 30 cm.

D

023338 Select synthetic leather on page 227

E

E

Floor Mat

For use on its own or inserted into the “Flower Island.“ Foam RG 24/40, synthetic leather covering with anti slip bottom. Diameter 35 ½”, 89 cm, height 2 ¾”, 6 cm.

023340 Select synthetic leather on page 227

F

F

Beanbag Seat Blossom

Styrofoam balls (54 liters), foam insert (H 2 ¾”, H 6 cm), covering of outdoor fabric (100% polyester), removable and washable. Beanbag diameter 35 ¾”, 90 cm, outer diameter 51 ½”, 130 cm.

137466

“Wave“ Sofa

“Wave“ Sofa H

The wave shape means legs can be comfortably stretched out. Foam core RG 25/40, cover is removable and washable, underside with non-slip profile.

G

in 2 Sizes

G

2-seater

H

3-seater

Size: W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 36“, W 80 x H 59 x D 91 cm, backrest height approx. 15 ½“, 39 cm, seat height approx. 8“, 20 cm, seat depth approx. 20 ½“, 52 cm 094075 Fabric group 1 or 2 094076 Synthetic leather

Size: W 47 ¾“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 38“, W 121 x H 59 x D 96 cm, backrest height approx. 15 ½“, 39 cm, seat height approx. 8“, 20 cm, seat depth approx. 20 ½“, 52 cm 094077 Fabric group 1 or 2 094078 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2.

230


Padded Elements Sofas

Sample cover: edging Gilde uni light green, seat Gilde light green with gray J dots (GZGR), fabric group 2

Combinations in 2 Colors:

Benefits

Fabric group 2

• Strong: foam core (see product for the RG statement = space weight – an important quality feature) • Sitting area cover: Synthetic leather or fabric cover (quality descriptions from p. 222.)

Cozy Corners J

• Wide range of colors: other combinations available for an additional charge

Cubby Hole – cozy and spacious

Young and old can stretch out to their heart‘s content: to rest, cuddle, read books or tell stories... The entry on the sides is extra-low for the little ones. For the older ones there is a high backrest. Covers made with zip, removable and washable; RG 25/40 foam (= density – an important quality feature. Base plate (1 ¾“, 4 cm thick) completely with non-slip profile. 67 ¾“ x 67 ¾“, 172 x 172 cm, back height 23 ¼“, 59 cm, height at entry 3 ¼“, 8 cm. 023328 Fabric group 1 or 2 023334 Synthetic leather

GZGR

GZBL

light green/light green with gray dots

aqua/aqua with brown dots

Synthetic leather

• Safe: available with flame retardant materials (CME) for an additional charge.

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

• Comfortable: Soft and flame retardant synthetic leather free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 product class 1 certified). Perfect for infants and toddlers.

• Durable: removeable covers washable at 30 °C/ 86 F.

KZGR

KZBL

may green/green

light blue/aqua

www.haba.de

231


Crawling Mats Wall Decorations on page 366

Special sizes on request.

Example combinations of wave mats

Ideal For The Little Ones Little ones can practice tumbling.

The mountain peak trains their sense of balance.

Select synthetic leather on page 227.

Mat core consists of high-quality composite foam RG 120. Synthetic leather cover has a slip-resistant bottom with a textured finish that prevents the mats from slipping. Height: 1”, 26 mm. Please, indicate the color in your order. If color is not indicated, we will only deliver in RAL 5012 Light Blue. 023374 19 ¾” x 19 ¾”, 50 x 50 cm

023376 39 ½” x 19 ¾”, 100 x 50 cm 023379 39 ½” x 39 ½”, 100 x 100 cm

PREMIUM-QUALITY

023381 78 ¾” x 39 ½”, 200 x 100 cm 023383 39 ½” x 39 ½”, 100 x 100 cm 023386 Wave, 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x

• Durable: high strength, very strong composite foam core from compressed foam flakes RG 120 • Absolutely certain: very good damping characteristics, no injuries • Slip resistant: mats all over with stable braking, all-round sealed anti-slip base, which is fixedly connected to the foam core. • Comfortable: pleasantly soft and flame retardant artificial leather free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 product class 1 certified) • Hygienic: easy to wipe off and disinfect

232

100 cm, H 2,6/23 cm

Storage Box Soft toys, blankets or toys can be in this box. Foam core RG 28/70, removable artificial leather cover, underside with non-slip profile. W 19 ¾“ x H 4“ x

D 19 ¾“, W 50 x H 25 x D 50 cm. 022914


for Toddlers

Crawling Mats

Padded Elements Padded Elements Sofas Sofas Room Decorations

It doesn't matter if they are arranged along a wall or in the middle of the room – the 12 ¼", 31 cm high edge protects and creates a sense of security.

PREMIUM QUALITY

These crawling mats create ideal islands of calm. They create an undisturbed play area or resting corner which can be as large and colorful as you like. Edging is so sturdy that it can stand alone and does not have to border on a wall.

• Robust and long lasting: Sturdy foam core with the ideal compression hardness of RG 25/60 (= space weight – an important quality feature). • Safe: Can be ordered with flame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% up charge.

Select synthetic leather on page 227.

Example combinations

Square with armrest

Square with armrest at right angles

Trapezoidal shape

35 ½” x 35 ½”, 90 x 90 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.

35 ½” x 35 ½”, 90 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.

35 ½” x 35 ½”, 90 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.

71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.

023355

023356

023358

023359

Rectangle with a short armrest

Rectangle with an armrest on the right-hand side

Rectangle with an armrest on the left-hand side

71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.

71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.

71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.

71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.

023360

023361

023367

023369

Square without armrest

Rectangle without armrest

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

233


Snoezelen

– Journey of the Senses

The Snoezelen Options

Highest level of comfort for individual requirements

234

The good value system for Snoezelen beginners


Relaxation & Sensory Experience in a White Room Snoezelen is a method of finding rest and relaxation, and is gaining significance and acceptance. It is well known that children are exposed to a multitude of distractions in their everyday life. As part of their development, they learn how to deal with all of these environmental influences. A Snoezelen room, with selected furnishing elements, can create new opportunities and strategies for children, teachers and parents. The social environment is very important for healthy growth. It should be varied, and offer opportunities for individual development. Children experience new things every day and use their senses to explore the environment. They hear, taste, see, smell and touch. Padded Elements Sofas

Situations should be created in which they can take "time out" for themselves. A Snoezelen room is a sanctuary. In it the stimuli are filtered, so that everyday impressions can be processed in a peaceful and relaxed atmosphere. This type of retreat can also be useful for teachers and parents, as well as the children themselves. It allows problems or fears to be addressed and discussed more productively in a well designed environment. A Snoezelen room doesn't just offer rest and relaxation. It is a multi-functional room, and also offers the opportunity to have new experiences. A prerequisite is that the equipment is well designed, and oriented toward the needs of the children. The use of elements such as light, water, items of furniture and wall decoration can achieve a specific desired mood. At the Humboldt University in Berlin we have done many projects with preschool and primary school children, which promote awareness and focus attention and concentration. Snoezelen is ideal for children who need developmental support. In Snoezelen rooms we find the time to devote ourselves to the child, listen to them and give them our trust. We would like to see many more children be able have these experiences with a Snoezelen room at their school.

Prof. Dr. Krista Mertens Humboldt University Berlin Institute for Rehabilitation Sciences

235


level Highest rt for fo m o c of needs l a individu

The deLana System – Customized Quality!

£ Tailor-made Solutions Special requirements need special solutions: we individually coordinate and tailor-make deLana for your space and requirements.

£ Special Niches We help you make the most of your space: with custom-fit and specially manufactured cushions, your niche can become a cozy retreat which invites dreaming and relaxing. Custom made items are not a problem because the robust upholstered furniture is made on location in Germany.

236

Customized production always available on request.


level Highest rt for fo of com needs l a u id indiv

Wall Mats & Wall Mirrors £ Various combination options £ Firmly bolted to the wall £ Various widths £ Adjustment to spatial

conditions £ Curved frieze £ Installation behind the

wall mat £ Light and delicate shapes £ Corner wall mirror made

of safety glass

for Water Beds

Select synthetic leather color on page 243.

Padded Elements Sofas

Wall Mats

Water Bed Headboard Mat System, width 63", 160 cm The headboard mat is firmly bolted to the wall at a distance of approx. 1 ¼", 30 mm. Indirect lighting can be installed here. Bed width: 63", 160 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm 158023 headboard mat with mirror 158022 headboard mat without mirror (not pictured)

Upholstered Headboard Mat for 39 ½", 100 cm wide water beds Carrier material: ¾", 15 mm thick plywood. W 39 ½" x H 38 ¼" x D 3", W 100 x H 97 x D 7 cm. Delivered disassembled. 158307 with mirror frieze 158306 with wood frieze, natural finish

Wall Mats & Wall Mirrors Wall Mat, upholstered

Component

Wall Mirror

Width 25 ¾", 65 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158028 with mirror frieze 158029 with frieze, white finish 158653 with wood frieze, natural finish

Width 5 ¾", 14.6 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. Is needed for platform ends left and right. 158034 mirror 158086 birch, white finish 158087 birch, natural finish

Full mirror. Width 25 ¾", 65 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158089 with beech edge, white finish 158091 with beech edge, natural finish

Wall Mat, upholstered

Wall Cover (not pictured)

Wall Mirror

Width 23", 58 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. Can also be used in a corner. 158081 with mirror frieze 158082 with frieze, white finish 158083 with wood frieze, natural finish

Size: 78 ¾" x 1 ¾", 200 x 4 cm. Must be individually tailored to the wall. 158052 3-layer panel, decor, white 158282 birch, natural finish

Full mirror. Width 23", 58 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158092 with beech edge, white finish 158093 with beech edge, natural finish

Wall Mat, upholstered

Corner wall mirror made of safety glass

Wall Mirror

Width 21 ½", 54 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. Is needed for the wave platform. 158030 with mirror frieze 158031 with frieze, white finish 158655 with wood frieze, natural finish

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Full mirror. Width 48 ½", 123 cm, height 38 ¼"/49", 97/124 cm. 158014 with beech edge, white finish 158088 with beech edge, natural finish

www.haba.de

Full mirror. Width 21 ½", 54 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158094 with beech edge, white finish 158095 with beech edge, natural finish

237


level Highest rt for fo m o c of needs l a individu

Seat and Lounge Platforms & Floor Mats with seat height of 17" and 21", 43 and 53 cm, ground cushions, height 6", 15 cm, with nonslip base Select synthetic leather color on page 239.

B

A

A

Lounge Platform

B

B

C

Medium Platform

D

C

Large Platform

D

Small Platform

W 77" x D 51 ¼", W 195 x D 130 cm. 158801 seat height 17", 43 cm 158802 seat height 21", 53 cm 099672 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm

W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158804 seat height 17", 43 cm 158805 seat height 21", 53 cm 099673 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm

W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158807 seat height 17", 43 cm 158808 seat height 21", 53 cm 099674 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm

Platform End left

Platform End right

Quadrant Unit Platform

Crescent Platform

W 57 ¼" (62") x D 40 ¾", W 145 (157) x D 103 cm. 158813 seat height 17", 43 cm 158814 seat height 21", 53 cm 099676 ground cushion left (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm

W 57 ¼" (62") x D 40 ¾", W 145 (157) x D 103 cm. 158816 seat height 17", 43 cm 158817 seat height 21", 53 cm 099677 ground cushion right (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm

W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158819 seat height 17", 43 cm 158820 seat height 21", 53 cm 099678 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm

Ø 51 ¼", 130 cm. 158831 seat height 17", 43 cm 158832 seat height 21", 53 cm 099679 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm

Quadrant Unit Platform

Corner Platform

Wave Platform

Ø 51 ¼", 130 cm. 158822 seat height 17", 43 cm 158823 seat height 21", 53 cm 099682 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm

W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158834 seat height 17", 43 cm 158835 seat height 21", 53 cm 099683 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm

W 72 ½" x D 40 ¾", W 184 x D 103 cm. 158837 seat height 17", 43 cm 158838 seat height 21", 53 cm 099684 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm

238

W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158810 seat height 17", 43 cm 158811 seat height 21", 53 cm 099675 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm


The Haba Water Bed HEADBOARD MAT on page 237.

Can be combined with the cushion ranges +

£ Lifting device accessible

Water Bed The water bed is available in two standard sizes (78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm and 86 ¾" x 63", 220 x 160 cm), and the heights 17" and 21", 43 and 53 cm. It has a 11 ¼", 28 cm tall, non-stabilized (BS 0) free flow water core. The 240 W Carbon safety heating is adjustable from 79 - 95 °F, 26 - 35 °C. The water core lies in a wide and solid foam tub, which is built with a seating edge (cold foam RG 35/60) and covered with a safety film. The white artificial leather cover can be removed with a zip. The bed can be supplemented with appropriate wall mats. It can be accessed from all sides with a lifting device. 158080 water bed, W 39 ½" x L 78 ¾", W 100 x L 200 cm, seating edge width 3", 7.5 cm (not pictured) seating edge width 3", 7.5 cm (not pictured) 158012 water bed, W 63" x L 86 ¾", W 160 x L 220 cm, seating edge width 4", 10 cm (not pictured) seating edge width 4", 10 cm (not pictured)

Order options for your

WEIS White

1021 Buttercup yellow

1028 Melon yellow

Water Bed seat height SH43 SH53

2004 Pure orange

AQBL Watercolor blue

GRÜN Green

Needed (required information)

seat height 17", 43 cm (with metal legs) seat height 21", 53 cm (with metal legs)

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

£ Wide foam seating edge

Padded Elements Sofas

platforms, wall mats and water beds

Needed (required information)

Color selection

11 ¼", 28 cm thick

38 ¼“, 97 cm (42 ¼“, 107 cm)

Specify artificial leather color (see below). Specify seat height. Not available in USA.

£ Free flow water core,

Not available in USA.

Number of water columns Optional (optional information) W115 = 1 water column Ø 6", 15 cm W215 = 2 water columns Ø 6", 15 cm W120 = 1 water column Ø 6", 15 cm W220 = 2 water columns Ø 6", 15 cm

Base body

Not available in USA.

Optional (optional information)

Write CME for the completely flame-retardant material version. Surcharge 25%.

www.haba.de

239


Wall Mats & Corner Wall Mirror

A

E

B

C

D Lounge landscape with water bed and wall mats

B

Corner wall mirror and

W 25 ¾" x D 1 ¾", W 65 x D 4 cm. 158771 side length 38 ¼", 97 cm 158772 side length 42 ¼", 107 cm 158773 side length 46 ¼", 117 cm 158774 side length 56 ¾", 144 cm

water column platfor

Wall Mat no. 1

A

Wall Mat no. 2

C

W 25 ¾" x D 1 ¾", W 65 x D 4 cm. 158767 side length 38 ¼", 97 cm 158768 side length 42 ¼", 107 cm 158769 side length 46 ¼", 117 cm 158770 side length 56 ¾", 144 cm

Corner Wall Mat no. 3, 2-piece 25 ¾" x 25 ¾", 65 x 65 cm, D 1 ¾", 4 cm. side length 38 ¼", 97 cm side length 42 ¼", 107 cm side length 46 ¼", 117 cm side length 56 ¾", 144 cm

158775 158776 158777 158778

D

Corner Mirror, 2-piece

Birch plywood with safety mirror (¼", 3 mm thick). W 24 ¼" x H 39 ¼", W 61 x H 97 cm.

158279

E

Water Bed Headboard Mat System with width of 63", 160 cm

The headboard mat is attached with Velcro® to fiberboard, which is bolted onto the wall. It couldn't be simpler. Only deliverable without mirror. Bed width: 63", 160 cm 158302 wall mat with Velcro attachment, side length 38 ¼", 97 cm 158303 wall mat with Velcro attachment, side length 42 ¼", 107 cm

Select synthetic leather color on page 243.

H 2 ½", 6 cm

Floor mat

240

H 13“, 33 cm

H 17“, 43 cm

Platform heights

38 ¼“, 97 cm

42 ½“, 107 cm

46“, 117 cm

59“, 150 cm

56 ½“, 144 cm

Wall mat

H 21“, 53 cm

!

IMPORTANT NOTE: Wall mats are available in various side lengths, to match the various seat heights of the platforms and floor mats (see figure opposite). If you have only one seat height then you can freely select the height of the wall mats: for example, you can combine a 13", 33 cm platform with wall mats that have a side length of 38 ¼", 42 ¼", 46 ¼" or 59", 97 cm, 107 cm or 150 cm.


Seat and lounge platforms Seat heights of 13", 17", and 21", 33, 43 and 53 cm

Platform no. 4b

Platform no. 5

Platform no. 5a

W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158709 H 13", 33 cm 158710 H 17", 43 cm 158711 H 21", 53 cm

W 72 ½" x D 33 ½", W 184 x D 85 cm. 158712 H 13", 33 cm 158713 H 17", 43 cm 158714 H 21", 53 cm

W 72 ½" x D 33 ½", W 184 x D 85 cm. 158760 H 13", 33 cm 158761 H 17", 43 cm 158762 H 21", 53 cm

Platform no. 11

Platform no. 12

Platform no. 13

W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158727 H 13", 33 cm 158728 H 17", 43 cm 158729 H 21", 53 cm

W 77" x D 38 ½", W 195 x D 97.5 cm. 158730 H 13", 33 cm 158731 H 17", 43 cm 158732 H 21", 53 cm

W 51 ¼" x D 49 ¼", W 130 x D 125 cm. 158733 H 13", 33 cm 158734 H 17", 43 cm 158735 H 21", 53 cm

Platform no. 6

Platform no. 7

Platform no. 8

W 25 ¾" x D 29 ¼", W 65 x D 74 cm. 158715 H 13", 33 cm 158716 H 17", 43 cm 158717 H 21", 53 cm

W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158718 H 13", 33 cm 158719 H 17", 43 cm 158720 H 21", 53 cm

W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158721 H 13", 33 cm 158722 H 17", 43 cm 158723 H 21", 53 cm

Platform no. 14

Corner Platform

Quadrant Unit Platform

Ø 51 ¼", 130 cm. 158736 H 13", 33 cm 158737 H 17", 43 cm 158738 H 21", 53 cm

W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158739 H 13", 33 cm 158740 H 17", 43 cm 158741 H 21", 53 cm

W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158742 H 13", 33 cm 158743 H 17", 43 cm 158744 H 21", 53 cm

Quadrant Unit Platform

Square Platform, large

Platform no. 9

W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158745 H 13", 33 cm 158746 H 17", 43 cm 158747 H 21", 53 cm

W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158748 H 13", 33 cm 158749 H 17", 43 cm 158759 H 21", 53 cm

W 29 ¼" x D 29 ¼", W 74 x D 74 cm. 158724 H 13", 33 cm 158725 H 17", 43 cm 158726 H 21", 53 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Padded Elements Sofas

Select synthetic leather color on page 243.

241


Floor Mats

Height 2 ½", 6 cm

Select synthetic leather color on page 243.

Floor Mat no. 3

Floor Mat no. 1

Floor Mat no. 2

D 25 ¾" x H 2 ½", D 65 x H 6 cm. 158781 W 25 ¾", 65 cm 158763 W 51 ¼", 130 cm

W 29 ¼" x H 2 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 74 x H 6 x D 65 cm.

W 25 ¾" x H 2 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x H 6 x D 65 cm.

158779

158780

Floor Mat no. 4

Floor Mat no. 5

W 29 ¼" x H 2 ½" x D 29 ¼", W 74 x H 6 x D 74 cm.

W 25 ¾" x H 2 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x H 6 x D 65 cm.

158765

158766

Seat and lounge platforms with seat height of 13", 17", and 21", 33, 43 and 53 cm

Platform no. 1

Platform no. 2

Platform no. 4a

W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158698 H 13", 33 cm 158699 H 17", 43 cm 158702 H 21", 53 cm

W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158703 H 13", 33 cm 158704 H 17", 43 cm 158705 H 21", 53 cm

W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158706 H 13", 33 cm 158707 H 17", 43 cm 158708 H 21", 53 cm

242


Padded Elements Sofas

Armchair and Sofa

with seat height of 17" and 21", 43 and 53 cm

Select synthetic leather color below.

Armchair

Sofa

W 37" x D 32 ½", W 93.5 x D 82 cm. 158208 seat height 17", 43 cm, total height 34", 86 cm 158209 seat height 21", 53 cm, total height 38", 96 cm

W 63" x D 32 ½", W 160 x D 82 cm. 158211 seat height 17", 43 cm, total height 34", 86 cm 158212 seat height 21", 53 cm, total height 38", 96 cm

How to order Mandatory options

Synthetic leather color WEIS

1021

1028

White

Buttercup yellow

Melonyellow

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

2004 Pure orange

AQBL Watercolorblue

GRÜN Green

www.haba.de

243


Floor Cushions

ADVANTAGES • stable and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute) • stationary: underside with anti-slip profile • hygienic: easy to wipe off and can be disinfected

• comfortable: pleasantly soft synthetic leather cover that is flame retardant and free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 certified product class 1). More synthetic leather benefits on page 227). • safe: Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) with an up charge of 25%

Select synthetic leather on page 227.

Ground Cushion, square

Ground Cushion, rectangular

Ground Cushion, square

Ground Cushion, rectangular

W 25 ½“ x H 6“ x D 25 ½“, W 65 x H 15 x D 65 cm.

W 51 ¼“ x H 6“ x D 25 ½“, W 130 x H 15 x D 65 cm.

W 51 ¼“ x H 6“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x H 15 x D 130 cm.

W 77“ x H 6“ x D 51 ¼“, W 195 x H 15 x D 130 cm.

023390

023391

023392

023393

Ground Cushion, corner

Ground Cushion, wave

Ground Cushion, End Element Left

Ground Cushion, End Element Right

W 51 ¼“ x H 6“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x H 15 x D 130 cm.

W 72 ½“ x H 6“ x D 40 ¾“, W 184 x H 15 x D 103 cm.

W 57 ¼“ (62“) x H 6“ x D 40 ¾“, W 145 (157) x H 15 x D 103 cm.

W 57 ¼“ (62“) x H 6“ x D 40 ¾“, W 145 (157) x H 15 x D 103 cm.

023394

023395

023396

023397

Ground Cushion, three-quarter circle

Ground Cushion, crescent

Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm x H 6“, 15 cm.

Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm x H 6“, 15 cm.

W 25 ½“ x H 6“ x D 25 ½“, W 65 x H 15 x D 65 cm.

023398

023399

023400

244

Ground Cushion, quarter-circle


Floor Cushions

Padded Elements Sofas

Covers with Quality >> Durable woven textile fabrics >> Flame retardant >> Removable and washable More information on page 226. Combination: Small corner (71” x 35”, 180 x 90 cm) and small backrest cushions Sample cover: Blue gilde birds (GVBL), fabric group 2

Large

Small

Chambered inlet.

Non-chambered

The filling of Trevira hollow fibers, foam flakes, and rods do not shift. Removable fabric. H 10”, 25 cm Removable fabric. All are filled with foam flakes and have zippered covers so they can be removed and washed at 86°F/30°C.

Hard-wearing, rugged, high-quality fabric blends that are ideal for playful activities. All are filled with foam flakes and have zippered covers so they can be removed and washed at 86°F/30°C.

H 10”, 25 cm

H 10”, 25 cm

023414 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm

023432 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm

023415 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm

023433 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm

023416 71“ x 35 ½“, 180 x 90 cm

023437 71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm

023417 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm

023438 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm

023418 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm

023444 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm

Ø 10”, 25 cm

Ø 10”, 25 cm

023419 1-piece, L 35 ½“, 90 cm 023420 1-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 023421 1-piece, L 71”, 180 cm

023445 1-piece, L 35 ½”, 90 cm 023504 1-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 023506 1-piece, L 71”, 180 cm

023422 023423 023424 023425

023508 023509 023510 023544

Quarter Circle

Back pads

2-piece, L 35 ½“, L 90 cm 2-piece L 71“/35 ½“, 180/90 cm 2-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 2-piece, L 71”, 180 cm

2-piece, L 35 ½”, 90 cm 2-piece, L 71“/35 ½“, 180/90 cm 2-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 2-piece, L 71”, 180 cm

Select fabric options on page 222 - 225. Additional charge for fabric group 2.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

245


Lounging mats in 6 sizes Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2. Sample cover: Gilde gravel blue (GKBL), fabric group 2

Quarter circle lounging mat With back cushions. Solid RG 25/40 foam core (RG = space weight – an important quality feature); underside with anti-slide bottom, covers with zippers, removable and washable at 30°C / 86 F .

Side length: 59”, 150 cm. Height 4“, 10 cm 023935 Fabric group 1 or 2 023936 Synthetic leather

Side length: 59“, 150 cm Height 8“, 20 cm 023969 Fabric group 1 or 2 023970 Synthetic leather

Square lounging mat With back cushions. RG 24/40 foam core (RG = space weight – an important quality feature); underside with anti-slide bottom, covers, removable. Side length: 53 ¼”, 135 cm.

53 ¼” x 53 ¼”, 135 x 135 cm. Height 4“, 10 cm 022254 Fabric group 1 or 2 022251 Synthetic leather

246

53 ¼” x 53 ¼”, 135 x 135 cm. Height 8“, 20 cm 022253 Fabric group 1 or 2 022240 Synthetic leather

Side length: 71“, 180 cm Height 4“, 10 cm 024148 Fabric group 1 or 2 024150 Synthetic leather

Side length: 71“, 180 cm Height 8“, 20 cm 024160 Fabric group 1 or 2 024168 Synthetic leather


Lounging Mats-cushions

Cozy cushions • Cushion elements are interchangeable in a range of combinations. • Coverings have a zipper, are removable and washable at 86 F/30°C. • Filled with foam flakes. • With hidden hook-and-loop band

B

Padded Elements Sofas

A

C

Gilde light green with gray dots (GHGP), Gilde uni gray (GGRA), fabric group 2

Select fabric options on page 223.

A

One-Cushion Element

23 ¾” x 14 ¼”, 60 x 36 cm, cushion thickness approx. 6”, 15 cm. Without hook-and-loop-band. 099588 fabric group 2

Balance training

B

Two-Cushion Element

47 ¼” x 23 ¾”, 120 x 60 cm, cushion thickness approx. 8”, 20 cm. 099586 fabric group 2

C

Four-Cushion Element

48“ x 48“, 120 x 120 cm; cushion thickness approx. 8“, 20 cm. 099585 fabric group 2

Lounge pillow in 2 sizes

as lying pillow Synthetic leather, 5017 Traffic Blue

positioning cushion Lounge Cushions These lounge cushions are well suited for balancing exercises. The Styrofoam beads in the filling adapt completely to the body. W 78 ¾“ x H 12“ x D 52“, W 200 x H 30 x D 130 cm. 024170 Fabric group 1 or 2 024172 Synthetic leather

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Feet dark green (FUDG), fabric group 1

www.haba.de

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2.

247


Fold-Up Mats

Sample cover: Gilde blue dark dots (GBPL), fabric group 2

Illustration: Triangle Fold-Up Mat (59“ x 59“,150 x 150 cm) combined with two platforms (on page 216). Triangle mat folded out

Sample cover: Gilde Blue with green dots (GIBG), fabric group 2

For Kindergarten

For School

Triangle Fold-Up Mat, small

Triangle Fold-Up Mat, large

Triangle Fold-Up Mat, large

With back pads. Firm foam core RG 25/40; removable covering with zipper; fabric coverings are washable at 86°F/30°C. Height 6”, 15 cm or when folded up 12”, 30 cm. Footprint: 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm. 023545 Fabric group 1 or 2 023841 Synthetic leather

With back pads. Firm foam core RG 25/40; removable covering with zipper; fabric coverings are washable at 86°F/30°C. Height 6”, 15 cm or when folded up 12”, 30 cm. Footprint: 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm. 023840 Fabric group 1 or 2 023910 Synthetic leather

With back pads. Firm foam core RG 25/40; removable covering with zipper; fabric coverings are washable at 86°F/30°C. Height 7 ¾”, 20 cm or when folded up 15 ¾”, 40 cm. Footprint 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm. 023871 Fabric group 1 or 2 023890 Synthetic leather

Select fabric options on page 222 - 225. Additional charge for fabric group 2.

Quarter-Circle-Fold-Up Mat Foam core RG 24/40. With back pads. Dimensions when folded up: Side length 55 ¼”, 140 cm, height 4”, 10 cm. Dimensions when folded to a halfcircle: Ø 110 ¼”, 280 cm, height 2”, 5 cm. 022573 Fabric group 1 or 2 022517 Synthetic leather

248


Folding Mats

Sample cover: Gilde green with blue dots (GIGB), fabric group 2

folded Quarter–Circle Mat

With back pads. Solid RG 25/40 foam core; fabric covers with zipper, removable and washable at 86°F, 30°C. Height 6“ and 12“, 15 and 30 cm. Leg length: 59“, 150 cm. 023912 Fabric group 1 or 2 023911 Synthetic leather

Padded Elements Sofas

Quarter-Circle Folding Mat

Leg length: 71“, 180 cm. 023913 Fabric group 1 or 2 023921 Synthetic leather

Benefits • many fabrics/colors to choose from: synthetic leather or fabric covers can be found on pages 222 - 227.

• strong: quality RG 25/40 foam (=space weight) • safe: sofas available with flame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% up charge.

• easy-care: covers removable and washable at 30°C / 86 F

Select fabric options on page 222 - 225. Additional charge for fabric group 2.

A Chair

Couch

B Lounger

Quickly Changed Unfold them into a comfortable place to lounge. Folded, they offer a cozy seating area. Both the Folding Sofa and the Folding Chair are versatile and space-saving. Made from 6 ¾“, 17 cm thick upholstered foam with an 8“, 20 cm high backrest. The covers have a sewn-in hidden zipper making them easy to remove.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

B

A

Folding Chair

Size as chair: W 24“ x H 13 ½“ x D 24“, W 60 x H 34 x D 60 cm; backrest: 8“ x 8“, 20 x 20 cm. 023927 Fabric group 1 or 2

www.haba.de

Folding Couch

Couch (unfolded): W 59“ x H 6 ¾“, D 47 ¼“, W 150 x H 17 x D 120 cm. Couch: W 59“ x H 13 ½“ x D 24“, W 150 x H 34 x D 60 cm; backrest: 8“ x 8“, 20 x 20 cm. 023928 Fabric group 1 or 2

249


Seating Elements

Toddler and Kindergarten

Sample cover: Gilde light green, with gray dots (GHGP), fabric group 2

1-Seater

2-Seater

3-Seater

Seat Height 9 ½“, 24 cm

Seat Height 12“, 30 cm

Early Learners Armchair

Afterschool Armchair

W 23“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 18 ¼“, W 58 x H 46 x D 46 cm. Seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, width seat 11 ¼“, 28 cm. 024180 Fabric group 1 or 2 024244 Synthtetic Leather

W 28“ x H 21 ¾“ x D 21 ¾“, W 71 x H 55 x D 55 cm. Seat depth 15“, 38 cm, seat width 14“, 35 cm. 024245 Fabric group 1 or 2 024246 Synthetic Leather

• Strong: quality RG 25/40 foam (=space weight)

Early Learners Sofa, 2-Seater

Afterschool Sofa, 2-Seater

W 34“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 18 ¼“, W 86 x H 46 x D 46 cm. Seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, width seat 22 ¼“, 56 cm. 024267 Fabric group 1 or 2 024425 Synthetic Leather

W 41“ x H 21 ¾“ x D 21 ¾“, W 104 x H 55 x D 55 cm. Seat depth 15“, 38 cm, width seat 27“, 68 cm. 024427 Fabric group 1 or 2 024428 Synthetic Leather

• Easy-care: covers removable and washable at 30°C / 86 F

Early Learners Sofa, 3-Seater

Afterschool Sofa, 3-Seater

W 44 ¼“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 18 ¼“, W 112 x H 46 x D 46 cm. Seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, width seat 32 ½“, 82 cm. 024430 Fabric group 1 or 2 024431 Synthetic Leather

W 53 ¾“ x H 21 ¾“ x D 21 ¾“, W 136 x H 55 x D 55 cm. Seat depth 15“, 38 cm, width seat 39 ½“, 100 cm. 024442 Fabric group 1 or 2 024443 Synthetic Leather

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2

250

Benefits

• Stationary and firmly: Underside with anti-slide profile

• Many fabrics/colors to choose from: synthetic leather or fabric covers can be found on pages 222 - 227. • Safe: sofas available with flame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% up charge.


Seating Elements

DERGARTEN

for PRESCHOOL & KIN

Sidd

Select Synthetic Leather – single- or bi-color

Wall Decorations on page 366.

HGHB seat/backrest light green/ sides light blue

GRMG seat/backrest green sides may green

ABHB seat/backrest watercolor blue sides light blue

Further color combinations available on request for an additional charge.

Padded Elements Sofas

SINGLE COLOR SYNTHETIC LEATHER on page 227.

Premium Quality for Seating Elements Sidd • Kind to the skin: pleasantly soft, phthalate-free synthetic leather, espe cially suited for infants and toddlers (Öko-Tex product class I certified)

• Robust with sturdy proportions: high-quality foamed plastic core with ideal compression hardness (RG H25/60). • Stability: cover that doesn‘t slip, because it is firmly fused to the bottom

• Hygienic: easy to wipe-off disinfect

• Stable and slip-proof: heavy elements with rubberized, nonskid bottom that is firmly connected to the foamed plastic core (glue-laminated)

• Safe: cushions supplied made completely of flame retardant materials (CME) at your request for an additional 25% price.

2-Seater

3-Seater

Corner

13 ½“, 34 cm

24 ¼“, 62 cm

10 ½“, 26 cm 20“, 50.4 cm

17“, 42.7 cm

1-Seater

20 ½“, 51.7 cm

7“, 18 cm

14 ¾“, 37.4 cm

MORE ELEMENTS on page 266/267.

23 ½“, 59.4 cm

Seat Height 7“, 18 cm

Seat Height 10 ¼“, 26 cm

Seat Height 13 ½“, 34 cm

Toddler Armchair, 1-Seater

Kindergarten Armchair, 1-Seater

Preschool Armchair, 1-Seater

W 12”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 17”, W 30 x H 37.4 x D 42.7 cm.

W 14”, x H 20 ¼”, x D 20” W 35 x H 51.7 x D 50.4 cm.

W 19 ¾”, x H 24 ¼”, x D 23”, W 50 x H 62 x D 59.4 cm.

024444 Toddler Sofa, 2-Seater

024450 Kindergarten Sofa, 2-Seater

024668 Preschool Sofa, 2-Seater

W 24”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 17”, W 60 x H 37.4 x D 42.7 cm.

W 27 ½”, x H 20 ¼”, x D20”, W 70 x H 51.7 x D 50.4 cm.

W 39 ¼”, xH 24 ¼”, x D 23”, W 100 x H 62 x D 59.4 cm.

024445

024665

024669

Toddler Sofa, 3-Seater

Kindergarten Sofa, 3-Seater

Preschool Sofa, 3-Seater

W 35 ½”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 17”, W 90 x H 37.4 x D 42.7 cm.

W 39 ¼”, x H 20 ¼”, x D 20”, W 100 x H 51.7 x D 50.4 cm.

W 49 ¼”, x H 24 ¼”, x D 23”, W 125 x H 62 x D 59.4 cm.

024447

024666

024670

Toddler Sofa, Corner

Kindergarten Sofa, Corner

Preschool Sofa, Corner

W 19”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 19”, W 48.6 x H 37.4 x D 48.6 cm.

W 25 ¼”, x H 20 ¼”, x D 25 ¼”, W 64.1 x H 51.7 x D 64.1 cm.

W 30 ½”, x H 24 ¼”, x D 30 ½”, W 77 x H 62 x D 77 cm.

024448

024667

024671

Select synthetic leather on page 227

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

251


Sofas

Benefits • Sturdy: foam RG24140 and wood frame • Easy-care: removable cover made of outdoor material (100% polyester) • Hygienic: covers washable at 86 F / 30°C

Cloud

drift away into the world of books

Cloudy Sofa The seating area is deep enough for children to lie down while parents sit comfortably to read them stories. With 2 cloud cushions and 2 pockets on the back side. Sturdy base construction; foam, removable cover of cotton/polyester, washable. W 55 ¼“ x H 32 3/2“ x D 35 ½“; W 140 x H 83 x D 90 cm. Seat height: 10“, 25 cm.

112955

Rainbow

Blossom

Blossom Sofa Rainbow Sofa Seating surface bright blue, armrest red, orange, yellow, green and bright blue. W 55 ¼” x H 30 ¾“ x D 35 ½“, W 140 x H 78 x D 90 cm, seating height 10”, 25 cm.

Seating surface orange/green, armrest yellow. W 55 ¼” x H 30 ¾“ x D 35 ½“, W 140 x H 78 x D 90 cm, seating height 10 ”, 25 cm. Order butterfly cushions below.

112954

112952

Butterfly cushion Cover 35% cotton / 65% polyester, filling made of polyester cotton. Completely washable at 86 F / 30º C. W 16 ¼” x H 4 ¾“ x D 13 ½“, W 41 x H 12 x D 34 cm.

091768

252


Boat

Padded Elements Sofas

Explorer Sofa

This sofa comes from the room concept (from p. 111).

Boat Sofa If you climb aboard here you don't have to worry about the waves. Seat light gray/ dark gray, backrest light blue/gray. W 55 ¼" x H 30 ¾" x D 35 ½", W 140 x H 78 x D 90 cm, seat height 10", 25 cm.

Discovery Rooms!

022922

Mountain

Explorer Sofa Back and side parts brown/beige. Rear has 5 mm MDF panel as reinforcement. Robust foam core (RG 35/55). Cover is removable and washable. Underside is completely covered with non-slip fabric. W 78 ¾“ x H 23 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 200 x H 59.5 x D 80 cm. Seat width 45 ½“, 115 cm, height 9 ¼“, 22 cm, depth 16 ¾“/21 ¾“, 42/55 cm. 158385 Fabric group 1 or 2 158390 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for Fabric group 2.

Mountain Sofa It's never been this cozy to "climb" on a mountain. Seat light green/blue, backrest gray/white. W 49" x H 28 ½" x D 31 ½", W 124 x H 72 x D 80 cm, seat height 10“, 25 cm.

024590

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Fabric

Synthetic Leather

Two-tone

Two-tone

&% %URZQ *UHHQ

./ *UH\ *UHHQ

&% %URZQ %OXH

./ *UH\ %OXH

&% %URZQ <HOORZ

./ *UH\ <HOORZ

www.haba.de

253


Example-Cover: Gilde Uni green (GGRÜ), fabric group 2

s a f o S O L L E B E R Sofa “Rebello“, Angular corner

Sofa “Rebello“, Quarter-Circle

19 ¾“, 50 cm, Length of sides 30“, 76 cm, seat depth t 31 ½“, 80 cm. seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm, overall heigh 158419 Fabric group 1 or 2 158420 Synthetic leather

19 ¾”, 50 cm, element with 2 seat backs. Seat depth t 31 ½”, 80 cm. heigh ll overa cm, 42 ½”, 16 t heigh seat 2 or 1 158421 Fabric group 158422 Synthetic leather

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227.

Sofa “Rebello“, Round Corner

¾”, 50 cm, element with seat back. Seat depth 19 t 31 ½”, 80 cm. seat height 16 ½”, 42 cm, overall heigh 2 or 1 group Fabric 23 1584 158424 Synthetic leather

Additonal charge for fabric group 2.

Strong quality • strong: powder-coated steel tube frame; flat iron included for secure connection of individual furniture elements • stable in shape and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 35/45 in the seat area and RG 24/40 for the backs (RG = density – an important quality attribute)

254

• Many fabric to choose from: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227) • safe: on request for a 25% upcharge, padding is available in highly flame-retardant materials (CME).

• versatile: many configurations possible • easy-care: covers removable and washable at 86 F / 30°C.


Sofas

Padded Elements Sofas

Example-Cover: Gilde red (GROT), fabric group 2

ngement, or as bench along the

As sitting nook, circular seating arra

Sofa “Rebello“, Armchair

wall.

Sofa “Rebello“, 3-Seater

Sofa “Rebello“, 2-Seater

height 16 ½“, W 25 ½“ x D 30“, W 65 x D 76 cm, seat cm. 80 ½“, 31 t heigh ll 42 cm, overa 158417 Fabric group 1 or 2 158418 Synthetic leather

height 16 ½“, W 51 ¼” x D 30“, W 130 x D 76 cm, seat 42 cm, overall height 31 ½“, 80 cm. 158415 Fabric group 1 or 2 158416 Synthetic leather

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227.

height 16 W 76 ¾“ x D 30“, W 195 x D 76 cm, seat 42 cm, overall height 31 ½“, 80 cm. 158413 Fabric group 1 or 2 158414 Synthetic leather

½“,

Additonal charge for fabric group 2.

How to order Mandatory Options Cover description

www.haba.de

Choose from different fabrics, most of which are highly flame-retardant. An overview and the features of all covers page 222 - 227.

255


Chill Out

1 x Sofa, square, 1 x Sofa, concav, 2 x Corner Sample cover: CanvasBione light green (CB04) and CanvasBione gray brown (CB09), fabric group 2

Easy to reconfigure

Advantages Sofa “Chill Out”, Square With 4 feet. W 43“ x H 29“ x D 43“, W 110 x H 75 x D 110 cm. Seat height: 43 cm, 17“. 158500 Fabric group 1 or 2 158600 Synthetic leather

Sofa “Chill Out”, Corner With 5 feet. W 43“ x H 29“ x D 43“, W 110 x H 75 x D 110 cm. Seat height: 43 cm, 17“. 158505 Fabric group 1 or 2 158605 Synthetic leather

• Versatile: stand-alone or in combination • Stable and robust: high-quality, longlasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute) • Sturdy: Steel tube feet • Many colors and fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227)

Sofa “Chill Out”, Concave With 5 feet. W 55“ x H 29 “ x D 42“, W 140 x H 75 x D 115 cm. Seat height: 43 cm, 17“. 158520 Fabric group 1 or 2 158620 Synthetic leather

Stool “Chill Out” With 4 feet. W 43 ½“ x H 17“ x D 43“, W 110 x H 43 x D 110 cm. 158515 Fabric group 1 or 2 158615 Synthetic leather

• Safe: Padding is available in flameretardant materials (CME) with an up charge

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge fabric group 2.

256


Sofas

Relax

Modern shapes with plenty of options!

All Relax sofas work on their own, or they can be joined to create seating or relaxation landscapes. Their sizes are coordinated, and their high-quality covers make them ideal for relaxing.

Padded Elements Sofas

SINGLE ELEMENTS on the next pages.

Sample cover: CanvasBione light green (CB04) and CanvasBione gray brown (CB09), fabric group 2

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

257


Relax-Sofas Advantages • Versatile: stand-alone or as sitting and reclining landscapes for leisure areas • Stable in shape and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute.) • Sturdy: steel tube feet (Ø 2 ½“, 6 cm, H 9“, 12.4 cm) with height-adjustable levelers • Many colors and fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227)

• Backrest attached with hidden bolts: the backrest is inserted into the body and bolted on the bottom. This means no visable hardware.

• Easy care: covers removable and washable at 30 °C / 86 F • Safe: Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) for an up charge.

Relax Sofa, Square, small

Relax Sofa, Square, large

W 25 ¾“ x D 25 ¾“, W 65 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm. 158062 Fabric group 1 or 2 158117 Synthetic leather

W 51 ¼“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158061 Fabric group 1 or 2 158132 Synthetic leather

Relax Sofa, Square, with 1 Seat Back

Relax Sofa, Rectangular, small

Relax Sofa, Rectangular, large

W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158064 Fabric group 1 or 2 158135 Synthetic leather

W 102 ½“ x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158063 Fabric group 1 or 2 158139 Synthetic leather

Relax Sofa, Square, with 1 Seat Back

Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with 1 Seat Back

Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with 2 Seat Backs

W 25 ¾” x D 25 ¾”, W 65 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“, 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158122 Fabric group 1 or 2 158118 Synthetic leather

W 51 ¼“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“, 111 cm, total height 30“, 76 cm. 158120 Fabric group 1 or 2 158133 Synthetic leather

W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“ , 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158124 Fabric group 1 or 2 158136 Synthetic leather

W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158128 Fabric group 1 or 2 158142 Synthetic leather

Relax Sofa, Square, with 2 Seat Backs

Relax Sofa, Square, with 2 Seat Backs

Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat Right Back

Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat Right Back

W 25 ¾” x D 25 ¾”, W 65 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“, 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158123 Fabric group 1 or 2 158119 Synthetic leather

W 51 ¼“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30“, 76 cm. 158121 Fabric group 1 or 2 158134 Synthetic leather

W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“, 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158126 Fabric group 1 or 2 158138 Synthetic leather

W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158130 Fabric group 1 or 2 158144 Synthetic leather

Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with 4 Seat Backs

Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat Left Back

Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat left Back

W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158131 Fabric group 1 or 2 158145 Synthetic leather

W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“ , 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158125 Fabric group 1 or 2 158137 Synthetic leather

W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158129 Fabric group 1 or 2 158143 Synthetic leather

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge fabric group 2.

258


Sofas

Padded Elements Sofas

Gilde uni clear blue (GAQB) and Gilde brown with blue dots (GIAQ), fabric group 2

Sample cover: CanvasBione dark blue (CB01), fabric group 2

Sample cover: CanvasBione orange (CB06) and XTREME red (CB05), fabric group 2

Sample cover: CanvasBione light blue (CB02) and Gilde dark blue (CB01), fabric group 2

Relax Sofa, Round

Relax Sofa, Round

Relax Sofa, Semicircle

Relax Sofa, Quarter-Circle

Ø 25 ¼“, Ø 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm. 158314 Fabric group 1 or 2 158315 Synthetic leather

Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158078 Fabric group 1 or 2 158154 Synthetic leather

Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158060 Fabric group 1 or 2 158153 Synthetic leather

radius 38 ½“, 97,5 cm, side length 25 ¾”, 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158312 Fabric group 1 or 2 158313 Synthetic leather

25

, ¾“

Relax Sofa, Half-Round

Relax Sofa, Corner Element

W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158316 Fabric group 1 or 2 158317 Synthetic leather

51 ¼“ x 51 ¼“, 130 x 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158072 Fabric group 1 or 2 158149 Synthetic leather

cm

Relax-Sofa

Removeable backrests

m

5c

,6

“ 5¾

65

2

Daybed

Relax Sofa, Corner Element with 2 Backs W 51 ¼” x D 51 ¼”, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, total height 30“, 76 cm. 158127 Fabric group 1 or 2 158272 Synthetic leather

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge fabric group 2.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

The two padded backrests are mounted on steel holders and can be removed if desired. This results in a comfortable daybed. W 77“ x D 26“, W 195 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm, total height 28 ½“, 72 cm. 104403 Fabric group 1 or 2 104405 Synthetic leather

www.haba.de

259


Boomerang

Fabric shown: CanvasBione light blue (CB02) and CanvasBione gray brown (CB09), fabric group 2

Make your own combinations

Advantages • Versatile: stand-alone or in combination • Stable and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute.) • Sturdy: all supporting elements of the wooden frame are made of solid beech wood • Optically “floating” backrest: connected to body by chromed-plated metal fittings • Easy care: covers removable and washable at 30 °C / 86 F • Modern: silver-painted wooden feet with plastic gliders • Many colors and fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227) • Safe: Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) with an up charge of 25%.

Sofa “Boomerang”

Ottoman “Boomerang”

W 79“ x D 46“, W 200 x D 116 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm. 158550 Fabric group 1 or 2 158560 Synthetic leather

W 36 ½“ x D 29“, W 93 x D 74 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm. 158555 Fabric group 1 or 2 158565 Synthetic leather

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2.

260


SofasSofas

High-back

Padded Elements Padded Elements Sofas Sofas Room Decorations

It's great when there's someone to lean on during breaks or between lessons. Up to two students can relax on this modern and super-comfortable sofa.

Select your two-tone cover Synthetic leather

KL01 Taupe/green/ Turquoise piping

KL06 Taupe/strawberry red/ ecru-beige piping

Advantages • Dimensionally stable and robust: high quality, durable foam RG 35/55 (seat) and RG 28/40 (backrest) = density – an important quality attribute. • Extremely stable: robust wooden frame with 4 metal feet, underside completely closed with stretch fabric. • Modern: high back in fresh colors • Covers can be freely selected: either single color or 3 two-tone variants with color-contrasting piping. Synthetic leather or fabric cover. • Safe: for a 25% upcharge it can also be delivered completely covered in low flammability fabrics (CME)

KL04 Taupe/turquoise blue/ green piping

Fabric (group 2 Canvas Bione)

CB50 Brown-beige/light green/ light blue piping

CB53 Brown-beige/red/ light green piping

CB51 Color-contrast piping

Brown-beige/light blue/ brown-black piping

High-backed two-seater Further color combinations available on request for an additional charge.

SINGLE COLOR COVER FABRICS can be found in the "Fabrics" pages 222-227.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

The 4 robust metal feet of this high-backed seat means it is extremely stable. Can be positioned on the wall or be free standing. W 47 ¼" x H 39 ½" x D 30 ¾", W 120 x H 100 x D 78 cm, seat height 16 ¾", 42 cm, seat depth 21", 53 cm. 158400 Fabric group 1 or 2 158410 Synthetic leather Select fabric options two-tone (see left) or single color (page 222 - 227).

www.haba.de

261


Sofas without armrests

A B

C

D Sample covering: Gilde uni gray (GGRA) and uni light green (GHEG), Fabric group 2

Seating height

15“ 38 cm Seating height

18“, 46 cm

A

Corner Couch

B

Rectangle with Seat Back

C

Rectangle without Seat Back

W 54“ x D 54”, W 137 x D 137 cm. Complete height: 28 ¾“, 73 cm. 094250 Fabric group 1 or 2 094252 Synthetic leather

W 47 ¼“ x D 30 ½“, W 120 x D 77 cm. Complete height: 28 ¾“, 73 cm. 094255 Fabric group 1 or 2 094257 Synthetic leather

W 47 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 094260 Fabric group 1 or 2 094262 Synthetic leather

W 54“ x D 54”, W 137 x D 137 cm. Complete height: 32“, 81 cm. 094270 Fabric group 1 or 2 094272 Synthetic leather

W 47 ¼“ x D 30 ½“, W 120 x D 77 cm. Complete height: 32“, 81 cm. 094275 Fabric group 1 or 2 094277 Synthetic leather

W 47 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 094280 Fabric group 1 or 2 094282 Synthetic leather

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2.

Seating height

15“ 38 cm

D

Cube

W 23 ¾“ x D 23 ¾“, W 60 x D 60 cm. 094265 Fabric group 1 or 2 094267 Synthetic leather

THE BENEFITS you get from sofas with & without armrests • Sturdy: robust RG 30/42 foam core (= space weight – an important quality feature) • Optimum seating comfort: geared towards school and after school

Seating height

18“, 46 cm

W 23 ¾“ x D 23 ¾“, W 60 x D 60 cm. 094285 Fabric group 1 or 2 094287 Synthetic leather

• Easy-care: covers with zippers –> removable with washable fabrics • Many colors/fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric cover (you can find a quality description and designs on page 222 - 227). The covers can be replaced at any time. • Safe: these sofas can be ordered with flame retardant materials (CME) at your request for an additional 25% up charge.

262


Sofas

With armrests Seating height 15“, 38 cm E

After-school Cube

F

After-school Armchair

G

After-school Sofa, 2-Seater

H

After-school Sofa, 3-Seater

W 16“ x H 15“ x D 16“, W 40 x H 38 cm x D 40 cm. 094170 Fabric group 1 or 2 094175 Synthetic leather

W 31 ½“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 80 x H 60 x D 60 cm; seating area: W 16“ x D 16“, W 40 x D 40 cm. 094160 Fabric group 1 or 2 094165 Synthetic leather

W 55“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 140 x H 60 x D 60 cm; seating area: W 39“ x D 16“, W 100 x D 40 cm. 094140 Fabric group 1 or 2 094145 Synthetic leather

H

Padded Elements Sofas

3-Seater

W 71“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 180 x H 60 x D 60 cm; seating area: W 55“ x D 16“, W 140 x D 40 cm. 094150 Fabric group 1 or 2 094155 Synthetic leather

Sample covering: Gilde uni blu (GBLA), Fabric group 2

E

F

G

H

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2.

Seating height 18“, 45 cm

Sofas in XL

After-school Cube XL W 18“ x H 18“ x D 18“, W 45 x H 45 x D 45 cm. 094164 Fabric group 1 or 2 094169 Synthetic leather

Sample covering: CanvasBione red (CB05), Fabric group 2

After-school Armchair XL W 37 ½“ x H 29 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 95 x H 75 x D 73 cm. Seating area: W 18“ x D 18“, W 48 x D 48 cm. 094161 Fabric group 1 or 2 094166 Synthetic leather

After-school Sofa, 2-Seater XL W 59“ x H 29 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 150 x H 75 x D 73 cm. Seating area: W 39“ x D 18“, W 100 x D 48 cm. 094162 Fabric group 1 or 2 094167 Synthetic leather

After-school Sofa, 3-Seater XL W 80 ¾“ x H 29 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 205 x H 75 x D 73 cm. seating area: W 61“ x D 18“, W 155 x D 48 cm. 094163 Fabric group 1 or 2 094168 Synthetic leather

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

3-Seater

www.haba.de

263


Removable seat and backrest cushions

Sofa with backrest and seat cushions The special thing about this sofa: the backrest and seat cushions can be taken off. Their covers can be removed and washed. The base is covered with synthetic leather in 7012 taupe (not removable), which is easy-care, and can be wiped clean or disinfected. There are non-slip strips on the seating surface so that the cushions don‘t slip. Stable wooden frame, 4 metal feet, seating surface full foam RG 35/50, backrest

cushion RG 20/20. W 59 ¼“ x H 35 ½“ x D 32 ½“, W 150 x H 90 x D 82 cm, seat height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, seat depth 19 ¾“, 50 cm, seat width 47 ¼“, 120 cm, backrest height approx. 17 ½“, 44 cm. 158570 Fabric group 1 or 2 158575 Synthetic leather

Relaxing Atmosphere Pillows Filling: polyester fleece beads. Cover with zipper; washable at 86° F / 30° C. 098865 15 ¾“ x 15 ¾“, 40 x 40 cm 098866 19 ¾“ x 19 ¾“, 50 x 50 cm 098867 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm

Cushions in 3 Sizes

Armchair “FAN“ with round base

Coat Stand

Waiting Room Column Table

With integrated umbrella stand, removable drip-catcher, 5 stylish hooks for hanging with light-colored wooden knobs and heavy marble base. Powder-coated silver metal, wood. Ø 15“, H 74“; Ø 38 cm, H 188 cm.

Table top made of strong 10 mm frosted glass, powdercoated steel frame. H 17 ¾“ 45 cm, top Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm, foot plate Ø 19“, 48 cm. 466650 white aluminum 466651 chrom

096330

Round base with return spindle, turning. Black with white contrast seams. Chromed base. W 26 ½“ x H 34“ x D 23 ¾“, W 67 x H 86 x D 60 cm. Seat height: 17 ¾“, 45 cm. Weight: 59 ¾ lb, 27 kg.

096103 096101 with runner frame, chromed, incl. glides (not shown) weight: 31 lb, 14 kg.

096102 with spider legs, chromed, incl. glides

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2.

264

(not shown) weight: 31 lb, 14 kg


Upholstered Furniture ”Chill”

Upholstered Furniture “Chill“

Armchair

2-seater

W 26“, 66 cm, seat width 20 ½“, 52 cm. 091853 Fabric group 1 or 2 091863 Synthetic leather

W 53 ¼“, 135 cm, seat width 46 ¼“, 117 cm. 091854 Fabric group 1 or 2 091864 Synthetic leather

Padded Elements Sofas

Stylish and comfortable: everyone loves sitting in these. Wood frame combined with chipboard, sides covered with Diolen cotton; seat and back with padding springs and foam- backrest with foam and straps; wood feet. D 34“, 86 cm, overall height 27 ½“, 70 cm, seat height 15 ¾“, 40 cm, seat depth 21 ¼“, 54 cm.

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2.

Relax-Daybed Removeable Backrests

Convenient. If require d, the sofa turns into a bed .

Daybed The two padded backrests are mounted on steel holders and can be removed if desired for a comfortable daybed. W 77“ x D 26“, W 195 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm, total height 28 ¼“, 72 cm. 104403 Fabric group 1 or 2 104405 Synthetic leather

MORE RELAX-SOFAELEMENTS page 258-259.

Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

265


Stools in 6 Forms & 4 Sizes Premium Q Quality lit li • Robust and durable: stable foam core with ideal firmness RG 25/60 (= density – an important quality feature.) • Stability: cover that doesn‘t slip, because it is firmly fused to the bottom • Stable and slip-proof: heavy elements with rubberized, non-skid bottom that is firmly connected to the foamed plastic core (gluelaminated)

A

• Comfortable: pleasantly soft and flame retardant artificial leather free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 product class 1 certified). • Hygienic: easy to wipe-off disinfect • Safe: pads available with flame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% upcharge.

For sitting, playing or reading these flexible elements can be used in many areas. Each of the 6 shapes is available in four heights to suit all ages.

A Seating Element

moon

Seat height 7

¼“, 18 cm Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Seat height 14“, 35 cm Seat height 17“, 43 cm

140070 Ø 10“, 25 cm

140071 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm

140072 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm

140075 Ø 10“, 25 cm

140076 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm

140077 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm

140080 Ø 12“, 30 cm

140081 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm

140082 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm

140085 Ø 14“, 35 cm

140086 Ø 27 ¾“, 70 cm

140087 Ø 41 ¼“, 105 cm

140050 Ø 10“, 25 cm

140051 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm

140052 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm

140055 Ø 10“, 25 cm

140056 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm

140057 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm

140060 Ø 12“, 30 cm

140061 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm

140062 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm

140065 Ø 14“, 35 cm

140066 Ø 27 ¾“, 70 cm

140067 Ø 41 ¼“, 105 cm

B Seating Element

Round

Seat height 7

¼“, 18 cm Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Seat height 14“, 35 cm Seat height 17“, 43 cm

Select synthetic leather on page 227.

266


Seat Elements

C

Select synthetic leather single- or bi-color

CABINET (508430) on page 171.

seat/backrest light green/ sides light blue

GRMG seat/backrest green sides May green

A

ABHB seat/backrest watercolor blue sides light blue

B

Under the compartments this cabinet even has space for 3 cubes with max. 14“, 35 cm seat height.

Quadrant

SYNTHETIC LEATHER on page 227.

Rectangular Block

Trapezoid

140090 W 10“ x D 10“, 25 x 25 cm

140100 W 19 ¾“ x D 10“, 50 x 25 cm

140105 W 29 ¾“ x D 8“, 75 x 20 cm

140091 W 10“ x D 10“, 25 x 25 cm

140101 W 19 ¾“ x D 10“, 50 x 25 cm

140106 W 29 ¾“ x D 8“, 75 x 20 cm

140092 W 12“ x D 12“, 30 x 30 cm

140102 W 23 ¾“ x D 12“, 60 x 30 cm

140107 W 35 ½“ x D 10“ , 90 x 25 cm

140093 W 14“ x D 14“, 35 x 35 cm

140103 W 27 ¾“ x D 14“, 70 x 35 cm

140108 W 41 ¼“x D 15“, 105 x 38 cm

C Seat Element

Square

Seat height 7

¼“, 18 cm Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Seat height 14“, 35 cm Seat height 17“, 43 cm Seat Element

Hexagon Seat height 14“,

35 cm

140110 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm

Seat height

17“, 43 cm

140111 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm

140112 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm 140113 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm

Select synthetic leather on page 227.

Examples of Combinations Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

267

Padded Elements Sofas

HGHB


A

C

B

Gilde uni green (GGRÜ) and blue with green dots (GIBG), fabric group 2

A

Small Block

B

W 19 ¾” x H 4 ¾” x D 19 ¾”, W 50 x H 12 x D 50 cm. 111064 Fabric group 1 or 2 098776 Synthetic leather

Medium Block

W 19 ¾” x H 9 ½” x D 19 ¾”, W 50 x H 24 x D 50 cm. 111063 Fabric group 1 or 2 098775 Synthetic leather

C

Large Block

W 19 ¾” x H 14 ¼” x D 19 ¾”, W 50 x H 36 x D 50 cm. 111062 Fabric group 1 or 2 098774 Synthetic leather

Select fabric options on page 222-227. Additional charge for fabric group 2.

Sit- & Play Snake

Sit and Play Snake Sit down to experience fun adventures. Crawl on or sit to read. Foamed plastic RG 24/40 with synthetic leather cover (with zipper). Color: May green, light green, pure orange. W 110 ¼” x D 12”, W 280 x D 30 cm, height of head 35 ½”, 90 cm, tip of the tail 20” high, 51 cm.

024672

268


Seating Sacks

Fridolin likes curling snugly along the floor giving children a ride on his back. Cover of soft plush and velours. Underside of polyester. W 31 ½“ x H 24“ x D 23 ½“, W 80 x H 61 x D 60 cm.

108605

Winnie the Worm Cover made of velour, underside made of durable polyester. Filling: 3 inlets with Styrofoam flakes. Cover removable and washable at 86° F / 30° C. W 59 ¼“ x H 10 ¼“, W 150 x H 26; head width approx. 15“, 40 cm. Volume: body 45 l, head 20 l, nose 4 l.

090825

Underside made of hard-wearing canvas

”Sheep” Beanbag Big enough for two. Cotton plush made of organically grown cotton, underside made of hard-wearing fabric (100% polyester), bell with band made of plush (both made of polyacrylic; removable for washing). Can be washed at 86 °F, 30 °C; separate lining filled with Styrofoam balls. W 31 ½“ x H 19 ¾“x D 17 ¾“, W 80 x H 50 x D 45 cm.

Fur: cotton plush

090965

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

269

Padded Elements Sofas

Dragon Seat Fridolin


With carry handle

Ø 27 ¾“, 70 cm A

B

In 4 color combinations C

D

43 ½“ x 27 ¾“, 110 x 70 cm. Ball Bean Bag Bean Bag With Handle Can be moved easily and is suitable for use outside. Separate insert filled with polystyrene balls, removable cover (with zip) made of robust fabric (100% polyester), with PVC lining to make it water-resistant. Easy to wipe clean and flame resistant. 43 ½" x 27 ¾", 110 x 70 cm. Volume: 8 cu. feet, 220 l. Color: multi (light green, teal, anthracite, orange).

022923

For inside and outside. In 4 colors. Separate insert filled with polystyrene balls, removable cover (zip on the base) made of robust fabric (100% polyester), with PVC lining inside to make it water-resistant. Easy to wipe clean and flame resistant. Ø approx. 27 ¾", 70 cm. Volume: 10 cu. feet, 280 l. A 022925 orange/anthracite B 022917 red/anthracite C 022929 light green/anthracite D 022927 teal/anthracite

These bean bags come from the room concept

Discovery Rooms! See page 110.

270


Bean Bags

Padded Elements Sofas

Bean Bags

Two Sizes and four Colors

Sit Down and Relax Covering of Cordura (canvas), with zipper for easy removal. Washable at 86°F/ 30°C; filled with Styrofoam beads. Beads for refilling sold separately.

Lounging bag, 7 cu. feet, 200 liter

Huge Lounging bag, 13 cu. feet, 370 liter

W 31 ¾“ x H 47 ½“, W 80 x H 120 cm, 13 lbs, 6 kg

W 39 ¾“ x 59“, W 100 x H 150 cm, 21 lbs 9,5 kg

090842 090859 090840 024838

090858 090841 090855 024839

red orange blue light green

BENEFITS COVERS: • Durable: removable covers made from strong, durable fabric (100% polyester, flat woven fabric), washable at 30 ºC / 86 F

red orange blue light green

Replenishment Pack The polystyrene pellets bring beanbags back into shape. 682357 1.1 lbs, 0.5 kg (34 l) 682358 1.61 lbs, 0.75 kg (51 l)

Outdoor

From

• Strong: tear-resistant, doesn’t show stains, non fading and abrasion-resistant • Easy-care: crease-resistant, will not shrink, fast drying FILLING: Polystyrene • Soft, smooth and flexible Foam flakes

Cushions 70 ¼" x 53", 178 x 134 cm, Volume: approx. 11 ¾ cu. feet, 330 l, weight: approx. 14 lb, 6.3 kg 091204 orange 091205 turquoise

• Flexible and keeps its shape

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

NOTE: We recommend that outdoor bean bags be stored inside during bad weather and in winter.

www.haba.de

271


Cozy seating area for big and small Perfect for the morning circle. The cover of the ladybug has a zip, is removable and washable at 30 °C, 86 °F. Velour, robust 100% polyester fabric; separate lining filled with styrofoam balls. A 090836 ladybug bean bag, size (Ø 13“, 33 cm, H 8 ½“, 21 cm, ¾ cu. foot, 16 liter) B 090835 ladybug bean bag, size (Ø 26 ¾“, 60 cm, H 13“, 33 cm, 2 ½ cu. feet, 67 liter)

In 2 Sizes B

A

Seating ladybug

Floor cushion “Sun” This is a decorative seat for any room to give children a place to rest after a hard day of play. Tough polyester. The outside cover has colorful cotton points with a zipper to remove for washing. The lower side is blue and the top side is yellow. Inner sack (Ø approx. 39 ½”, 100 cm) filled with styrene balls.

Beanbag Seat “Blossom“

099267

137466

272

Styrofoam balls (54 liters), foam insert (H 2 ¾”, H 6 cm), covering of outdoor fabric (100% polyester), removable and washable. Beanbag diameter 35 ¾”, 90 cm, outer diameter 51 ½”, 130 cm.


Floor Cushions

Seats and Loungers F

with grommets

HOOK BARS on page 421.

34 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 98 x 60 cm

C

Padded Elements Sofas

D

E

Ø 13 ¾“, 35 cm

C

Seat Cushions

D

Seat Carousel

Practical seat cushions with sturdy metal grommets. Just hang them on a bar with hooks or thread them onto the seat cushion carousel. The fronts and backs each have a different color: orange and red, bright and dark yellow, bright and dark blue, bright and dark green. The set of 4 contains one each of the color combinations. Cotton/Polyester with ¾”, 2 cm foam insert. Ø 13 ¾”, 35 cm. 099525 4 pieces

E

Lounge cushions

F

Lounge Carousel

Lounge cushions light as a feather with sturdy metal grommets. The front and rear side of cushions have different colors: orange and red, bright and dark yellow, bright and dark blue, bright and dark green. The set contains one of each color combination. Cotton/Polyester with 1“, 2 cm of foam lining. W 38 ¾“ x D 23 ¾“, W 98 x D 60 cm. 099534 4 pieces

The carousel holds 28 cushions (please order separately). 3 swivel casters make it mobile. Birch wood, metal tube. Ø 16 ½”, 42 cm, overall height 26 ½”, 67 cm.

The carousel has space for 28 cushions (please order separately). 4 swiveling casters make it mobile. Birch wood and metal pipe. W 42 ¼” x D 26 ½“, W 107 x D 67 cm, total height: 27 ¾“, 70 cm.

099524

099533

Save on the Set

Save on the Set

Complete set

Complete set

28 seat cushions (099525) for an entire group plus the carousel (099524).

28 lounge cushions (099534) plus the practical carousel (099533).

099526 Seat Carousel, complete set

099537 Lounge Carousel, complete set

G

Seating Cushion, Round

This seating cushion cover is washable. Non-flammable, foam stuffing. Ø 12“, 30 cm, 2“, 5 cm thick. 090846 Blue 090847 Green 090848 Red

H

G

Seating Cushion, Hexagon

Cover is washable. Non-flammable, filled with Styrofoam balls. Ø 13“, 33 cm, approx. 3“, 8.5 cm thick. Seat area in red, blue or green - depending on stock.

H

090849

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

273


Not available in the U.S.A.

Crib Bed

Wood

With Real Beech Veneer

Crib with edge guard

also with casters

The lateral edge guard prevents little ones from falling. Beech wood. W 50 ¾“ x D 26“, W 128.5 x D 66 cm, height without casters 10 ¾“, 27 cm, with casters 14“, 35 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180985 Without casters 180986 With casters

10 Beds stackable

Optional

Crib mattress in 2 qualities

Firm foam core with cover of Sanfor-Drell, solid beige. Cover is removable and washable up to 140 °F / 60 °C. Do not tumble dry. 180403 W 47 ¼“ x H 3 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x H 8 x D 60 cm. Firm foam core, coconut fiber layer on both sides, 1 layer of cotton wool, calico cover. 100% cotton wool cover, removable with zip and washable at 200 °F / 95 °C. Do not tumble dry. 180401 Size: W 47 ¼" x H 4 ½" x D 23 ¾", W 120 x H 11 x D 60 cm

Fitted sheets for stackable cribs 104164 white 104165 honey yellow 104166 polar blue

274

47½

“, 1

20 c

m


Not available in the U.S.A.

Crib Bed

With and without detachable side bars Crib without detachable side bars

The economical alternative (not shown)

Solid beech wood, side panels in genuine beech veneer. Slatted frame can be adjusted to 4 heights. Without detachable or removable side bars. W 49“ x H 33“ x D 26“; W 124 x H 83.6 x D 66 cm. Sleeping area: W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180970 Without casters (not shown) 180961 With casters 181007 rolling drawer (W 22 ½“ x H 5 ¾“ x D 25 ¼“, W 57 x H 14 x D 64 cm)

With detachable side bars and slatted frame that can be adjusted to 3 heights. The reinforced side panels are bolted at 3 points to the end panel. Solid beech wood, painted. W 49 ¾“ x H 31 ½“ x D 25 ¾“, W 126 x H 80 x D 65 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180958 crib 180959 set of casters 181007 rolling drawer (W 22 ½“ x H 5 ¾“ x D 25 ¼“, W 57 x H 14 x D 64 cm; note: only possible combined with a caster set!)

Crib with detachable side bars (not shown)

Optional Crib mattress Firm foam core with cover of Sanfor-Drell, solid beige. Cover is removable and washable up to 60 °C / 140 F. Do not tumble dry. W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 180403 H 3 ¼“, 8 cm 180401 H 4 ½“, 11 cm

Fitted sheets for stackable cribs 104164 white 104165 honey yellow 104166 polar blue

Padded Elements Sofas

Ideal for little ones who are a bit older and want to crawl into bed on their own. Because this crib has 3 individual bars that are easy to remove. Slatted frame can be adjusted to 4 different heights. Solid beech wood, side panels in genuine beech veneer. W 49“ x H 33“ x D 26 ¼“, W 124 x H 83.6 x D 66.5 cm; sleeping area W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180972 Without casters 180962 With casters 181007 rolling drawer (W 22 ½“ x H 5 ¾“ x D 25 ¼“, W 57 x H 14 x D 64 cm)

Crib with 2 roller boxes

Folding bed This crib lets you be flexible The GS-approved folding bed is perfect when new children come in. And when the little ones grow bigger, unneeded cribs can simply be folded up and stored away to conserve space. Thanks to the simple fold and lock mechanism, the bed is quickly built up or stored away again. Material: solid beech wood. With 4 locking casters. Underside with ventilation holes. W 49 ¼“ x H 31 ¼“ x D 26“, W 125 x H 79 x D 66 cm, in folded state D 8“ , 20 cm.

180955

Optional Crib mattress W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 180404 H 3 ¼“, 8 cm 180405 H 4 ½“, 11 cm

GS tested

flexible and space-saving

only 8“, 20 cm tall

in the first step, fold out the sides

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

lock in just the first grate

www.haba.de

now secure the second grate, and the little nest is ready

275


Not available in the U.S.A.

With Separate Rolling Bed Loft crib Open or close the safety sliding door with just one hand. The safety sliding door automatically moves down slowly after being touched and stops at a safety height of 12“, 30 cm. With 4 locking casters. Solid beech wood and genuine beech veneer. W 49 ¾“ x H 55 ½“ x D 27 ¾“, W 126.3 x H 140.4 x D 70 cm. Height of mattress from floor: 30 ¼“, 76.5 cm. Please order casters separately.

180992 Rolling bed Can be pushed underneath loft bed 180992. W 46 ½“ x H 17 ½“ (with casters) x D 25 ½“, W 118 x H 44 (with casters) x D 64 cm.

180996

Optional Mattress for rolling bed Foam core RG 24/40, polyester cover, removable and washable at 140 °F, 60 °C. Size: W 45" x H 3 ¼" x D 23", W 114 x H 8 x D 58 cm.

180988

opens with just one hand

Even when the safety sliding door is lowered, the railing has the required safety height 12“, 30 cm

Space-saving solution for a small child at the top and a larger one at the bottom: the rolling bed transforms the loft bed into a bunk bed

The handle locks in twice to prevent accidental opening.

With Sliding Grille Loft Bed with Sliding Grille

Even without the grille there is a safety edge so that the child cannot fall out of bed.

With two side locking mechanisms which can only be opened by an adult. A safety lock means the grille cannot be completely pushed down. This means that the child cannot fall out of bed, even when the grille is lowered. With 4 casters, two of which are lockable. Solid beech wood, plastic rail on the top edge of the grille. W 49 ¼" x H 54 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 125 x H 138 x D 65 cm, sleeping area: 47 ¼" x 23 ¾", 120 x 60 cm. Please order mattress separately (p. 277 ).

181052

276


Not available in the U.S.A.

Crib Bed

With security doors A

Bunk-bed crib with 4 wing doors

Space-saving solution for 2 children. Safe door mechanism: the doors lock closed and cannot be opened from the inside. The bunk-bed crib has an extra high edge guard. The mattresses should not be thicker than 4 ½“, 11 cm. Please note the marking on the inside of the bed. Solid beech wood on the face side, genuine beech veneer, acrylic panels. GS-approved. W 50“ x H 69“ x D 27 ¾“, W 127 x H 174 x D 70 cm. 2 sleeping areas, each 23 ¾“ x 47 ¼“, 60 x 120 cm. Please order mattress separately (below).

180998

B

Bunk-bed crib with 2 wing doors

Space-saving solution for 2 children: toddlers can sleep in the upper bed and below, older children. Safe door mechanism: the doors lock closed and cannot be opened from the inside. The bunk-bed crib has an extra high edge guard. The mattresses should not be thicker than 4 ½“, 11 cm. Please note the marking on the inside of the bed. Solid beech wood on the face side, genuine beech veneer, acrylic panels. GS-approved. W 50“ x H 69“ x D 27 ¾“, W 127 x H 174 x D 70 cm. 2 sleeping areas, each 23 ¾“ x 47 ¼“, 60 x 120 cm. Please order mattress separately (below).

Padded Elements Sofas

180990

B

A

10 Year GUARANTEE GS-tested Made in Germany Also available without doors.

With Sliding Grille Bunk Bed with Sliding Grille

With one or two sliding grilles

The grille is secured in such a way that it can only be unlocked and opened, or closed and locked, by an adult. It runs in specially milled grooves. To open it is pushed up and then put into the guides. This means that it does not cause any problems when children crawl into bed or get up, or when the little ones are placed in to bed or taken out. W 49“ x H 75“ x D 28 ¾“, W 124 x H 190 x D 73 cm. Solid beech wood, side panels in beech look. 106265 1 sliding Grille (open below) 180944 2 sliding Grilles

Optional

When pushed up the grille moves in specially milled grooves.

Daycare Mattress 180404 W 47 ¼“ x H 3 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x H 8 x D 60 cm.

180405 W 47 ¼“ x H 4 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x H 11 x D 60 cm.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

277


Platform with Pull-out Bed

Combin

ation of

five platf

orms

Caster with suspension and stop function (easy to roll without load; won't roll when loaded as the brake is activated).

Pull-out bed can be placed anywhere in the room A

B

Platform with pull-out bed

lots of space to play

The rolling bed can be quickly and easily taken out for the afternoon nap, and then stored again afterward. Covers and pillows fit in with it too. Platform makes space for playing, reading or resting. Model 181035 comes with an additional mattress, which also makes the platform into a sleeping space. Birch wood, linoleum surface. Delivery incl. fixed slatted frame. W 58 ¼", 147.8 (pulled out 114 ¾", 291 cm) x D 28 ½", 71.8 cm. A 181026 with pull-out bed, H 10 ¼", 26 cm B 181035 with pull-out bed for two mattress, H 13 ½", 34.1 cm Select linoleum surface below.

More about BIRCH WOOD on page 122/123

Optional Mattress High quality, polyester foam (RG 24/40). The cover is made of muslin (100% cotton, Öko-Tex standard 100), with zip, and is removable and washable at 140 °F, 60 ˚C, but cannot be tumble dried. W 54 ½“ x H 2 ½“ x D 22 ½“, W 138 x H 6 x D 57 cm.

How to order

181029

Mandatory Options Linoleum Surfaces Sand

Orange Green

Light Blue

Blue

L071 L171 L132 L422 L479

278

Platform clamps For fixing the platform, e.g. for a running course. 820861 2 pieces


Sleep Options

Sleep- and Play Platform

A

PLATFORM AS A PLAY PLATFORM on page 218. Platform

Select linoleum options, page 278.

PLATFORM for 2 Cushioned Mats

Padded Elements Sofas

Behind the flap covers with magnetic latches and air holes, guide bars are hidden. Birch wood. W 59 ¼“ x D 25 ½“, W 150 x D 64.2cm. A 470060 for 1 cushioned mat, H 7 ¼“ H 18.5 cm B 470065 for 2 cushioned mats, H 13 ½“, H 34.1 cm

extra storage space

B

ca. 63“, 160 cm

Fold-down Bed

space-saving & decorative storage – quickly and easily folded down

Can only be operated by an adult.

58 ¾

“, 14

9 cm

Fold-down Bed With double-secured closure. Can only be operated by an adult. With ventilation slots. Note: covers and pillows should be stored in a separate cupboard. Beech wood veneer. W 25 ¾“ x H approx. 4“, W 65 x H approx. 10 cm, D folded up 6 ¼“, 15.3 cm, folded down 58 ¾“, 149 cm.

181015

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

279


Natural Fiber Carpets

Advantages • Natural fiber carpet (80 % goat hair, 20 % virgin wool) with jute backing

• Long-wearing • Fray-resistant • Perfectly lies flat without curling in the corners

• Anti-static • Fulfills requirements of German DIN 41-2-1fire class 1

• With appropriate room humidity (see care instructions) suitable for installation over floor heating system

RUCTIONS:

RE INST IMPORTANT CA

• Goat hair and virgin wool store moisture and discharge it when the air in the room is dry, which contributes to a balanced climate in the room. A balanced and ideal room climate ranges from approx. 50 - 70 % relative humidity and a room temperature of 68°F/20°C.

customer decides length

T570

78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“ 2x2m

78 ¾“ x 118“ 2x3m

78 ¾“ 2 m

Measurements and Shapes Ø 78 ¾“ Ø2m

Ø 118“ Ø3m

78 ¾“2 m

T585

Tretford carpet 848301 78 ¾“, 2 m wide, per cm 848322 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 848323 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m 848356 Quadrant unit, side length 78 ¾“, 2 m

T568

T641

T517

T516

T622

T566

T555

T601

848355 Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m 848357 Ø 118“, 3 m

Select carpet color.

280

• When rooms are heated, Tretford recommends additional air humidification with humidity containers, humidifiers or plenty of plants. If the relative humidity is still not adequate then Tretford recommends spraying a little water with a spray can. This method is also suitable if there is underfloor heating. This way the Tretford carpet will develop the properties which are important for its durability. • Goat hair and virgin wool react sensitively to exposure to light. In rooms that are constantly exposed to UV radiation, ensure adequate shading. • Vacuum the carpet often to remove loose dirt. Please maintain sufficient humidity in your rooms. If the humidity is not adequate, goat hair and virgin wool will become brittle and can be damaged during vacuuming.


Carpets

Fabromont

Easy-Care Quality

Measurements and Shapes

Advantages • Kugelgarn® (“fiber ball”) carpet (60 % Polyamide, 40 % Polypropylene) • Extremely resistant and hardwearing: classification per DIN EN 1307 • Fray-resistant

customer decides length

78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“ 2x2m

78 ¾“ x 118“ 2x3m

Fabromont carpet 848101 78 ¾“, 2 m wide, per cm 848122 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 848123 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m

F111

F164

F019

F165

F355

Padded Elements Sofas

Select carpet color.

• Perfectly flat, lies without curling in the corners • Anti-static • Fulfills requirements of DIN 41-2-1 fire class 1 • Suitable for installation over floor heating system • Provides no breeding ground for allergens, therefore suitable for individuals with allergies • hygienic even after many years of use and without antibacterial finish • Impact sound reducing per VM DIN 52210-1 • UV-resistant and non-fading

How to order Mandatory Options Carpets Please order the desired length.

Order by product number, color code name and length.

ial care.

Requires no spec

Area Rug Play Carpets Solid colors. Anti-slip underside. Delivered rolled up. Nylon. 10‘ x 13‘, 300 x 400 cm. 091019 Blue 091026 Red 100536 Green

In 3 Colors

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

281


Carpets

099843 099844 099940 099941 099990

78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m Ø 118“, 3 m Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m

Jeans

099846 099847 099934 099935 099991

78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m Ø 118“, 3 m Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m

Silver Grey

109155 109154 109153 109152 109156

282

78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118 ¼“ , 2 x 3 m Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m Ø 118 ¼“, 3 m Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m

Measurements and Shapes 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2x2m

78 ¾“ x 118“, 2x3m

Ø 118“, Ø3m

Ø 78 ¾ “, Ø2m

2.50 m

Kiwi

98 ½“

Material Properties & Benefits • Material: 100% polyamide, back with fabric

• Fire resistant

• High-quality loop pile

• Especially suited for subfloor heating

• Fully stitched edge

• Lightfast

• Antistatic

• Wheelchair compatible

• Durable

• Uses: building corners, group or play rooms

• Easy to clean

Red

099845 099842 099936 099937 099992

78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m Ø 118“, 3 m Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m

Camel

099848 099849 099942 099943 099993

78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m Ø 118“, 3 m Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m


Dramatic Play Elements

Dramatic Play Elements


Room Concept

1

The Play Room A well thought out room design makes it possible for children to play alone, in pairs or in small groups. In the concept pictured you can see an arrangement option with various areas: In the front area there is space for floor games and storage. The back area is primarily intended for role play: The platform is perfect for playing with building blocks. A small children's apartment encourages family games. Children experience their environment through play. They tackle specific problems and developmental tasks. They test relationships and practice procedures. All of this is important for personal development.

Play apartment Linda Versatile furniture – for endless play options (from page 286).

GEMINO+ platforms on page 314

1 Play backdrops from page 129 Small cave on page 302

284


Play Furniture Spielküchen

Safety Kitchen for Preschool Even little cooks can hold on

Grab handles for pulling up and holding on

Rollenspiel Regelspiel

Birch

Chairs and Tables

Large, dials that turn

Height 16“, 40 cm

Dramatic Play Elements

Rounded corners ½“, 5-mm

Safety Kitchen Unit Here the littlest ones get a first kitchen experience. Milledin stovetop burners and a nonremovable sink are available for play. Movable faucet and stovetop control knobs make the unit seem real. Rounded edges protect little cooks from harm. And the grab handles on the left and right offer support when they want to pull themselves up. Birch. W 23 ¾“ x H 15 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 60 x H 39 x D 34 cm. Overall height: 18 ¼“, 46 cm.

Oven door is stationary

128541

UPHOLSTERED SAFETY FURNITURE on page 34/35.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

OTHER SAFETY FURNITURE on page 136/137.

www.haba.de

285


Linda Play Furniture

Linda

easily transformed

Versatile Furniture 10 Year GUARANTEE Âźâ€œ, 5 mm safety edge No small parts Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

for endless play options

Children like to role play, and often switch roles quickly. Just a moment ago they were a parent, but now they'd prefer to play shop. The stove transforms into a counter in just one easy step. The door opens into a garage. The sink is a perfect bridge to crawl under, the shelf becomes a stool and so on. To make sure children have plenty of space for their imagination to run wild, the stable and safely stackable furniture is subtly designed, and created in such a way that it can be easily combined. Robust hinges and solvent-free varnish mean the furniture is "child-safe".

Made in Germany

The System

286

Easily combine cabinets The attachments are secured with two edge strips on the underside.


? Linda Play Furniture

Versatile Z

oo m

Cabinet + Cushion = Stool Cabinet + Table Top = Table

Cabinet + Top Piece = Artist's Studio

Cabinet + Panel = Racetrack

With Linda you are able to quickly transform the play corner, ie. into a small artist's studio.

Creativity is welcome. A top panel can be quickly transformed into a racetrack.

Single Elements Square Table Top Top Piece

Panel Top Piece

Stove/Sink Top Piece

Low Cabinet, Open

For all cabinets. Cannot be pushed off or pushed over thanks to 4 feet and 2 turning bolts on the underside. Birch wood. W 21 ½" x H 3 ¼" x D 21 ½", W 54 x H 8 x D 54 cm.

Can be used as a table or seat. For all cabinets. Can also be suspended between two cabinets. Cannot be pushed off thanks to two edge strips underneath. Birch wood. W 31 ½" x H 1 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 80 x H 3.5 x D 40 cm.

With acrylic glass pane, 2 turning knobs, tap and 2 building blocks to play directly on the floor. For all cabinets. If suspended it can only be mounted between two cabinets. Cannot be pushed off thanks to two edge strips underneath. Birch wood. W 31 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 80 x D 40 cm, total height 6 ½", 16.5 cm.

Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 11 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 29 x D 40 cm.

129132

Dramatic Play Elements

129133

129120

129131

Low Cabinet with Fixed Shelf

Low Cabinet with Door

Tall Cabinet With Fixed Shelf

Tall Cabinet with Double Door

Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 11 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 29 x D 40 cm.

Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 11 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 29 x D 40 cm.

Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 22 ¼" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 56 x D 40 cm.

129121

129122

129125

1 fixed shelf. Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 22 ¼" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 56 x D 40 cm.

129126

Seating Cushion Can be used on the floor or as a stool cushion. Foam with phthalate-free synthetic leather covering. Color: light green. 14 ¾" x 14 ¾", 37 x 37 cm, 1 ¾", 4 cm thick.

129146

`Hooked Panel with Pockets Can be hung on the side of all "Linda" children's apartment cabinets. The removable panel has two stitched mesh pockets and a rollover edge with Velcro. Robust 100% polyester fabric, mesh, metal strip with yellow powder-coating. Strip W 15 ½" x H 2", W 39 x H 5 cm; pockets W 15" x H 9 ¼", W 38 x H 23 cm. 129140 blue 129141 green

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

fabric boxes on page 179.

www.haba.de

287


Birch Play Apartment Lara Lara

10 Year GUARANTEE

All individual elements on page 290.

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

Cabinets with aluminum grip bars Quality metal hinge 180째 Made in Germany

LARA, is modern, friendly and, of course, stable. With the versatile elements from LARA, you can create a little kitchen, living room or seating area where children feel happy and comfortable, with all the appliances they know from home.

288

Makeup Table


Play Apartment ”Lara“

lino Kitchen Counter A lot of kitchen in a small space. Sliding door with acrylic glass Genuine birchwood veneer

A

Burner made of Plexiglas with silkscreen printing

Genuine edge band Trim that looks like aluminum

Knobs for rotating

Aluminum grip bar

Acrylic glass Pull-out dishwasher

Plastic sliding base

Baking oven you can pull out

Compact kitchen A

Lino Kitchen Counter

B

Compact Kitchen

Constructed of birch veneer, acrylic, laminated countertop, sink made of plastic, metal knobs and dials. W 42“ x H 41“ x D 14 ½“, W 107 x H 103.5 x D 37 cm; Counter Top Section: D 9“, 22.5 cm. 128501 Kitchen Center 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet

Cabinet with sink made of plastic, dishwasher, pull out oven, 4 burners made of printed acrylic, 3 drawers, wooden dials that turn, water tap of powder-coated metal. Birch real wood veneer, W 42“ x H 22“ x D 14 ½“, W 107 x H 56 x D 37 cm. 128503 Kitchen Center 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

B

www.haba.de

289

Dramatic Play Elements

Long-life HPL coating


Lara

10 Year GUARANTEE

Single Elements

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

Cabinets with aluminum grip bars Quality metal hinge 180° Made in Germany Oven can be pulled out

Stove with Oven Oven as pull-out with window made of acrylic and baking sheets that pull out. Four burners of printed acrylic, wooden dials that turn. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm.

128512

Pullout dishwasher

Sink with Dishwasher

Kitchen Center

With a dish rack that slides out, wooden dials that turn. Sink made of plastic, water faucet of powder-coated metal. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm.

Cabinet with sink made of plastic, 2 burners made of printed acrylic, wooden dials that turn, faucet of powdercoated metal. W 27“ x H 22“ x D 14 ½“, W 68 x H 56 x D 37 cm.

128514 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet

128502 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet

Sounds when turning of the drum

Drawers Set of three drawers, colored (yellow, orange, red). W 5 ½“ x H 5 ½“ x L 12“, W 14 x H 14 x L 31 cm.

128518

Freezer compartment in fridge

Tall Cabinet Washing Machine Round door with acrylic pane, outer pane with a handle that turns, wooden laundry pieces between both panes that creates a typical washing sound when handle is turned. Housing includes a detergent drawer and 2 wooden dials that really turn. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm.

128513

Clothes Closet

Hinged door with bottle holder, freezer, shelves. Door hinged on left. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm.

With refrigerator and microwave. Refrigerator: hinged door with bottle holder and 2 small drawers, freezer, 2 shelves. Door hinged on right. Microwave: hinged door with acrylic pane, wooden dials that really turn. W 24 ½“ x H 40 ¾“ x D 13 ½“, W 62 x H 103.5 x D 34 cm. Storage shelves can be equipped with drawers 128518.

128515

128516

128510

Refrigerator

With hinged door, shelves and 4 metal hooks. W 24 ½“ x H 40 ¾“ x D 13 ½“, W 62 x H 103.5 x D 34 cm. Storage shelves can be equipped with drawers 128518.

with hinged mirrors on the sides

Vanity Table Diaper Changing Pad 6 small cubbyholes, can be equipped with drawer 128518, and two large cubbyholes. W 26 ¾“ x H 22“ x D 14 ½“, W 68 x H 56 x D 37 cm.

With 3 acrylic mirrors, two of which are side folding mirrors, and ball hooks. Four cubbyholes, can be equipped with drawer 128518. W 26 ¾“ x H 36 ½“ x D 14 ½“, W 68 x H 93 x D 37 cm, table height 20 ½“, 52 cm.

Seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26, or 31 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. W 12 ½” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 31 x H 31 x D 26 cm.

128527

128524

128635

For sideboard on this page (128527). With plastic pad, cover made of Cordura, washable. Cordura made of 100% polyester. W 26 ¾“ x H 17 ¾“ x D 6 ¼“, W 68 x H 16 x D 45 cm.

Sideboard

128531

290

Turn-around Stool


Play Apartment ”Lara“

Coffee Table Tabletop coated with Duropal in birch-look. Legs made of solid beech. Ø 26“, 66 cm. 128523 H 9 ¾“, 25 cm

Square Table Stackable Stool “Favorit”

Stacking Chair “Favorit”

Solid beech wood; seat made of genuine beech wood. 809630 Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm

Solid beech wood; seat and backrest made of genuine beech wood. 809330 Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm

Tabletop with Duropal surface in birchlook, legs solid beech. W 25 ½“ x H 20 ½“ x D 21 ¾“, W 65 x H 52 x D 55 cm.

Round Table

128520

Tabletop coated with Duropal in birch-look. Legs made of solid beech. Ø 26“, 66 cm. 128530 H 20 ½ “, 52 cm (not shown)

Padded Elements Rollenspiel Regelspiel

Select fabric options.

Upholstered Chair

Upholstered Lounger

Upholstered Chair

Cover removable for washing. W 18“ x D 18“, W 45 x D 45 cm, seat height: 10“, 25 cm.

Cover removable for washing. W 18“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 19 ¼“, W 45 x H 46 x D 49 cm, seat height 10“, 25 cm.

Cover removable for washing. W 31 ½“ x D 18“, W 80 x D 45 cm, seat height: 10“, 25 cm.

Cover removable for washing. W 31 ½“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 19 ¼“, W 80 x H 46 x D 49 cm, seat height 10“, 25 cm.

128526

128522

128525

128521

Rocking Armchair W 23“ x H 24 ½“ x D 28 ¼“, W 58 x H 62 x D 72 cm, seat height 12“, 30 cm.

128151

Dramatic Play Elements

Upholstered Stool

Available in all fabrics. You can find these after p. 222.

Kitchen Center ECKO

Combinable with all furniture pieces on this page.

Bake, cook, do laundry and dishes: Ecko has everything you need. And after the housework is done, the sinkand stove can be simply rolled under the counter. Then the kitchen is transformed into a food stand or post office.

Stove with

Baking Cart

k Sin

Save space when closed Kitchen Center Ecko Constructed of birch wood veneer, countertop is laminated, acrylic sinks made of plastic. W 40“ x H 22“ x D 24“, W 101.5 x H 56 x D 60.5 cm. Rolling component: W 22 ½“ or 24 ½“ x H 20 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 57 or 62 x H 52 x D 34 cm. Counter top section: W 38 ½“ x H 13“ x D 19 ¾“, W 98 x H 33.5 x D 50 cm.

128500

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

291


Play Apartment Jule Beech Real Wood Veneer Jule

10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.

Individual items on page 294

Made in Germany

Children´s Apartment Jule • Tables and chairs made of solid beechwood. • Surfaces and shelves made of solid wood beech edge. • Table and chair legs fitted with plastic floor glides. • Wooden handles. • Insert shelves can be adjusted in grid up to 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm. • Spring metal hinges. • Padding filled with 1 ½“, 4 cm thick foam. • Comfortable backrest cushion. • Cover made of 100% cotton, removable and washable at 86°F/30°C Jule Complete Set Consists of sofa with cushions, table and 2 chairs with cushions. Descriptions of individual items on page 295.

128045

292


Play Apartment ”Jule“

Jule kitchenette Safety edge ¾“, 11 mm

Genuine beech wood veneer Attached on hotplates

Genuine wood edge band

Knobs

Quality hinge with a 94˚ opening

Oven door opens on the side

Adjustable shelf

A

Acrylic Stove Front

Plastic glides

Solid wood pedestal

Compact Kitchen A

Jule Kitchenette

B

Compact Kitchen

Consists of burners and oven, sink and crockery-shelf. With plastic sink insert and tap (attached to back wall). W 43“ x H 39“ x D 14“, W 108.5 x H 98 x D 35.5 cm. 128040 Jule Kitchenette 023142 Replacement sink 128110 Replacement faucet

B

Consisting of burners and oven, plastic sink insert and tap. W 43“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 108.5 x H 56 cm x D 35.5 cm. 128150 Compact Kitchen 023142 Replacement sink 128102 Replacement faucet

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

293

Dramatic Play Elements

Rollenspiel Regelspiel

Removable sink


Jule Crockery Shelf Can be attached to wall or combined with sideboard 128082. W 25“ x H 16“ x D 8“, W 64 x H 40 x D 20 cm.

128078

Single Elements

Diaper Changer Top-Piece Pad made of foam, cover removable and washable. For sideboard 128082. W 26“ x H 6 ½“ x D 17“, W 66 x H 16 x D 43.5 cm.

Sideboard

Sideboard with Crockery Shelf

1 insert shelf. W 26“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 66 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.

1 insert shelf in cupboard. Crockery 128078 included. W 26“ x H 39“ x D 14“ , W 66 x H 96 x D 35.5 cm.

128027

128082

128083

glued-on hotplates

guaranteed to be “drip-free” with a freezer compartment Sink Unit

Stove Dials that turn, oven door with acrylic glass and wooden handle trim. One wooden pull-out insert shelf as “baking tray”. Side opening door with spring metal hinge. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.

128068

With 2 doors, top plastic, sink insert, removable wooden tap and dishcloth rail on inside of door. W 26“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 66 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.

128073 128089 Replacement sink 128102 Replacement faucet

Chest of Drawers Two large drawers for plastic utensil and plates; One flat drawer with plastic cutlery insert. Inner drawer measurements approx. 14 ½“ x 10 ½“, 37 x 27 cm each. With wooden handles. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.

128076

Adjustable side mirrors

with ice-box

Hairdressing Table Fridge

Wardrobe

With an “ice-box”. Door opens to left. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.

One clothing rail, one insert shelf. W 26“ x H 39“ x D 14“, W 66 x H 98 x D 35.5 cm.

Mirror made of safety glass. Mirror element is secured to table base. W 26“ x H 41“ x D 17“, W 66 x H 104 x D 43.5 cm.

128074

128070

128079

294


Play Apartment ”Jule“ detergent drawer

10 Year GUARANTEE knobs

Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.

Made in Germany

makes sounds like a real washing machine

rotating drum Washing Machine Drum window made of acrylic, Ø approx. 12“, 30 cm. Outer pane with handle for turning. Between the 2 acrylic panes are colorful pearls which, when turned, imitate the characteristic rotation noises of a washing machine. Trim with small detergent drawer and 2 operating knobs. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.

128075

Dramatic Play Elements

All JULE Elements are available in Gilde red with yellow dots. All covers removeable for washing.

Stackable Stool “Favorit”

Chair, stackable

Material: Solid beech wood. Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm. Ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm.

With plastic floor glides. Chair W 13“, 33.5 cm, H 22“, 55 cm, sitting height 12“, 30 cm, sitting depth 12 ½“, 31.5 cm.

Seat Cushions for 128060

809630

128060

128026

W 12“ x H 1 ¾“ x D 10 ½“, W 30 x H 4 x D 27 cm.

Padded Armchair Coffee Table

Round Table

W 21“ x H 14“ x D 22“, W 55 x H 36 x D 55 cm.

Ø 26“, 65 cm, height 20 ½“, 52 cm.

W 19“ x H 18 ½“ x D 17“, W 48.5 x H 47 x D 43 cm. Seat height incl. padding 9 1/2“, 24 cm. Foam cushion, 1 ½“, 4 cm thick.

128067

128066

128021

Padded Lounger

Doll Bed

Ironing board

Comfy settee includes 2 back rest pads. W 50 ½“ x H 14 ½“ x D 26“, W 128 x H 36.5 x D 65.5 cm. Sitting height 9 ½“, 24 cm. Foam cushion, 3 ¼“, 8 cm thick.

Crib for dolls, teddy bears and other plush animals. Solid beech. W 24 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 17 ¾”, W 62 x H 34 x D 45 cm. Includes doll bedding.

With a stable foot and sliding bases. A safety clamp prevents it from collapsing. Solid beech. W 30” x H 22 ¾“ x D 8”, W 75.5 x H 57 x D 20 cm.

128018

044990

045730

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

295


Children‘s Apartment

Children's apartment made of solid beech wood

A

A

Washing Machine

With pull-out detergent compartment, turning knob and door with magnetic closure. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½" x D 12", W 36 x H 54 x D 30 cm.

128430

B

Stove

With 2 hotplates, 3 turning knobs, a removable baking tray and a solid floor. The door, with acrylic glass pane and magnetic closure, can be opened to the side. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½" x D 12", W 36 x H 54 x D 30 cm.

128420

C

Kitchen Sink

With removable metal sink, milled indents for drying area and 2 compartments behind the right-hinged door with magnetic closure. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½"/28 ¾" (incl. tap) x D 12", W 36 x H 54/73 x D 30 cm.

128410

D

B

C

D

Fridge

Two compartments, 1 freezer compartment (door with magnet and finger hole), and small shelf inside the door. Door (with magnet) hinged on the right. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½" x D 12", W 36 x H 54 x D 30 cm.

128450

E

High Cabinet with Microwave

With turning plate. The secret is the hand crank in the compartment under the microwave. The microwave also has an acrylic glass door and turning knobs. The cabinet offers plenty of storage space, with 2 shelves behind the left-hinged door and 2 compartments. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 33 ¼" x D 12", W 36 x H 84 x D 30 cm.

128440

F

Hand crank turns the plate E

F

Kitchen Block

With removable metal sink and milled indents for drying area, with 2 compartments, 1 removable shelf, and a door with magnetic closure. 2 hotplates on the right and 2 turning knobs, under which there are 2 compartments. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 21 ½" x 21 ½" x D 12", W 54 x H 54 x D 30 cm.

128455

296


Dramatic Play Elements

Rollenspiel Regelspiel

Role Play Elements Rollenspiel-Elemente

Role Play Wall 2 perforated wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 1 mirror, 1 tall shelf, 4 natural shelf bins, 1 wardrobe, 1 shelf for cooking spoons, 1 sink, 1 cooktop, 1 workstation, and 1 hanging material bin. With these elements, a kitchen area and a vanity, a dress-up station, or even a beauty salon can be set up. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144 cm.

458963

These bean bags come from m the room concept

Discovery Rooms! See page 110.

PLAY SHELF on page 112.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

297


It‘s time to

go shopping

Kiosk A worktop with printed on grill and hotplates, a stove for opening, a shelf with 2 racks, deep fat fryer for a French fries basket, a printed on table and a refrigerator with 2 shelves on the rear side (one installed at an angle and with a base track). Birch plywood ½” or ¾”, 8 or 10 mm thick, untreated; worktops clear lacquered: cloth roof made of 100% polyester H 50 ¾” x 30” x 39 ¾”, H 128 x W 76 x D 100 cm.

643397

298


StoreStore

Classic Store Sturdy sales stand Store consists of three pieces: the shelf and counter are connected with an easy-assembly rack. The shelf has four drawers and many permanent divisions while the counter has one rack at an angle and one straight. Ideal for fruit and vegetable stands. Solid timber, treated with wax. Complete store: W 31” x D 36”, W 78 x D 91 cm. Shelf height: 43 ½”, 110 cm. Height of counter: 24 ¾”, 62 cm. The baskets and cash register are not included.

091256

Solid wood, treated

Two Functions in One

2 sides – 2 options

Dramatic Play Elements

Play Store/Puppet Theater One quick step is all it takes to convert the play store into a theater. Simply take the shelf behind the sales counter down, and the stage for puppets is ready. Both the store and the theater stand up securely due to the connecting braces on the side panels. Sales counter with slide-open acrylic-glass panels. Includes curtain. Untreated pine with plywood fill. W 45 ½” x H 49 ¼” x D 12 ½”, W 116 x H 125 x D 32 cm.

655533

moving Plexiglas panes

Grill Out!

Grill Let's see which children stand at the grill: the girls or the boys? With heightadjustable grill grate and hanging rod for grill accessories. Real birch wood, powder-coated metal. W 21" x H 21 ¾" x D 13 ¾", W 53 x H 55 x D 34.4 cm.

120515

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

299


Role Play Cabinet Back panel with hook & loop Wardrobe or Treasure Trove for Role Play The mobile cabinet on four casters is always ready for theater and role play games, but can also serve as a normal wardrobe. The detachable back panel with net pockets is practical for small items. With a safety mirror, a clothes rod, and 4 shelves. Beech veneer; back panel of outdoor fabric (100% polyester) and netting. W 39 ½“ x H 54 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 100 x H 138.5 x D 50 cm.

128016 Material bins (4 x article number 509380) order separately on page 178.

Plenty of space for toys

B

A

Space for many items

A

Birch Wardrobe

A garment rail, a shoe rack and five shelves holds everything needed to play dress up. Various elements can be suspended on to the narrow sides for even more storage space. With a safety mirror, 1 solid and 3 insert shelves, acrylic upstand on the upper edge and grid rack as well as 4 casters, 2 of which can be locked. Beech veneer. W 39 ¾” x H 55” x D 22 ¾”, W 100 x H 139 x D 57 cm. Interior compartment W 14 ¾” x H 8” x D 23”, W 37 x H 20 x D 58 cm.

B

Rolling box with windows

C

Sturdy box with thick acrylic panels. 2 of the casters are locking. Birch wood; 5 mm thick acrylic panels. W 19 ¾“ x H 19 ¼“ x D 19 ¾“, W 50 x H 49 x D 50 cm, with casters.

457069

C

Dress-Up Box

128017

Costumes, hats, masks, and crown: every thing is handy, and organized. Wooden bar and 4 hooks on the sides. Fabric boxes detachable and washable at 86°F, 30° C (blended cotton fabric). with 4 casters. W 31 ½“ x H 47 ¼“ x D 16 ¼“, W 80 x H 120 x D 41 cm.

Material bins order separately on page 178.

128135

Fabric is removable and washable

300


Play house with many possibilities

Puppet Theatre

House of Dreams/Playhouse Children want to have their own little place to get away from it all, to relax and to dream. Take these two play stands with 2 roof arches, add cloth curtains, and you have got a terrific “dream house”. In a couple of easy steps, the house can be turned into a puppet theater, a fruit and vegetable stand, or by taking away the curtain, a beautiful bookcase. Remove the top board and add the store elements, and you have a little country store. Two play stands made of alder (surface oiled). Space requirements: W 67“ x D 31 ½“ , H 51 ¼“ . W 170 x D 80 cm, H 130 cm

Play Curtains To build and extend the playhouse. Made of cotton; washable at up to 140°F/60°C. 98 ½” x 59”, 250 x 150 cm. 038448 red 038449 blue

038439

Store Addition Country Store Can stand alone as a store counter or be integrated into the Playhouse. The country store transforms into a post office, bank or bakery by adding the printed signs included. Alder wood treated with linseed oil. With two pre-printed and one black sign. W 29” X H 27 ½” X D 10”, W 74 x H 70 x D 25 cm.

038463

24 ½“,

62 cm

Lid brake protects little fingers Haba Toy Chest Beautiful, stable chest. The small space between the chest, and the lid stops children's fingers from getting pinched. The two lid brakes (see inset) also mean that the chest closes slowly, meaning additional safety. Solid pine wood, natural finish. Outer size: 24 ½" x 17 ¾" x 13", 62 x 45 x 33 cm.

025925

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

301

Dramatic Play Elements

Basis for play house


Caves full of adventure • Fabric fronts are made of cotton • Roof elements are made of outdoor material (100 % polyester) with Velcro • Frame is made of sturdy genuine birch with tubular steel

Small cave W 47 1/2“ x H 49 3/4“ x D 47 1/2“, W 120 x H 126 x D 120 cm 112890 170300 170301 126940

Adventure Cave, small Fabric front for 112890 Roof element for 112890 Mat for 112890, W 42 ¾“ x H 1“ x D 45 ½“, W 108 x H 2,5 x D 115 cm

Select synthetic leather on page 227. 78

, ¾“

m

0c

20

Large cave W 78 3/4“ x H 65 1/2“ x D 78 3/4“, W 200 x H 166 x D 200 cm 112893 112894 112895 126941

Adventure Cave, large Fabric front for 112893 Roof element for 112893 Mat for 112893, W 74 ¼“ x H 1“ x D 77 ¼“, W 188 x H 2,5 x D 196 cm

Select synthetic leather on page 227.

78

¾“

302

, 20

0 cm


Play caves

Cozy cave

A cozy place

Dramatic Play Elements

Curtain has a Velcro band. Two portholes on the roof lets light in. Cave is installed on the wall with wood ledges. Genuine birch and translucent with acrylic panes. W 39 ¾” x H 23 ½” x D 27 ¾”, W 100 x H 59 x D 70 cm. 110910 Cave 098299 Mat for 110910, blue

Cave for the senses Basic frame

for school, kindergarten and after school

Senses Cave The senses cave gives children a place to let themselves think. A sky roof made of cotton and maybe another little chain of lights makes a universe out of the senses cave and children can lie back and study the night sky. Real beech wood. Cotton roof washable at 86°F/30°C. After washing, stretch to shape and, hang to dry. W 5‘ 2“ x H 5‘ 3“ x D 5‘ 2“, W 157.6 x H 160 x D 157.6 cm. Height of side walls: 18“, 44.2 cm. 846300 Base 842715 Cloth roof, grey-brown 109052 Mat brown-beige

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

303


Not available in the U.S.A.

T N e S E h e S r o s r f a l l i P

r E T a C

Middle element no longer available.

This attractive playmate draws all eyes towards it. At each individual segment there are details designed with sensory experience. The wide variety of elements awakes the children’s curiosity so that they will never be bored. All parts from the head to the tail are bolted together for the safety of the little crawlers. Start with our saver set and add

on to make your caterpillar grow. Genuine birch wood, various materials, crackly foil, etc. H 33 ½“ x D 33 ½“, H 85 x D 85 cm.

Complete Set with 3 Segments Three part Caterpillar Set Each segment is designed in different colors and equipped with various materials and accessories. Genuine birch wood and Plexiglas. It consists of the top (457180), the red back (457182) and the end piece (457185). Space requirement: W 99 ½“ x H 33 ½“ x D 33 ½“, W 253 x H 85 x D 85 cm.

458000

Plexiglas face with feelers

Wooden discs

Sensory mat with a variety of materials and fillings

String of pearls

Squeaky mat 457180 Head piece W 31 ½”, 80 cm

457181 Green arc, W 46 ½”, 118 cm

Butterfly with bells 457182 Red arc, W 46 ½”, 118 cm

Loophole Strip curtain

Mirrored floor

wavy curtain

457184 Turquoise arc, W 46 ½”, 118 cm

304

Velcro elements with various fillings 457185 Orange tail, W 21 ¾”, 55 cm

End ring for the caterpillar for the senses Can be bolted onto the segments as a facing if used without head or tail. Genuine birch. 457189 1 piece


SensesSinne

Sinnesförderung Kognition · Krippe Entspannung

Snail for the Senses

Snail for the Senses There is so much to discover on this snail: a mat with crackly and tactile segments and various patterns, movable eyes and tongue, a squishy mirror, various brushes, a tactile mat, and a frog’s eye. Will provide interest and fun for little ones. Birch, foam with mirror foil, mat made of foam and cover made of 100% polyester with Velcro strips; can be washed by hand at 86 F / 30° C. W 47 ¼” x H 28 ¼” x D 23 ¾”, W 120 x H 72 x D 60 cm.

Dramatic Play Elements

457195

Squishy mirror

Various brushes

Push elements

Tactile mat

Barrel organ

Strips of material with tactile elements

with 28 slide elements

Wires and Beads

threading

House “Who Lives Where?”

Threading, sliding, sorting colors and shapes: every child will find something here to promote fine motor skills and eye-hand coordination. With Mount Motolino several children can play at the same time. All elements are permanently attached, no loose parts to clean up or get lost. Real birch wood. Ø 27 ½”, 70 cm, H 29 ½”, 75 cm. Ages 3 and up. Yarn shown not included.

Two children’s rooms, living room, bedroom, bathroom, kitchen, cellar, and attic are all waiting for just the right furniture. A total of 28 sliding elements with furniture printed on them are available. The background color shows which elements belong to the same room. And just like decorating in a real house, the path leads upstairs and downstairs and along the hallways to the left or right. This game trains motor function and hand-eye coordination. Birch. Sliding elements 1 ¾” x 1 ¾”, 4 x 4 cm, house W 23 ¾” x H 36 ½”, W 59.5 x H 92 cm. Delivery incl. 4 wall stand-off mounts.

120775

120516

Mount Motolino

Attention! Not suitable for children under three. Small parts.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

305


Multi Learning Cube

Nothing gets lost. Fun without the cleaning up. Various activities for multiple children.

23 ¾ “, 60 cm

magnifying glass

magnetic chipping tubes

Multi Learning Cube Sliding elements, such as little cars, airplanes, flowers, etc., a surface with fasteners for practicing a steering wheel with gearshift lever for little race drivers, and many exciting elements, such as spring spheres, magnifier, magic wall, disc tower, feel-it pouches, threaded rod, squeaky toy, etc. Keeps the fingers busy, and addresses all the senses. Birch wood. 23 ¾” x 23 ¾” x 23 ¾”, 60 x 60 x 60 cm.

120828 steering wheel

306


Gemino Activity Systems

Gemino Activity Systems


6

4

3

5

1

2

1

SAFETY 1

Minimizes risk of injury with extra-rounded edges: 1“, 20 mm rounding on the corner posts and ¼“, 5 mm on all other edges.

2

Safety steps: with closed stairs, non-slip profile and a step depth of 11 ¼“, 28 cm.

3

Handrails - can be grasped at two heights

4

Extra high railings: a platform height of 39 ½“, 100 cm or more requires a sill height of at least 39 ½“, 100 cm.

5

6

Sill frame: robust, double profile – visibility thanks to viewing slit. Correct distance to the ceiling: avoid getting heads caught.

Safety for children, teachers and responsible bodies >> Certified in accordance with DIN EN 1176/1177 >> Adheres to the requirements of German standard of the Municipal Federations for Accident Insurance and Prevention (GUV) >> No additional costs for approval or for any required corrective measures.

safety doors:

More information on page 329.

308

Padded inclines


QUALITY

10 Year GUARANTEE

Select materials produced in Germany guarantee the highest quality for long life for Gemino+. We use solid birch and birch veneer of extraordinary quality for Gemino+. Certified materials meet the highest standards and guarantee a long life.

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.

• Coated with water varnish -> easy-care and hygienic surface

Posts: 2 ½”, 5.4 cm thick, multiple bonding, finger-jointed –>excellent quality, non warping

Bars: Square and specially rounded – attractive appearance, innovative shape, extremely sturdy and safe

Heavy-Duty Beams: with double T profile for extreme load-bearing capacity and stability. HABA uses wood from sustainable forestry for all furniture made in Bad Rodach, Germany.

Perforated Metal Sheets: made from 2.5 mm thick, powder-coated metal-light, stable and transparent

Platform Bases: 1“ thick poplar veneer board – excellent weightbearing properties with 2,5 mm thick linoleum covering. Low-noise, anti-bacterial and antistatic.

Steps: solid beech wood with non-slip edge – sturdy and slip-proof

Gemino Activity Systems

• Self-supporting system -> does not require wall fastening

Panels: Made from solid birch veneer. Dovetailed.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

309


VARIETY Gemino+ is a complete modular room design range. The single elements can be connected together in a variety of ways. This means that it is possible to add individual modules, or even whole areas, at a later point in time.

Roof Elements

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.

The Module Idea – more than 400 individual Elements

Railings

Crossings

Platforms

Base Frames

Ascents

The 3 OPTIONS 1. Ready-made Units

310

10 Year GUARANTEE

with the Gemino+ module system


2. Individual Units Do you need something a little different?

1. Request Sketch out your ideas with the individual elements you would like and give us a brief overview of your space.

3. Your individual Quote You will receive the following from

2. Planning

us (free of charge and non-binding):

Trained CAD planners check your sketch

• 3D planning

and your

• Product description

requirements...

• Overview of costs.

One of many solutions! Size and feature description for each ready-made unit

• For practicability • With regard to all applicable European Spielhäuser 2. Ebene

safety standards

Gemino Activity Systems

3. Individual Custom Solutions Do you want something more than the modular system offers, or do you have a unique idea?

We are happy to customize the available Gemino+ modules to suit your individual needs. Whether you need a play area that spans various levels, or have unusual requirements for particularly intensive usage - we are the perfect point of contact. We collaborate with you to create a customized Gemino+ solution and implement your design ideas with unique Haba quality.

Gemino+ as an Elbe river steamboat in the Altmarkt Galerie in Dresden

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

This is also Gemino+: a rocket with launch pad, bridge and all the extras. A visual attention-grabber, and a fantastic adventure playground for children at the Norwegian Vatnekrossen preschool.

www.haba.de

311


For toddlers

Exciting: anybody who dares to venture through the tunnel can call themselves a fearless explorer.

312

Even older children can comfortably stand up in the den.


Giant Crawling Castle The path to the top leads over different levels. On the sensory panels (sensory panels sold separately page 374) there are squeaky ducks and rain sounds to experience. The acrylic glass balcony gives a wonderful view where children can relax and observe. Having recharged their batteries, children continue on down the castle to quickly pick up a souvenir in the shop. Behind the shop there is also a cozy den to investigate and play. If there is still time, the tunnel under the giant castle can be tempting. 259000 Giant Crawling Castle 254000 Mat set top 4-part Select synthetic leather color for the mat (p. 227). Order additionally sensory panels (p. 336).

Technical data Positioning: Age:

In a corner From 1 ½ years

Platform heights: 13 ½“, 26 ¾“, 33 ½“, 40 ¼“, 47“, 53 ½“, 34, 68, 85, 102, 119, 136 cm Railing heights:

32 ½“ and 94 ¼“, 82.5 and 112.1 cm

Total height:

104 ½“, 265 cm 167“ x 125 ½“, 425 x 319 cm.

Gemino Activity Systems

Space requirements:

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

313


For toddlers

2

1

10 1 0Y Year ear 10 Year G UARANTEE GUARANTEE GUARANTEE

Technical data

Birch Real Wood Veneer

Play Area

Positioning:

Along a wall

Age group:

From 1 ½ years

Play Area

Platform height: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 17, 34 cm

A big play area for little kids: with cushioned wave ascent, an integrated sensory bath with removable lid and a large mirror. Sensory panels can also be attached – see note on page 336.

Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:

259086 Order sensory panels separately on page 336.

Children can learn best through touch and experience A tactile bath can be built into the platforms and filled with different materials. When the tactile bath isn’t in use, it can be covered up and then the entire surface can be played on. The lid is heavy enough that children cannot move it themselves, but light enough that adults can open it quickly.

314

32 ½", 82.5 cm 54", 137 cm 98 ¼" x 95 ¾", 249 x 243 cm

More information on page 122/123. AllMore edges are ¼“, mm??? information on5page rounded on all sides.


1

2

Eldorado

Positioning:

Free-standing

Rolling drawer Padded wave climb

Age group:

From 1 ½ years

Platform height:

259005

Gemino Activity Systems

Technical data

13 ½", 34 cm

Sill height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Total height:

46", 116.5 cm

Space requirements:

116 ¼" x 95 ¾", 295 x 243 cm

Additionally order sensory panels. See note on page 336.

Sensory Corner Sensory Corner sensory elements in the floor (2 x cork, 2 x Tretford carpet covering) giant mirror

259058

2

1 Experience for tiny tots: from rough carpet to smooth cork.

1

Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:

In a corner From 1 ½ years 13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 54", 137 cm 72 ¼" x 68 ¼", 183 x 173 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

315


For toddlers 4

2

3

1

3 10 Year 10 Year GUARANTEE GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. All edges are ¼“, 5 mm More information on page ??? rounded on all sides.

Porthole Crawl I Platform Porthole Crawl Platform Wide platform climb for crawling children Sensory platform (Tretford carpet covering) Giant mirror Porthole in the platform floor

Technical data

259087 254002 Mat-set, 2-part

Positioning:

Select synthetic leather color (p.227). Order sensory panels separately on page 336.

Platform height: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼",

Age:

Along the wall From 1 ½ years

27", 33 ½", 17, 34, 51, 68, 85 cm Sill height: Total height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm 66", 167.5 cm

Space requirements: 98 ¼" x 98 ¼", 249 x 249 cm

Up and down

Up + Down Ramp Up + Down Mini

Up + Down Platform Staircase

Fits into the corner. Just one level to reach the platform. Little ones will conquer the wavy staircase with synthetic leather coating.

A corner version: with foam wavy stairs and platforms. The porthole in the base lets light into the den.

This version is ideal if you need a unit that you can put in a corner. It has been secured all the way around and guarantees entertaining “Up + down“ fun over a ramp with Tretford sensory carpet and a small staircase. The top frame is perfect for accessorising with sensory panels.

259021

259009

259006

Technical data Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Railing height: Total height: Space requirements:

In a corner From 1 ½ years

In a corner

Age group:

From 1 year

Platform height:

46", 116.5 cm 71 ¾" x 44 ¼",

6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 17, 34, 51 cm

13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm

182 x 112 cm

316

Positioning:

Railing height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Railing height:

In a corner From 1 ½ years 13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm

Total height:

52 ¾", 133.5 cm

Total height:

50 ½", 128 cm

Space requirements:

100 ½" x 74 ¼",

Space requirements:

81 ¼" x 68 ¼",

255 x 188 cm

206 x 173 cm


2

Technical data Positioning:

In a corner

Up + Down Double Wave

Age group:

From 1 year

Large padded wave climb Ramp (Tretford carpet covering)

Platform height:

6 ¾", 13 ½",

Gemino Activity Systems

Up + Down Double Wave

1

17, 34 cm

259019 Order sensory panels separately on page 336.

Sill height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Total height:

72 ¼", 183 cm

Space requirements:

96 ½" x 71 ¾", 245 x 182 cm

4

Castle with Landing Portholes brighten up the cave.

Castle With Platform Wide platform climb for crawling children Giant mirror Large padded wave climb Porthole in the platform floor 1 Wide platform climb for crawling children 2 Giant mirror 3 Porthole in the platform floor 4 Padded wave climb.

259079 Order sensory panels separately on page 336.

2 Technical data Positioning:

In a corner

Age group:

From 1 ½ years

Platform height:

4

3

6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 17, 34, 51 cm

Sill height:

32 ½" and 44 ¼", 82.5 and 112.1 cm

Total height:

70 ¾", 179.4 cm

Space requirements:

122 ¼" x 95 ¾",

1

310 x 243 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

317


For toddlers 10 10 Year 10 YYear ear GUARA ANTE EE GUARANTEE GUARANTEE

Buki Castle Padded wave climb Explorer's cave Children's apartment Shop Toddler balcony

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123

259001 More Mor ore e iinformation nformation on p page age ???

Order sensory panels separately on page 336.

All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.

3

2

1

Technical data Positioning:

In a corner

Age:

From 1 ½ years

Platform height:

13 ½", 27", 33 ½", 40 ¼", 47", 53 ¾",

34, 68, 85, 102, 119, 136 cm Sill height:

32 ½" and 44 ¼", 82.5 and 112.1 cm

Total height: Space requirements:

101 ¾", 258 cm 239 ½" x 101 ¾", 608 x 258 cm

Ceiling height higher than 110 ¼", 281 cm. See note on page 331.

318


Gemino Activity Systems

5

4

MATCHING CHAIRS on page 15 AND TABLES from page 36.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

319


oed!dlers K Forirptp

Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height:

Technical data Free-standing

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Up + Down Linear

Total height:

56 ½", 143 cm

Linear: climb up and slide back down again. This unit also works well freestanding in a room.

Space requirements:

320

Age:

20 ¼", 51 cm

Sill height:

259020

Positioning:

From 1 ½ years

91"x 6", 231 x 66 cm

Platform height:

In a corner From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm

Sill height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Up + Down Safety Barrier

Total height:

60 ¾", 154 cm

Corner solution with a den. A classic staircase with handrail. Children can come back down the slide before resting in the den.

Space requirements:

259022

91"x51",

231 x 129 cm


Experience Play Castle

Technical data Positioning:

Experience Play Castle

Along the wall

Age:

Next to the steps and the slide there is a tunnel under the castle to discover. At the top, children can keep busy with the sensory panels (sold separately) or enjoy the view from the top floor. The unit stands next to a wall, but it is possible to look through all of the other three sides: two small windows, a porthole and a side made of railings.

From 1 ½ years

Platform height:

20 ¼", 51 cm

Sill height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Total height:

60 ¾", 154 cm

Space requirements:

259007

74 ¼" x 67", 188 x 170 cm

10 Y Year ear 10 Year GUA ARANTEE GUARANTEE GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

Technical data Play Castle with Lookout

Positioning:

Anyone who wants to get up to the castle can use the steps or the wave climb. A fantastic view awaits from the balcony or through the portholes. You can also see what‘s going on underneath in the crawl cave. The entry is from the castle courtyard and is guaranteed to be worth an expedition. And right next to it is the motor skills snail and other playmates.

Age:

Along the wall From 1 ½ years

Platform height:

20 ¼", 51 cm

Sill height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Total height:

60 ¾", 154 cm

Space requirements:

139" x 50", 353 x 127 cm

259085

Technical data Positioning: Age:

Technical data Along the wall

Positioning:

From 1 ½ years

Platform height:

Age:

20 ¼", 51 cm

Platform height:

Experience Play Castle Variant

Sill height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Sill height:

Steps with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails. Linoleum slide incl. guardrail barrier (children must sit down before sliding)

Total height:

60 ¾", 154 cm

Total height:

259008

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Space requirements:

Up + Down Quarter Balcony

75“ x 66 ½“, 291 x 129 cm

A unit that can fit into the corner.

In a corner From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 52 ½", 133.5 cm

Space requirements: 94" x 74", 255 x 188 cm

259016

www.haba.de

321

Gemino Activity Systems

AllMo edges ¼“, mm More Mor M o or re in iinformation nfor nfo ffo orm rare m ma ation ttio iio o n on on5pa page age ?? ??? ?? rounded on all sides.


for toddlers wall The mirror on the back the er und den makes the . unit appear much bigger

Snail House This house is a wonderful hideaway. There are three entrances for going to the ground and observing - one is next to the stairs, the second is behind the balcony and the third is behind the slide. The top gives a completely new perspective; there are senses boards (sold separately) to discover and the slide to tackle.

10 Year GUARANTEE

Technical data Positioning: Age:

Along the wall

Birch Real Wood Veneer

From 1 ½ years

Platform height:

More information on page 122/123.

20 ¼", 51 cm

Sill height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

259027

Total height:

60 ¾", 154 cm

Order sensory panels separately separately (p. 336).

Space requirements:

All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.

98 ¼" x 67", 249 x 170 cm

Custom Playhouses See page 311.

Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height:

Along the wall From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm

Sill height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Total height:

78 ¾", 200 cm

Space requirements:

124 ½" x 75", 316 x 190 cm

People´s House This house will be enjoyed by many. There is a staircase with extra deep steps on the opposite side to the rolling incline with artificial leather. A den under the railed balcony invites children in. There are senses boards (sold separately) to discover. 259038 Dwarves’ House Order sensory panels separately (p. 336).

322


Technical data In a corner

Age:

From 1 ½ years

Platform height:

20 ¼", 51 cm

Sill height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Total height: Space requirements:

67 ½", 171 cm 100 ½" x 100 ½", 255 x 255 cm

Three portholes encourage children’s eyes to and give the unit a harmonious appearance. Explorers crawl over the synthetic leather wave and onto the deck, accompanied by their image in the mirror. A glance over the ship’s railings and then back down on the other side, over the gentle, carpeted waves. The cabin under the system can be turned into the perfect quiet.

259023

Gemino Activity Systems

Sailor‘s Corner

Positioning:

Little ones are accompanied by their reflection as they crawl up.

Order sensory panels separately (p.336).

Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height:

In a corner From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm

Sill height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Total height:

57 ¼", 145 cm

Space requirements:

100 ½" x 50", 255 x 127 cm

Play Hotel Our play hotel is one of the most popular resorts ever! Children can go up the little steps and then back down a soft foam wave. The lower level of the unit houses a mini cozy den. The stairs and foam incline provide two ways to the hotel.

259018

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

323


for toddlers

Technical data

Mole Hole Positioning: The ingenious tunnel system leaves no room for boredom. Children quickly reach the exciting tunnel by going up a staircase and come back down a slide on the other side. At the bottom, two small tunnels lead into the large toy nest.

259050 Order sensory panels separately (p.336)

Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:

Along the wall From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 78 ¾", 200 cm 102 ½" x 67 ½", 260 x 171 cm

Mouse Hole Small crawling children can make their way quickly up the wave climb or the ramp so that they can crawl through the tunnel or hide in it. From time to time they can look through the portholes or pass the time with the sensory panels.

259090 Order sensory panels separately (p. 336).

Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height:

Along the wall From 1 year 13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm

Total height:

54", 137 cm

Space requirements:

78" x 98 ¼", 198 x 249 cm

324


rden for toddler/kinderga

Mini showcase for Gemino+ residents

Climbing up and down is safe

“Home Sweet Home” features a platform step that even the youngest children can safely climb. At the top, a large area invites them to build or relax away from the group. The soft mats (please order separately) make the 33 ½“ high den under the play house the perfect place to retreat. 259036 Home Sweet Home 254001 Bottom mat set, 3-part

Technical data Positioning:

In a corner

Age group:

From 2 years

Platform height:

33 ½", 85 cm

Sill height:

32 ½", 82.5 cm

Total height:

77", 195 cm

Space requirements:

98 ¼" x 50",

Gemino Activity Systems

Home Sweet Home

249 x 127 cm

Order sensory panels separately (p. 336). Select synthetic leather color (p. 227).

Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height:

Multi-Generational House In a corner From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 33 ½", 51, 85 cm

Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:

32 ½", 82.5 cm 72 ½", 184 cm 145 ¾" x 74 ¼", 370 x 188 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

The multi-generational house is a play house for the whole group: 3 year olds can use the large den for playing, building or resting. The staircase at the back leads to the building and play area on the second floor. Crawling-age children will feel comfortable in the small den and can get to their play area (behind a transparent acrylic balcony) via the extra deep staircase in front. The dens, colorful acrylic panes immerse every view in or out in a special light. 259046 Multiple-Generational House 254002 Bottom mat set, 2-part

Light pours in, creating an inviting atmosphere.

Order sensory panels separately (p. 336) Select artificial leather color (p. 227).

www.haba.de

325


n Toddler/Kindergarte

1

2

Technical data

Fisherman´s Paradise

Positioning:

Retreat cave Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails 259052 Fisherman’s Paradise

Along the wall From 1 ½ years

Age: Platform height:

33 ½“, 85 cm

Sill height:

32 ½“, 82.5 cm

Total height:

72 ½“, 184 cm

Space requirements:

162 ¼“ x 74 ¼“, 412 x 188 cm

Bridge Castle

Kindergarten

Climbing access (Order safety mats separately). Role play area with acrylic glass door Shop Arched bridge

259011 254011 Fall protection mat, W 23 ¾“ x D 67“, W 60 x D 170 cm Select color option on the next page.

4

Technical data Positioning:

1

2

3

Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height:

Along the wall From 3 years 53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 108“, 274 cm

Space requirements: 219“ x 82“, 556 x 208 cm Required ceiling height higher than 107 ¼“, 272 cm. See note on page 331.

326


2

3

1

Wonderful sliding fun!

Technical data

Gemofant Climbing access (order safety mats separately) Pass protection (children need to sit down to slide) Linoleum slide

Positioning:

In a corner

Age group:

From 3 years

Platform height:

259026 254010 Fall protection mats, W 24“ x D 67“, W 60 x D 170 cm

33 ½“, 85 cm

Sill height:

32 ½“, 82.5 cm

Total height:

Select color options for mat below.

65“, 165 cm 123 ¼“ x 68 ½“, 313 x 174 cm

Gemino Activity Systems

Space requirements:

2

1 3 Technical data Positioning: Age group:

Gemofant With Stairs

In a corner From 3 years

Platform height:

For all ages: stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails Pass protection (children need to sit down to slide) Linoleum slide

33 ½“, 85 cm

Sill height:

32 ½“, 82.5 cm

Total height:

259003

65“, 165 cm

Space requirements:

123 ¼“ x 98“, 313 x 249 cm

Safety Fall protection mats We only use HIC certified mats in proven and extremely durable quality. D 2 ½“, 6 cm

Choice of colors

GELB

ORAN

ROT

GRÜN

BLAU

ANTH

Yellow

Orange

Red

Green

Blue

Coal

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

327


Kindergarten

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.

1

2

3

Technical data Positioning:

In a corner

Shop

Age group:

From 3 years

Various perforated panels (order hanging elements separately, p. 395) Shop Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and twonon-slip handrails Sensory panels sold separately on page 374. 259030 Store

Sill height:

Platform height:

53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm

Total height:

101 ¾“, 258 cm

Space requirements:

76“ x 82“, 193 x 208 cm

Required ceiling height is higher than 110 ¾“, 281 cm. See note on page 331.

Rooftop Unit Various perforated panels (please order hanging elements separately, p. 395) Role play area with acrylic door Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and twonon-slip

handrails 259032

There is space for storage / play behind the sloping roof.

Technical data

1

2

3

Positioning:

In a corner

Age group:

From 3 years

Platform height: Sill height: Total height:

53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 98 ¼“, 249 cm

Space requirements: 99 ¾“ x 84 ¼“, 253 x 214 cm Required ceiling height: less than 101 ¾“, 258 cm or higher than 107 ½“, 273 cm. See note on page 331.

328


3

2

1

Roof Garden House

Positioning:

In a corner

Age group:

From 3 years

Platform height:

Large role play area on the ground-floor Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and twonon-slip handrails Large role play area on the first floor (order applications separately, p. 366)

Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:

259028

Gemino Activity Systems

Technical data

53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 97 ¾“, 248 cm 99 ¾“ x 74 ¼“, 253 x 188 cm

Required ceiling height: less than 101 ¼“, 257 cm or higher than 107 ¼“, 272 cm. See note on page 331.

Safety Door Safety doors serve to separate play areas in mixedage play groups. This is because only children taller than a certain height can open the door, meaning that little ones aren‘t able to enter areas for older children. The doors fit any staircase, and can also be made to measure. Please contact us.

House roof garden, staircase left The same structure as the house roof garden, item 259028. (technical data see above)

259074

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

329


Kindergarten

2

4

1

3

Technical data

Adventure Gallery

Positioning:

In a corner

Age group:

From 3 years

Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails Shop Separated role play area Integrated material trolleys (order material boxes separately, p. 181.) Sensory panels sold separately on page 374.

Platform height:

259056

53 ¾“, 136 cm

Sill height:

44 ¼“, 112.1 cm

Total height:

97 ¾“, 248 cm

Space requirements:

94 ¼“ x 123 ¾“, 239 x 314 cm

Required ceiling height: less 101 ¼“, 257 cm or higher 107 ¼“, 272 cm! See note on page 331.

3 1

Munich Model 2nd level – Munich Model Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails Material trolleys (order material boxes separately, page 181) Large mirror Space requirements with material trolleys pulled out: 124" x 75 ¾", 314.8 x 192 cm.

259080

330

2

Make the most of your storage space You can also use your Gemino+ for storing materials or toys. A storage space trolley or wheeled container can be integrated into almost any play house. The storage space trolley provides space for crafts or an individual compartment for each child to use. It can only be pulled out to the stopper so it cannot tip. Low wheeled containers of different sizes are ideal for storing building blocks or as dressing up boxes or for other toys. They can be completely removed for flexible use in the group room.

Technical data Positioning:

In a corner

Age group:

From 3 years

Platform height: Sill height:

53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm

Total height:

97 ¾“, 248 cm

Space requirements:

94 ¼“ x 75 ¾“, 239 x 192 cm

The built-in stopper prevents the space trolley from being completely pulled out.


10 Year GUARANTEE

Wall Mounted Marble Track on page 382

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.

4

1

2

3

Mini Mount Olympus

Positioning:

In a corner

Age group:

From 3 years

Large role play area Various perforated panels (order hanging elements separately, p. 395) Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails.

Platform height:

259053

Total height:

Order sensory panels p. 336.

Space requirements:

Gemino Activity Systems

Technical data

53 ¾“, 136 cm

Sill height:

44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 108“, 274 cm 123 ¾“ x 75“, 314 x 190 cm

Required ceiling height is higher than 108 ½“, 275 cm. See note below.

smaller than 3 ½“, 8.9 cm or larger than 9 ¼“, 23 cm

A check of the measurements on location is always necessary, even when the design of the play equipment or play structure conforms with standards, and has been checked and certified by the manufacturer. The distance from the ceiling is particularly important. Clearance from top panel to ceiling must be either smaller than 3 ½“, 8.9 cm, or larger than 9 ¼“, 23 cm. If this is not possible then Haba can deliver individually customized protection that reaches up to the ceiling.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

331


ers by m a e r d le tt li r fo s e c a Sleeping sp

gh, other childmidday nap is enou a me so r which Fo s. bit create quiet areas t sleeping ha y it's important to have very dif feren s, n wh rie s re se at' ild no Th ch mi al p. na Ge du ivi on ep Ind the special sle d/or an afterno ed an lop ing ve rn ed de mo s yb a ha da ed ba ed integrat ren also ne to rest. Ha e play houses have to when they want ity and for rest. Th ly turned into cozy tiv children can retreat ick ac r qu fo d e an ac y sp sil a ea as be th n bo ca childs ed he us nic be d which can y, which means the e corners an storage, so that th ed) are always hand ilt lud qu inc d t an s (no es ilts ttr qu ma d . The mattresses an they need it. rest and sleep areas n of taking some time out whenever tio op ren also have the

Select synthetic leather (p. 227).

Gemino B – 6 - 8 children Built-in daybed mattress and quilt cabinet for 6 children Cubby hole cave with niche (mat set 254002, please order separately.) Second level with space for 4 daybed mattresses Fabric roof to darken the space ... from play to rest ...

259092 254002 Mat set, 2-piece

Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:

In the corner From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 79 ¾", 202 cm 122 x 51 ¼", 312 x 130 cm

The children can do it all on their own

Gemino D – up to 14 children Cubby hole cave (space for 2 x mat sets 254002, please order separately.) Quilt cabinets for 12 children Daybed mattress cabinets for 12 children Second level with space for 10 daybed mattresses

259094 254002 Mat set, 2-piece

4 Technical data

1

332

2

3

Positioning: In the corner Age: From 1 ½ years Platform heights: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 26 ¾“, 33 ½", 17, 34, 51, 68, 85 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 93", 236 cm Space requirements: 146 ¼" x 122 ¼", 371 x 310 cm


4

1

Gemino Activity Systems

Spielhäuser 2. Ebene

3

2

Gemino C – 4 - 6 children

Cubby hole cave (mat set 254003, please order separately.) Quilt cabinets for 6 children

259093 254003 Mat set, 3-piece

Technical data Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:

Along the wall From 3 years 33 ½", 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 79 ¾", 202 cm 74 ¼" x 75", 188 x 190 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

1

2

www.haba.de

333


Rest Geminos!

Select synthetic leather (p. 227).

2

1

Rest Gemino A

Technical data

– space for 4 children Positioning: Age: Sill height: Platform height: Total height: Space requirements:

Cubby hole cave (mat set, item no. 254002, please order separately.) Second level with space for 2 daybed mattresses

259091 254002

Mat set, 2-piece

Along the wall From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 79 ¾", 202 cm 75 ¼" x 51 ¼", 191 x 130 cm

Rest Gemino E – space for 10 - 14 children Cabinets for 12 daybed mattresses Platform steps Quilt cabinets for 12 children Entrance to cubby hole (space for 2 x mat sets, item no. 254002, please order separately.) Exit from cubby hole cave Space for 12 daybed mattresses

259095 254002 Mat set, 2-piece

6

5

Technical data

1

334 334

2

3

4

Positioning: In a corner Age: From 1 ½ years Platform heights: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 27", 33 ½", 40 ¼", 17, 34, 51, 68, 85, 102 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 88 ¾", 253 cm Space requirements: 147" x 122 ½", 373 x 311 cm


?

3

1

2

Resting platform – space for 8 children

Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:

259088 254007 Daybed mattress set, 4-piece, Color blue

254008 Mat set, 3-piece

In a corner From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 44 ¼", 112 cm 90 ¾", 230.5 cm 122 ¼" x 74 ¼", 310 x 188 cm

Spielhäuser 2. Ebene Spielhäuser 2. Ebene

Technical data

Space for mat set 254008, please order separately. Steps with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails Space for daybed mattress set 254007, please order separately.

The comfortable resting places on the top level are in high demand.

Gemino Activity Systems

Order sensory panels separately (p. 336).

1

Quiet zone

2

3

Technical data

– space for 5 children Steps with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails Quilt cabinet for 12 children Cabinet for 12 daybed mattresses

259064 Order sensory panels separately (p. 336).

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:

In a corner From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 66 ¼", 168 cm 98 ½" x 74 ¼", 250 x 188 cm

www.haba.de

335 335


Sensory panels

Sensory Panels for Sensory Panels can be used with all

Closures 7 different closure options.

120370

Brushes, Balls and Mirrors 120369

playhouses. W 16" x H 17 Âź", W 40,6 x H 43,2 cm

Special Effects Turning Discs With 8 turning discs.

120390

Acrylic Gears

Gear Wheels

When the large gear turns, the little ones follow along: tooth by tooth.

With one fixed and two movable gear wheels.

120389

120394

Color Changer

Mirror window

Lights inside panel change colors. Three AAA batteries are included.

Curtain opens with a mirror behind it.

Turntable 1 120146

Turntable 3 120148

Magnetic Track + 2 Wands With two steel marbles.

120399

120392

120366

Rainmaker Turn to make the sound of rain.

120373

Toothed wheel with rubber balls

Turning Spiral with Balls

Chimes

Blank Panel

with Wooden Mallet.

for Self-Design.

The little balls hop all over when the wheel turns.

Fast turning brings the balls into orbit. Plexiglass holds the balls in the unit.

120150

104605

120393

120396

FRAMES FOR WALL MOUNTING on page 376.

336


Lofts

Gemino Activity Systems

Assembly required A

10 Year GUARANTEE Ship Set sail on a voyage of discovery. The crew are just taking their places and the captain of the ship is already at the wheel. The sailors are climbing through the porthole to the top deck. Handles and treads give a secure grip on the slope. Children can also “ride the waves” of the wavy staircase. Birch wood with colored etching. Age: 1 ½ years and over. Platform height: 20 ½“, 52cm. Rail height: 24 ½“, 62 cm Total height: 84 ½”, 215 cm. Space requirements: 87 ½“ x 34 ¼“, 222 x 87 cm.

GS tested

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

120511

“No fear, I’ve got it all under control.” “Hello, any room for a little one on board?”

“I can ride these waves no problem”

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

337


Come, little mouse, the cheese tastes really good.

Castle For conquering this castle, the knights and noble damsels just have to be able to crawl. There are many things waiting to be discovered on both sides of the castle: The castle gate to crawl through or to hide, milled motor skills spirals with sliding elements as well as funny animal appliqués. Stairs with handrail on both sides. Birch wood, partially with colored stain, tower roof made of fabric. Age: 1 ½ years and over. Platform height: 20 ½”, 52 cm. Total height: 65 ¾”, 167 cm. Space requirements: 90 ½” x 28 ¾”, 230 x 73 cm.

120509

For Brave Explorers “But hurry, or there’ll be no room left under the arch.”

Castle with Bridge Children can’t wait to climb up the steps or up the soft, padded waved “staircase”. Both sets of stairs lead to the bridge. The spaces under the bridge and the archway are always popular. The construction, similar to a slatted frame, sheds light underneath the bridge. Birch wood, some color etching, tower roofs made from fabric. Stairs with handrail on both sides.

338

Age: 1 ½ years and over. Platform height: 20 ½“, 52cm. Rail height: 28 ½“, 72 cm. Total height: 65 ¾“, 167 cm. Space requirements: 191“ x 28 ¾“, 485 x 73 cm.

120510 099859 Matching Mat, color: Blue, W 68 ½“ x H 1 ½“ x D 35“, W 173 x H 4 x D 89 cm


BALANCINGBOARDS Playing with Balance

The balancing path is a variable system consisting of blocks and boards, which can be used for different age groups. The boards are simply hung into the rungs of the balancing blocks. Construction is so easy that children can even do it themselves, allowing them to design the balancing course individually and to vary the level of difficulty. Helps the child: >> Provides targeted support of vestibular kinesthetic awareness >> Improves balancing skills >> Trains the ability to self-correct balance

>> The HABA balancing path is certified as "particularly development promoting".

39 ¾“, 100 cm

18“, 45 cm

Balancing Block at 2 Heights

Balancing Block, small Consists of 2 connected “walls” of rungs and a cover that can be hung into the balancing boards. This creates a long balancing path where there is nothing to hold onto. The block also acts as a “half-way” platform. Birch wood, ¾“, 18 mm thick. W 41 ¼“ x H 17 ¾“, W 105 x H 45 cm, cover 24“ x 24“, 61 x 61 cm.

112000

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Balancing Block Consists of 2 “walls” of rungs connected in a cross shape. The platform can be used to stand on and creates additional stability. Includes platform (10“ x 10“, 25 x 25 cm). Birch wood, ¾“, 18 mm thick. W 51 ¼“ x H 39 ½“, W 130 x H 100 cm.

111813

www.haba.de

339

Gemino Activity Systems

Supports the teachers >> Instructional range of easily implemented tasks, from easy (boards on the ground), to difficult (slowly gain height) all the way to incorporation of additional tasks >> Children can be integrated into the construction or independently take it over >> Can be combined with available equipment in the movement room or gym >> difficulty can be easily adjusted to suit the children's abilities


Storage

Wall Bracket for Balancing Boards For 5 balancing boards. Coated steel tube with rubber balls, non-slip coating on points of support. W 35 ½“ x D 12“, 90 x D 30 cm. 111838 2 pieces

Wall Bracket for Balancing Blocks For 3 balancing blocks. Coated steel tube with rubber balls, non-slip coating on points of support. 15 ¾“ x 15 ¾“, 40 x 40 cm. 111833 2 pieces

Balancing boards saving sets Set Basis

Set SensoryMotor Skills

Set Challenge

Balance Set Basis Includes 1 each: - Balance board (111800), length 7’, 2.16 m - Monkey ladder (111803), length 7’, 2.16 m - Bead snake (111807), length 7’, 2.16 m - Rockers (111820), length 7’, 2.16 m - Balance snake, horizontal (111828), length 7’, 2.16 m

111836

340

Balance Set Challenge Balance Set Sensory Motor Skills Includes 1 each: - Board Fakir (111805), length 7’, 2.16 m - Bead snake (111807), length 7’, 2.16 m - Jungle bridge (111824), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m - Monkey ladder (111803), length 7’, 2.16 m.

Includes 1 each: - Board river rocks (111831), length 7’, 2.16 m - Board with rockers (111820), length 7’, 2.16 m - Jungle bridge (111824), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m - Balancing curve, horizontal (111829), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m.

111850

111851


Balance

Balance Boards Touch & Feel with Feet

Rubber balls (Ø 1 ½", 50 mm) make it: >> slip-resistant >> won't damage floor >> safe for hanging >> With metal support (1 ¾" x 1 ¾", 40 x 40 mm) >> Balance boards of genuine birch wood (8", 20 cm wide, 1", 21 mm thick) >> Balance bars of steel pipe, Ø 1 ½", 35 mm, wall thickness ¼" , 4 mm, powder-coated >> Two different lengths (7‘, 2.16 m or 10‘ 6“, 3.16m) >> Weight capacity up to 243 lbs./110 kg (for 7', 2.16 m length) or 155 lbs./70 kg (for 10' 6", 3.16 m length) – in school classes for ages up to 12 years >> Trampoline board with weight capacity up to 176 lbs/80 kg

Tilt

Balance Boards in 7', 2.16 m length

Gemino Activity Systems

A

eet ith f

ew Sens B

A

River Rocks

4 round stepping surfaces (Ø 7 ¾”, 20 cm), supported on rubber elements, sideways or diagonal tilting. 111831 Length 7’, 2.16 m

B

Monkey Ladder

With side rails, rectangular or crescent-shaped, and half-spheres made of wood. All parts rounded and painted in bright colors. 111803 Length 7’, 2.16 m

C

eel ine f

A pr

C

it

ow w

Narr

ce

urfa

ort s

pp h su

ickly

up porc

Bead Snake Tube made of nylon fabric, filled with beads.

111807 Length 7’, 2.16 m

D

Fakir

E

Balance Board

F

Rockers

D

ace surf oth Smo

With round brushes made of plastic and wooden dowels. 111805 Length 7’, 2.16 m E

With smooth surface. 111800 Length 7’, 2.16 m

1 diagonal and 1 sideways tilting board, supported on rubber elements. 111820 Length 7’, 2.16 m

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

g tiltin out h t i kw Roc

F

www.haba.de

341


Trampoline board as light as a feather

Flexible and holds up to 176 lbs. or 80 kg

Trampoline Board A flexible and light as a ski, the board cushions every step as it does not have a metal beam and has been laminated with plastic fibers. The plastic fibers make the board both flexible and stable. Length: 7’, 2.16 m.

112005

Extra-long Balancing Fun in 2 lengths A

A

Board with Jungle Bridge

2 curved steel tubes with wooden braces, toe spheres on diagonal braces for better stability. 111822 Length 7’, 2.16 m 111824 Length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m

B

Slanted Up and Down: Som ethin g fo r all

the Sens es

B

Left and Righ t Wir e Balancing Act

Balance Snake Horizontal Steel tube, Ø approx. 2”, 5 cm.

111828 Length 7’, 2.16 m 111829 Length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m

Balancing elements used separately or as supplement to the balancing path D

ith ed w the ba bin

ce bridge lan

Can be com

C

Wobbly tall balancing

Trains motor skills

Balance beam The balance beam is narrower than a gymnastic balance beam and yields when balanced on. Helps to improve fitness, coordination and motor skills. The narrow side can be placed down to increase the level of difficulty. Soft, closed-cell special foam. Will not absorb dirt or moisture, long lasting and hygienic. Color: Blue. 64“, 162 cm long, base 9 ½“, 24 cm and top 2 ¼“, 6 cm wide.

054213

Simple exercises, like half squats or standing on one leg, become a real challenge on the balancing see-saw plate. The balancing see-saw board is also wobbly, as the rubber elements mean the board leans to the right or left. Two children can balance on the long surface at the same time or to find their balance. Tip: A fun balancing course can be put together with multiple balancing see-saw plates, or a combination of balancing see-saw boards and plates. Birch, rubber. C 120482 Balancing see-saw plate, color: natural and green, size: Ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm, tread surface Ø 8“, 20 cm, height 3 ¾“, 9 cm D 120486 Balancing see-saw board, color: natural and red, size: L 35 ½“ x W 14“, L 90 x W 35 cm, tread surface L 27 ¾“ x W 6“, L 70 x W 15 cm, height 3 ¾“, 9 cm


Library

Library


Book Castle Castle Gate

Castle Tower

Castle Wall

Birch wood. W 38“ x H 23 ¾“ x D 15 ½“, W 96.5 x H 59.4 x D 39.5 cm.

Birch wood. W 28“ x H 35 ¾“ x D 28“, W 70.3 x H 90.4 x D 70.3 cm, seat height 14 ¾“, 36.7 cm.

124020

124000

Birch wood. W 38“ x H 23 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 96.5 x H 59.4 x D 39.5 cm, seat height 14 ¾“, 36.7 cm. Rolling bins not included. Please order separately.

124010 471550 Rolling bin (W 16 ¾“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 14“, W 42 x H 29.5 x D 35 cm), 1 piece

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

Mat for Castle Tower

Mat for Castle Wall

RG 25/40 foam with removable cover made of phthalate-free synthetic leather with non-slip on the bottom. W 25“ x H 1 ½“ x D 25“, W 63 x H 3 x D 63 cm. 124030 Light green 124035 Light blue

RG 25/40 foam with removable cover made of phthalatefree synthetic leather with non-slip on the bottom. W 37“ x H 1 ½“ x D 14 ½“, W 93.5 x H 3 x D 36 cm. 124040 Light green 124045 Light blue

GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany

Additional carts are perfect for storing all kinds of treasures.

344

With its towers, walls and gates, the castle invites play.


Bookshelf and Bench

Available in 3 Heights Bookshelf or bench? The Library Bench is both. Compartments behind and under the seat hold lots of books. And the inviting seat is perfect for reading and studying. The Library Bench is an attractive addition to a library or as a separate reading corner in small rooms. Upholstery removable for washing, with hook and loop strip fasteners. Birch-veneer wood panels. Application Worm - sold seperately. 120998 Application Worm

Toddler Library Bench sitting height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, W 39 ¼“ x H 20 ½“ x D 20 ½“, W 100 x H 52 x D 52 cm

122270 Fabric group 1 or 2 Kindergarten Library Bench sitting height 13 ¼“, 34 cm, W 39 ¼“ x H 24 ¾“ x D 22 ½“, W 100 x H 63 x D 57 cm

122272 Fabric group 1 or 2 School Library Bench sitting height 16 ½“, 42 cm, W 39 ¼“ x H 28 ¾“ x D 25 ½“, W 100 x H 73 x D 65 cm

122274 Fabric group 1 or 2 Select fabric options on page 222-226.

Library

Bookworm

Willy the Bookworm Individual boxes are connected with ropes and have 4 casters each. Birch wood. Box 16“ x 16“ , 40 x 40 cm, middle box 13 ¼“, 34 cm high, total length: 73“, 185 cm.

120999

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

345


Versatile Theme Cart

Decorations

A

B

Dragon is not included. Please order separately.

Decorations Birch veneer.

A 120998 Worm

W 13“ x H 9“ x D 1“, W 33 x H 23 x D 2.4 cm

B 120318 Dragon W 12 ½” x H 32 ½” x D 1“, W 32 x H 82 x D 2.7 cm

Decorations are perfect to style doors, cabinets or walls.

Book/Theme Cart Two levels with 4 compartments each for a total of 8 compartments, books can be sorted by subject. Extra large pockets (3 ½” x 2 ½”, 9 x 6 cm) hold printed or handmade signs to help find the titles. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Beech wood veneer. W 46 ½” x H 33” x D 15 ¾”, B 118 x H 83.5 x D 40 cm; inside of compartment 13 ½” x 10 ¾”, 34 x 27 cm.

120961

MORE DECORATIONS on page 366.

Acrylic strips

Turning-Library

Book Tower

Turning-Library

Book Tower

A real library for little rooms. 16 shelves for storage. Metal lock bar prevents unauthorized access. With 4 locking casters. Beech wood veneer. Measurements closed: W 19 ¾“ x H 55 ½“ x D 26 ¼“, W 50 x H 141 x D 67 cm; Measurements open: W 60“ x H 55 ½“ x D 33“, W 152 x H 141 x D 84 cm.

Eight large size cubbies and 4 bins on top provide plenty of space for lots of books. Individual titles can be displayed behind the acrylic slats. 4 casters, 2 locking, turn the Book Tower into a mobile library. Beech wood veneer. Acrylic. W 23 ¾” x H 39 ¾” x D 23 ¾”, W 60 x H 101 x D 60 cm.

124801

120968

346


Library

Book-Shelf

Front Back

Presenting Reading Materials Displaying books motivates children to browse and read. Shelves on the back hold more books, magazines, CD’s, or games. With 4 locking casters. Birch wood, powder-coated metal parts. W 36 ½” x H 38 ½” x D 19”, W 92.5 x H 98 x D 48 cm.

457040

10 Year GUARANTEE

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT BIRCH WOOD on page 122/123.

Library

Lots of storage Made in Germany

Front

Back

Book Cabinet Three face-out shelves for presenting books, magazines and games. 3 open shelf compartments for storing and 3 shelves. Beech wood veneer. W 39 ½“ x H 35 ¾“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 91 x D 48 cm. 525600 Without Casters 525601 With Casters (not shown)

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

347


:DOO PRXQWHG ERRN VKHOI

C

B

A

Wall-mounted Book Shelf Slanted shelves with acrylic fronts display books, brochures or magazines at a glance. Birch plywood; Acrylic, tubular powder-coated steel. W 36 ½“ x D 4 ¼“, W 92.7 x D 10.5 cm A 120964 1 compartment, H 12“, 30.5 cm B 120965 2 compartments, H 22 ¾“, 57.5 cm C 120975 4 compartments, H 43“, 111.5 cm 458886 5 compartments, W 37 ¾“ x H 57“ x D 4 ¼“, W 96 x H 144.3 x D 10.5 cm (not shown)

Book shelf with 3 tiers Ideal for presenting new items or even large picture books. Steel wire, powder coated (RAL 9006). W 39 ¾” x H 28” x D 3 ¾”, W 100 cm x H 71 x D 8.5 cm.

096345

%RRN &KHVW

Available in

BIRCH WOOD Fixed or mobile. There are always enough picture books here. And the cheerful decoration makes it particularly attractive to little bookworms. W 23 ¾“ x 19 ¾“, W 60 x D 50 cm.

348

Small book chest 120992 Beech wood veneer, with glides (not shown), H 13“, 33 cm 120989 Beech wood veneer, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable; H 15 ¾“, 40 cm 120951 Birch wood, with glides, H 13“, 33 cm (not shown) 120952 Birch wood, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable (not shown); H 15 ¾“, 40 cm

Large book chest 120962 Beech wood veneer, with glides (not shown), H 28“, 70.5 cm 120960 Beech wood veneer, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable; H 30 ¾“, 78 cm 120953 Birch wood, with glides (not shown), H 28“, 70.5 cm 120954 Birch wood, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable (not shown); H 30 ¾“, 78 cm


Library

3DOP ,VODQG

An attractive attention-grabber for waiting areas, foyers or, naturally, the library. Children can sit, browse or play on the palm island. There is plenty of storage space for books, building blocks or small toys underneath the seating and play area, which is covered in sand-colored linoleum. Please order sea grass storage boxes separately (471571, p. 179). Birch, linoleum surface L071 sand, palm tree made of foam and cotton/polyester, acrylic strip. W 40“ x H approx. 39 ½“ x D 27“, W 101 x H approx. 100 x D 68 cm, seat height 14 ¼“, 36 cm.

124050

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE MATERIAL BIRCH-REAL-WOOD on page 122/123.

Library

%RRN 7UHH Space for large and small books on the strong branches, ready to be picked by little readers. Birch. W 41 ¾“ x H 47 ¼“, W 106 x H 120 cm, shelf depth: max. 9 ¾“, 24.5 cm.

120995

%RRN 0HDGRZ Colorful sliding flowers and a cute bunny invite children to play. Birch. W 30 ¼” x H 17 ¼” x D 6 ½”, W 76.6 x H 43.5 x D 16.5 cm.

120997

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

349


Info Area

Info forum in the foyer >> Pin board with whiteboard surface >> Info element with writing surface >> Lockable suggestion box >> Space for first aid items Communicative eye-catcher Magazines and books for browsing can be presented in the acrylic compartments. Wishes, suggestions or constructive criticism can be written down and deposited in the lockable suggestion box. The cabinet to the left can be used to store a first aid box. The large pin board has space to display appointments, photos or posters. Birch wood veneer, acrylic, pin board with whiteboard surface. Info element W 23 ¾“ x H 63“ x D 8“, W 60 x H 160 x D 20 cm or with table 19“, 48 cm; table height 41 ¾“, 105.6 cm; pin board 31 ½“ x 63“, 80 x 160 cm. A 120829 Info element B 120769 Pin board for info element

A B

Info Center

Every side can be used

Whiteboard Mirrors Info Center Ideal for the foyer for information available to parents, visitors etc. With 3 side walls (1 x mirror, 1 x magnetic whiteboard and 1 x with 3 acrylic divisions), 3 continuous bases and 5 casters, 2 lockable. Birch. Ø 31 ½“, 80 cm, H 72“, 182.4 cm

120725

350

WORKPLACE FOR FOYER/HALLWAY on page 29.


Partion Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors


Partition Walls for Toddler The 27 ¼“, 69 cm high partition walls give new structure to rooms, creating quiet and cozy corners that in turn create a feeling of safety and security. There are many things to discover in the play corners Exciting and colorful motor skills and play elements arouse curiosity in little ones. They crawl through, look at, touch and grasp using all of their senses.

TODDLERS-PARTITION WALLS starting on page 354

and Kindergarten Using the 53 ½“, 136 cm high partition walls, you can create additional space, as well as playing and learning areas. The flexible partition walls can be adapted at any time.

KINDERGARTEN-PARTITION WALLS starting on page 360

Quality Partition Wall Connecting Poles - Frames made from ¾“, 18 mm solid birch

- Stable

- Cross poles made from steel tubing, powder coated in silver grey (RAL 9006)

- Scratch-resistant

- Stable and scratch-resistant

- Made from steel tubing, powder coated in silver grey (RAL 9006)

ty Bolt Safe

Safety bolts prevent children from removing the connecting poles.

352


Partition Walls WALL APPLICATIONS on page 366.

Partition wall combination 7 Space requirements: 99 ¾“ x 111“, 253 x 282 cm.

870989

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood More information on page 122/123.

Made in Germany

Visual and tactile experience

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

Pull up, stand, learn to walk

D

iscovery Room for Children

Well thought-out rooms, with consistent and clear structures, are important. This makes it easier for little ones to orientate themselves, and contributes to their sense of well-being and security. Daycare-age children are often completely absorbed in whatever they‘re doing. If possible, multiple children should be able to play on their own at the same time. The transitions between playing alone, in pairs or in groups should be as fluid as possible. Create areas for playing, building, reading, drawing and eating. There should also be opportunities for movement and retreat.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

The ideal way to divide rooms is partition cabinets with plenty of storage space for play materials. The variety of different elements make the partitions exciting for all ages. Pull up bars on the partition cabinets and partitions help the littlest ones to pull themselves up andtake their first steps. Ideal for the retreat and resting area are various cushions and pillows, soft carpets, canopies and fairy-tale veils.

www.haba.de

353


Toddler Partition Walls

Sensory experiences

The entrance into this area is an adventure in itself: a crawling tunnel leads directly to the play area. A look through the colored porthole or the frog's eyes is just as interesting from inside as from outside. The sounds and tactile partitions encourage exploration and testing of all the senses.

Partition Wall Combination 8 Space requirements: 91 ½" x 106 ½", 232 x 270 cm.

870988

Only adults can pull up the hinges and open the door

promotes motor skills Children can investigate the underwater world inside and out or get the pushing horse to gallop. Inside, there is a safe play area for the littlest ones.

Partition Wall Combination 3 Space requirements: 117“ x 83 ¼“, 296.8 x 211 cm.

870982

MORE ABOUT THE grow.upp PARTITIONS on page 98

354


Partition Walls

Magnetic fabric elements on page 363. CREATE YOUR OWN PARTITION WALL starting on page 356.

Wall Decorations start on page 366. Like a little green landscape, whiteboard with magnetic figures, sunshine yellow perforated metal fence for looking through and peeping over. The large porthole lets lots of light into the “little garden”, the entry to which is through an arched doorway with a bolt. Motor skills and play elements for grasping and sliding offer different stimuli for play and arouse little ones’ curiosity. The matching mat sets are the perfect addition.

Partition Wall Combination 4 Space requirements: 11‘ x 5‘ 10“, 336 x 178 cm.

870990 099867 Matching mat set, color: Light green For information about the floor mats see page 232.

motor skills

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

A color wheel, various geometric shapes and colorful gears – a temptation for curious fingers. What happens when you turn the color wheel? Which block fits in which hole? Do all the gear wheels move when I turn the large wheel?

Partitions Wall Combination 2 Space requirements: 94 ½“, 240 cm.

870981

Mirrors and poles on page 384. A safe play area right in the middle of the room. Transparent panels such as the porthole and the yellow and red perforated metal give tiny tots a good view of the world outside. The crawling pipe serves as an entrance and exit and let’s curious children keep an eye on happenings outside. The matching mat sets are the perfect addition.

Partition Wall Combination 5 Space requirements: 8‘ 2“ x 3‘, 248 x 88 cm.

870992 099869 Matching mat set, color: Fire red For information about the floor mats see page 232. Order mirrors and mounts separately, see page 384.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

355


Toddler Partition Walls

(Height 27 ¼",69 cm)

Frame of solid birch, cross-bars of steel tube (powder-coated)

Width 31 ¾“, 80 cm

Partition Wall Combination 6 Space requirements: 86“ x 26 ½“, 218 x 67 cm.

870993

Motor Skills A

Motor Skills B

Motor Skills C

Abacus

Cars

With 2 cars to slide a gas station, 3 little bees, and 4 different animals with button knob for sliding, ball sliding game, and 10 little brushes.

Mirror, airplane, and caterpillar for the sliding, swinging, and rolling element.

With 10 pieces of clothing for sliding, ball labyrinth with magnetic bar, wooden spiral for turning, small cymbals and clicking discs.

3 metal bars each with 10 sliding elements: sea creatures, houses and trees, flowers, and butterflies.

Motor function element with 3 wooden cars.

870154

870153

870088

870071

870155

back

front

Gears

Hide-Out

Can be played on both sides: the front side with 4 small gears and 1 large gear with a crank. The back side with 5 shifting elements and a printed motif.

Crawl-through, motor skills elements for sliding, secret compartment with door and window (on the back).

870162

870157

356

Hidden safe …

… with door


Partition Walls

Touching boards With a wide variety of elements: little brushes, cocoa mat, carpet, mirror (safety glass), Plush sack with a ducky and balls, perforated plate as well as 3 material pennants with crackling foil, ducky and rattles.

870160

Sensory experience

Shapes

Chromatic circles

10 shape cut-outs for inserting various geometric shapes. With a carpeted shelf as a noisedampening. 10 geometrical solids included

Can be played on both sides: turnable color disc with 3 color segments each (red, yellow and blue) on the front and back side. Turning the discs creates new colors.

870159

Crawling Tunnel

Loophole

Turntables

Frog’s Eye

Circular Porthole

With a rod grip so children can pull themselves up and bendableflowers made of nylon. Tube (Ø 21 ½“, 55 cm, L 24 ½“, 62 cm) made of polyester material, surface washable; foam stuffing.

Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm. A colored wooden ring with filling made of foam and a hardwearing material made of 100% coated polyester.

Can be played on both sides: 4 gears with a crank – covered on both sides with an acrylic pane.

Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm, blue, with a curved acrylic pane.

Ø 19 ¾”, 50 cm, blue, with acrylic.

870036

870026

870164

870158

870092

n

Only adults can pull up the hinges and open the door

Auditory Perc

ep

tio

Arched door with metal threshold With rainmaker turning wheel, music box, squeaker, drum and ratchet (movable wooden rod which is firmly fixed to the partition).

Door with bar lock, opens one way. Height 36 ¾”, 93 cm. For use only in fixed construction (no eyelets) between partition walls.

870165

870906

Sounds

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Safety door Only use when firmly installed (no eyelets) between the partitions. 36 ¾“, 93 cm high.

870905

www.haba.de

357

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

870163

Motor Skills


Toddler Partition Walls

(Height 27 ½“, 69 cm)

Frame of solid birch wood, cross-bars of steel tube (powder-coated)

Width 31 ¾“, 80 cm

Panel

Slots/Circles

Underwater

Birch wood.

Birch wood with mouldings.

870082

870083

Can be played on both sides. The material cover attached with Velcro (100% polyester hand washable) with an application made of open-meshed fabric. There are 7 moveable wood fish.

Order appliqués separately (from p. 366).

870161

Width 31 ¾“, 80 cm or 46 ¾“, 118,5 cm

Quarter Circle Perforated Metal-Colors

back

34 ¾“, 88.2 cm

cm 49 “, 12 4.7

34 ¾“, 88.2 cm

red

yellow

front

Acrylic ¼”, 6 mm strong acrylic. 870086 W 31 ¾“, 80 cm 870186 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm

Mirror/Magnet

Quadrant Unit, perforated

whiteboard. 870084 W 31 ¾“, 80 cm 870184 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm

Powder-coated perforated metal. W 49”, 124.7 cm. 870241 Red 870242 Yellow 870246 Blue

1/8”, 3 mm acrylic mirror and magnetic

blue

Width 46 ¾“, 118,5 cm

back front

Fence

4 Circular Portholes

Hobby Horse

Birch timber.

Circular porthole Ø 8 ½“, 22 cm with colored acrylic.

870198

870190

With 2 fixed applications (fence and stall) on the front side and moveable elements on both sides: 6 flowers and 1 horse.

870197

Marble Run Partition

back

A short stop – and with the turn of a knob it's time to keep going.

A bell rings and the balls start rolling down. The storage compartment means they don't get lost. Trains hand-eye coordination. Order partition wall connections on page 362.

358

front

Ball Track With turning handles, bell, ball storage compartment and 3 balls.

870072


Partition Walls

Cozy Cave Give the little ones a cozy retreat with this little cave. The children can take a breather whenever they like.

Sample design of the partition wall cozy cave:

Corner design between 2 partition walls.

Cozy Cave Silver-gray perforated metal panel, powder-coated. Roof with 5 outdoor fabric panels of 100 % Polyester with a wooden ball. Mat of PU foam core with phthalate-free synthetic leather cover. The cave can be built straight with partition walls or in a corner (see picture). In the first case, please order 2 eyelets (870915). Dimensions: entry width: 23 ½“, 59.5 cm. Height of partition wall 69 cm, 27 ¼“. Height with domed roof 46 ½“, 118 cm. 870912 Low partition wall, Ø 39 ½“, 100 cm 870913 Roof 023426 Mat, Ø 33“, 84 cm, height 4 ¾“, 12 cm 870915 Set of eyelets for straight design

Straight design between 2 partition walls. Please order 2 additional Item No. 870915.

Back with mirror

Low Shelves with 5 Back Walls Partition Wall Cabinet, narrow W 25“ x H 30 ½“ x D 16 ¼”, W 63.4 x H 77 x D 41 cm. Birch Mirror Acrylic (clear) Acrylic (yellow) Acrylic (orange)

870900 870910 870921 870923 870927

B

A

B

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

A

Front

Partition Wall Cabinet, wide W 36 ½“ x H 30 ½“ x D 16 ¼“, W 92.5 x H 77 x D 41 cm.

870901 Birch 870911 Mirror birch

mirror

acrylic clear

acrylic yellow

acrylic orange

Partition Wall Balance Element in 2 widths Adjustable element means this combination can be easily adjusted to the room width.

Balance Element Height 27 ½“, 69 cm. 870908 Adjustable from 15 ¾“ - 26 ½“, 40 - 67 cm 870909 Adjustable from 23 ¾“ - 34 ½“, 60 - 87 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Adjustable - can be adapted to every room width.

www.haba.de

359


Kindergarten Partition Walls

(H 53 ¾", H 136 cm)

Frame of solid birch, cross-bars of steel tube (powder-coated)

Partition Panel Assembly Shop Space needed: 112” x 112”, 248 x 248 cm. Hang on boxes and decorations sold separately on page 395.

870984

Partition walls structure rooms, distinguish and connect at the same time. Cleverly combined, they can be used for role play as a cloakroom for the costumes, a shop, a theater, or as a sound insulation.

360


Partition Walls Width 31 ½“, 80 cm

Play Store Theater/Bags Window

Fabric box (W 28 “ x H 15 ¾“, W 72 x H 40 x D 37.5 cm). Washable at 86°F/30°C, made of cotton/polyester.

Curtain (divided in 2 parts) made of cotton/polyester, removable, washable at 86˚F/30˚C, bags made of nylon, removable with hook and loop.

With door lock, to open one way. Window made of solid beech wood (17 ¾“ x 21 ¾“, 45 x 55 cm). Real beech wood.

With acrylic pane (16 ½“ x 19“, 42 x 48 cm) and lock closure, to open one way.

With inclined shelf, shelves, rod with hook and awning of cotton/polyester. D 4“, 24 cm. Note: Can only be assembled in combination with other partition walls.

870394

870395

870393

870389

870914

Clothes Chest

Door

Width 31 ½“ or 46 ¾“, 80 or 118.5 cm

Pegboard Acoustics Blue sound reducing element on both sides. 820060 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 820061 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm

For hang on countertop (870889) and angle elements. More hang-on elements found on page 395. 870397 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870497 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm

Plain Panel 870382 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870482 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm

both sides can be written on and are also magnetic

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

MAGNETIC-ELEMENTS on page 363.

the whiteboard surface can be written on and is also magnetic

Mirror/Magnet Blackboard/Whiteboard Green blackboard and a whiteboard, both magnetic. 870930 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870935 W 74 ¼“, 118.5 cm

With mirror made of acrylic, ¼”, 3 mm strong, and whiteboard, magnetic. 870384 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870484 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm

Width 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm

Hang-on elements on page 395.

Kiosk

Shadow play

Pegboard with (W 22 ½“ x H 28“, W 57.5 x 71 cm), 2-part curtain made of cotton/polyester, removable and washable 86°F/30°C.

Large shadow screen in the center and smaller screens in the colors yellow, red, orange, blue, green. Acrylic screens.

3 Portholes

870469

870920

870490

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Porthole Ø 8 ½“, 22 cm with acrylic glass.

361


Solid Connections The partition walls are easy to join together. They attach directly onto each other using bolts. The connecting discs between the partition walls can also be at 45° or 90° angles, creating stable partition wall combinations for clearly defined play areas.

A

B Connection Discs A Direct

45°- Angle

B 90°- Angle

Movable Connections

Quality

The partition walls can be joined together so that they are still movable, using a pole with eyelets and can also be positioned in three directions. A wall attachment bar also allows the partitions to be attached to a wall. This creates flexible partition wall combinations for play areas. Zigzag shelves or learning stations can also be built with these connecting rods (D) and eyelets (C).

Wall/Dividing Wall + Wall connection strip + 1 set of eyelets + connecting rod

Two Dividing Walls + 2 sets of eyelets + connecting rod

For connecting the partition walls at a fixed angle of 45° or 90°. Set of 2. A 870891 45°-Angle B 870882 90°-Angle

Partition Wall Connecting Poles · Stable and scratch-resistant · Made from steel tubing, powder coated in silver gray (RAL 9006)

3–Way Connector for the Dividing Wall + 3 sets of eyelets + connecting rods

C

C

Connecting Eyelets

Partition Walls are delivered without connecting eyelets. W 3 ½” x D 3 ¾”, W 8.7 x D 9.4 cm, ¾”, 1.8 cm thick. 870881 Set of 2

D

Connection Rod

The safety bolts prevent children from being able to remove the connecting poles.

For connecting partition walls at a flexible angle. Steel tube, powder-coated. Top ball made of beech. Height: 25 ¾“, 65 cm.

870884

E

Wall Connection Strip To attach the partition walls to the wall. Height: 27”, 68.5 cm.

870880 D

E

Wall Connection Strip (not shown) To attach the partition walls to the wall. Height: 53 ¾”, 136 cm.

870870

362

All of the fabric and net walls have hook and loop fastenings so that they can be removed for cleaning.


Partition Walls

Metal Feet

Stationary Feet, metal Also suitable for use with a partition wall combination. W 27 ½“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 1 ¼“, W 70 x H 22 x D 3 cm. 870896 1 piece

Roll Feet, metal With 2 locking casters. W 27 ½“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 2“, W 70 x H 22 x D 5 cm. 870897 2 pieces

Stationary Foot, birch, small

Stationary Foot, birch, large

Roll Feet, birch

Only for low partition walls. W 13“ x H 7 ½“ x D ¾“, W 33 x H 19 x D 2 cm. 870892 1 piece

Also suitable for use with a partition wall combination. W 27 ½“ x H 7 ½“ x D ¾“, W 70 x H 19 x D 2 cm. 870886 1 piece

With 2 locking casters. W 27 ½“ x H 7 ¾“ x D 2“, W 70 x H 20 x D 5 cm. 870887 2 pieces

F

G

14“, 35 cm

Magnetic Elements Magnetic Cloth Elements To play with and decorate partition walls with perforated metal or other magnetic surfaces. Cotton/polyester, metal plate, magnetic.

F 102048 moon and stars, 6 pieces

11 ½“, 29 cm

H

J

G 104705 landscape, 8 pieces H 104708 animals, 6 pieces J 104709 vehicles, 7 pieces

11“, 28 cm

363

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

Birch Feet


WALL DECORATIONS on page 366

A house for many play ideas Children love role-play. Not only do they enjoy slipping into different roles but they also adore creating a suitable environment for that purpose. It doesn´t matter if it is a toyshop, an ice cream store or a little home they will eagerly improvise with whatever material they can find. That’s when cheerful play settings come in handy. Once assembled, the walls are stable, always ready for role-play and at a turn of the hand can be redecorated to fit the new play situation. They can be combined in any imaginable way: to represent a little house or a small village.

Toys and bins not included.

364


Play Environments

de

House with window and bushes 1 house with window ledge, curtain rod with curtain, and 2 bushes. Real birch wood. 47 ¼“ x H 47 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 120 x H 120.4 x D 50 cm, depth of window ledge 9 ¾“, 24 cm.

1 house with window complete with window ledge, curtain rod with curtain, 1 bush and 1 tree. Birch wood. W 47 ¼“ x D 27 ¾“, W 120 x D 70 cm, height of house 47 ½“, 120.4 cm and tree 59“, 149.4 cm, depth of window ledge 9 ¾“, 24 cm.

128330

128335

og

et

he

oo tw

r.

Inse r

n

House with window and tree

pa

ne

l int

o p ed estal

bo an d

lt

t

BIRCH REAL WOOD More information on page 122/123.

House with door and tree House with door and bushes 1 house with door and window complete with curtain rod with curtain and 2 bushes. Birch wood. W 47 ¼“ x H 47 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 120 x H 120.4 x D 50 cm.

1 house with door and window complete with curtain rod and curtain, 1 bush and 1 tree. Birch wood. W 47 ¼“ x D 19 ¾“, W 120 x D 50 cm, height of house 47 ½“, 120.4 cm and tree 59“, 149.4 cm.

128320

128325

Fence with bushes 1 fence and 2 bushes. Birch wood. W 36 ¼“ x H 23” x D 15 ¾“, W 92 x H 58 x D 40 cm.

128310

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

Welcome to the neighborhood!

Here is where good neighbors live. Just place a fence between the houses and create a little village.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

365


F

A

B

P

layful alls

W

E

D

C

BIRCH WOOD

Attention to detail

366

Moon with Mirror

„ Frogs are swimming“ in the pond

Interactive elements

Tree with sliding bugs


Wall Elements Mounting hardware included with wall elements.

G

Colorful wooden appliqués are a decorative eye-catcher, especially in hallways or foyers. They also offer children an opportunity for educational play. Can be installed on walls, cabinets or doors.

H

J

K

A

Mirror Star

B

Mirror Moon

L

Acrylic mirror. Ø 12“, 30 cm. 120181 1 piece

Acrylic mirror. H 14 ½“, 37 cm.

120180

Blooming Meadow

With 6 wooden flowers that slide. W 30“ x H 11“, W 76 x H 28.5 cm.

120159

D

Tree

Who is hiding in the grass? It‘s the rabbit and the hedgehog. With 5 sliding elements. W 34“ x H 71“, W 86 x H 180 cm.

120335

G

Large Butterfly W 11 ¾” x H 9”, W 29.5 x H 23 cm.

121014

H

Sunflower W 12” x H 32”, W 30 x H 81 cm.

M

121010

J

Ladybug W 7“ x H 7 ¾“, W 18 x H 19.5 cm.

121012

E

32“, 81 cm

C

N

Frog Pond

With 5 wooden frogs that slide. W 38 ½“ x H 28 ¾“, W 98 x H 73 cm.

120158

K

Snail W 8 ¾” x H 6 ¼”, W 22.3 x H 15.5 cm.

121011 O

Fruit Tree

With 11 wooden parts that slide. W 27“ x H 40“, W 69.5 x H 102 cm.

L

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

F

Hedgehog

Coconut fiber mat. W 12 ¼“ x H 7 ¼“, W 31 x H 18.5 cm.

121013

P

120183 Bird An eye-catcher in the foyer, the cloakroom, or also in the group playroom. ¾“, 1.5 cm thick. M 121019 orange, 7 ¾“ x 6“, 19.7 x 15.6 cm N 121016 yellow, 9 ½“ x 5“, 23.7 x 12.3 cm O 121015 light blue, 7 ¾“ x 6 ½“,19.5 x 16.4 cm

P

Q

Sunflower with Movable Little Bee W 12” x H 32”, W 30 x H 81 cm.

121048 Sun motif The sun brings a little bit of summer into any room, even if it‘s storming or snowing outside. A brilliant decoration for wall or furniture. Includes adhesive strip for fastening. Ø 11“, 28 cm.

There sounds a melody when moving the blossom. W 16 ½“ x H 19 ½“, W 41.7 x H 49.5 cm

125305

121083

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Q

Snowdrop

www.haba.de

367


A

Playfuallsl w

B

C

E

D

Mounting hardware included with wall elements.

A B

Birds W 9“ x H 7 ½“, W 22.5 x H 19 cm.

120185 orange 120186 blue 120187 red

B

B

Cloud

With five mirrored droplets. Acrylic mirror. Size (without droplets): W 21“ x H 13 ½“, W 54 x H 34.5 cm.

120182

C

Dragon W 12 ½“ x H 32 ¼“, W 32 x H 82 cm.

120318

D

Fruit Tree

By turning the wheel, little farmers can harvest apples, plums or cherries. W 29 ¼“ x H 43 ¾“, W 74 x H 111 cm.

120319

E A Mirror Drop

368

Windmill With two spinning discs. W 13“ x H 32 ½“, W 33.5 x H 83 cm.

120184


Wall Elements H

F

BIRCH WOOD

G

J

M

L

K

fleecy

N

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

O

F

Little Butterfly W 4 ¾“ x H 6 ¾“, W 12 x H 17 cm.

121005

Flower K 121000 red, W 9 ½“ x H 29 ¼“, W 24 x H 74 cm

L 121001 yellow, W 9 ½“ x H 29 ¼“, W 24 x H 74 cm

M 121002 orange,

G

P

W 10 ¼“ x H 30“, W 26 x H 76 cm

Bumblebee W 6“ x H 7“, W 15 x H 18 cm.

121006 1 piece

N

Sheep

With bell and fluffy wool to touch. W 16 ½” x H 12 ½”, W 42 x H 32 cm.

121004

H

Balloon W 18 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 47 x H 70 cm.

121007

O

Meadow W 39 ½“ x H 11“, W 100 x H 28 cm.

121009

J

Helicopter

P

Mole

With spinning rotor blade. W 25 ½“ x H 15 ¾“, W 65 x H 40 cm.

The mole slides up and down. W 11 ½“ x H 8 ¼“, W 29 x max. H 21 cm.

121008

121003

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Look here, a Mole!

www.haba.de

369


Play Walls

BIRCH WOOD D

A G

C E

F

B

G

A

B

When the sun comes up the moon goes down.

It can't purr, but the head will move back and forth

The world is colorful – at least when seen through the rainbow drops

Mounting hardware included with wall elements.

A

Sun/Moon

The sun and moon are movable: when the sun comes up the mood goes down, and vice versa. Size: W 21 ¾" x H 18 ¼", W 55 x H 46 cm.

D

Little Butterfly W 4 ¾“ x H 6 ¾“, W 12 x H 17 cm.

121005

121093

B

Cat

It can even move its head. Size: 19 ½“ x 20", W 49 x H 51 cm.

Fruit Tree

By turning the wheel, little farmers can harvest apples, plums or cherries. W 29 ¼“ x H 43 ¾“, W 74 x H 111 cm.

120319

370

Rainbow

Raindrops made of solid beech wood with various colored facet lenses and steel cords. Size (without droplets): W 26" x H 18 ½", W 66 x H 47 cm.

121092

E

Sunflower W 12” x H 32”, W 30 x H 81 cm.

121010

121094

C

G

F

Mice

Two cheeky movable mice are hiding in the cheese. Size: W 12 ¾" x H 14 ¾", W 32 x H 37 cm.

121097

Into the cheese, out of the cheese. The mice like being pushed up and down


Wall Elements

Touch Landscape K H L

M

J O

N

P

R

Q

S

train both the motor skills and sense of balance. Children can use these elements to pull themselves up and hold themselves there. Standing up by themselves is an important step in making progress towards learning to walk. The poles are a unique modular system that you can combine any way you want and expand in any direction.

T U

H

Stand-up Helper

Children can hold on to the grip slots and pull themselves up. Birch wood, safety mirror. Height: 39 ¾", 100.9 cm. Fosters gross motor skills and visual perception. 120268 25 ¾", 65 cm long

J

Wooden Pole, red

Beech. Fosters tactile and haptic skills. 120225 12“, 30 cm long

K

Wavy Tube with Bells

Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 1028 melon yellow, 12 bells, powder-coated. Fosters tactile, haptic, visual, auditory and hand coordination skills. 120138 Width 51”, 130 cm

M

Building Block Arch

N

Touch/Feel rail

Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 5017 traffic blue, geometric shapes made of beech wood, painted. Fosters tactile, haptic, visual and hand coordination skills. 120130 26”, 65 cm long

With various materials and structures: sand paper, smooth and grooved plastic, metallic thread and soft material. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual skills. 120267 51 ¼“, 130 cm long

O

Swinging rail with a ball

Real birch wood, stained lemon-green, blue plastic ball. Fosters hand and finger coordination. 120266 57 ½“, 146 cm long

P

Wooden Pole Beech, natural. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual

skills.

L

Shapes and Figures Pole

Stainless steel pole, shapes and figures made of solid beech, painted. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual skills. 120136 26”, 65 cm long

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

120106 26”, 65 cm long

Q

Ribbed Tube Plastic. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual skills.

120128 26”, 65 cm long

www.haba.de

R

Net Bead Pole

S

Spindle rail

Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 1028 melon yellow, robust fabric (100% polyester), 4 different solid beech wood balls, painted. Fosters hand-eye coordination and finger coordination skills. 120137 51”, 130 cm long

Beech. Fosters tactile and haptic skills.

120265 51 ¼“, 130 cm long

T

Wall Marble Run

U

Connecting Joints.

Birch wood, stained lemon-green and maize yellow 3 plastic balls. Fosters ambidexterity, as well as hand and finger coordination skills. 120227 59”, 150 cm long

Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 3000 fire red, solid beech wood outer-Ø 6“, 15 cm, depth 2 ¾”, 7 cm.

Connecting Joints – end piece 120103 1 piece Connecting Joints – T-piece 120104 1 piece Connecting Joints – 135° 120105 1 piece

371

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

The tactile wall fixture by Haba encourages exploration by the littlest ones. Colorful poles with different materials and surfaces encourage children to feel and touch. Children gather a wide range of experiences: is the rod smooth or grooved? Does this figure feel soft or hard? Children learn with all of their senses. The touching and feeling poles promote hearing and seeing. They playfully


Mounting hardware included.

sp

sliding game

afety mirr in s or

Learning Wall, Quarter Circle left

Learning Wall, Quarter Circle right

Spinning mirror, sliding games with 2 cars and gas station, 3 bees, ball game, small cymbals and safety mirror. W 25 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 65 x H 70 cm.

Wooden rattle, games with shapes that slide, with fourpiece caterpillar, plane, corner and safety mirror. W 25 ½“ x H 25 ½“, W 65 x H 65 cm.

120215

120218

m le

m ag

n e t l a by rin t

h

s to feel e nt

…a

nd

e

Learning Wall, Dip A

Learning wall, Curve A

4 plain coil chains, 2 spinning wheels, control lever, brush, 2 paint brushes, coconut matting, threads and washers game. W 25 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 65 x H 69.5 cm.

Magnet labyrinth, turning spiral, sliding games with 4 wooden animals and 8 wooden elements, “Ping Pong” clutching toy, prisms in 4 colors and clicking discs. W 25 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 65 x H 69.5 cm.

120217

120216

… magnetic

ba

lls

u and b ckle

… magnetic

d

tp us ipes

372

Learning Wall, Dip B

Learning Wall, Curve B

Various types of closure: button, shoe lace, clasp, drawstring, zipper, hook and loop, snap, buckle, and cord closure. W 25½” x H 27 ½”, W 65 x H 69.5 cm.

2 rope pulls, 3 magnetic balls, glitter hourglass, magnetic dust pipes and 5 turning wheels. W 25 ½” x H 27 ½”, W 65 x H 69.5 cm.

120221

120219


Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

Wall Elements

Walls for learning • Promote perception and precision motor skills • Offer optical, acoustic and haptic elements • Immediately available as a play corner • Varied and interesting for a long time • For a wide variety of ages Panels can be combined in a corner.

• No loose parts so nothing gets lost • Nothing to clean up • Ideal for keeping children busy in entryways and waiting areas

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.

Made in Germany

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

373


Sensory Wall See, Feel, Hear, Experiment … The sensory wall has a variety of elements with many different sensory experiences. Exploration engages the senses - sight, touch, hearing - as well as letting them explore warmth/coolness and and a sense of physicality. After exploring and understanding the children start to describe their experiences. When children express their experiences in words, they develop language skills. Guide rails with double grooves also allow the combination of rows of panels. The elements can be put together in one line so several children can play and make discoveries at the same time. The order and arrangement of the panels can be changed regularly. This ensures that the sensory wall and sensory path remain interesting and educational.

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

Made in Germany

Base panel made of birch wood. Size: 16" x 17", 40.6 x 43.2 cm. Installation with guide rails …

… or simply bolt directly to the wall.

43,2 cm

Base panel made of birch wood

40,6

The labyrinth, the rubber ball stairs and the colorful squares keep fingers and minds busy. Surely nobody can pass by without trying out a panel or two.

GUIDE RAILS on page 377.

374

cm

The spring balls, turning mirror, and magnet spring balls are guaranteed to attract curiosity.


Wall Elements

The patterns change by turning the circles. The little animals seem to creep or y away when the boards are pushed.

Diamond effect: red and blue dots are pushed into and on top of one another.

Two spirals that turn endlessly into one another – almost hypnotic.

Because plenty of space has been left between the elements you can completely concentrate on the individual visual effects.

Optical board Fantastic optical effect and funny finger games, two patterned turntables and two pushing elements.

This worm makes a big arch to creep on the ground.

The wings going up and down brings the bird to life.

120377

Duck Squeak Toys

Glibber

Pouches

Closures

Each little duck has a different highpitched squeak.

The blue fluid moves around when the pressure on the soft cushion changes.

Every pouch is a little different, e.g. crackle, rattle or squeak.

7 fastenings on one panel.

120368

120374

120375

Weaving frame

Brushes, Balls and Mirrors

Brushes

Magnet spring balls

The strips are sewed on firmly on both sides while the vertical ones can be woven from top to bottom to create interesting patterns. 100 % polyester.

With various visual and tactile elements to explore: small brushes, balls, mirrors and prisms.

The various brushes invite children to feel and touch.

Feel and understand the strength of magnets.

104608

120204

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

120370

120369

120398

Rainmaker

Gear Wheel with Rubber Balls

Turning Spiral with Balls

Glitter Rods

When the blue disc is turned you can hear a trickling noise.

When the wheel turns, the little balls hop back and forth. Plexiglass holds the balls in the unit.

Fast turning brings the balls into orbit. Plexiglass holds the balls in the unit.

Turn disk to watch glitter flow.

120373

120371

120396

120393

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

375


Sensory Wall Birch Wood. 16“ x 17“, 40.6 x 43.2 cm.

Blank Panel

Special Effects Turning Discs

Gear Wheels

Acrylic Gears

for Self-Design.

With 8 turning discs.

104605

120390

With one fixed and two movable gear wheels.

When the large gear turns, the little ones follow along: tooth by tooth. Plexiglass front.

120389

120394

Turntable 1 120146

Turntable 3 120148

Magnetic Track + 2 Wands

Color Circles

With two steel balls.

Red, blue then yellow again – the various size circles change color when the disc moves.

120392

120367

Color Changer Lights inside panel change colors. Three AAA batteries are included.

Swiveling Mirror 120200

Mirror Window

Mirror Network

Curtain opens with a mirror behind it.

16 acrylic mirrors depict the image of whoever looks at them. If the unit is shaken, the image shakes too.

120399

120366

120395

Mirror Concave 120198

Mirror Convex 120199

Chimes with Wooden Mallet.

120150

376


Wall Elements Sinneswände

Rubber Ball Stairs The two rubber balls bounce down behind the acrylic glass pane. Only nimble fingers can get them out through the side tunnel and back up to the top.

023138

Labyrinth You have to think hard to get the 8 colored knobs into one of the 16 combinations shown on the two turning dice.

023139

Colorful Squares You need to think hard before you move if you want to get the 8 squares in the same arrangement as shown on one of the 4 sides of the turning dice.

The turning dice show 16 combination possibilities to replicate.

023145

On the track of geometric forms Sensory board with disappearing box What seems to be lost at first glance appears again. Geometric forms that children put into the 6 different openings are there again or gone for a while. The cork coating on the slope and the disappearing box on the bottom quiets the noise in the box. Birch and cork. D 4“, 10 cm. Can be pushed into the guide strips or separately bolted onto the wall.

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

120363

Change the switch and all of the forms are there again: in the left-hand or right-hand compartment

Assembly: Panel + Strips = Sensory Wall Metal stop Guide Rail Upper and lower end piece. Solid beech wood, end piece made of metal. 120189 Length 16 ¼“, 41 cm, 2 pieces 120190 Length 32“, 81.5 cm, 2 pieces 120191 Length 48“, 122 cm, 2 pieces

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

... or simply bolt directly to the wall.

www.haba.de

377


MORE SENSORY ELEMENTS FROM GROW.UPP CAN BE FOUND on page 114.

Sensory Elements Their shapes and color scheme mean they are perfectly coordinated with the rest of the room, and are very appealing. Moving, visual, acoustic and tactile elements stimulate the desire to experiment, and encourage perception and fine motor skills. Birch wood.

Discovery Rooms!

16 ¾" x 16 ¼", 42 x 41 cm

Color, small

Optical Discs, small

Rainmaker, small

For learning about different colors. This is particularly impressive when combined with the “Light corner cupboard” (item no. 440650), as the colors on this wall panel change depending on the color of the light inside.

When the green disc is turned the small one also starts moving. In the process the small panel creates an exciting visual effect as it “hops” up and down. With 2 turning discs.

When the disc is turned the rainmaker starts to trickle, the leaves move in a circle and the mirror element encourages discovery of the surroundings.

121108

121101

Cherry Stones, small

Gear Wheels, small

Ball Labyrinth, small

Encourages children to move the cherry stones from one chamber to the other by turning the panel. Here the laws of gravity and centrifugal force can be seen, with the help of a slight acoustic effect. Promotion of fine motor skills. Natural cherry stones.

Here one thing follows the other: a 5 piece gear wheel mechanism to discover. 5 gear wheels, two of them with a crank.

Anyone who gets the hang of it can skilfully manoeuvre the rubber ball through the labyrinth. Turning panel with Plexiglas.

121103

121105

121106

378

121102


Wall Elements

Wall Magnet Game “Farm“

Magnetic Wall Game "Farm" The farm is surrounded by meadows and fields. In the middle is a small pond. Naturally there are also animals and typical machinery, such as tractors and combine harvesters. Children can make all sorts of discoveries on the wall panel and change the image. To do this they use the magnetic pen, which is attached to the push bar with a wire cord, to move the animals or the tractor underneath the panel – but they shouldn‘t move them randomly. They should move the animals to their normal habitat - the sheep to the meadow, the duck to the pond etc. Solid beech wood with print; steel pipe push bar, powder-coated in RAL 9006 silver-gray, acrylic panel. With four fastening eyelets. W 47 ¼“ x H 12 ¾“ x D 4“, W 119.8 x H 32.3 x D 10 cm.

Improves eye-hand coordination

120949 Nothing gets lost thanks to the acrylic glass pane and the magnetic pen with extremely strong wire cable.

Turntables for Fun & Motion When you spin here you always win

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

The Animal Turntable shows 12 different animals. When it stops all the children, or only the child who spun, can imitate the animal with movements and/or sounds. The Movement Turntable shows 12 different physical exercises. It can be easily used for the morning circle or for movement breaks during the day. Hardware included for wall mounting. Birch wood, round bars and solid beech wood balls. Ø 13 ¾", 34.8 cm, D 3", 7.2 cm, board W 3 ¼" x H 19 ¾", W 8 cm x H 49.6 cm. 120364 Animal Turntable 120365 Movement Turntable

Turntable “motion“

Turntable “animals“

All the children try to imitate the animal shown.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

The turntable “shows how to do it” and all of the children imitate it.

www.haba.de

Briefly stretching their legs: turn the wheel once and then imitate the exercise shown.

379


Learning Walls It is always astonishing to see what perseverance children have when they are interested in something. The design of these wooden wall elements makes them appealing. There is always something to push, to turn ... and to observe. Hand-eye coordination and fine motor skills are practiced in play.

Looks Different Every Time Creating Different Combinations Recognizing and Sorting Sizes Six disks fit into the cutouts. Ø 18 ½”, 48 cm. 092764 Disk puzzle, large

12 wooden bars, turned about an axis, create a variety of designs. Ø 18 ½”, 48 cm. 092762 Wooden bar game

Forms wonderful color and shape variations. The six rainbow-colored triangles can be moved in 2 directions. Diameter 9 ½“, 24 cm. Ages 1 and up. 092759 Wall fold out game

rotating steering wheel

Wall Dominoes Chain Reaction: When the child bumps the first block, the others fall down one after another. The blocks stand back up when the ball is pulled. 092700 6 blocks, W 14¼“ x D 2¾“ W 36 x D 7 cm (not shown) 092750 12 blocks, W 30“ x D 2¾“, W 76 x D 7 cm

Good for the Hands Mounted on the wall, the 6 rainbow-colored rollers are not just fun to turn with the palms when walking by their smooth shape can help relieve cramping in the hands. Beech. 8 ¾“ x 9 ½“, 22 x 24 cm. 092773 Wall element Rollers

Steering wheel discovery board Birch. W 12¼“ x 9¼“, W 31 x H 23 cm.

122127

Glass Marbles make sounds Make a quick fuel stop… and then keep on driving.

A Very Special Sound Experience This musical game can be mounted as a turntable on the wall. When it is turned, the many small marbles inside move and hit the different-length wooden pegs. This creates wonderful tones. Sturdy plywood with metal bearings. Hardware included. Approx. 17 ¾“ x 17 ¾“, 45 x 45 cm; approx. 10”, 25 cm in depth. 038003 Wall musical game Not available in the USA.

380

Wall Motor Skills Boards While the children are flying airplanes through the air or driving the car to the gas station, they are developing fine motor skills. Birch plywood, sliding components made of beech. W 30 ½“ x H 21“, W 77.5 x H 54 cm. 120152 Cars Activity


Wall Elements

Wall push rods

A Gets Everybody Moving While little engine drivers push the train and its wagons through the tunnel towards the station, they have to walk back and forth themselves. The pole is easy to attach to any wall. Birch wood, solid beech wood, stainless steel tubing. L 78 ¾”, 200 cm, Ø ¾”, 2 cm; station 6 ¼” x 4 ¾” x 1 ½”, 15.5 x 12 x 4 cm. The pole is delivered with 2 wall brackets, 1 engine, 1 tunnel, 1 station and 2 wagons.

A 120955 Push-along train (6 parts) B 120956 Horse pushing rod (5 parts)

Hop, hop, hop – the horsy runs in a gallop

Push-along train

tunnel

A

train

station

79“, 200 cm

B

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

Horse pushing rod

B

horse

obstacle

coupling fence

stall

39 ½“, 100 cm

Which Bee is the Fastest? The colors on the disc move your bees forward, flower by flower. With luck spinning the disc, your own bee crosses the finish line first. A colorful contest for 2-4 players. With two eyelets for hanging. Birch wood, bees made of solid beech wood. W 39 ½” x H 19”, W 100 x H 28.5 cm. 120142 Competitive game Bee Race

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

381


?ITT 5W]V\ML 5IZJTM <ZIKS Along the Wall ...

s perfect, make tice se the balls c a “Pr becau every hole“ fit in n‘t do

Diagonally from top to bottom, in steps, or on a zigzag course – this tube-shaped ball track allows plenty of design freedom. Depending on the available space and age of the children, one or more tubes can be mounted on the wall. Besides the wooden balls (120264), other balls can also be used. Follow the path of the balls and find out which ones travel the fastest. The pre-drilled holes are different sizes and distributed over the entire length of the tube. The catch bin is ideal for catching the balls. Birch, rugged plastic. Hardware included. Ball track Ø 4”, 10 cm, W 47 ¼”, 120 cm; catch bin: W 6 ¾“ x H 3 ¾“ x D 5 ¼“, W 17 x H 9.5 x D 13 cm. 120262 Wall ball track, 1 piece 120263 Catch bin, 1 piece

16 Pieces

6 Pieces

6 Wooden Balls red, orange, maize, blue, light blue, light green

120264 Mixed Ball Set Contains: 6 fabric balls Ø 1 ½“, 3.8 cm; 6 ping-pong balls Ø 1 ½”, 4 cm; 4 jumping balls with golf ball structure Ø 1 ¾“, 4.2 cm

055400 Why won‘t my ball fit in here?

This one goes fast...

The red ball may be faster than the blue one...

Note! Not suitable for children aged under 3 small parts.

?ITT *ITT 4IJaZQV\P A

B

Wall Ball Labyrinth A ball bearing ensures that the round ball labyrinth is easy to steer. The child decides on a goal and tries to maneuver the ball through skillful turning of the wheel. Promotes eye hand coordination. Birch plywood with acrylic glass pane and 3 steel balls. Hardware included. A 847295 Mini Labyrinth, Ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm. B 847287 Wall ball labyrinth, large, Ø 39 ½“, 100 cm.

thinking ahead

382


Wall Elements

4MIZVQVO ?ITT[ NWZ ;KPWWT

The wall panels appeal to children thanks to their fun design. The children's brains are also challenged, because tactical consideration is just as important as fine motor skills. The panels don't just need to be for breaks. They can also enrich lessons, ie. for learning arithmetic. Birch wood. 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm, D 1 ¼“, 3 cm. Hardware included.

tactical sliding puzzle

learn arithmetic fundamentals while playing

Four Labyrinths Wall Panel

Numbers/Arithmetic Wall Panel

Only someone who manages to tactically place their stones, and keep an overview, will manage to land all four. The goal is to get four same-colored stones in the horizontal, vertical or diagonal. The person to get all four first wins. The special thing about this game: the stones are not only different colors but also different shapes. This means blind children can also play.

Here everything revolves around four arithmetic fundamentals and the numbers up to 100. Tasks are set on the turning discs. The result is represented with the movable numbers to the right; even decimals or rational numbers are possible.

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

120432

120431

logical thinking is required here.

fosters fine motor skills and hand-eye coordination

Row of Numbers Wall Panel

Motor Skills Flipper Wall Panel

Keeps head and fingers fit. The popular sliding puzzle is now available in large. Sometimes you need to do a lot of shifting to get the numbers 1-15 in the right order.

Anyone who wants to keep the disc "on track" must have fast reactions and nimble fingers to align the triangles. This is a real challenge for hand-eye coordination and fine motor skills. Birch wood, acrylic glass disc.

120433

024067

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

383


Mirror images

and more

Self-Perception

Mirrors help children develop a concept of themselves and others. They consciously start looking at mirrors about age 1. The unique Haba mirrors are extremely appealing for children. Their lovingly designed frames tell happy stories, or invite children to play and explore, with little details such as a magnetic strip. Their bright colors and shapes inspire younger children to look at themselves in the mirror and discover their reflection. This mirror design is just right for children. It adorns any wall so that as a decoration these shatterproof mirrors create a comfortable atmosphere.

Mirror with a magnetic surface Landscape Mirror with Magnetic Strips The little ones can redesign this mirror over and over again using magnetic elements. Magnetic strip at top and bottom: W 6 ¼“, 16 cm. Safety mirror with whiteboard. W 47 ¼“ x H 33“, W 120 x H 83.5 cm.

120074 Order magnetic fabric elements separately (p. 363).

Running/learning mirrors Shortly before children learn to walk, they try to pull themselves up everywhere and stand up. An additional motivation for movement are things that children want to reach, or the fascinating observation of the mirror image also promotes development of perceptive skills.

Rectangle Mirror Saftey Mirror (5 mm thick) with beech real wood frame, back in real wood. Includes hardware. W 63” x H 31 ½” x D1“, W 160 x H 80 x D 2.5 cm.

121790 frame in natural finish Select frame color options (p. 178)

Handrail Ideal for pulling up and finding one‘s feet. For use with children just learning to walk or in a handicapped area. Mounts on wall. Solid ash and beech. Length: 167 cm.

121708

384

Mirror Attachment Playful and sensory Decorate the mirror and give children exciting sensory experiences. The soft, rustling fabric leaves, the two colored facets and the two mirror raindrops can be observed, touched and moved. The facets and mirror drops are firmly connected to the bar via robust metal cords. The leaves can be hung anywhere. Mirror Attachment Solid ash and beech wood, robust 100% polyester fabric, crackling film, facets and acrylic glass mirror. W 52“ x H 12 ¾“ x D 8“, W 132 x H 32 x D 20 cm. Hardware included.

121706 697763 Wall mirror


Mirrors

Mirror Houses OH

35

, that´s me!

½“

, 9 0

cm

...with 3 Mirrors

external mirror faces

Inside, the children can is their reflection all around. On the outside a whiteboard where they can draw or design pictures with magnetic pieces. Multiple layers of bonded plywood, safety glass (6 mm, ¼”), magnetic HPL coating. Mirror/whiteboard areas: W 16” x H 31 ¾”, W 40.2 x H 80.7 cm. Total dimensions: W 35 ½” x H 31 ¼” x D 17 ¾”, W 90 x H 79 x D 45 cm.

...with 5 Mirrors This house consists of two double-sided roof mirrors and a one sided floor mirror. Functions like a gigantic kaleidoscope. There are fantastic effects if you fill the house with light. Mirror, safety glass ¼“, 6 mm on real beech wood. The size of the mirror surfaces: H 43 ¼“ x W 21 ¾“, H 110 x W 55 cm. Total dimensions: W 47“ x H 40 ½“ x D 23“, W 119 x H 103 x D 59 cm.

126006

47“, 11

9 cm

126001 Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

Porthole Mirrors for wall design Porthole Mirrors One, two, or three of these portholes liven up a wall. Birch wood, safety mirror. Small, Ø 10 ¼“, 26 cm 120013 natural (not shown) 120027 red 120033 yellow 120036 blue 120039 light green

Ø 10 ¼“, 26 cm

Medium, Ø 15“, 38 cm 120014 natural (not shown) 120034 red 120037 yellow 120028 blue 120048 light green Large, Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm 120017 natural (not shown) 120038 red 120029 yellow 120035 blue 120049 light green

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm

www.haba.de

Ø 15“, 38 cm

385


Themed Mirrors

Fun detail: moving legs

Chicken Round Mirror Penguin Round Mirror This penguin doesn't need ice or cold, just a nice place on the wall. Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 23 ¾" x H 28 ½" x D 1 ¼", W 60 x H 72 x D 3 cm. Includes hardware.

When you pull on the legs the chicken lifts first one leg then the other. Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 24 ½" x H 27 ¼" (without feet) x D 1 ¼", W 62 x H 69 (without feet) x D 3 cm. Includes hardware.

024119

024107

Retusche Wandfarbe 29.08.13 MD

Quadrant unit folding mat on p. 232.

New views ... are created of the children themselves and their environment with this corner mirror. The colorful frame, with flowers and critters, is an attractive eye-catcher. Frame and accessories made of birch wood with

386

safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 51 ¼" x H 51 ¼" x D 1 ¼", W 130 x H 130 x D 3 cm. Includes hardware. 121768 Corner wall mirror left 121769 Corner wall mirror right


Mirrors

Pixie Mirror “That pixie looks just like me!” Little people can make big discoveries with this mirror. Frame made of genuine birch wood, safety mirror. W 34 ½“ x H 45 ¼“, W 87 x H 115 cm. Includes hardware.

Frames made of genuine birch, safety mirror. W 27 ¼“ x H 35 ¼“, W 69 x H 140 cm. Includes hardware.

A fairy tale is what awaits children when they look at this king. Hang up or place on a cabinet or bolt to a wall. Frames made of genuine birch, safety mirror. W 23 ¾“ x H 64“, W 60 x H 162 cm. Includes hardware.

120071

120067

Fabiola Mirror

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

120078

King Mirror

Corner Wall Mirror Makes any corner into a small "hall of mirrors". Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). Includes hardware. 121728 left, W 61 ¼" x H 54" x D 2", W 155 x H 137 x D 5 cm 121729 right, W 60 ¾" x H 54" x D 2", W 154 x H 134 x D 5 cm

Quadrant Unit Play Mat for Corner Wall Mirror 59 ¼" x 59 ¼", height 1 ¼", 150 x 150 cm, height 2.6 cm. Composite foam RG 120.

024033

Enough reflection, now it's time to play!

"Oh, the baby rabbit has a really soft little belly."

Select color option (p. 227)

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

387


Themed Mirrors for Toddlers

"Dog" Mirror

"Polar Bear" Mirror

Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 40 ¼" x H 51 ½" x D 1 ¼", W 102 x H 130.7 x D 3 cm. Hardware included.

Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 39" x H 49 ½" x D 1 ½", W 98.8 x H 125.5 x D 3.2 cm. Hardware included.

121721

121720

"Sun/Ocean" Mirrors

"Tree" Mirror

Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 34 ½" x H 73 ¾" x D 1 ½", W 87.6 x H 187 x D 3.2 cm. Hardware included.

Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 39“ x H 76 ¾“ x D 1 ¼“, W 99 x H 195 x D 3 cm. Hardware included.

121745

121746

388


"Cat" Mirror Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 39" x H 48 ½" x D 1 ¼", W 99 x H 123 x D 3 cm. Includes mounting hardware.

121722

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

389

Die grauen Bereiche werden weggestanzt. Vor PDF-Freigabe löschen!

PartitionTrennwände Walls Wall Elements Wandgestaltung Mirrors Präsentation

Mirrors Spiegel


Themed Mirrors Funhouse Frame 1+2

Fun House Frame 1

A

D

Fun House Frame 2

B

The colorful towers give mirror games a bright, cheery framework. Birch plywood, painted. Use with 697751, 697752 and 697760. W 39 ½“ x H 61 ¼“ x D 4“, W 110 x H 155.5 x D 10 cm. A 697757 Fun House Frame 1 convex B 697758 Fun House Frame 2 concave

C

C

D

plain convex

concave

convex

Matching Wall Mirror

concave

Combine with mirror frames (697757 and 697758). The concave or convex mirror displays a vertically or horizontally distorted image. Hardware included. Safety mirror (6 mm) with beech frame. W 23 ¾“ x H 50 ½“ x D 3“, W 60.4 x H 127.8 x D 7.5 cm. 697760 plain (not shown) C 697751 concave D 697752 convex

Fun House Frame 3

10 Year GUARANTEE

E

Made

F

in Germany

E

Funhouse Frame 3

It doesn’t matter whether the little ones are looking at their mirror image standing up or sitting – it’s exciting either way. Birch wood, lacquered. Fits the funhouse mirror 697763 sold below. W 68 ¼“ x H 54“ x D 3 ½“, W 173 x H 137.4 x D 8.7 cm.

697764

F

Wall Mirror

For the Orient frame 3. The mirror can also be mounted without the frame. Safety mirror with solid beech wood frame. Wooden back wall, hardware included. Size: W 50 ½" x H 41 ½" x D 3", W 127.8 x H 105 x D 7.5 cm. Can be mounted horizontally or vertically. 697763 plain

390


Mirrors/ Mobile Wall

The Mobile Wall The Wall Elements The wall elements are inserted between the wall strips and can be easily reconfigured.

Whiteboard

Chalkboard

Whiteboard

Mirror

The Hanging Elements attach to mobile walls using the holes in the sliding element.

Rolling Elements Two rolling elements slide back and forth on a second guide rail.

Wall Fixtures The system consist of upper and and lower wall strip with a integrated guide rail for the rolling elements. Both of these strips are mounted onto the wall.

More usage options for rolling elements combined with cabinets on page 152.

End-Cap

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

60”, 152.3 cm

55 ¼”, 140.3 cm

The End-Caps are mounted on both ends of the wall strips to keep the rolling elements in the guide rail.

Boarder

Slide Rail Set Includes mounting hardware. Length 39 ½”, 100 cm.

473600 End-Cap for Sliding Rail 473699 2 pieces

Mirror Sliding Element Safety glass on real birch wood. W 37“ x H 54“, W 93 x H 137.5 cm.

473620

Rolling Element Mirror

Rolling Element with a Whiteboard

Birch real wood veneer. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.

The carrier plate is made of birch real wood veneer, with safety glass. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.

The carrier plate is made of birch real wood with magnetic whiteboard coating. W 36 ¾“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.

473650

473670

473640

Whiteboard Sliding Element Chalk Sliding Element Magnetic chalkboard on birch. W 37“ x H 54“, W 93 x H 137.5 cm.

The carrier plate is magnetic and made of birch with whiteboard coating. W 36 ¾“ x H 54 ¼“, W 93 x H 137.5 cm.

473645

473644

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Rolling Element for Boxes

www.haba.de

391


s l e n a P d e t a Perfor elements and hanging exible

versatile and fl

Clever Buttons The buttons are fastened on the back of the attachments. Their wide lip and the weight of the boxes hold them securely in the pre-drilled holes. To remove the attachments, simply lift them up slightly and pull the buttons out of the holes. Only adults should reposition the large attachments.

Perforated panels

The attachments

· Quickly change rooms

· Easy to attach and remove

· Optimize use of space even in small rooms

· Height adjustable

· Genuine birch, ¾“, 20 mm thick

10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr Meh Me eh ehr e hr d hr da daz dazu azu a az au auf uf Se S Seite ite 853.

Made in Germany

36 ½“, 19,2 cm

Preschool Play Wall 1 perforated panel (hardware included) with the following attachments: mirror, sink, and two shelves. W 68” x H 37 ¾”, W 172.8 x H 96 cm.

458961

392


Perforated Panels

Play and Hobby Wall Two wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 2 shelves, 1 mirror, 5 natural colored shelf bins, 1 folding table, 1 cloakroom shelf, and 2 stacking stools (height 13 ¾”, 35 cm). The wall can be configured with attachments. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144.3 cm.

Audio Wall

458964

458960

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

Hang the shelves, plug in the pegs: your audio wall is ready. The pegboard wall (hardware included) comes complete with 3 hang-on shelves for a CD player and CDs, along with 6 pegs for hanging headphones. W 37 ½“ x H 57“, W 96 x H 144.3 cm.

Creativity Wall A wonderful substitute for a real artist’s studio. Two perforated wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 2 easels, 3 shelves, and 2 material bins. The height of all the elements is variable based on the age of the aspiring artists. Shelves and bins can be arranged so that everything is right at hand. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144.3 cm.

458962

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

393


ROLLING ELEMENT on page 391.

PARTITION WALLS "PEGBOARD" on page 361.

Role Play Wall Two perforated wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 1 mirror, 1 tall shelf, 4 natural shelf bins, 1 wardrobe, 1 shelf for cooking spoons, 1 sink, 1 cooktop, 1 workstation, and 1 hanging material bin. With these elements, a kitchen area and a vanity, a dress-up station, or even a beauty salon can be set up. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144.3 cm.

MORE ROLL PLAY FURNITURE from page 284.

458963

Wall-Mounted Pegboard Elements School Wall Panels in 3 Different Sizes Birch, ¾”, 20 mm thick. (hardware included) 458892 Toddler W 68“ x H 38“, W 172.8 x H 96 cm 458890 Kindergarten W 38“ x H 57“, W 96 x H 144.3 cm 458891 School W 38“ x H 69 ½“, W 96 x H 176.3 cm

Kindergarten

36 ½", 19,2 cm

36 ½", 19,2 cm

Toddler 36 ½“, 19,2 cm

Mount only in horizontal format.

394

Mount only in vertical format.

Mount only in horizontal format.


Perforated Panels

Hang-On Elements

BIRCH WOOD

Hang-On Material Boxes

Wire Baskets

Small Box

Wire basket with removable cover of nylon and net fabric. 473923 Green, 9 ½” x 12”, 24 x 30 cm 473926 Blue, 8 ¼” x 12”, 21 x 30 cm

Powder-coated metal. W 11 ½” x H 6” x D 12 ½”, W 29 x H 15 x D 32 cm.

For wall hanging shelf 473761 and 473762. Birch. W 4 ½“ x H 4 ¼“ x D 6“, W 11.3 x H 10.5 x D 15.4 cm.

473768

473755

Wall-Hanging Box with Perforated Front Powder-coated metal parts. W 11 ½“ x H 6“ x D 12 ½“, W 29 x H 15 x D 32 cm.

473905 Select the color of the perforated front on page 140.

Wide Wall-Hanging Box

Book Shelf

Counter

Wide Wall-Hanging Shelf

Acrylic front and powder-coated metal. H 6“ x D 12 ½“, H 15 x D 32 cm. 473800 W 11 ½“, 29 cm 473767 W 19“, 48 cm

Birch. W 22 ½”, H 9 ½” x D 10”, W 57 x H 23.5 x D 25 cm.

W 30“ x H 8“ x D 12“, W 76.5 x H 20 x D 30 cm.

W 22 ½” x H 8 ½” x D 7”, W 57 x H 18,8 x D 18 cm.

473765

473762

High Wall-Hanging Shelf

Counter

Sink

Stove

W 11” x H 17 ½” x D 7”, W 28 x H 44 x D 18 cm.

W 22 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 11”, W 57 x H 34 x D 28 cm.

W 22 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 11”, W 57 x H 34 x D 28 cm.

W 22 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 11”, W 57 x H 34 x D 28 cm.

473761

473760

473759

473758

Hanging Rack for Wooden Spoons

Wardrobe

Hanging Mirror

Hook Strip

W 11“ x H 4 ¼“ x D 4 ¼“, W 28 x H 11 x D 11 cm.

With 5 rods and 6 hooks and powder-coated metal. W 22 ½” x H 7” x D 10 ¼”, W 57 x H 18 x D 26 cm.

Birch wood painted blue, safety mirror (¼“, 4 mm thick). Size: Ø 15“, 38 cm.

With 6 hooks. Metal parts powder-coated. W 19“ x H 4“ x D 3 ½“, W 48 x H 10 x D 9 cm.

473763

473770

473764

473773

10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.

Made in Germany

Folding Table Attachment

High Wall-Hanging Box

Easel

W 37“ x D 26 ½“, W 94 x D 67.2 cm.

Acrylic front and powder-coated metal. W 10” x H 18 ¼” x D 8”, W 25 x H 46.5 x D 20 cm.

W 27 ½” x H 27 ½” x D 9”, W 70 x H 70 x D 22.5 cm.

473777

473756

473754

MORE EASELS from page 185.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

395

Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors

458810


Magazine Holder

B

Well-informed – clearly presented Magazines, brochures or flyers can be presented in a well-organized and attractive manner. The stand frame is made of steel pipe in white aluminum and matches any furniture in the library, office, staff room or waiting area. The free-standing magazine stand has many uses, and can also be moved out of the way easily and quickly. With the wall-mounted version (various sizes available) there is no risk of tipping over. The clear acrylic glass trays mean the magazine cover is clearly visible.

C

A

B

Free-standing C

A

Magazine Holder, Free-standing

4 trays with edge. Steel pipe in RAL 9006 white aluminum, acrylic glass (3/16", 4 mm thick). W 30 ½" x H 63" x D 13", W 77 x H 160 x D 33 cm.

175800

Wall-mounted B

Magazine Holder, Wall-mounted

5 trays. Steel pipe in RAL 9006 white aluminum, acrylic glass (3/16", 4 mm thick). W 12 ¼" x H 33 ¼" x D 6 ½", W 31 x H 84 x D 16.5 cm.

175801

C

Magazine Holder, Wall-mounted

5 trays. Steel pipe in RAL 9006 white aluminum, acrylic glass (3/16", 4 mm thick). W 35 ¼" x H 73 ¼" x D 12 ¾", W 89.3 x H 186 x D 32 cm.

175802

396


Wardrobe 路 Foyer


Wardrobe for Toddler, Kindergarten & School

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

¼“, 5 mm safety edge

– a Wardrobe System Light and ”dressed“ in inviting natural birch, it greets little and big ones alike. A cozy atmosphere settles all around. Everything is harmoniously coordinated so that everything can be easily organized. Three heights from the toddler to the school child. There are many elements such as the wall wardrobe, dressing aids or cabinets. They are coordinated with other furniture in terms of their dimensions and visual apperance. YUNA links systematic furniture with a fresh charm.

398

Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.

Made in Germany GS-tested


Wardrobe

Quality Solid birch wood Naturally Strong

Small For gym bag

Light and friendly birch wood stands for solid and durable furniture that create a warm atmosphere.

Large For hat and scarf

Medium For Bookbag and jacket

Three-way Hook There is space for everything on the 3 different hooks. The large hook for hats and scarves is particularly clever. Even daycare children can easily hang their things themselves.

Metal frames Metal frames ensure the stability of the wardrobe bench.

Surfaces Extra solid, durable and colorful We use a 1.2 mm extra-strong Duropal® covering where it's needed most. For the seating areas you can also chose from 6 linoleum colors.

Standard: Duropal®coating K243

without additional charge

orange

yellow

blue

green

KORA

KGEL

U068

G719

• 1.2 mm melamine resin coating

The firmly bolted benches with bars and storage space shows what the Haba cloakroom system is made of. When building cloakroom benches with bars please consider the spacing to the wall. Refer to page 409 if ordering system with rails.

• High friction, scratch and impact resistant • Resistant to wear and tear

Wardrobe Foyer

birch

Drawing of a wardrobe configuration.

• Resistant coating

Linoleum coating (additional charge) Orange

Sand

Blue

Light blue

Green

Gray

L171

L071

L479

L422

L132

L058

• Made of natural, renewable raw materials • Fade resistant and flame retardant • Flexible, sound-dampening cork content • Antistatic, by nature resistant to wear and tear • Resistant against all cleaning products and disinfectants • Eco-friendly and bio-degradable • Hygienic - antibacterial

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

399


pts

Wardrobe Conce

Double Racks with boxes or doors for additional storing space The double racks – with or without doors – tidy up everything children may carry in. Odds and ends are stored away in the colored property boxes that fit in the big compartments and are provided with identification labels. Caps and jackets hang up perfectly on the triple hooks. The double racks without hooks can be fitted above existing racks making them only accessible to parents or educators.

Short hat Rack with designer panels and benches Wardrobe benches are combined with low hat racks and lateral and upper finishing panels. Finishing panels make corners and edges disappear at both ends.

Tall hat Rack with hanging pockets and benches Fabric panels are equipped with transparent, meshed and slip-in pockets. Combined with the tall hat shelves they make an unbeatable team.

400


Wardrobe

Oversized in depth and height

Well designed and space saving Odds and ends can be stored in these extra high hat shelves. The wardrobe benches with their clearance from the wall offer extra storing space behind the seating area for items.

One space – used in two ways

Wardrobe Foyer

With their depth of 13“, 33 cm the hanging racks won‘t protrude excessively into the room. This allows children more seating comfort on the benches below.

FOLDING WALL TABLES from page 24/25.

Room example

1

Room example

2

The explorers’ lab is closed, the table discretely folded and the benches are back in their usual place.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

401


Hat Rack

Front & side components are made of solid birch. Back made of genuine birch veneer

Shelving of powder-coated perforated metal prevents moisture from accumulating and allows air to circulate.

Select hook color (p. 403).

Short hat Rack

High hat rack

Height: 5 ½”, 12.8 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm

Height: 10 ¼“, 25.6 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm

Number

Width

Compartments

Number

Width

Compartments

839100

12“, 30 cm

1

839133

31 ½“, 80 cm

2

839101

15 ¾“, 40 cm

1

839134

31 ½“, 80 cm

4

839102

15 ¾“, 40 cm

2

839135

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

839103

31 ½“, 80 cm

2

839136

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

839104

31 ½“, 80 cm

4

839137

47 ¼“, 120 cm

3

839105

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

839138

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

839106

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

839139

47 ¼“, 120 cm

6

839107

47 ¼“, 120 cm

3

839108

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

839109

47 ¼“, 120 cm

6

Number

Edge

839112

There are major differences in children’s sizes in one class. When you use flexibly mounted hat racks and hooks, you can adapt the wardrobe to the group immediately or in the future.

Compartments

Number

Edge

Interior edge

3

839142

Interior edge

3

839113

Interior edge

5

839143

Interior edge

5

839111

Exterior Edge

1

839141

Exterior Edge

1

(not shown)

Height differences

(not shown)

Compartments

Accessories B

A

MAIL

Triple Peg

A

Compartment dividers

B

Parent letter holder

Can be added later. Solid birch wood. W 1” x D 7 ½”, W 1.8 x D 18.2 cm. 839180 Short, H 2 ¼”, 5.7 cm 839181 Tall, H 4 ¾”, 12 cm

Triple Peg Swivel Hook Rotatable, with three different hook sizes. Nylon hook. W 3 ¾“ x H 3 ¼“, W 9 x H 8 cm. 845199 1 piece

402

Solid birch wood and acrylic.

839190 1 piece


B

Hat Racks

Double Rack

A

Wall Units

Access only for adults

Benches start on page 406.

Select hook color and door hinge below.

B A Double rack open with hooks

Double rack open with hooks Height: 17”, 42. 5 cm - Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm Number

Width

839200

Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm

Compartments

Number

Width

31 ½“, 80 cm

2

839350

Double rack with doors and no hooks Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm

Compartments

Number

Width

Compartments

31 ½“, 80 cm

2

839330

31 ½“, 80 cm

2

839201

31 ½“, 80 cm

4

839351

31 ½“, 80 cm

4

839331

31 ½“, 80 cm

4

839202

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

839352

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

839332

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

839203

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

839353

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

839333

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

839204

47 ¼“, 120 cm

3

839354

47 ¼“, 120 cm

3

839334

47 ¼“, 120 cm

3

839205

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

839355

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

839335

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

839206

47 ¼“, 120 cm

6

839356

47 ¼“, 120 cm

6

839336

47 ¼“, 120 cm

6

for double racks

Exterior Interior Edge open with hooks Height: 17”, 42. 5 cm - Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm

Double rack with doors and hooks Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm

Edge

Compartments

839207

Exterior edge

1

839208

Interior edge

3

Optional Box for Hat Rack These sturdy cardboard storage bins keep all types of materials and supplies quickly and easily accessible. With grip slot. W 6“ x H 6 ½“ x D 6 ½“, W 15.5 x H 16.2 x D 16.2 cm. 092321 Blue, 6 pieces 092322 Red, 6 pieces 092323 Green, 6 pieces

How to order

Number

Width

Compartments

839320

31 ½“, 80 cm

2

839321

31 ½“, 80 cm

4

839322

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

839323

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

839324

47 ¼“, 120 cm

3

839325

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

839326

47 ¼“, 120 cm

6

Wardrobe Foyer

Number

Mandatory Options

Color

Door hinge

Select hook color. Red is the standard (RAL 3000).

The doors of the double racks can be hinged at the right or left. RAL 9010 pure white

RAL 1018 yellow

RAL 3000 ruby red

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

RAL 5012 light blue

RAL 6018 RAL 9005 yellow green black

RAL 9006 silver

www.haba.de

TVRE TVLI

Doors with right hinges Doors with left hinges

403


Hat Racks and Double Racks with hanging pockets Safety Edge Radius ¼", 5 mm The rods on the hat rack can be quickly removed without any tools. The cloth back wall can be removed for cleaning. Pockets with front windows and fish net or stitched bags.

Select hook color page 403. Order hanging pockets separately below.

Low hat rack with 2 rods for hanging pockets Height: 5 ¼“, 12.8 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm Number

Width

Compartments

839122

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

839123

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

839125

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

High hat rack with 2 rods for hanging pockets

Double rack open with 2 rods for fabric wall panels

Double rack open with 2 rods for fabric wall panels

Height: 10 ¼“, 25.6 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm

Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm

Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm

Number

Width

Compartments

Number

Width

839152

Compartments

Number

Width

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

839160

35 ½“, 90 cm

839153

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

839161

839155

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

839162

Compartments

3

839165

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

839166

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

839167

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

Hanging Pockets

Hanging pocket blue

Hanging pocket green

Height: 22 ¼“, 56 cm; 100% polyester

Height: 22 ¼“, 56 cm; 100% polyester

Number

Width

839502

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

839512

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

839503

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

839513

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

839505

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

839515

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

404

Compartments

Number

Width

Compartments

Hanging Pocket for 39 ¼", 99.5 cm racks With 5 clear pockets, net and storage pockets with hook and loop fastenings. Cordura® (35 % cotton wool and 65 % polyester). W 37” x H 29 ½”, W 94 x H 75 cm. 120154 Red 120155 Yellow 120156 Blue


Wardrobe Racks

Hanging racks Smart storage options With a depth of 13“, 33 cm the hanging racks won‘t protrude into the room. This allows children more seating comfort on the benches below. A plastic storage box, made for the rack, holds gloves, caps, etc. Select hook color page 403.

Hanging rack, without hook Height: 20 ¾“, 52.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33.0 cm Number

Width

Compartments

839411

35 ½“, 90 cm

6

839413

47 ¼“, 120 cm

8

10 Year GUARANTEE

Hanging rack, with hook Height: 20 ¾“, 52.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33.0 cm Compartments

Hooks

35 ½“, 90 cm

6

3

839402

35 ½“, 90 cm

6

6

839403

47 ¼“, 120 cm

8

4

839404

47 ¼“, 120 cm

8

8

Number

Width

839401

Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

¼“, 5 mm safety edge Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.

Optional

Made in Germany

Plastic Box, transparent

GS-tested

W 10 ¼” x H 6” x D 12 ¼”, W 26 x H 15 x D 31.2 cm.

Educator's wardrobe

Wardrobe Foyer

839852

A

The extra deep shoe rack combined with the lockable lockers and tall Alena cupboards ensure everything is safely stored away.

A

Hanging lockers

Includes lockable compartments for valuables and a triple hook. Birch wood. H 16 ¾“ x D 13“, H 42.5 x D 33 cm. 839391 W 31 ½“, 80 cm, 2 doors (not shown) 839394 W 47 ¼“, 120 cm, 3 doors Select hook color and door hinge on page 403.

B

B

Shoe rack with wall mount, extra deep

Includes 6 rods. Birch plywood, rods of powdercoated steel tubes (RAL 9006). H 6“ x D 13“, H 15 x D 33 cm. 839850 W 31 ½“, 80 cm (not shown) 839851 W 47 ¼“, 120 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

extra deep

www.haba.de

405


Interior Corner

Wardrobe bench and wall-mount shoe rack

Safety Edge Radius ¼", 5 mm Select seat finish (page 407).

Wardrobe bench TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, D 13“, 33 cm Number

Width

840001

31 ½“, 80 cm

840002

35 ½“, 90 cm

840003

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

840004

47 ¼“, 120 cm

840006

Interior edge

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm

KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm, D 13“, 33 cm

In a jiffy the bench is moved away and all corners are within reach.

Quality

Number

Width

840011

31 ½“, 80 cm

840012

35 ½“, 90 cm

840013

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

840014

47 ¼“, 120 cm

840016

Interior edge

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm

Shoe rack with wall-mount for freestanding benches

>> Birch seat

Rack with 4 rods. Powder-coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum) – tolerant against humidity. Height 6“, 15 cm – Depth 9 ¼“, 23,3 cm

>> Duropal® seat coating

Number

Width

Number

Width

840021

31 ½“, 80 cm

839841

29 ¾“, 75 cm (for bench width 31 ½“, 80 cm)

840022

35 ½“, 90 cm

839842

33 ½“, 85 cm (for bench width 35 ½“, 90 cm)

840023

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

839843

37 ¼“, 94.5 cm (for bench width 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm)

840024

47 ¼“, 120 cm

839844

45 ½“, 115 cm (for bench width 47 ¼“, 120 cm)

840026

Interior edge

(water-proof, easy to clean)

>> Metal frame, powder-coated RAL 9006 aluminum The cloakroom benches (page 406 and 407) are not attached to our rear panels (page 410), but rather directly to the wall.

Interior edge

Wardrobe bench with rack

SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm, D 13“, 33 cm

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm

Equipment

Wardrobe bench with integrated shoe rack

Partition rail for shoe rack Powder-coated steel tube. 839840 1 unit

Birch wood, powder-coated steel rack

TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, D 13“, 33 cm

SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm, D 13“, 33 cm

Number

Width

Number

Width

Number

Width

840031

31 ½“, 80 cm

840041

31 ½“, 80 cm

840051

31 ½“, 80 cm

840032

35 ½“, 90 cm

840042

35 ½“, 90 cm

840052

35 ½“, 90 cm

840033

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

840043

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

840053

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

840034

47 ¼“, 120 cm

840044

47 ¼“, 120 cm

840054

47 ¼“, 120 cm

840036

Interior edge

840046

Interior edge

840056

Interior edge

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm

406

KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm, D 13“, 33 cm

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm


Wardrobe Benches

Wardrobe bench with compartments

...without shelf

Wardrobe bench with compartments- optional with powder-coated steel compartment Select seat finish below.

Wardrobe bench with compartments TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, D 13“, 33 cm Compartments

Number

Width

31 ½“, 80 cm

2

840110

31 ½“, 80 cm

2

31 ½“, 80 cm

4

840111

31 ½“, 80 cm

4

840102

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

840112

35 ½“, 90 cm

3

840103

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

840113

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

5

840104

47 ¼“, 120 cm

3

840114

47 ¼“, 120 cm

3

840105

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

840115

47 ¼“, 120 cm

4

840106

47 ¼“, 120 cm

6

840116

47 ¼“, 120 cm

6

840108

Interior edge

3

840118

Interior edge

3

Number

Width

840100 840101

How to order Seat Finish

If seat finish color is not specified natural Birch K243 wood will be delivered.

Linoleum

K243

without additional charge

Powder-coated steel shelves

Compartments

Mandatory Options

Duropal® Birch

KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm, D 13“, 33 cm

Wardrobe Foyer

...optional with powdercoated steel shelf (additional charge)

(additional charge)

Orange

Yellow

Blue

Green

Orange

Sand

Blue

Light blue

Green

Gray

KORA

KGEL

U068

G719

L171

L071

L479

L422

L132

L058

All wardrobe benches with compartments are supplied without shelves. Select MEBW if you want a bench with powder-coated steel shelf. Please note additional charge.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

407


Wardrobe bench with steel grating If required the cloakroom benches can be bolted together. Select seat finish (page 407).

... without wall clearance D 13“, 33 cm

Interior edge

TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm Width

Number

Width

Number

Width

840130

31 ½“, 80 cm

840140

31 ½“, 80 cm

840150

31 ½“, 80 cm

840131

35 ½“, 90 cm

840141

35 ½“, 90 cm

840151

35 ½“, 90 cm

840132

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

840142

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

840152

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

840133

47 ¼“, 120 cm

840143

47 ¼“, 120 cm

840153

47 ¼“, 120 cm

840135

Exterior edge

840145

Exterior edge

840155

Exterior edge

840136

Interior edge

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm

For cloakroom benches mounted with a wall clearance, wet clothing can hang behind the seating area and drip dry there. In contrast to all other benches, the firmly bolted cloakroom benches with bars and hat storage can be made into complete units.

TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm

Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm

840146

Interior edge

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Wandbedarf: 62 x 62 cm

KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm

840156

Interior edge

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Wandbedarf: 62 x 62 cm

SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm

Width

Number

Width

Number

840160

31 ½“, 80 cm

840170

31 ½“, 80 cm

840180

31 ½“, 80 cm

840161

35 ½“, 90 cm

840171

35 ½“, 90 cm

840181

35 ½“, 90 cm

840162

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

840172

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

840182

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

840163

47 ¼“, 120 cm

840173

47 ¼“, 120 cm

840183

47 ¼“, 120 cm

840165

Exterior edge

840175

Exterior edge

840185

Exterior edge

Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm Interior edge

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm

Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm

840176

Interior edge

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm

Rolling Wardrobe

Width

Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm

840186

Interior edge

Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm

Optional

Rolling wardrobe Includes 4 casters, 2 lockable. Birch wood, shoe rack of powder coated steel tube (aluminum RAL 9006). D 27 ¼“, 69 cm.

Small hat shelf W 47 ¼“, 120 cm (page 402)

TODDLERS – Sitting Height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Height 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840201 W 49“, 124 cm

408

Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm

Number

840166

KINDERGARTEN – Sitting Height 14“, 35 cm Height 48“, 122 cm 840203 W 49“, 124 cm

SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm

Number

requirements: 44 ½“ ½“ xx 44 ½“, ½“, 11 11 xx 11 11 cm cm Wall requirements: Wall

... with wall clearance D 17 ¾“, 45 cm

KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm

In contrast to all other benches, the firmly bolted cloakroom benches with bars and hat storage can be made into complete units.

Tall hat shelf W 47 ¼“, 120 cm (page 402)

Delivered without shelves/hook rail.

Hook rail W 47 ¼“, 120 cm (page 421)


Wardrobe

Rails for wardrobes - integrated units from Birch Wood Veneer An ideal solution in situations where there are no suitable walls available to mount the racks.

hat shelves (starting page 402)

... free-standing on the wall

=

+

rails

While planning, please take a look at the SCHEMATIC VIEW on page 399. benches (starting page 408)

Vertical rails to be assembled with short hat racks (page 402)

Vertical rails to be assembled with high hat racks (page 402)

Vertical rails to be assembled with double racks in D 8 ¾", 22.1 cm (page 403)

Birch wood. Must attach to bench (page 408). W 3“ x D 1 ¼“, W 7 x D 3 cm.

Birch wood. Must attach to bench (page 408). W 3“ x D 1 ¼“ , W 7 x D 3 cm.

Birch wood. Must attach to bench (page 408). W 3“ x D 1 ¼“ , W 7 x D 3 cm.

TODDLERS H 43“, 109.2 cm 839620 1 pair

TODDLERS H 46 ¾“, 118.8 cm 839624 1 pair

TODDLERS H 55 ½“, 140.4 cm 839625 1 pair

KINDERGARTEN H 47“, 119.4 cm 839621 1 pair

KINDERGARTEN H 51“, 129 cm 839626 1 pair

KINDERGARTEN H 59 ½“, 150.6 cm 839627 1 pair

SCHOOL/AFTER SCHOOL CENTER H 60 ¼“, 153 cm 839622 1 pair

SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 64 ¼“, 162.6 cm 839628 1 pair

SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 72 ¾“, 184.2 cm 839629 1 pair

Back rest

839630 839631 839632 839633 839635

Back rest for assembling with rails To be fixed between vertical rails. Birch wood. Depth: 1“, 2 cm, Height 4“, 10 cm

W 31 ½“, 80 cm W 35 ½“, 90 cm W 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm W 47 ¼“, 120 cm Interior edge

... free-standing in the room Hat Racks (from page 402)

Can be used on both sides.

rail B Additional for installation ...

with low hat racks (p. 402)

with low hat racks (p. 402)

For fixed benches (p. 408). W 20 ½“ / 29 ¼“ x D 3 ½“, W 52/74 x D 8.8 cm. TODDLERS – H 43“, 109.2 cm

For fixed benches (p. 408). W 5 ¾“ x D 1“, W 14 x D 2.1 cm.

839690

TODDLERS – H 43“, 109.2 cm 839654

KINDERGARTEN –

KINDERGARTEN –

H 47 ¼“, 119.4 cm

H 47“, 119.4 cm

839657

with high hat racks (p. 402)

with high hat racks (p. 402)

For fixed benches (p. 408). W 20 ½“ / 29 ¼“ x D 3 ½“, W 52/74 x D 8.8 cm. TODDLERS – H 46 ¾“, 118.8 cm

For fixed benches (p. 408). W 5 ¾“ x D 1“, W 14 x D 2.1 cm.

KINDERGARTEN –

TODDLERS – H 46 ¾“, 118.8 cm 839655

839694

KINDERGARTEN – H 51“, 129 cm 839658

with double racks (p. 403)

with double racks (p. 403)

For fixed benches (p. 408). W 20 ½“ / 29 ¼“ x D 3 ½“, W 52/74 x D 8,8 cm.

For fixed benches (p. 408). W 5 ¾“ x D 1“, W 14 x D 2.1 cm. TODDLERS – H 55 ½“, 140.4 cm

H 51“, 129 cm

TODDLERS – H 55 ½“, 140.4 cm 839692 KINDERGARTEN –

839656

H 59 ½“, 150.6 cm

KINDERGARTEN – H 59 ½“, 150.6 cm

839695

839659

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

B

C

839693

839691

A

Wardrobe Foyer

piece with rail A End for installation ...

can be used on both sides Benches on page 408.

C

Back Wall

Melamine resin surface. Height 23 ¾“, 60 cm. Depth: ¾“, 1.9 cm 839790 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 839791 W 35 ½“, 90 cm 839792 W 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 839793 W 47 ¼“, 120 cm For safety reasons only one bar is permitted for construction of free-standing combinations.

www.haba.de

409


Easy to Clean Back Panels – for wall mounting Back panel + wide adaptor strip >> for assembling with double racks (page 403)

adaptor strip

3 31 ½“, 31.2 cm

Back panel + narrow adaptor strip >> for assembling with tall hat racks (page 402)

A Toddlers: H 26 ½“, 67.2 cm B Kindergarten: H 27“, 68.4 cm

A Toddlers: H 27 ¾“, 70.4 cm B Kindergarten: 28 ¼“, H 71.6 cm

adaptor strip

2

A Toddlers: H 28 ½“, 71.9 cm B Kindergarten: H 29“, 73.1 cm

Back panel without top piece: >> for assembling with small hat racks (page 402)

4“, 9.6 cm

1

Total Heights:

Total Heights:

A Toddlers: 47“, 109.2 cm

A

C

Toddlers: 119“, 118.8 cm

A

B

B

C

Kindergarten: 51“, 129 cm

B

Kindergarten: 47“, 119.4 cm

The back panels keep wet clothing away from walls. Combine the panels with hat shelves and double racks.

Total Heights: D Toddlers: 55 ½“, 140.4 cm D Kindergarten: 59 ½“, 150.6 cm

Tip: For combinations of tall hat shelves or double racks you will need adaptor strips so that the height of the back panel isn’t reduced by the height of the racks.

Back panel Duropal® surface.

A TODDLERS

Select Duropal® coating (page 401).

H 43“, 109.2 cm, D 1 ¼“, 3 cm

Seat height

10 ¼“, 26 cm

Number

Width

839700

31 ½“, 80 cm

839701

35 ½“, 90 cm

839702

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

839703

47 ¼“, 120 cm

839705

outside Corner

839706

inside Corner

Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm

B KINDERGARTEN

H 47“, 119.4 cm, D 1 ¼“, 3 cm

Seat height

14“, 35 cm

Back panel with “wide” adaptor strip for assembling with double racks, depth 8 ¾“, 22 cm (page 402)

Duropal® surface.

Duropal® surface.

C H 3 ¾“, 9.6 cm

D H 12 ½“, 31.2 cm

Number

Width

Number

Width

Number

Width

839760

31 ½“, 80 cm

839770

31 ½“, 80 cm

839710

31 ½“, 80 cm

839761

35 ½“, 90 cm

839771

35 ½“, 90 cm

839711

35 ½“, 90 cm

839762

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

839772

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

839712

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

839763

47 ¼“, 120 cm

839773

47 ¼“, 120 cm

839713

47 ¼“, 120 cm

839764

outside Corner

839774

outside Corner

839715

outside Corner

839716

inside Corner

Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm

410

Back panel with “narrow” adaptor strip for assembling with tall hat shelves (page 402)

Wall requirements: 3 ¼“ x 3 ¼“, 8 x 8 cm

839765

inside Corner

Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm

Wall requirements: 3 ¼“ x 3 ¼“, 8 x 8 cm

839775

inside Corner

Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm


Wardrobe

Order fabric pockets separately.

Dresser Cabinet, 1 door

Dresser Cabinet, wide, 2 doors

Height without base: W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 13“, W 39.7 x H 39.7 x D 33 cm. With base: H 17 ¾“, 44.5 cm.

Height without base: W 30 ½“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 13“, W 77.4 x H 39.7 x D 33 cm. With base: H 17 ¾“, 44.5 cm.

840230

840231

Select door hinge below.

Dresser Cabinet, tall, 2 doors

Dresser cabinet, 4 doors

Height without base: W 15 ¾“ x H 30 ½“ x D 13“, W 39.7 x H 77.4 x D 33 cm. With base: H 32 ½“, 82.2 cm.

Height without base: W 30 ½“ x H 30 ½“ x D 13“, W 77.4 x H 77.4 x D 33 cm. With base: H 32 ½“, 82.2 cm.

840232

840233

Select door hinge below.

Side Panel

Birch real wood veneer, with linoleum, blue surface. W 30 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 77.4 x D 50 cm. Thickness: 1“, 2 cm.

840239

Clothes Cabinets These cabinets bring two functions together: dressing room and cloakroom. Colorful fabric pokkets display a photo of the little ones: they're "at home" here. And for parents they serve as a postbox for information and flyers.

Note

!

The panel for dressing children is attached to a cabinet that is pulled forward. We recommend the side panels if you would like to setup the cabinet and panel on their own, i.e. without a cabinet to the right and left.

The large compartments offer plenty of space for spare clothes and personal items. The seating area on the cabinets, at a height that is gentle on the back, makes it easier for adults to get the children dressed. Everything is available or stored away with a single movement.

How to order Optional Accessories

Mandatory Options Door hinge

Base

Hanging Pockets

The doors on the cabinets 840230 and 840232 can be hinged on the right or left. Please specify the preferred version in your order:

The dresser cabinets are delivered without a base. Please specify SOKM in your order if you would like a cabinet with base. Additional charge for base: SOKM W 15 ¾" x D 13", W 39.7 x D 33 cm SOKM W 30 ½" x D 13", W 77.4 x D 33 cm

All dresser cabinets are delivered without fabric pockets to Velcro on. When ordering please specify MTAS if you would like a cabinet with fabric pockets. Additional charge for fabric pockets:

TVRE TVLI

door(s) hinged right door(s) hinged left

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

MTAS 1 piece

www.haba.de

Lock Door lock DSS1

Additional charge

411

Wardrobe Foyer

Top Panel

For mounting on free-standing cabinets with top panel. Birch veneer. Depth 6“, 15 cm. 840240 H 17 ¾“, 44.5 cm for one door 840241 H 32 ½“, 82.2 cm for two doors


Wall Wardrobe

A

Hanging wall wardrobe Birch plywood, shoe rack of powder-coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum). Depth 8 ¾“, 22 cm.

10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.

TODDLERS + KINDERGARTEN – H 45 ½“, 115.8 cm The shoe-grate – here all the shoes are placed high and dry

¼“, 5 mm safety edge Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.

Width

840400

32“, 81 cm

4

840401

39 ¾“, 100.75 cm

5

Select hook color (p. 403).

Made in Germany GS-tested

Barrier free

Spick and span!

hygiene While children adore muddy weather, snow and ice, these weather conditions mean a lot of wetness and dirt in the entrance and wardrobes area. Hanging wall wardrobe with back panels, provide individual compartments and a shoe racks for each child. Wet clothing and shoes can take their time to dry. Because there is enough space between the hanging wardrobe and the floor, any water that drips down can be easily wiped off. Coats and hats are kept in separate cubbies.

412

Compartments

Number


Wardrobe Cupboards

Wall Wardrobe with sitting bench

Hanging wall wardrobe with seat Solid seating area thanks to steel joists. Birch plywood, shoe rack powder coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum). Depth 18 ½“, 47 cm

TODDLERS + KINDERGARTEN – H 45 ½“, 115.8 cm Compartments

Number

Width

840410

32“, 81 cm

4

840411

39 ¾“, 100.75 cm

5

Customized solutions for corners

Select hook color (p. 403) and seat finish (p. 407).

Sturdy steel joints stabilize the bench

The perfect solution with lightweight walls

Free standing wardrobe

Free standing wardrobe Wardrobe Foyer

When not feasible to wall mount the wardrobe. Birch plywood, shoe rack of powder-coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum). Depth 8 ¾“, 22 cm

H 63 ¼”, 160.4 cm Compartments

Number

Width

840430

32“, 81 cm

4

840431

39 ¾“, 100.75 cm

5

Select hook color (p. 403).

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

413


Wardrobe Cupboards Kindergarten

7“, 17.3 cm

30“, 76.2 cm

27 ¼“, 69 cm

12“, 30 cm

7“, 17.3 cm

Select front finish and door hinge below. Select hook color page 403.

Example shows 6 x open wardrobe cupboard, height 48“, 122 cm

Wardrobe Cabinet, open

Wardrobe Cabinet with Door

2 top compartments. 1 triple hook. Birch. H 48” x D 13”, H 122 x D 33 cm. 840350 Basic model, W 12 ¼”, 31 cm 840351 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm

1 storage shelf, 1 shoe compartment, 1 triple hook and lock. Birch. H 48” x D 13”, H 122 x D 33 cm. 840360 Basic model, W 12 ¼”, 31 cm 840361 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm

School or after-school center A 7“, 17.3 cm

12 ¼“, 31 cm

12“, 30 cm 41“, 103.7 cm 36“, 90.9 cm

There is space here for a plastic box (p. 415). 8 ½“, 21.6 cm

8 ¾“, 21.8 cm

Example shows 6 wardrobe cupboards with doors, height 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm

A

B

Example shows 6 wardrobe cupboards with lockers, height 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm

Wardrobe with Personal Cubby Compartment

A

B

With 1 compartment, 1 shoe compartment and 1 triple hook. Birch. H 63 ¼” x D 18 ½”, H 160.4 cm x 47 cm. 840364 Basic model, W 12 ¼“, 31 cm 840365 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm

With 1 shelf behind the door, 1 three-way hook, and lock. Birch. H 63 ¼” x D 18 ½”, H 160.4 cm x 47 cm. With shoe compartment. 840356 Basic model, W 12 ¼”, 31 cm 840357 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm

How to order

Mandatory Options

Front Finish If color is not specified natural Birch wood will be delivered. Real Wood

Duropal

Door hinge

®

The doors of the double racks can be hinged at the right or left.

Birch

Orange

Yellow

Blue

Green

Birch

NATU

KORA

KGEL

U068

G719

K243

414

Wardrobe Cabinet with Door

TVRE TVLI

Doors with right hinges Doors with left hinges


Wardrobe Cupboards

It all goes in a box

48“, 122 cm

48“, 122 cm

Each child has his place in the wardrobe. Jackets, bags and cups are stored away. But where to put all those odds and ends? Our solution: a plastic storage box with an identification label (page 422) for each child.

Optional

Diaper cupboard

Storage Cabinet for 6 Plastic Boxes

With 3 shelves. Birch. W 12 ¼“ x H 48“ x D 13“, W 31 x H 122 x D 33 cm.

Plastic Box, transparent

840390

Birch. W 12 ¼” x H 48” x D 13”, W 31 x H 122 x D 33 cm. Plastic boxes not included.

Select front finish and door hinge (page 414).

840319

839852

W 10 ¼” x H 6” x D 12 ¼”, W 26 x H 15 x D 31.2 cm.

Dressing aids Easily get children changed

Wardrobe Foyer

Our dressing aids mean that uncomfortable crouching is a thing of the past. With the steps the children meet you half way – so that it's more comfortable for both you and the child.

Dressing Staircase Firmly bolted to the wall. Birch wood; step surface in birch decor. W 16" x H 43“ x D 17", W 40.6 x H 109.2 x D 43 cm. Platform height: 22 ½", 57 cm.

840210 with pull-out staircase

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

415


Shoe and boot cupboards

63“, 160.4 cm

30 ½“, 80 cm

1 33 3“, cm

Shoe cupboard Birch plywood, shelves duropal laminate coated. W 31 ½“ x 13“, 80 x D 33 cm. Height

840330

43“, 109.2 cm

840331

48“, 122 cm

9

840332

63 ¼“, 160.4 cm

12

63 ¼“, 160,4 cm

30 ½“, 80 cm

Compartments

Number

Boot cupboard Birch wood, shelves duropal laminate coated. W 31 ½“ x 13“, 80 x D 33 cm.

33

416

13

“, cm

Compartments

Number

Height

840333

43“, 109.2 cm

4

840334

48“, 122 cm

4

840335

63 ¼“, 160.4 cm

6 Thanks to the Duropal® coating the shelves of the boots‘ cupboard are resistant to dirt and water

8


Book bag Cupboards

Book bag cupboards Available with or without lockable doors. All shelves and doors made of scratch resistant birch veneer. Select front color and type of door hinge (page 414).

Optional Shelf For book bag cupboard with doors (840321, 840322, 840323). W 12 ¼“ x H 1“ x D 16 ½“, W 30.5 x H 2 x D 41.5 cm. 840329 1 piece

m

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

, 120 c

47 ¼“

“, ½ 18 7 cm 4

Book bag cupboard

Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 47 ¼“ x H 63 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 120 x H 160.4 x D 47 cm. Compartment height: 17 ½“, 44 cm.

840343

Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 39 ¼“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 99.5 x H 122 x D 47 cm. Inner dimensions of compartment: W 12“ x H 21 ¾“, W 30 x H 55 cm. 840301 6 compartments 840321 6 lockable doors

39 ¼“,

26 ½“, 67.4 cm

99.5 cm

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

63 ¼“, 160.4 cm

63 ¼“, 160.4 cm

63 ¼“, 160.4 cm

26 ½“, 67.4 cm

“, ½ 18 7 cm 4

, ½“ 18 cm 47

“, ½ 18 7 cm 4

18

“, ½ m c 7 4

Book bag cupboard

Book bag cupboard

Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 26 ½“ x H 63 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 67.4 x H 160.4 x D 47 cm. Inner dimensions of compartment: W 12“ x H 19 ½“, W 30 x H 49 cm. 840302 6 compartments 840322 6 lockable doors

Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 39 ¼“ x H 63 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 99.5 x H 160.4 x D 47 cm. Inner dimensions of compartment: W 12“ x H 19 ½“, W 30 x H 49 cm. 840303 9 compartments 840323 9 lockable doors

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

Wardrobe Foyer

, ½“ 18 cm 47

63 ¼“, 160.4 cm

Book bag shelf for 15 bags

48 ¼“, 122 cm

63 ¼“, 160.4 cm

48 ¼“, 122 cm

39 ¼“, 99.5 cm

“, ½ 18 7 cm 4

417


Wardrobe Wagon

with 46 hooks and helmet rack

15 triple hooks + 6 safety double hooks Wardrobe wagon With 15 triple hooks, 6 safety double hooks and 4 casters, 2 locking. The two steel tubes make sure that bags and backpacks do not fall out. Birch veneer, powder-coated tubular steel (RAL 9006 aluminum). W 35 ¼“ x H 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 89 x H 120 x D 60 cm.

Wardrobe Cart

840501

125312

With 46 hooks, one helmet rack and 4 casters, 2 locking. Steel tube, varnished. Color: RAL 9006 aluminum. W 38 ½” x H 48” x D 23 ¾”, W 98 x H 122 x D 60 cm.

Bag wagon - saves space and always at your fingertips

A

with 26 hooks and 3 levels

Hidden Casters

B

Bag Wagon

Bag Trolly

Bag Wagon

Space for gym bags etc. on two levels. Everyone can find their compartment quickly with identification signs (please order separately, p. 422). The partitions and side pieces have rounded corners. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch veneer. H 40 ¾" x D 23 ¾", H 103 x D 60 cm, Compartment size: W 6 ½" x D 10 ¼", W 16.2 x D 26 cm, partition 8 ½", 21 cm tall. 840502 for 20 children, W 36 ¼", 92 cm 840503 for 28 children, W 50 ½", 128 cm

Book bags are hung on 26 hooks. Real birch wood, powder-coated steel tubing. Includes 4 casters, 2 locking. W 43 ¼“ x H 28 ¼“ x D 17 ¼“, W 110 x H 72 x D 44 cm. Please order stickers and name signs separately (see page 422). Bags not included.

Made of solid beechwood with natural finish. The solid wooden pegs are recessed. Three shelves, the middle shelf is removable and height-adjustable. With 4 casters the bag wagon can also be used as a serving trolly. H 30“ x D 18“, H 76 x D 46 cm. A 125291 Small with 24 wooden hooks, W 18“, 45.5 cm B 125292 Large with 28 wooden hooks, W 36 ¼“, 92 cm

418

125196


Wardrobe Wagon

Boot wall Just brilliant!

Drying Cupboard

You can save space while drying boots. The back panel is Duropal® coated so that dirt and liquids won’t damage anything. Waterproof slat protects the wall and allows boots dry from all sides.

Boot wall Birch wood, back panel of scratch resistant, waterproof Duropal®, powder-coated steel tube, polyethylene slats (color: corn) Width 35 ½“, 90 cm, depth 4 ¾“, 12 cm Number

Width

Pairs

839820

43“, 109.2 cm

20

839821

48 ¼“, 122.0 cm

20

839822

63 ¼“, 160.4 cm

25

Select Duropal® coating for rear panel (page 414).

Boot Rack

Playing outside is fun. If clothing gets wet in the process, from rain or snow, then it can dry quickly in the drying cupboard. With warm air blowers and 2 extendable clothes hangers with 4 clothes rails and 16 double hooks each. The door is lockable (cylinder lock incl.) The cupboard can be easily connected to a power point (220 V) with a standard cable and is then immediately ready for use. There is overheating protection for safety. The drying time can be individually adjusted via a timer. Steel with plastic powder coating, standard body in RAL 7035 light gray, front color can be selected. W 27 ¾" x H 78 ¾" x D 27 ¾", W 70 x H 200 x D 70 cm

103080 Select front color (p. 420). This is not available in the USA.

– for the wall or mobile

Wardrobe Foyer

Drip Tray

for 5 Pairs of Boots Mobile Boot Storage

30 pairs of boots For 5 Pairs of Boots Untreated tamarack/ larch wood with ash pegs. W 38“ x H 3 ½“ x D 1 ½“, W 96 x H 9 x D 4 cm, peg length 9 ¾“, 25 cm. 120157 Boot Rack

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

The boots stand can be used indoors and outdoors. With 4 casters, 2 locking and rounded safety hooks. Steel tube, powder-coated (RAL 9006 aluminum). W 34“ x H 47 ¼“ x D 21 ½“, W 86 x H 120 x D 54 cm. 125319 Boots stand

www.haba.de

Space for 18 or 26 pairs of boots. The wagon is easy to clean and can be set up inside or outside. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch wood with Duropal® surface, steel pipe, powder-coated (RAL 9006), PE strip. Depth: 15 ¾", 40 cm.

125323 for 18 pairs, W 42 ½" x H 29", W 107.8 x H 73.5 cm 125324 for 26 pairs, W 49 ¾“ x H 38 ½“, W 126 x H 97.5 cm

419


Steel Wardrobe

STEEL Wardrobe A

in 3 widths

Complete Cloakrooms for Schools.

A

Complete Cloakroom Element

With hat and shoe racks. Frame and hook rails made from precision flat steel tubing, hooks made from rounded steel, shoe rack made from precision steel tubing - all powder coated. Seating and hat rack made from melamine coated 3-layer quality chip-board with ABS edges, beech decor, 1“, 25 mm thick. H 62“ X D 15 ¼“, H 157 x D 38.5 cm, seat height 16 ¼“, 41 cm. Please note: Always position the cloakroom elements against a wall or back to back danger of to prevent tipping. 176330 W 39 ½“, 100 cm, 11 hooks 176331 W 61“, 155 cm, 17 hooks 176332 W 78 ¾‘, 200 cm, 23 hooks

B

Cloakroom Hat Rack

C

Cloakroom Bench

Side parts and hook rails made from powder coated precision flat oval steel tubing, hooks made from rounded steel; hat rack made from 3-layer quality chipboard with melamine resin coating on both sides and ABS edges, beech decor 1“, 25 mm thick. H 12 ¾ x D 10“, H 34.5 x D 25.5 cm. 176320 W 39 ½“,100 cm, 11 hooks 176321 W 61“, 155 cm, 17 hooks 176322 W 78 ¾“, 200 cm, 23 hooks

With shoe rack. Frame made from flat oval steel tubing, shoe rack made from precision steel tubing both powder coated; seat made from 3-layer quality chip-board with melamine resin coating on both sides and ABS edges, beech decor 1“, 25 mm thick. H 16 ¼“ x D 15 ½“, H 41 x D 39 cm. 176310 W 39 ½“, 100 cm 176311 W 61“, 155 cm 176312 W 78 ¾“, 200 cm

Select frame color below.

B

How to order Mandatory Options

Frame Color C

420

RAL 1021

RAL 3003

RAL 5002

RAL 5014

RAL 5023

RAL 6004

RAL 6033

RAL 7021

yellow

ruby Red

ultramarine blue

pigeon blue

distant blue

blue green

mint turquoise

black gray

RAL 7035

RAL 8014

RAL 9005

RAL 9006

E702

light gray

sepia brown

jet black

aluminum

metallic gray


Hook strips

Hook strips A basic part of any good wardrobe

Wave Wardrobe Willy the Worm ensures all is in order here and everything has a hook. Each of the elements has 5 metal double hooks. Can be combined to suit your requirements or expandable using middle pieces. Birch wood. Product may be delivered with different hooks.

E

G D F

F

D 472050 Head section left W 46“ x H 16 ¼“ x D 2 ½“, W 117 x H 41 x D 6 cm

472051 Head section right W 46“ x H 16 ¼“ x D 2 ½“, W 117 x H 41 x D 6 cm (not shown)

E 472052 Middle body W 39 ½“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 2 ½“, W 100 x H 22 x D 6 cm

F 472056 End piece right W 44 ½“ x H 10“ x D 2 ½“, W 113 x H 25 x D 6 cm

472055 End piece left W 44 ½“ x H 10“ x D 2 ½“, W 113 x H 25 x D 6 cm (not shown)

H

G

Hook strip

As an individual element or it can be combined with the wave wardrobe. With a double safety hook made of metal. Birch. H 5“ x D 2“, H 12.8 x D 6 cm. 839004 W 31 ½", W 80 cm, 4 hooks 839006 W 39 ¼", W 99,5 cm, 5 hooks 839009 W 41 ¼“, W 120 cm, 6 hooks

H

J

Farm Cloakroom

Beech, plywood, metal hooks. W 15 ¾" x H 9 ½", W 40 x H 24 cm. Hardware included.

107093

J

Hook Bar with Extra-Large Double Hooks

Water-resistant melamine finish. Color: white. 5 double safety hook of metal, powder-coated in aluminum, RAL 9006. W 39 ½“ x H 7 ¼“ x D 2 ¾“, W 100 x H 18 x D 6.6 cm.

472091 K Multi-Purpose Hook Bar

Wardrobe Foyer

K

Solid, lacquered natural beech. Six red sliding HEWI double hooks are attached to the beech bar. Wall mounting hardware included. 1 ¼”, 3 cm thick wood bar. W 39 ½” x H 3 ¾” x D 5 ½”, W 100 x H 9.5 x D 14 cm.

125112 L

L

Cleanup Made Easy

Everything is stored neatly in these pouches. With extra fabric appliqué for identifying picture and drawstring. Approx. 13 ½” x 14 ½”, 34 x 37 cm. 056628 Pouches, 6 pieces Identity signs sold separately (page 422).

M

M

Cloakroom hook rail

With double coat hooks. Distance from wall 4 ¾“, 12 cm. Steel profile facing with hooks and wall spacers welded onto back. Surface coated. Ends of facing are straight with rounded plastic stoppers, rounded steel hooks. 176300 W 39 ½“, 100 cm, 5 hooks 176301 W 61“, 155 cm, 8 hooks 176302 W 78 ¾“, 200 cm, 10 hooks Select frame color (page 420).

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

421


Identification Signs made of wood, plastic, paper and fabric – Each set consists of 30 different pictures.

Colorful World

Objects

Toys

Animals Farm

Forest & Meadow

Wooden Identity Signs 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 37 x 37 mm; ¼“, 6 mm thick. 30 pieces. 019610 Colorful World 092024 Objects 092023 Toys 092021 Animals 092367 Farm 092368 Forest and meadow

Laminated Identity Signs

Self-Adhesive Paper Identity Signs

Colored identity sign 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 35 x 35 mm in sets of 30 assorted pictures. Frames sold separately. 116833 Colorful World 092043 Objects 092042 Toys 092040 Animals 092372 Farm 092376 Forest and meadow

3 sheets the same 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 37 x 37 mm, with 30 assorted pictures. 90 pieces. 116841 Colorful World 092014 Objects 092013 Toys 092011 Animals 092373 Farm 092377 Forest and meadow

Material Identity Patch for Sewing on Washable at 140°F/60°C, 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 35 x 35 mm; with hem 2“ x 2“, 50 x 50 mm. 30 pieces. 116819 Colorful World 092003 Objects 092002 Toys 092000 Animals 092374 Farm 092375 Forest and meadow

Identity Sign Made of gray plastic, for laminated identity signs. Hardware included. 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 38 x 38 mm 092035 30 pieces

½“, 1 cm thick

Wood identity animals Content: 30 animals in a cotton pouch. Printed wood. Pig: 3 ½" x 3", 9 x 7.5 cm. 073420 30 pieces

422

Name Signs Self-Adhesive Identity Sign Frame Plastic frame including paper insert and protective foil. 3“ x 4“, 7.4 x 10.5 cm. 092303 12 pieces

Frames with white paper insert and protective foil. 2 ¼“ x ¾“, 57 x 20 mm. Hardware not included. 092071 30 pieces


Outdoor Play Structures

Outdoor Play Structures



Natural Color Concept

Fresh Leaf Green

Dark Moss Green

We have made sure that color interplay is always harmonious. The colors will still harmonize together, even if the larch wood takes on the classic, silvery grey over time.

Outdoor Play Structures

All of the color shades are inspired by nature. The green of young buds or leaves is the influence behind our fresh leaf green, which represents spring, growth and health. It creates a harmony together with the quiet down-to-earth of the darker moss green. These two colors were used often and on the same surface, just like in nature. The vibrant copper orange creates bright highlights. All the shades are influenced by the rich earth brown whose energy nourishes and combines all of the elements.

Vibrant Copper Orange

Rich Earth Brown Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

425


- Premium-Quality Larch Wood In comparison to other softwood, larch wood is very strong, tough and has low expansion and shrinkage rates. Amongst European softwoods, it is the heaviest and hardest wood. It‘s resistance to weathering and it‘s durability make it predestined for use in outdoor play equipment.

Our support posts 5-layer weather-resistant glued larch wood Strong Minimum crack formation Anti-wrap Natural Safe Ecological

od

o hw

d ate

larc

re

unt

Metal Mounting Massive steel foot (½“, 5 mm thick) with hot-dip galvanized design loops Prevents the posts from absorbing moisture from the ground and rotting Sturdy connection, even with dynamic load

Modular idea Can be individually assembled Easy to change Expandable

Post Cover Prevents moisture from penetrating wood High-quality polyamide plastic Impact-resistant Frost-resistant UV-resistant No visible connections Vandalism-proof

426


Unique Stainless Steel Connection

Mounted Components Premium-Quality:

Handrails

Premium-Quality:

The split handrails fit exactly onto the special stainless steel shoe and are bolted throughout

Concealed stainless steel connection Durable High level of strength Anti-wrap

Connecting elements made with stainless steel

V2A stainless steel with a loop Stainless steel Service-free Pleasant smooth surface High level of stability and anti-wrap Installed flush with the posts No projecting corners or edges

Plate materials Premium-Quality:

Premium-Quality: Swing bearings in cast stainless steel with nylon bearings; made for HABA with M16 stainless steel bolts High quality Robust Low-maintence Safety chain Optimum safety

Genuine birch glued to be water-resistant with slip-inhibiting silkscreen printing surface Weather-resistant Anti-slip

Premium-Quality: Hard-core board (HPL) (¼“- ½“, 6 or 12 mm thick) Absolutely weatherand rotting-resistant Impact-resistant High level of stability

Ropes and Nets Premium-Quality: Premium-Quality:

Heavy duty quality with 6 inside stainless steel ropes (Ø ½“, 16 -18 mm): Robust Weather-resistant Low-maintenance Easy to grip UV-resistant

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Plastic board polyethylene (PE) lightly structured and fully dyed throughout Weather-resistant UV-resistant Does not fade Pleasant feel

www.haba.de

427

Outdoor Play Structures

Swing Bearings


- Safety in accordance with DIN EN 1176: 2008-08

3. 2.

4. 1.

1. 2.

S Safety ramp with slip protection Snag-free slide attachment S

1.

3. 4.

F Fall protection from 23 ž", 60 cm The PE slide doesn't get hot T

Safety ramp Various height tread steps: secure footing

428

Gentle slope: minimizes risk of slipping

Haba is involved in the Federation of German Manufacturers of Playground Equipment and Leisure Facilities. All large German play equipment and fall protection manufacturers are members.

Various materials: make the ramp slip-resistant

The Federation has set itself the goal of designing playgrounds that are completely safe for children.

Âź", 5 mm gaps: sand and dirt trickle off; reduces risk of slipping

We actively cooperate in the European Standards Committee for playground, sport and leisure equipment.


10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426

GS tested Highest safety on page 428

Natural Color Concept on page 425

Pushing the elements back and forth promotes motor skills.

Daycare

Outdoor Play Structures

The ship’s bell rings. No limits to the children’s imagination.

All the play equipment guarantees movement opportunities which are development-appropriate and development-encouraging.

Ship With a series of elements for role playing and movement in the smallest space: climb up the wavy steps, a slide, bells, a movable element in the form of an anchor and a steering wheel. Cross-rod made of stainless steel and posts made of tamarack glued laminated wood. Includes metal mounting.

428300

Technical Data Base area:

37 ½“ x 37 ½“, 2.70 x 1.29 m

Safety zone:

5.70 x 4.20 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height:

6“, 0.50 m 6“, 0.50 m

Total height:

90 ¾“, 2.30 m

Foundations:

3 pieces: W 12“ x H 12“ x D 15 ¾“, W 0.30 x H 0.30 x D 0.40 m

4 pieces: Ø 8“ x D 6“, Ø 0.20 x D 0.15 m Age group:

1 ½ year + Children can conquer the mountain with steps: upright or crawling.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

429


»We always plan in advance who can come into our house! Someone always has to keep watch over who's coming!«

Hut magic, in a village filled with joy At the foot of the silver rock, little huts provide a place to dream and pass the time, as a castle, cave or somewhere to read. They are the perfect home base for adventurers. These little houses work particularly well in a group, but can also be used as individual retreats. A village like this fits perfectly into landscapes.

The color concept can be found on page 425.

10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426

Play Pavilion GS tested Highest safety on page 428

Natural Color Concept on page 425

Play pavilion

No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly

430

With a bench, board for a counter, mailbox for letters and cutout for bells, this play pavilion is up for anything: today it’s a store, tomorrow the post office and even a little café with a porch. Total height: 45 ¾“, 1.16 m. Includes metal mounting. 429056 With porch, W 73“ x D 48 ½“, W 1.85 x D 1.23 m 429057 Without porch, W 48 ½“ x D 48 ½“, W 1.23 x D 1.23 m


The magic of huts

Technical data

The asymmetrical shape fits harmoniously onto the scenery. The huts are suitable for all age groups. The stilts allow the huts to be assembled level, or on uneven ground. Includes metal mounting. 428001 Orange 428002 Light green 428003 Dark green

Base area: Safety zone:

51 ¼“ x 57“, 1.30 x 1.45 m 169 ¼“ x 165 ½“, 4.30 x 4.20 m

Max. free fall height:

12“, 0.30 m

Platform height:

12“, 0.30 m

Total height:

61“, 1.55 m

Foundations:

There are special fish swimming the sand pool.

none

Age group:

1 ½ year +

Technical data

Experience platforms Choose between natural or color stain highlights. The platforms are compatible with one another, but can also be combined with many pieces of Terramo equipment. Includes metal mounting. 428014 Terrassini natural 428015 Terrassini highlights

Base area: Safety zone:

37 ½“ x 37 ½“, 0.95 x 0.95 m 155 ½“ x 155 ½“, 3.95 x 3.95 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height:

a story corner can quickly be extended with a platform in front.

15 ¾“, 0.40 m

Installation height variably

4" - 15 ¾“, 0.10 - 0.40 m

Total height:

15 ¾“, 0.40 m

Foundations: 4 pieces W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“,

max. 15 ¾“, 40 cm

W 0.40 x H 0.40 x D 0.40 m 1 ½ year +

min. 4“, 10 cm

Outdoor Play Structures

Age group:

No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly Play pavilion

No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly Play pavilion

Combines carillon wall, car and window: Supplied within 4 glued tamarack laminated posts, roof elements and metal mounting. Ground surface: 46“ x 46“, 1.17 x 1.17 m. Total height: 79“, 2.00 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +

Combines motor skills auto and net porthole walls: Supplied within 4 glued tamarack laminated posts, roof elements and metal mounting. Ground surface: 48 ½“ x 48 ½“, 1.23 x 1.23 m. Total height: 79“, 2.00 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +

429505

429058

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

431


Daycare "Palm Slide"

5

Up the ramp and down the slide. In between, the children can have enjoy coordination and sensory experiences on the motor skills and window elements. PE slide quadrant unit platform motor skills wall element with moveable plastic handles "colorful view" function wall with colored acrylic glass panes "post box" decoration non-slip ramp Includes metal mounting.

NEW!

4

429496

Technical data Base area:

140 ¾" x 131 ¼", 3.57 x 3.33 m 258 ¾" x 254", 6.57 x 6.45 m 23", 0.58 m 12" / 23", 0.30 / 0.58 m 110", 2.79 m 1 ½ year +

Safety area:

1

Max. fall height: Platform height:

3

Total height: Age group:

6 No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly

10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426

GS tested Highest safety on page 428

Natural Color Concept

2

on page 425

A

NEW! Crawling Tunnels Crawling through a tunnel is an adventure - both a new physical experience and also a test of courage. Before you see "the light at the end of the tunnel" there are obstacles to overcome, ie. curves or a slope. The children can also take it slowly... Available in 4 different shapes. Technical data on request.

A B C D

B

432

C

D

429487 429488 429489 429490

Version 1 with curve Version 2 straight Version 3 with slope Version 4 with S bend


E

Crawl Tunnels The ramp and slide are naturally a must. What makes this equipment special are the crawl tunnels: a secret retreat and an exciting passage. non-slip ramp crawl tunnels "colorful view" function wall "tactile" function wall PE slide Includes metal mounting E 429476 with cover F 429477 without cover

3

2

Technical data

1

Base area: 139" x 131 ¼", 3.53 x 3.33 m Safety area: 254" x 240 ¼", 6.45 x 6.10 m max. free fall height: 23", 0.58 m Platform height: 23", 0.58 m Total height: 86 ¾", 2.2 m Age group: 1 ½ year +

5

No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly

4

3 F

1

Price alternative

Special safety ramp: for more information see page 428.

Function wall»tactile«

NEW!

"Tree House" Everything here is designed for the little ones: climbing holds for small hands, holes to crawl through and a ramp with a gentle slope and climbing aids. There is even a cellar under the "living room". ramp with climbing aids climbing wall PE slide crawl cave Includes metal mounting.

Technical data Base area: 173 ¼" x 86 ¾", 4.40 x 2.20 m Safety area: 311 ¼" x 204 ¾", 7.90 x 5.20 m Max. free fall height: 23", 0.60 m Platform height: 23 ¾", 0.60 m Total height: 53", 1.6 m Age group: 1 ½ year +

3

2 1

No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly

4

4

The crawl cave is perfect for resting. Gap platform with Plexiglas pane

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

433

Outdoor Play Structures

429115


Crawling Den

3

4

2

1

10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426

No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly

GS tested Highest safety on page 428

The crawling den is like a cozy gazebo, and it's just as comfortable inside. Inside the little ones can have their own unique experiences. Two ripple mirrors await the explorers, and looking through the acrylic glass gives them a whole new perspective on what's going on outside. Those inside can look out onto the mini terrace.

Natural Color Concept on page 425

Crawling Den By climbing up onto the platform children access a "real" house, which invites them to retreat and explore: e.g. the world looks completely different when viewed through the colored windows! PE slide Non-slip ramp with safety rail (see p. 428) Two acrylic glass windows, yellowy-green / orange Stainless steel mirror Includes metal mounting.

429122

Technical data The orange frame accentuates the colored window: There's plenty to see here.

434

Base area: 112 ¼" x 151 ¾", 2.85 x 3.85 m Safety area: 256" x 269 ¾", 6.50 x 6.85 m Max. free fall height: 23 ¾", 0.60 m Platform height: 23 ¾", 0.60 m Total height: 84 ¾", 2.15 m Age group: 1 ½ year +


2 3 4 1

6

A

5

No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly

What does the world look like through the colored glass?

Adventure House Adventure House The roof and the leaf decorations add a visual highlight to the adventures awaiting children in this house. 2 levels, 4 function walls. "Easel" function wall "Chimes" function wall "Colorful view" function wall (colored acrylic glass pane) "Window" function wall (shutters) Stairs with stainless steel handrail on both sides PE slide Includes metal mounting. A 429472 Version 1 B 429473 Version 2 C 429474 Version 3 D 429475 Version 4

Technical data Terramo – Outdoor Play Outdoor Play Structures Structures

Base area: 171 ½" x 115", 4.35 x 2.92 m Safety area: 295 ¾" x 229 ¼", 7.51 x 5.82 m Max. free fall height: 23", 0.58 m Platform height: 12" / 23", 0.30 / 0.58 m Total height: 126 ½", 3.21 m Age group: 1 ½ year +

Price alternatives

B

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

C

D

www.haba.de

435


Daycare equipment "Roof of leaves" Two levels of experiences: The rainmaker creates mysterious noises, and a peek through the window sees the world in whole new colors! Non-slip ramp (see p. 680) Rainmaker function wall Tactile function wall Colorful view function wall, colored acrylic window PE slide Motor skills function wall Includes metal mounting. A 429478 With leaf decorations B 429479 Without leaf decorations

3 4 2 5 A

6

Price alternatives

B

1

Technical data Base area: Safety zone:

186" x 72 ¼", 4.72 x 1.83 m 319" x 165 ½", 8.10 x 4.20 m

Max. free fall height:

116 ¾", 2.96 m

Total height: Age group:

No concrete foundations necessary ² cost-effective and fast assembly

23", 0.58 m 23“, 0.58 m

Platform height:

1 ½ year +

Slide tower C

Slide tower

4 No concrete foundations necessary ² cost-effective and fast assembly

3

A tower for the littlest ones. Regain your strength under the protective roof and then go down the slide. Slide Stairs Non-slip ramp (see p. 680) Colorful view function wall C 429485 With stairs D 429486 Without stairs

Price alternatives

Technical data

2

Base area: Safety zone:

D

436

254" x 232 ½", 6.45 x 5.90 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height:

1

124 ½" x 114 ¼", 3.16 x 2.90 m

Total height: Age group:

23", 0.58 m 23“, 0.58 m 73 ¾", 1.87 m 1 ½ year +


H

G

J

J

Cloth labyrinth This is about play that supports learning and development. Young children often like to hide. Whether it‘s under the table, hidden by a table cloth, or behind a hedge. Even when they play like this they are looking for outside contact. This is why a labyrinth is always a top-seller when it comes to children‘s own play equipment requests. If these cloth elements are arranged into a laby-

rinth, which can always be expanded at a later date, then the children‘s wishes can come true in a limited space. The cloth labyrinth also fulfils other important development-encouraging criteria. With selection of robust cloths as privacy screens, children can also practice physical coordination when they swing past them or lean on them and bounce.

Cloth labyrinth Much more than just a maze: The textile walls, stretched on wooden frames, can be used to create separate quiet areas or green classrooms. The posts must have concrete foundations. The individual base model can be free-standing, however the extension model must have a connected setup. Foundations: L 15 ¾" x W 15 ¾“ x H 20", L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m

E

F

Basis model:

E 429006 Green F 429008 Orange G 429010 Beige

Outdoor Play Structures

G

Extension model: H 429007 Green J 429009 Orange K 429011 Beige (not shown)

42 ¾", 1.08 m

Extension model 56 ¼", 1.43 m

Basis model

41 ½" 1.05 m

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

437


- Multifunctional Walls Toddlers & Kindergarten This wall system for outside allows areas for playing and keeping busy. There are a variety of ways to set and combine the 13 walls with their wide range of play functions: standing up as individual pieces, as a round tower, a zigzag wall or wall element. You can extend or exchange the walls as needed. You can vary the height of the walls by digging the posts in at different depths.

Premium-Quality: Boards are made of polyethylene Robust and resistant to impact and vandalism No PAK values (pollutants) Weatherproof and UV-resistant Dyed throughout (meaning not only the surface is colored) Easy to grip and tactile Posts made of stainless steel Long lasting No rust Haptically pleasant System concept Can be individually planned and varied

10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425

Turret combination Creates a separated area for daycare children, where they can play safely and undisturbed. The door can be closed from outside. The combination consists of the following function walls: blackboard, tactile, rainmaker, motor skills, colorful view and door. It offers plenty of different play options, and some parts can also be played with from outside. Incl. 6 stainless steel posts. Base area: 91 ½“ x 78 ¾“, 2.32 x 2.00 m. Foundations: 6 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +.

429501 See the world in different colors

438


Multifunctional Walls

Mounted close to the ground Sand, water or marbles find their way down.

Zig-zag Just like a real fence, with this free-standing arrangement the walls are accessible and can be played with from both sides. This combination consists of the function walls colorful view, car and tube marble run, with diverse play opportunities. Base area: 118 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 3.00 x 1.00 m. Foundations: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +. Delivery incl. 4 stainless steel posts and 118 ¼“, 3 m tube.

429502

Mounted 12", 30 cm from the ground

Carillon

Sounds Here children can experiment with sounds. Rustling, rattling rhythms and bell melodies. Contains the function walls rainmaker and chime. Delivery incl. 3 stainless steel posts. Base area: 77“ x 22 ¼“, 1.95 x 0.56 m. Foundations: 3 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +.

429506

Outdoor Play Structures

Mounted on the Wall

Moveable double mirror

Rainmaker

Motor skills

Wall Installation If you don‘t have space for free-standing walls then you can install them on a building wall! This combination consists of the following function walls: rainmaker, mirror and motor skills. Includes hardware. Age group: 1 ½ year +.

429504

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

439


dimension: 42¼“, 1,07 m

Marble run wall Fence wall

Insert a flexible PE hose and continually build new marble runs. Order the hose separately.

Ring function wall

Board wall

Parapet element, e.g. for extension or division.

Playable on one side, with various sliding elements.

Made of weatherproof Duropal® that can be written on with chalk.

428547

428549

428552

428546

Can be played on both sides.

Can be played on both sides.

Can be played on both sides.

Tactile wall The milled spiral is an endless spiral - if you follow it with your finger from outside to inside then the path will lead you back out again from the center. Around the spiral there are brushes, mirrors and holes to complete the tactile and visual experience.

Colorful view wall What does the world look like if you see it in other colors? With 2 colored Plexiglas panes (yellowy-green, orange).

Auto wall

Motor skills wall

With a steering wheel, gears, two moveable indicators and a front window.

Can be played on both sides with various disc elements.

428540

428539

428542

Can be played on both sides.

Can be played on both sides.

428553

Double mirror wall The two stainless steel mirrors are set on rubber elements and move when touched.

Sand play wall With adjustable tube, slip boards and sand wheel.

Window wall

Door wall

Plexiglas panels behind the two windows.

Can be locked from one side.

428545

428550

428541

428548 Can be played on both sides.

Carillon wall

Rainmaker wall

Circle/ellipse wall

Square/diamond wall

Pentatonic tuned row of bells. Each bell has its own hammer, which is flexibly attached and needs to be correctly positioned for a good sound results.

When turning on the disc sounds trickling and noise in the rhythm of the rain. The red knob moves a tube with bells that ring softly when turning.

With 2 cut out geometric shapes - one square, one diamond. 2 matching foam shapes can be sorted and pushed through (Order separately, item no. 024851).

With 2 cut out geometric shapes - one square, one diamond. 2 matching foam shapes can be sorted and pushed through (Order separately, item no. 024851).

428543

428551

428012

428013

Can be played on both sides.

Can be played on both sides.

Note on ordering

Hose

Please include a simple sketch with your order so we can draft individual assembly instructions.

Assembly note

Fastening set for wall mounting

When set in concrete, you have the option of varying the post height. A foundation (L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m) has to be made per post.

For a wall.

Flexible transparent PE hose. Ø 3“, 7.2 cm. Please state the length you want with the order. We recommend at least 118 ¼“, 3 meters per multifunctional wall.

426200

426217

440

Steel post in V2A stainless steel, 53 ¾“, 136 cm long. 424065 End 424066 180 ° 424067 120 ° 424072 90 °


A

Sorting game walls The idea has been around for inside play for a while. The large proportions make this an exciting supplement for outside, as experimentation requires lots of movement. The sorting game walls, with their large pieces, also exercise coordination, concentration and dexterity. All important aspects for promoting learning. The lightness of the shapes as well as their strength guarantee versatility for little users, as they can also be used to sit on or climb on.

You can also build with the foam insert elemen

ts!

B

Sorting game walls Outdoor Play Structures

Recognize shapes, sort them and ... push them through! With the two sorting game walls circle/ellipse and square/diamond. Please order the matching foam shape sets circle and ellipse (025869) and square and diamond (024851) separately (see below). Base area: 88 ¼“ x 4“, 2.24 x 0.10 m. Foundations: 3 pieces, L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +. A 429024 Incl. 3 Terramo wooden posts, metal mounting and post ends B 429025 Incl. 3 stainless steel posts Stainless steel posts.

Foam piece set - circle and ellipse

Foam piece set - square and diamond

Also suitable for outside use, for example with the sorting game function wall circle and ellipse (428012). Contents: 1 ellipse shape 15“ x 10“ x 4“, 38.1 x 25 x 10 cm; 1 circle shape Ø 9 ¾“, 24.5 cm; material: Microlen PE 30; density 1 ¾ lb/ft³, 30 kg/m³.

Also suitable for outside use, for example with the sorting game function wall square and diamond (428013). Contents: 1 square shape, 10“ x 10“ x 4“, 25 x 25 x 10 cm; 1 diamond shape, 17 ¾“ x 9 ¼“ x 4“, 45 x 23.5 x 10 cm; material: Microlen PE 30; density 1 ¾ lb/ft³, 30 kg/m³.

025869

024851

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

441


Combination Play Equipment For Mixed-Age Groups 1-6 years

4

3

1

8 7

2

5 6

Jungle equipment

Premium-Quality: Accordance with DIN EN 1176-08 this combination offers absolute safety for children Space-saving

It offers exciting adventures in the daycare or preschool. While the little ones are playing on the motor skills wall and meandering through the large pipes, for the bigger ones the adventure starts with climbing up via the climbing wall or ramp. Climb-slip pole Climbing wall Suspension bridge Mesh porthole function wall Slide Car function wall Large tunnel pipe Ramp with climbing aids and climbing rope (back side) Incl. metal mounting.

429083

Technical data Base area: The crawl tube offers a different feeling of space as well as excellent acoustics.

Safety zone:

307 ¼“ x 100 ½“, 7.80 x 2.55 m 445“ x 220 ½“, 11.30 x 5.60 m

Max. free fall height:

57 ¼“, 1.45 m

Platform height:

57 ¼“, 1.45 m

Total height:

141“, 3.58 m

Foundations: 10 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: It‘s really wobbly! You need good balance to walk on the suspension bridge.

442

1 ½ year +


Combination Play Equipment

10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425

4

1

2

5

3 6

7

Star slide Bigger children sometimes like to be by themselves. Therefore the equipment is constructed in such a way that only they can get up to the top play area: via a 23 ½“, 60 cm tall step or by climbing up the net. The bottom area with the low slide is perfectly suited for smaller children. Slide Sloping net field Car function wall Motor skills function wall Porthole function wall Slide Small bar Large bar Incl. metal mounting.

Outdoor Play Structures

8

429080

2

Playing on the pole needs plenty of muscles.

Technical data Base area:

275 ¾“ x 185 ¼“, 7.00 x 4.70 m

Safety zone:

433“ x 303 ¼“, 11.00 x 7.70 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height:

57 ¼“, 1.45 m

Climbing competition on the net

12“ - 57 ¼“, 0.30 - 1.45 m 147 ¾“, 3.75 m

Foundations: 13 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:

1 ½ year +

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

443


Ship 10 YEAR GUARANTEE

for Sailors and Sea Dogs

GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425

4

2

3 1

A sailing ship is one of the undefeated classics of role play equipment. It is popular with young and older children who disappear into a fantasy world full of adventure. There is a climbing challenge for children to discover at the stern, where the various options for ascent and descent.

Boat The crew can board via the ramp or climbing net and then go off on an adventure journey. Slide Metal balcony Ramp with climbing rope Steering wheel Climbing wall Climb-slip pole Arch net ladder Sloping net field Incl. metal mounting.

4

7

429114

8

6

Technical data Base area: Safety zone:

181 ¼" x 267 ¾", 4.60 x 6.80 m 319" x 386", 8.10 x 9.80 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height:

57 ¼“, 1.45 m 43 ½"/57 ¼“, 1,10 m/1.45 m

171 ¼", 4.35 m Foundations: 15 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m

Total height:

Age group:

444

3 year +

5


Ships

Raft Increasingly, sand play areas are not being built with borders but rather are landscaped. This creates a play landscape with natural surroundings. The raft offers children the ideal play and storage surface, for building and experimenting. Especially when you‘re standing on the moving base of the raft with its robust springs!

Raft Consists of: • Footprint, made of solid laminated larch beams • Sail unit made of stainless steel and polyethylene • Balance beam as access and "rudder". Mounted either on springs or solid metal feet. Optional: slackline attachment with stainless steel starting platform, protected with non-slip rubber granules. 428011 As pictured, without slackline attachment 428237 As pictured, without slackline attachment on solid feet 429023 Slackline attachment

Technical data Base area:

45 ½“ x 126“, 1.15 x 3.20 m

163 ½“ x 244 ¼“, 4.15 x 6.20 m Max. free fall height: 15 ¾“, 0.40 m

Safety zone:

Platform height:

15 ¾“, 0.40 m

100 ½“, 2.55 m Foundations: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Total height:

Age group:

1 ½ year +

Junket Junket

Outdoor Play Structures

The junk attracts various age groups. Boarding via the climbing wall needs strength. Whoever wins the battle for the steering wheel can set the course. During the voyage you can sneak a peek out of the colored porthole. Incl. metal mounting.

117177

Technical data Base area:

49 ¼" x 126", 1.25 x 3.20 m

167 ½" x 244 ¼", 4.25 x 6.20 m Max. free fall height: 55 ¼", 1.40 m Safety zone:

Platform height: Total height: Foundations: Age group:

23 ¾", 0.60 m 100 ½", 2.55 m none 1 ½ year +

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

445


Castle equipment 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning

4 Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425

3 2

1

10

We can plan customized play equipment for you Your castle could look like this. Almost anything is possible. We can assist you from planning to assembly. Your sales representative is happy to advise you. They will listen to your requests and record all measurements. From this we will create a 3D illustration and an offer for your customized play equipment.

446

9


Castle equipment C

6 8

7

The imposing architecture of castles is very attractive to children. They are eager to conquer them and prove their courage and strength. It‘s not only the bold knights who can have their adventures here, there is also plenty to do for little minstrels and damsels.

5 Technical data Castle equipment Sand play function wall Tunnel pipes Suspension bridge Metal balcony Large Slide Climbing wall with hole for access to the top Small Slide Marble run function wall Castle stone ramp with climbing aids Non-slip ramp Incl. metal mounting.

Base area:

386“ x 189“, 9.80 x 4.80 m

Safety area:

523 ¾“ x 350 ½“, 13.30 x 8.90 m Max. free fall height: 70 ¼“, 1.78 m Platform height: Total height: Foundations:

12“ - 78 ½“, 0.30 - 1.99 m 147 ¾“, 3.75 m 12 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m

Age group:

1 ½ year +

Outdoor Play Structures

429084

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

447


4 Small tree house Anyone who wants to climb up here can choose their favorite route: Stainless steel climb-slip pole Sloped climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Climbing wall with colored free-climbing holds and access openings Access from climbing net to platform base Incl. metal mounting.

2

428310

An opening in the platform base for access from the climbing net

Technical data Base area: Safety area:

107 ¼“ x 68 ¼“, 2.72 x 1.73 m 225 ¼“ x 186 ¼“, 5.72 x 4.73 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height:

57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 125“, 3.17 frachtfrei fra achtfre chtm tfr fre r i

Foundation: 5 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:

1

3 year +

3

2

Technical data

Tree house with slide

2 1

3

Slide Sloped climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Climbing wall with colored free-climbing holds and access openings Access from climbing net to platform base Incl. metal mounting.

Base area:

107 ¼“ x 157 ½“, 2.72 x 4.00 m

Safety area:

225 ¼“ x 295 ½“, 5.72 x 7.50 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height:

57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 125“, 3.17 m

Foundation: 5 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:

3 year +

429495

Climbing out to the fire pole

Forest cabin A special cave-like hideout. There are various ways to get up & down, each of which differs in the degree of difficulty: either via the grips on the climbing wall, the fire pole or the rope ladder. Incl. metal mounting.

428006

Technical data Base area: Safety area:

71“ x 130“, 1.80 x 3.30 m 189“ x 248 ¼“, 4.80 x 6.30 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height:

57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m

151 ½“, 3.85 m Total height: Foundation: 5 pieces, L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x B .40 x H 0.50 m Age group:

448

3 year +


Climbing

Climbing 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425

Climbing Equipment 2 Slopes on both sides lead to the top of this climbing wall. Once this challenge has been mastered it‘s time to go to the summit cross, the climbing net, and then climb down. Climbing walls made of non-slip, waterproof glued mesh plates, furnished on both sides with climbing holds and cut outs. Posts made of five-layer glued larch wood. Hercules-quality roof net with internal steel core. Incl. metal mounting.

428313

Technical data Base area:

98 ½“ x 110 ¼“, 2.50 x 2.80 m

Safety area:

236 ¼“ x 239“, 6.00 x 6.07 m

Max. free fall height: Total height:

78“, 1.98 m 115 ½“, 2.93 m 4 pieces:

Foundation:

L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“ L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:

3 year +

Climbing Equipment 3 Outdoor Play Structures

Now everyone can decide which route to take to the top. There are plenty of options: on both sides. Climbing walls made of non-slip, waterproof glued mesh plates, furnished on both sides with climbing holds and cut outs. Posts made of five-layer glued larch wood. Incl. metal mounting.

428315

Technical data Base area: Safety area:

95“ x 80 ¾“, 2.41 x 2.05 m 227“ x 208 ¼“, 5.76 x 5.29 m

Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:

78 ¾“, 2.00 m 107 ¼“, 2.72 m 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“ L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m

Age group:

3 year +

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

449


Mikadodo A Path Through the Pole Jungle A

Balancing, climbing, risks and adventures – all of these are challenging topics for Mikadodo. At first glance it doesn't look like a climbing wall, a balancing beam or a diving platform. Children, with their wealth of curiosity, can take a different path every time. There is no right or wrong. Only those that give it a go can find a way through the jungle, exercising their muscles and physical coordination in the process!

10 YEAR GUARANTEE

Mikadodo The poles are firmly connected to one another in the workshop. The tilt angle and distances between them is determined by the mounting. The corrugated plastic on the tread surfaces ensures good grip. There are two different versions of Mikadodo, respectively suitable for preschool and school age. 117175 3-piece set preschool 429017 3-piece set school 117176 3 x 3-piece set preschool construction (pictured)

A

GS-tested Individual planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425

Technical data for 117175

Technical data for 429017

Technical data for 117176

Base area:

Base area:

Base area:

Safety area:

45 ½“ x 57 ¼“, 1.15 x 1.45 m 155 ¾“ x 159 ½“, 3.95 x 4.05 m

Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:

29 ½“, 0.75 m 71“, 1.80 m 1 piece:

Safety area:

Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:

L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¾“ L 0.80 x B 0.80 x H 0.60 m Age group:

450

3 year +

57 ¼" x 63", 1.45 x 1.60 m 167 ½“ x 169 ½“, 4.25 x 4.30 m 37 ½", 0.95 m 94 ½“, 2.40 m 1 piece:

Safety area:

Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:

L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¾“ L 0.80 x B 0.80 x H 0.60 m Age group:

5 year +

65" x 167 ½", 1.65 x 4.25 m 169 ½“ x 277 ¾“, 4.30 x 7.05 m 29 ¾“, 0.75 m 71“, 1.80 m 3 pieces: L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¾“ L 0.80 x B 0.80 x H 0.60 m

Age group:

3 year +


Climbing

Mikadodo Safety kick Î Anti-moving Î Tough grip material Î Non-slip surface structure Î Resistant to weathering Î Available in light green, dark green and orange

Spinning Column Technical data Base area:

Ø 27 ½“, 0.70 m Ø 208 ¾“, 5.30 m

Max. free fall height: Total height:

Outdoor Play Structures

Safety area:

59 ¼“, 1.50 m 94 ½“, 2.40 m

Foundation:

1 piece: L 39 ½“ x W 39 ½“ x H 23“ L 1.00 x B 1.00 x H 0.58 m

Age group:

6 year +

Turning climbing column You quickly get into the swing of things here! The turning climbing column is a five-sided climbing structure, which is covered with climbing grips and offers unique climbing fun for up to five children at the same time. The 71", 180 cm tall climbing walls are tilted by 10°, and can turn. Base made of galvanized steel, climbing panels made of waterproof laminated plywood board. 209 lb, 95 kg. Incl. mounting with galvanized foundation.

turning

428350

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

451


Climbing

10 YEAR GUARANTEE

Children enjoy climbing, working their way to the top bit by bit. Children experience heights differently than adults; they have less fear, but still respect and understand the dangers. Children under the age of 3 can't judge heights properly yet, due to a lack of jumping experience. That's why our climbing equipment has a so-called "access filter", so that the littlest ones can't access higher areas. Children over the age of 3 usually have a better sense for what height they dare jump down from. To develop this, however, they need the opportunity to experience heights. Jumping down is an important experience to determine risk and reward. It also strengthens the spine and the back muscles.

GS-tested Individual planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425

Monkey bar box Climbing and monkey bar adventure for children Swinging ladder made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Stainless steel roof rung element Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Leg-up ladder made of stainless steel Balancing rope made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Incl. metal mounting.

2

429094

1

5

Technical data Base area:

48 ½“ x 90 ¾“, 1.23 x 2.30 m

Safety area:

3

4

166 ¾“ x 208 ¾“, 4.23 x 5.30 m

Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundationt:

57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 4 pieces:

L 15 ¾“ x B 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“m L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:

4

3 year +

Climbing cone Many paths lead up to the viewing platform. Handles around the platform ensure safety when climbing. The special construction of the sloped make the play and climbing equipment especially interesting. Rung ladder Climbing wall with climbing holds Leg-up ladder Parapet rail Stainless steel handles Incl. metal mounting.

5

428312

3

2

1

Technical data Base area: Safety area:

31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 0.80 x 0.80 m 157 ½“ x 157 ½“, 4.00 x 4.00 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height:

57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m

114 ¼“, 2.90 m Total height: Foundation: 1 piece: L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.80 x W 0.80 x H 0.50 1 piece: L 19 ¾“ x B 19 ¾“ x H 17 ¾“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.45 m Age group:

452

3 year +


Climbing

3

6

8

9

2

1

4 5

Climbing nest Paradise for climbers: Climbing wall with free-climbing holds Zig-zag stainless steel climbing rungs Stainless steel horizontal bar Stainless steel rung ladder Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Roof net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Leg-up ladder made of stainless steel Stainless steel climb-slip pole Incl. metal mounting.

7

Technical data Base area:

114 ¼“ x 93 ½“, 2.90 x 2.37 m

Max. free fall height: Total height:

78 ½“, 1.99 m 78 ½“, 1.99 m

Foundation:

8 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x B 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m

Age group:

3 year + Wood protection by Stainless Steel Covers

429091

There are all kinds of climbing adventures here: 2 climbing walls, both sides with free-climbing holds Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Stainless steel horizontal bar Roof net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Stainless steel rung ladder Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope (see above) Incl. metal mounting.

Outdoor Play Structures

Climbing chest

4

429092

2 Technical data Base area: Safety area:

3

5

212 ¾“ x 166 ¾“, 5.40 x 4.23 m

Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:

1

94 ½“ x 48 ½“, 2.40 x 1.23 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 6 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m

Age group:

3 year +

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

453


Climbing Climbing tower Climbing fans can really go wild here. Climbing wall, both sides with free-climbing holds Balancing rope made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Rope ladder made of Hercules material Leg-up ladder made of stainless steel Rung ladder made of stainless steel Monkey bar handles made of dyed-through, UV-resistant polyethylene Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Incl. metal mounting.

4 6 3

7

5

429093

Technical data

2

8

Base area:

138“ x 138“, 3.50 x 3.50 m

Safety area:

256“ x 256“, 6.50 x 6.50 m

Max. free fall height: Total height:

1

57 ¼“, 1.45 m 59 ¼“, 1.50 m

Foundation:

8 pieces: L15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m

Age group:

3 year +

Monkey bar garden construction 4 Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Stainless steel climbing rungs Monkey bar curve with stainless steel rungs Stainless steel climb-slip pole Rest island made of dyed-through polyethylene (¾“, 19 mm), UV-resistant, on a robust stainless steel base Climbing aids made of non-slip climbing hold material Incl. metal mounting.

2 3

5

429096

6

Technical data

4

1

Base area:

94 ½“ x 114 ¼“, 2.40 x 2.90 m

Safety area:

212 ¾“ x 232 ½“, 5.40 x 5.90 m

Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:

59 ¼“, 1.50 m 71“, 1.80 m 4 pieces:

L 15 ¾“ x B 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“; L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:

Custom Planning In this example are climbing elements which are especially well suited for children ages 1 year and older. Included is: Balancing rope with handrail Daycare climbing wall Moving handles for daycare children 2 taller climbing walls (for children from 3 years) Leg-up ladder Climbing net Horizontal bar Call for pricing.

454

6 7

5

4 3

4 2 1

3 year +


Climbing

Zigzag climbing equipment This equipment doesn‘t need much space but still offers a lot. Stainless steel climbing rungs incl. fastening tabs Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Climbing rope made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Incl. metal mounting.

429104

1

Technical data Base area:

94 ½“ x 51¼“, 2.40 x 1.30 m

Safety area:

224 ½“ x 118 ¼“, 5.70 x 4.60 m

Max. free fall height: Total height:

78 ¾“, 2.00 m 90 ¾“, 2.30 m

2

4 pieces:

Foundation:

3

L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:

3 year +

Wave bar for children from 1 year With a short monkey bar curve (H 23 ¾“, L 41“, H 60 cm, L 104 cm) and a long monkey bar curve (H 34“, L 77“; H 86 cm, L 195 cm) made of stainless steel. Incl. metal mounting.

2-level bar

429099 3-level bar The right bar for everyone. Three horizontal bars at varying heights (39 ½“, 49 ¼“ and 59 ¼“, 100 cm, 125 cm and 150 cm) Four glued laminated larch timber posts with post cover made of PE plastic and stainless steel horizontal bars. Incl. metal mounting.

Wave bar for children from 3 years

429103

429100

Technical data

Base area:

138“ x 4“; 3.50 x 0.10 m

Safety area:

256“ x 122 ¼“; 6.50 x 3.10 m

Max. free fall height: Total height:

59 ¼“; 1.50 m 71“; 1.80 m 4 pieces:

Foundation:

Base area: Safety area:

Safety area:

Safety area:

Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:

1 ½ year +/ 3 year +

49 ¼“ / 59 ¼“, 1.25 / 1.50 m 71“, 1.80 m 3 pieces:

L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“

L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:

94 ½“ x 4“, 2.40 x 0.10 m 212 ¾“ x 122 ¼“, 5.40 x 3.10 m

L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:

3 year +

low fall height

94 ½“ x 51 ¼“, 2.40 x 1.30 m 212 ¾“ x 169 ½“, 5.40 x 4.30 m

Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:

3 pieces:

Base area:

L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“

Technical data Base area:

34“ / 47 ¼“; 0.86 / 1.20 m 34“ / 47 ¼“; 0.86 / 1.20 m

Foundation:

L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m 3 year +

122 ¼“ x 256“; 3.10 x 6.50 m

Max. free fall height Total height:

L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ Age group:

Technical data 4“ x 138“; 0.10 x 3.50 m

57 ¼“, 1.45 m 71“, 1.80 m 4 pieces:

L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:

3 year +

Zig-zag climbing equipment, low Compact climbing unit with horizontal bar, climbing net and swinging ladder. Incl. metal mounting.

429105

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

455

Outdoor Play Structures

Technical data

With a short monkey bar curve (H 34“, L 41“, H 86 cm, L 104 cm) and a long monkey bar curve (H 47 ¼“, L 77“, H 120 cm, L 195 cm) made of stainless steel. Incl. metal mounting.

Anyone who doesn‘t dare go onto the high bar right away can first try out the low version. Stainless steel horizontal bar Incl. metal mounting. 429101 Horizontal bar heights 29 ¾“, 75 cm and 49 ¼“, 125 cm 429102 Horizontal bar heights 39 ½“, 100 cm and 59 ¼“, 150 cm


Monkey Bar and Balancing Path Children love experimenting with balance. Practicing their balance while moving forwards, backwards or sideways can keep them busy for quite a while. In the process they test out their limits, try to face their fears, and gain more self-confidence with each positive result. This is very important for their physical development. Our balancing path takes the children's need for movement into account. It combines jumping, climbing, monkey bars and balancing, and can be individually designed to create varying levels of difficulty through selection of individual elements. It can be adjusted to optimally suit the ages and abilities of the children.

10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual planning Natural Color Conceptt More information on p. 425

2

3

1

1

Technical data

Premium quality: Balance discs made of high-quality rubber. Free of harmful substances. Non-slip, even when wet Robust and weatherproof Easy to maintain

456

Mini high ropes course

Base area:

The combination of balancing, moving hand over hand, climbing and jumping offers varied and exciting movement stimuli. Course 1 2 jumping discs Climbing rings module Rope tunnel Incl. metal mounting.

Safety area:

429121

Age group:

256“ x 23 ¾“, 6.50 x 0.60 m 374 ¼“ x 141 ¾“, 9.50 x 3.60 m

Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:

23 ¾“, 0.60 m 97“, 2.46 m 5 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m 3 year +


Hanging & Balancing

Balancing beam 428320

Rope tunnel 428328

Technical data Balance disc 428323

Base area: Safety area:

114 ¼“ x 39 ½“, Total height: 2.90 x 1.00 m Foundation:

104“, 2.64 m 2 pieces:

232 ½“ x 157 ½“,

L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“

5.90 x 4.00 m

L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height:

18 ½“, 0.47 m Age group: 18 ½“, 0.47 m Mounting height variable.

3 year +

Wobbling balance disc 428322

Technical data for 428320, 428323 und 428322 2 pieces: Base area: 118 ¼“ x 8“, 3.00 x 0.20 m Foundation: L 15 ¾“ x W 15¾“ x H 19 ¾“ Safety area: 236 ¼“ x 126“, 6.00 x 3.20 m 15 ¾“, 0.40 m

L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m

15 ¾“, 0.40 m Age group: Mounting height variable.

3 year +

Balancing cantilever beam 428326

Balancing disc bridge 428329

Technical data

Technical data

Base area: 118 ¼“ x 8“, 3.00 x 0.20 m Foundation: Safety area: 236 ¼“ x 126“,

2 pieces:

6.00 x 3.20 m Age group: Max. free fall height: Total height:

Base area:

114 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, Total height: 2.90 x 0.60 m Foundation:

buried ground anchor 3 year +

Safety area:

2 pieces:

232 ½“ x 141 ¾“,

L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“

5.90 x 3.60 m

L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m

19 ¾“, 0.50 m Mounting height variable. 19 ¾“, 0.50 m

90 ¾“, 2.30 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height:

18 ¼“, 0.46 m Age group: 18 ¼“, 0.46 m Mounting height variable.

3 year +

Seat balance bollard

Technical data Base area: 23 ½“, 0.60 m Safety area: 141 ¾“, 3.60 m Max. free fall height: 19 ¾“, 0.50 m Total height: 63“, 1.60 m Foundation: 1 piece: L 15 ¾“ x W15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year +

Mikadodo platform To rest or let other children climb past. Island consists of a post incl. post covering and mounting.

A moment ago it was an exciting balancing element, now it's a little island to relax on. Surface made of non-slip, fast-drying rubber granulate (holes in the plate make rainwater drainage possible). Base made of robust, glass bead blasted stainless steel. Ø 15 ¾", 40 cm, L 47 ¼", 120 cm, installation height max. 23 ¾", 60 cm. 117656 Red-brown 117658 Green

429018

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

457

Outdoor Play Structures

Max. free fall height: Total height:


Spring bouncers Balance gives us information about our posture and our orientation in space. For this we need signals from our sense of sight, our muscles and our sense of hearing. The vestibulum is located next to the cochlea, in the inner ear, and is the most important sensory organ for spatial positioning and its regulation. When bouncing or rocking the vestibulum works at full speed. Information about up, down, turning, tilting, and about rhythm and acceleration is transmitted to the brain. This supports training of the sense of balance, and also coordination of the senses.

Premium quality: Panels are made of polyethylene: Robust, not prone to impact damage or vandalism No PAK values (pollutants) Weatherproof and UV-proof Spacing between the steel spring coils: Avoids fingers or feet getting caught All nuts and bolt ends have cover caps: Protection against injury

10 Year GUARANTEE All spring bouncers comply with DIN EN 1176-08 and are GS-tested

... Especially for toddler 1

2

Central handle to hold on to

Backrest for secure seating

1

2 3

4 3

Low seat height

4

Large tread surface

5

Poney The little ones will like this "2 horsepower". The backrest means that the little riders are secure in their saddle. They can hold on to the head-height bar. Smooth spring.

No fingers or feet get caught

5

019170 Smooth spring

Technical data Base area:

Schwupps A bouncer for the little ones. Smaller dimensions, and a backrest so that they don't accidentally fall in the middle of the biggest bounce. The centered handle means that both hands are up around head height.

019139

458

Technical data 25 ¼“ x 18 ¼“, 0.64 x 0.46 m

Base area:

Safety area: Seat height:

104“ x 97“, 2.64 x 2.46 m 16 ¾“, 0.42 m

Safety area: Seat height:

Foundation:

L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“

Foundation:

L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m

L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:

1 ½ year +

33 ¼“ x 17“, 0.84 x 0.43 m 112“ x 95 ¾“, 2.84 x 2.43 m 16 ¾“, 0.42 m L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“

Age group:

1 ½ year +


Single and multi-bouncers 3 year +

Duck 019171

Horse 019173

Technical data

Seahorse 019202

Technical data

Base area:

34“ x 9 ½“, 0.86 x 0.24 m

34 ¼“ x 9 ½“, 0.87 x 0.24 m

Base area:

113“ x 88 ¼“, 2.87 x 2.24 m

107 ½“ x 88 ¼“, 2.73 x 2.24 m

18 ½“, 0.47 m

Safety area: Seat height:

L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“

Foundation:

L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“

Safety area: Seat height:

112¾“ x 88 ¼“, 2.86 x 2.24 m 18 ½“, 0.47 m

Safety area: Seat height:

Foundation:

L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“

Foundation:

L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:

3 year +

Four-person bouncer 019179

3 year +

Base area:

132“ x 90 ¾“, 3.35 x 2.30 m

21“, 0.53 m L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“

Foundation:

132“ x 132“, 3.35 x 3.35 m

Foundation:

L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:

3 year +

L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:

3 year +

Technical data 53 ¼“ x 12“, 1.35 x 0.30 m

Safety area: Seat height:

Safety area: Seat height:

19“, 0.48 m

Double bouncer 019191

Technical data 53 ¼“ x 53 ¼“, 1.35 x 1.35 m

28 ¾“ x 9 ½“, 0.73 x 0.24 m

L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:

Dolphin 019180

Technical data Base area:

Technical data

Base area:

Base area:

136“ x 89“, 3.45 x 2.26 m

21“, 0.53 m L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“

Foundation:

L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“

L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:

57 ¼“ x 10 ¼“, 1.45 x 0.26 m

Safety area: Seat height:

3 year +

21 ¼“, 0.54 m L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m

Age group:

3 year +

Car 019192

Pickup 019201

Technical data Base area:

Technical data

33 ¼“ x 33 ¼“, 0.84 x 0.84 m

Safety area: Seat height:

112“ x 112“, 2.84 x 2.84 m

Foundation:

Base area:

33 ¼“ x 19“, 0.84 x 0.48 m 112“ x 97 ¾“, 2.84 x 2.48 m

17 ½“, 0.44 m

Safety area: Seat height:

L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“

Foundation:

L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“

L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:

Outdoor Play Structures

Special fall protection for spring bouncers

3 year +

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

17 ½“, 0.44 m L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m

Age group:

3 year +

www.haba.de

Flexible ground edging For coverage of ground surfaces. Ideal play equipment. Protects fall heights up to 39 ½", 100 cm. Flexible rubber, free of harmful substances. Height: 1 ½", 3.5 cm. Color: red-brown. 117282 Inner circle, Ø 71", 180 cm 117283 Outer circle, Ø 149 ¾", 380 cm

459


Haba fall protection panels for fall heights up to 94 ½", 2.40 m The elastic Haba fall protection panels are developed to minimize the risk of injury. Suitable for application both on firm and permeable subsurfaces such as gravel or dirt.

Suitable up to a fall height of 39 ½", 1.00 m

Your Advantages: Safe: non-slip, even when wet Low-noise: sound-absorbing Barrier-free usage: suitable for wheelchairs Easy to maintain: will not shift during play Minimization of injury risk Water permeable: no water puddles, fast-drying Easy to clean: simply spray the surface with a garden hose

The elastic Haba fall protection panels are made of high-quality recycled rubber, free of harmful substances. This means that they make a sustainable contribution to the conservation of valuable resources.

A Fall protection panel, whole 019088 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 1 ¼", 50 x 50 x 3 cm B Fall protection panel, half 019493 19 ¾" x 10" x 1 ¼", 50 x 25 x 3 cm C Edge panel 019496 39 ½" x 10" x 1 ¼", 100 x 25 x 3 cm D Corner panel 019497 39 ½" x 10" x 1 ¼", 100 x 25 x 3 cm

59 ¼", 1.50 m

B Half panel

1 ¼" - 3 ¼", 3 - 8 cm height A Full panel

A Fall protection panel, whole 019499 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 2", 50 x 50 x 5 cm

19 ¾ “, 5

0 cm

B Fall protection panel, half 019500 19 ¾" x 10" x 2", 50 x 25 x 5 cm C Edge panel 019496 39 ½" x 10" x 2", 100 x 25 x 5 cm D Corner panel 019570 39 ½" x 10" x 2", 100 x 25 x 5 cm

Suitable up to a fall height of

C Edge panel

78 ¾", 2.00 m

19 ¾“

, 50 cm

A Fall protection panel, whole 019609 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 3", 50 x 50 x 7 cm B Fall protection panel, half 019629 19 ¾" x 10" x 3", 50 x 25 x 7 cm C Edge panel 019649 39 ½" x 10" x 3", 100 x 25 x 7 cm D Corner panel 019697 39 ½" x 10" x 3", 100 x 25 x 7 cm

Suitable up to a fall height of 94 ½", 2.40 m A Fall protection panel, whole 019719 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 3 ¼", 50 x 50 x 8 cm B Fall protection panel, half 019729 19 ¾" x 10" x 3 ¼", 50 x 25 x 8 cm C Edge panel 019739 39 ½" x 10" x 3 ¼", 100 x 25 x 8 cm D Corner panel 019748 39 ½" x 10" x 3 ¼", 100 x 25 x 8 cm

D Corner panel

no surcharge for small quantities

To avoid tripping hazards, edge and corner pieces are needed when the panels are laid on hard surfaces such as concrete or asphalt. The fall protection surfaces should be edged with appropriate elements, such as concrete borders with rubber edging or rubber granulate elements. We can supply these on request.

Color options Unless otherwise specified we will deliver the standard color red-brown (ROTB). Special colors: green and anthracite additional charge

Example Installation: 39 ½“, 100 cm

Whole

Half

Optional Prepolymerglue For glueing of fall protection panels on firm ground. Content: 310 ml. For approx 2 m².

019783

460

Standard color Special color Special color red-brown (ROTB) green (GRÜN) anthracite (ANTH)

39 ½“, 100 cm

Suitable up to a fall height of


Fall protection

Rubber mulch for fall heights up to 118 ¼", 3.00 m This unique recycled rubber solution can be applied to almost any ground surface, and can also be structured. There are two types of rubber mulch: fine and coarse. Fine: for surfaces with high loads, such as the bottom of slides or under swings. Coarse: for normal loads, e.g. climbing towers etc. The rubber mulch is delivered in convenient bags of 22 ¼ lb, 10 kg each. In dry weather with temperatures over 50 °F, 10 °C the system hardens after approx. 24 hours and the surface can then be walked on. The binder is delivered in 55 ¼ lb, 25 kg buckets. The root fleece is on rolls.

Request: Please provide: Required fall protection area in ft2, m2 Subsurface: e.g. lawn, topsoil, concrete Fall height Type of load: e.g. fine, coarse

Advantages: Made of recycled rubber Natural: ideal for areas that are designed to look natural Firmly fixed with binder: doesn't shift during play Economical: no subsequent filling up or swapping out required Hygienic: doesn't attract vermin or house pets Practical: can be used on slopes and problematic surfaces Water permeable: no puddles, fast-drying Easy to clean: simply spray the surface with a garden hose Barrier-free usage: wheelchair-friendly

Installation:

Outdoor Play Structures

Generally there is no preparation of the under layer required. Drainage possibilities should be considered in order to support the high water permeability of the rubber mulch system if it is laid on a non-draining subsurface, e.g. concrete or asphalt. This is particularly important if the new surface is embedded in the ground. Fixing of the rubber mulch with binder means edging is not necessary. Edges can be rounded or angled. The included fleece prevents grass or weeds from growing through.

Note: Should only be installed in dry weather with temperatures over 50 °F, 10 °C to achieve optimal results! Installation in spring, fall or winter is not recommended.

red wood

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

earthy brown

www.haba.de

blue

grass green

461


"Danube" Water Play Landscape The base of the water elements is made of weatherproof, multi-layered laminated plywood. The solid wood components are made of larch.

After the pump is activated, water initially flows through the hinged basin into the distribution basin, from where it can supply the water and sand tracks. The special gate valves prevents water runoff.

A safety distance of approx. 59 ¼", 1.5 m should be left from the closest play equipment. The ground anchors of the water run are made of stainless steel.

The end basin, made of high quality stainless steel, collects the water. For cleaning the basin, simply empty via an opening in the base.

10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested B

Individual planning

A

Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425

C

D H G

E

F

D

A B

Pump station with platform and valve combination

For direct connection to a high pressure water pipe. Platform size: L 62“ x W 32 ¾“ x H approx. 23 ¾“, L 157 x W 83 x H approx. 60 cm.

E

"Danube" sand track

With 1 outlet. Without add-in elements. L 63" x W 15 ¾", L 160 x W 40 cm, frame height 3 ¾", 9 cm.

428703

428340

B

"Danube" hinged bucket

As the bucket is filled it eventually overfills, tips and empties again. Frame and tub made of V2A stainless steel, PE side cladding. L 15 ¾" x W 14 ¼" x H 7 ¼", L 40 x W 36 x H 18 cm, total height (when tipped) 40 ¼", 102 cm.

428706

Note We offer each of these elements individually. You can put together a water playground based on your needs. The height of all the equipment can be adjusted to the age/size of the children during installation.

462

C

"Danube" distribution basin

With 2 outlets. L 39 ½" x W 29 ¾", L 100 x W 75 cm. Frame height 3 ¾", 9 cm.

428704

D

"Danube" collection bucket

F

"Danube" end basin

Hexagonal basin made of V2A stainless steel. Ø 37 ¼", 94 cm x H 8", 20 cm.

428705

G

"Sandbank" add-in element

To add into the "Danube" sand track. Polyethylene, orange. L 9 ¾" x W 6 ¾", L 24.2 x W 17 cm, material thickness ¾", 1.9 cm.

428708

H

"Barrage" add-in element

Basin can be filled. When the rubber stopper is pulled out it empties. Frame and tub made of V2A stainless steel, PE side cladding. L 15 ¾" x W 12" x H 6 ¾", L 40 x W 30 x H 17 cm.

To add into the "Danube" sand track. Polyethylene, orange. L 9 ¼" x H 2 ¼", L 23 x H 5.5 cm, material thickness: ¾", 1.9 cm.

428707

428709


Water & Sand 10

2

6

4

9

8

7 3

5 1 A

10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual planning

B

Natural Color Concept

Price alternatives

Sand Play Landscape A

Sand play landscape, version 1

Technical data

The sandpit can be combined with our Terramo system. The combination pictured here contains: Sandpit Play house with pitched roof Step Sand crane Seating/play bench 3-level sand sieve Sand play function wall Marble run function wall Car function wall Leaf decoration Incl. metal mounting and post ends.

Sandpit combination with: Sandpit Play house with pitch roof Step Sand crane Seating/play bench 3-level sand sieve Marble run function wall Car function wall Incl. metal mounting and post ends.

429483

429484

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Base area:

B

Sand play landscape, version 2

www.haba.de

Safety area:

134 ¼“ x 97 ¼“, 3.41 x 2.47 m 251 ¼“ x 211 ½“, 6.38 x 5.37 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height: Foundations:

12 ¼“, 0.31 m 12 ¼“, 0.31 m 110“, 2.79 m 6 pieces:

L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m Age group:

1 ½ year +

463

Outdoor Play Structures

More information on p. 425


Sand Play Equipment

4

2

5

3 6

7

1

10 YEAR GUARANTEE

No concrete foundation necessary ² cost-effective and fast assembly

GS-tested Sand tower Here everything revolves around sand. Because it trickles through quickly the children have their hands full of things to do. Non-slip ramp Trickle gutter Sand play function wall Car function wall Marble run function wall Sand funnel Slide Incl. metal mounting.

Individual planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425.

429107

Technical data Base area: Safety area:

163 ½“ x 98 ½“, 4.15 x 2.50 m 301 ¼“ x 206 ½“, 7.65 x 5.24 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height: Age group:

23 ¾“, 0.60 m 12“/23 ¾“, 0.30 / 0.60 m 96 ½“, 2.45 m

A sophisticated closure mechanism means that the sand can be collected in the funnel.

1 ½ year + The trickle gutters, with their various openings, resemble a large sieve.

464


Sand Play Sand pavilion 1 Sand trickle gutter Sand play function wall Marble run function wall Sand sieve with 3 different sieves Incl. metal mounting.

No concrete foundation necessary ² cost-effective and fast assembly

429108

Technical data Base area: Safety area: Total height:

48 ½“ x 48 ½“, 1.23 x 1.23 m 166 ¾“ x 166 ¾“, 4.23 x 4.23 m 78 ¾“, 2.00 m

Age group:

1 ½ year +

4

3

1

2

The spring-mounted sieves shift the sand.

Sand play table with sand trickle pipe.

Outdoor Play Structures

Sand play function wall.

Sand pavilion 2 Sand sieve with 3 different sieves Marble run function wall Sand trickle gutter Counter with sand chute Sand play function wall Incl. metal mounting.

429109

1 Base area: Safety area: Total height: Foundation:

2

3 4

Technical data

5

48 ½“ x 93 ½“, 1.23 x 2.37 m 166 ¾“ x 211 ½“, 4.23 x 5.37m 78 ¾“, 2.00 m 1 piece: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.40 m

Age group:

1 ½ year +

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

465


Sand play tower Sand lift

Sand play tower

6 4 5 7

A massive number of sand play options in a limited space. The arrangement also makes logical sequences of play possible! Sliding trolley Sand sieve Tipper Sand play function wall Sand trickle gutter Sand lift Board filling with counter and sand trickle gutter Sloping net field Incl. metal mounting.

429113

Sand Play Wall.

Technical data

8

Base area: Safety area:

3

3

63“ x 98 ½“, 1.60 x 2.50 m 181 ¼“ x 216 ¾“, 4.60 x 5.50 m

Max. free fall height: Platform height:

4

2

1

57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m

Total height:

134“, 3.40 m 6 pieces,

Foundation:

L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m Age group:

Dump truck

3 year +

Sand workshop

Load up the

sand bucket

...

reload the sand ...

pour it out

transport it ...

...

and take it aw

ay!

tip it ...

Sand workshop Consists of sand crane with bucket, sliding trolley, table with distribution station, tipper on guide rods and table with sand pipe. Stainless steel, polyethylene. Incl. 3 posts with post ends and metal mounting.

428336

Technical data Base area: Safety area:

118 ¼“ x 71“, 3.00 x 1.80 m 236 ¼“ x 189“, 6.00 x 4.80 m

Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:

Age group:

466

21 ¾“, 0.55 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m

3 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.40 m 1 ½ year +


Sand Play

Sand play-Elements level

Sand sieve Sand funnel

With integrated water level. Stainless steel. W 25 ¼" x H 35 ½" x D 10 ¾", W 64 x H 90 x D 27 cm. Incl. posts with end and metal mounting.

This 3-level sieve separates the sand and sorts it into different grain sizes. The sieves vibrate when they are struck with an open palm. Stainless steel. W 14 ¾" x H 39 ½" x D 18 ½", W 37 x H 100 x D 47 cm. Incl. posts, post ends and metal mounting.

424287

424289

424299

Sand mixer

Sand crane

Telephone Tube

When turned the sand is sieved. A slight incline means that the sand stays in the drum when it's turned. Stainless steel. W 21 ½" x H 54" x D 17 ¾", W 54 x H 137 x D 45 cm. Incl. post, post end and metal mounting.

Uses muscle power to lift the sand up, and then swing it around to where it's needed. Complete with sand bucket. Polyethylene. W 4" x H 47 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 10 x H 120 x D 65 cm. Incl. post with end and metal mounting.

Communicate over a distance of up to 25 meters with 2 funnels! The telephone can be flexibly constructed an attractive addition to every playground. H 50 ½", 128 cm; funnel Ø 7 ¼", 18 cm. Incl. 2 posts with end and metal mounting.

424288

424294

427200

The sand only trickles out the bottom when the ball valve is pushed up by hand. Stainless steel. Ø 15", 38 cm, H 39 ½", 100 cm, D 17 ½", 44 cm. Incl. posts, post ends and metal mounting.

Outdoor Play Structures

Sand scale

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

467


Mobile Water/Sand Tables for outside and inside

Mobile Water and Sand Table Thanks to the four sand and water proof casters, an excursion outdoors is no problem. Load capacity per caster: 176 lbs, 80 kg. Water / sand play table is outfitted with: sand tub, half-round shelf, small rondelle, 4 hooks. Plastic tub, UV and weatherproof PE material, powder-coated steel tubing. W 58 ½" x H 55 ½“ x D 28 ½“, W 148.5 x H 140.5 x D 71.8 cm. A 429130 Base model B 429131 Base model with roof Playing on different levels.

ged roof Hin

A

B

C

C

Roof

The roof can be attached to the water / sand play table and folded when not needed. Powder-coated steel, durable outdoor fabric of 100% polyester. Color: red/ orange.

428375

D

Water / Sand Table, Add-on module

Can be bolted onto both base models. With 2 casters, legs of beech wood. powder-coated MDF board. W 30 ¾“ x H 13 ¾“ x D 28 ¼ “, W 78 x H 35 x D 73 cm.

23 ¾" 60 cm

429132

E

Side cart for sand / water table

The cart offers additional space for playing. It fits under both base models to save space and can also be used separately. Equipment: plastic tub, half-round storage shelf, small rondell, 4 hooks, 4 casters (load capacity per caster: 175 lbs, 80 kg). W 41 ½“ x H 39“ x D 29“, W 105.5 x H 98.8 x D 73 cm.

D

G

F

Replacement tub for water / sand play table

G

Tub shelf, orange

For the base models (429130 and 429131) please order replacement tub No. 112295. For the addon module (429132) and the side cart, please order 112296. Through-colored, UV and weather proof PE material. 112295 W 43 ¼“ x H 8 ½“ x D 24“, W 110 x H 21.5 x D 60.5 cm 112296 W 29 ¼“ x H 8“ x D 24“, W 74 x H 20 x D 61.5 cm

14", 35 cm

14", 35 cm

F

429133

E

H

For covering the water / sand tub, as modeling, mixing, or storage surface. Plastic. W 24 ¼“ x H 2“ x D 12“, W 61.5 x H 5 x D 30 cm.

111473

in 2 sizes

The tray can be either a lid or modeling and building surface

H

Hook set With 4 plastic hooks to hang buckets, tubes, etc.

428376

468


Movement · Sport

469

Außenspielgeräte Activity Systems


C LIMBING

from house to house

The variety of materials and shapes makes it wonderfully challenging

Children can climb around on houses like their super-heroes. The climbing walls have wood applications in the form of clouds, high-rises or cranes. They give the visual impression of climbing from house to house in a city. These applications offer entirely different climbing options and experiences than traditional climbing grips. This climbing fun is rounded off with the innovative X climbing grips. Their shape and size as well as various surface structures are what make them so unique.

the base wall on

Ideal for mixed-age groups. The 16“, 40 cm safety zone without grips or steps guarantees safety for children under 3.

A

B

C

D

S A F E T Y

E

Z O N E

Safety zone for children under 3: without grips or steps. Starting here, they can’t go any higher, just to the left or right.

A

Sky climbing wall

B

High-rise climbing wall

C

House climbing wall

Includes 2 cloud wood applications. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 33 ½“, W 94 x H 84 cm.

Includes 5 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm.

Includes 4 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm.

474824

474820

474821

City climbing wall Grips climbing wall

Crane climbing wall

Includes 2 wood applications and 6 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm.

Includes 5 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm.

Consists of the high-rise, house, grips and crane climbing walls as well as 4 sky climbing walls. Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 148 ½“ x H 118 ½“, W 376 x H 300 cm.

474822

474823

474825

D

480

E


Climbing

City Climbing Walls

Features >> Ideal and decorative for hallways or the entrance area

H

J 16“, 40 cm

G

Safety zone

Safety area

F

>> Safety zone between the upper most step and the lowest grip > 16“, 40 cm >> Children less than 3 cannot climb higher than 18 ½“, 46 cm

15 ¾“, 40 cm

>> Low climbing wall height – falling height < 23 ¾“, 60 cm – therefore no fall protection required

Quality >> Birch, ¾“, 18 mm Advantage: robust, stable connection of the grips to the climbing wall

F

City Climbing World

Small House Climbing Wall

G

House Climbing Wall

Climbing Wall Includes 5 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm.

Climbing Wall Includes 4 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm.

474830

474831

H

High-Rise Climbing Wall

J

Gripmix Climbing Wall

Consists of the high-rise, house, small house and gripmix climbing walls. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 148½“ x H 66“, W 376 x H 167 cm.

Includes 3 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm.

Includes 3 cloud wood applications and 6 climbing grips Genuine Birch 1“, 18 mm thick, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm.

474834

474832

474833

For Mini Mountain Goats

one, two, three – on top!

Mountain climbing experience for the littlest ones

The little hedgehog loves children to slide down his nose. The two climbing steps are covered in rugged Tretford carpet, and the slide with linoleum. Birch. W 63” x H 24 ½” x D 19 ½”, W 160 x H 62 x D 49.2 cm.

Activity Systems

Toddler Slide Hedgehog

13 climbing grips are pre-mounted and the space between the grips is selected so that even 1-year-olds can reach the upper 5 grips with their hands by climbing, although their feet do not come past the lower 8 grips. A little bell or some little “reward” can be fastened on top. Birch. W 37“ x H 66“ x D 8“, W 94 x H 167 x D 20 cm. 474891 Climbing wall 474899 Bell

110845

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

www.haba.de

481


Flexible Climbing Wall Anti-twist climbing grips p. 483

Varied grips for variable climbing

Numbered climbing p. 484

Benefits

Climbing obstacle p. 484

B

>> Grid holes make it easy to quickly and freely reposition the climbing grips. This means that a climbing wall can be designed to suit different levels of difficulty. >> Children can help plan the climbing route and re-bolt it – this encourages communication and social interaction. >> The distance between holes (5 ¼“, 12.8 cm) is always the same. This means that the Haba climbing grips (p. 483) can even be bolted between two walls.

A Climbing walls with flexible grip arrangement Birch wood carrier plate, ¾“, 18 mm thick. A 474021 Small, W 35 ½“ x H 33 ¼“, W 89.6 x H 84 cm B 474022 Large, W 35 ½“ x H 85 ¼“, W 89.6 x H 216 cm

Uniform hole grid makes it easy to mount the climbing grips on the wall transitions For solid mounting without damaging the climbing wall surface, we recommend the climbing grip sets (item nos. 112025, 112026 and 112027) on page 483. Also available in colors (linoleum surface) for an upcharge.

Order options on page 479.

A true climbing Eldorado Combination of climbing gym (from p. 470), hanging trail (from p. 474) and climbing walls (from p. 478) - Various climbing options with different levels of difficulty. - Climbing, moving hand over hand and adventure.

482


Climbing

Rung walls in various versions With or without mirror

C

B

hang in and secure A

round rungs Ø = 1 ¼", 3 cm

Made of multiplex birch, ash rungs, mirror made of composite safety glass (½", 8 mm). Frame 1 ¼", 30 mm thick, rungs Ø 1 ¼", 30 mm. Width: 31 ½“, 80 cm. Rung spacing: with 71", 180 cm height and 7 rungs 10 ¾", 27 cm, with 55 ¼", 140 cm height and 5 rungs 12", 30 cm. A 474002 55 ¼" x 31 ½", without mirror (not pictured) 474003 55 ¼" x 31 ½", with mirror 474004 71" x 31 ½", without mirror (not pictured) B 474005 71" x 31 ½", with mirror

C

Rung walls

The 1st and 3rd rung from the top are brought forward. Rung walls with rounded frames and 14 rungs each. Rounded softwood frame and ash rungs. Includes hardware. 111427 single, 82 ¾" x 31 ½", 210 x 80 cm 111428 double, 82 ¾" x 63", 210 x 160 cm

D

Wood rung walls

The elliptical rungs are easy to hold on to. With rounded softwood corners and ash rungs: the 1st and 3rd rungs are further forward. Includes hardware. 110875 Single, 102 ½" x 39 ½", 260 x 100 cm 110876 Double, 102 ½" x 78 ¾", 260 x 200 cm

Cross brace for lightweight construction (non weight bearing walls) For all rung walls - with lightweight construction, plasterboard or partition walls. Please mount the rung walls with a cross brace at the top and bottom. Each rung wall requires 2 x mounting materials. Cross section: 35 ½" x 15 ¾", 90 x 40 cm. Pine, natural. 127413 Cross brace for 31 ½", 80 cm and 39 ½", 100 cm width 127415 Cross brace for 63", 160 cm and 78 ¾", 200 cm width

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

D

Note

14 ¼“, 35,8 cm

Please ensure adequate fall protection for all rung walls!

E

Universal rope climber

For attachment to all rung walls with a width of at least 31 ½", 80 cm. Made of natural pine wood with grip-friendly, ¾", 1.5 cm thick, polypropylene cord (mesh size approx. 9 ¼", 23 cm). Base ends of the frame with robust, non-slip rubber caps; suspension fixture with safety lock. W 43" x H 90 ¾" x D 4 ¾", W 109 x H 230 x D 12 cm.

oval rungs H 1 ¾", W 1 ¼", H 4, W 3 cm

G

Distance between rungs 3 ½", 8.9 cm.

025177

F

Large mirror

You can mount this gigantic mirror surface in vertical and landscape format. Frames made of genuine birch timber. W 29 ½“ x H 78 ¾“, W 74 x H 200 cm.

C

697762 17“, 43 cm

G

round rungs Ø = 1 ¼", 3 cm

North face

Eight bars and various cut out shapes help children climb the wall. For hanging on all rung walls. 31 ½" x 90 ¾", 80 x 230 cm. Pine frame and grips, birch plywood panel.

025176 H

H

Roller board track

Children can use the side grip rail to pull themselves up while lying on the roller board, before zipping down again. The roller board track can be hung up on the rung walls. Birch wood. Roller board track: L 90 ¾" x W 23 ¾", L 230 x W 60 cm, distance to guide rails: 13 ½", 34 cm.

Distance between rungs 3 ½", 8.5 cm.

110589

www.haba.de

485

Activity Systems

Rung walls with large rung spacing – with and without mirror.

102 ½“, 260 cm

DAYCARE CLIMBING WALL on page 481.

E

82 ¾“, 210 cm

55 ¼“, 140 cm

71“, 180 cm

82 ¾“,210 cm

F


Climbing and gymnastic walls – plenty of movement in a limited space Put your own climbing wall together: completely customized to your space and the needs of your children. From flat climbing and gymnastics walls to folding 3-dimensional adventure climbing walls, everything is possible to offer children varied movement stimulus. Frames made of solid Nordic spruce, rungs made of solid ash and stainless steel, ropes made of polypropylene, climbing wall made of plywood. Size of all elements: W 39 ½" x H 84 ¾" x D 3 ¾", W 100 x H 215 x D 9 cm.

Benefits

>> Lots of tactile experiences due to various materials >> Elements can be combined as desired >> Can be combined with hang-on elements (see page 485) >> Maximum safety thanks to foamcovered base with gym mat material Rung wall With larger spacing between rungs.

Climbing rope element

Large rung wall

Padded frame.

Padded frame.

111233

111228

111231

Mounting sets for all climbing and gymnastics walls Wall-floor-attachment sets You will need 1 attachment set per element. 110882 For 3 ½", 8.9 cm distance from the wall (not suitable for item nos. 111227, 112123 and 111235) 110883 For 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall 111249 For 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall with underfloor heating

Cross brace for lightweight construction (non load bearing walls)

Rope ladder element More challanging than wall bars but not as wobbly as a normal rope ladder. Ropes are attached to the frame at the top and bottom.

112123

Adventure rung wall For plenty of variety while climbing. Rope rungs.

Rungs made of various materials (metal, wood, rope), and with various diameters ensure a special climbing experience.

111227

111235

Climbing net element

The rope ladder element, climbing net element and adventure rung wall may only be mounted with a distance to the wall of 15 ¾", 40 cm!

Use a cross brace when attaching climbing and gymnastics walls to lightweight, plasterboard or partition walls. Pine. Without underfloor heating: you need 1 cross brace for the top attachment point, and at the bottom the gym wall is attached to the floor. With underfloor heating: you need 1 cross brace each for the top and bottom. Contents: 1 cross brace. 127415 Cross brace for 78 ¾", 2 m width 127416 Cross brace for 118 ¼", 3 m width 127418 Cross brace for 157 ½", 4 m width

Hinge mechanism for climbing and gymnastics walls Climbing chimney Gives the feeling of climbing up a crevice. With climbing holds made of epoxy resin and quartz sand on both sides.

112124

486

Grip mix climbing wall element Grips on both sides.

Judge distances, test your own strength and coordinate the movement of arms and legs.

111234

111236

Climbing wall, blue

Pivot the walls up to 90°. The hinge mechanism can only be used with at least one gymnastic wall. Material: wood.

023469


Climbing and Gymnastics Walls

Benefits >> Distance from wall can be selected: 3 ½", 8.9 cm 15 ¾", 40 cm

4 fields

>> The benefit of a 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from wall: the climbing wall can be used from both sides, i.e. children can climb through and over it >> Can be individually put together: type, number and arrangement of the elements is freely selectable

Climbing and gymnastic wall with 4 fields Consists of the following elements: large rung wall, climbing net element, "grip mix" climbing wall element, rung wall; incl. wall clearance holder for 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall. W 157 ½" x H 84 ¾" x D 3 ¾", W 400 x H 215 x D 9 cm.

111257

Mat sets for 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall Mat set for 3 ½", 8.9 cm distance from the wall on request.

200x100

100x100

200x100

200x100

200x100

200x100

200x100

200x100

200x100

150x100

200x40 150x100

150x100

200x100

200x100

200x100

200x40 200x100

150x100

150x100

200x100

200x100

200x100

100x40

200x100

For climbing and gymnastic walls with 2 fields and 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall.

For climbing and gymnastic walls with 3 fields and 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall.

For climbing and gymnastic walls with 4 fields and 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall.

Fall protection mat base set

Fall protection mat base set

Fall protection mat base set

Consists of a total of 5 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 59 ¼" x 39 ½", 150 x 100 cm, 1 mat 78 ¾" x 15 ¾", 200 x 40 cm. 024706 Head 024709 Head light

Consists of a total of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 3 mats 59 ¼" x 39 ½", 150 x 100 cm, 1 mat 78 ¾" x 15 ¾", 200 x 40 cm, 1 mat 39 ½" x 15 ¾", 100 x 40 cm. 024707 Head 024710 Head light

Consists of a total of 8 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 4 mats 59 ¼" x 39 ½", 150 x 100 cm, 2 mats 78 ¾" x 15 ¾", 200 x 40 cm. 024708 Head 024711 Head light

Fall protection mat extension set

Fall protection mat extension set

Fall protection mat extension set

Consists of 5 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 5 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm. 022904 Head 022911 Head light

Consists of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 5 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 1 mat 39 ½" x 39 ½", 100 x 100 cm. 022829 Head 022882 Head light

Consists of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 6 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm. 022909 Head 022906 Head light

nweis Hite No

Note Base mat sets and extension mat sets comply with the fall protection space in accordance with DIN EN 1177.

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

For fast and back-friendly mat laying we recommend the mat set lightweight mat set Head light.

www.haba.de

>> Ensure appropriate distance to the ceiling in order to avoid dangerous gaps.

487

Activity Systems

200x100

200x100

200x100

150x100

200x100

150x100

150x100

200x100

200x100

200x100

150x100

4-field version

200x40

150x100

3-field version

200x40

150x100

2-field version


folding

Adventure climbing walls – folding or fixed: Put together your own adventure climbing wall from the single elements on p. 486 Adventure climbing wall with 5 fields Folding. Consists of the following elements: large rung wall, climbing net element, grip mix climbing wall, climbing rope element and rung wall. W 120 ½“ x H 88 ¾“ x D 45 ¾“, W 306 x H 225 x D 116 cm. Note: not suitable for sprung or sport floors.

5 fields

111295

Cross brace for lightweight construction (non weight bearing walls) For all adventure climbing walls. Please always use a cross brace when attaching adventure climbing walls to lightweight, plasterboard or partition walls. Pine. Contents: 1 cross brace. For assembly you need 3 cross braces for each of the corresponding field versions. 127415 Cross brace for 3-field version 127416 Cross brace for 4-field version 127418 Cross brace for 5-field version

Folding for more free space or fixed for all flooring types Please select the appropriate assembly set: Folding assembly set For all adventure climbing walls. Ensures that they can be folded against the wall to save space when not being used. 023341 3-field version 023343 4-field version 023344 5-field version

Non-folding assembly set For all adventure climbing walls. The walls cannot be folded. 023319 3-field version 023318 4-field version 023317 5-field version

Note folding adventure climbing walls cannot be mounted on sprung or sport floors.

Hinged version – it‘s simple A stainless steel hinge mechanism makes it possible to push together the climbing and gymnastics walls into a unit with a depth of only 8 ¾“, 22 cm to save space. Secure locking mechanism

488

Adventure climbing wall set up

... or mounted flat on the wall


Adventure Climbing Walls

The right fall protection mat set for the corresponding adventure climbing wall

168x100

168x100

168x100

168x100

168x100

106x86

115x100

106x100

106x100

168x100

200x100

135x100

115x100

135x100

115x100

135x100

115x100

135x100

200x100

135x100

200x100

115x100

135x100

115x100

5-field version 106x93,5

106x93,5

115x100

115x100 200x100

161x100

115x100

161x100

200x100

115x100

161x100

106x52

115x100

161x100

106x52

115x100

4-field version

200x100

3-field version.

Fall protection mat basis set

Fall protection mat basis set

Fall protection mat basis set

For adventure climbing wall with 3 fields. Consists of a total of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 2 mats 63 ½“ x 39 ½“, 161 x 100 cm, 2 mats 42 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm, 2 mats 41 ¾“ x 20 ½“, 106 x 52 cm. 022915 Head 022913 Head light

For adventure climbing wall with 4 fields. Consists of a total of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 53 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 135 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm, 2 mats 41 ¾“ x 37“, 106 x 93.5 cm. 024712 Head 024714 Head light

For adventure climbing wall with 5 fields. Consists of 8 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 66 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 168 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm, 2 mats 41 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 106 x 100 cm, 1 mat 41 ¾“ x 34“, 106 x 86 cm. 024713 Head 024715 Head light

Fall protection mat extension set

Fall protection mat extension set

Fall protection mat extension set

For adventure climbing wall with 3 fields. Consists of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 63 ½“ x 39 ½“, 161 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm. 022921 Head 022916 Head light

For adventure climbing wall with 4 fields. Consists of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 53 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 135 x 100 cm, 2 mats 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm. 022924 Head 022830 Head light

For adventure climbing wall with 5 fields. Consists of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 66 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 168 x 100 cm, 2 mats 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm. 022831 Head 022898 Head light

Note The base mat set and extension mat set comply with secured fall protection in accordance with DIN

EN 1177. For fast and back-friendly mat laying we recommend the lightweight mat set Head light.

Roller and Wave Slides B

A

Activity Systems

ROLLER BOARD TRACK on page 485.

Easy hanging

They get everything rolling! Sliding is especially thrilling on the moving, round, wooden-mounted special foam rollers. The body is massaged, when sliding on the back, tummy, knees or backside, forward or backward. All roller slides can be hung on rung walls or stepped platforms. The wave slide can be hung on rung walls with large gaps and all stepped platforms. Plywood frame, rollers made of durable thick foam material. A 025348 Roller-slide, L 78 ¾" x W 23 ¾", L 200 x W 60 cm 025351 Roller-slide, L 98 ½“ x W 23 ¾“, L 250 x W 60 cm 025350 Roller-slide, L 118 ¼“ x W 23 ¾“, L 300 x W 60 cm B 117082 Wave-slide, L 80 ¾“ x W 23“, L 205 x W 58 cm

Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446

Roller slide in 3 lengths

www.haba.de

489





Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.